diff --git a/RELEASENOTES.rst b/RELEASENOTES.rst
index 6befeac3c8..de13cefecc 100644
--- a/RELEASENOTES.rst
+++ b/RELEASENOTES.rst
@@ -41,6 +41,11 @@ Virtual Machine Image Guide
* RST conversion finished.
+Command-Line Interface Reference
+--------------------------------
+
+* RST conversion finished.
+
Architecture Design Guide
-------------------------
diff --git a/doc-tools-check-languages.conf b/doc-tools-check-languages.conf
index c787e75795..701ade1810 100644
--- a/doc-tools-check-languages.conf
+++ b/doc-tools-check-languages.conf
@@ -35,7 +35,6 @@ declare -A SPECIAL_BOOKS=(
["user-guide-admin"]="RST"
# Do not translate
["cli-reference"]="skip"
- ["cli-ref-rst"]="skip"
["common"]="skip"
["contributor-guide"]="skip"
# Skip arch design while its being revised
diff --git a/doc/cli-reference/bk-cli-reference.xml b/doc/cli-reference/bk-cli-reference.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 36e7fe8432..0000000000
--- a/doc/cli-reference/bk-cli-reference.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,115 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
- OpenStack Command-Line Interface Reference
-
- CLI Reference
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- OpenStack Foundation
-
-
-
- 2014
- 2015
- OpenStack Foundation
-
- current
- OpenStack
-
-
-
- Remaining licensing details are filled in by
- the template.
-
-
-
- This guide documents the OpenStack command-line
- clients.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/doc/cli-reference/ch_cli.xml b/doc/cli-reference/ch_cli.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 59745e3374..0000000000
--- a/doc/cli-reference/ch_cli.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-
- OpenStack command-line clients overview
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/doc/cli-reference/ch_cli_neutron_misc_commands.xml b/doc/cli-reference/ch_cli_neutron_misc_commands.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index c1a008dcf1..0000000000
--- a/doc/cli-reference/ch_cli_neutron_misc_commands.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,669 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- miscellaneous networking command-line client
-
-
-
- neutron-debug command-line client
- The neutron-debug client is an extension
- to the neutron command-line interface (CLI) for the OpenStack
- neutron-debug tool. This chapter documents
- neutron-debug version 2.3.0.
- For help on a specific neutron-debug
- command, enter:
- $neutron-debugCOMMAND
-
- neutron-debug usage
- [--os-password <auth-password>]
- [--os-tenant-name <auth-tenant-name>]
- [--os-tenant-id <auth-tenant-id>] [--os-auth-url <auth-url>]
- [--os-region-name <region-name>] [--service-type <service-type>]
- [--service-name <service-name>]
- [--volume-service-name <volume-service-name>]
- [--endpoint-type <endpoint-type>]
- [--os-volume-api-version <volume-api-ver>]
- [--os-cacert <ca-certificate>] [--retries <retries>]
- <subcommand> ...
-
-
- Subcommands
-
- probe-create
-
-
- Create probe port - create port and interface within a network namespace.
-
-
-
-
- probe-list
-
-
- List all probes.
-
-
-
-
- probe-clear
-
-
- Clear all probes.
-
-
-
-
- probe-delete
-
-
- Delete probe - delete port then delete the namespace.
-
-
-
-
- probe-exec
-
-
- Execute commands in the namespace of the probe.
-
-
-
-
- ping-all
-
-
- ping-all is an all-in-one command to ping all fixed IPs in a specified network.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron-debug optional arguments
-
-
- --version
-
- Show version number and exit.
-
-
-
- -v, --verbose, --debug
-
- Increase verbosity of output and show tracebacks on
- errors. Can be repeated.
-
-
-
- -q, --quiet
-
- Suppress output except warnings and errors
-
-
-
- -h, --help
-
- Show this help message and exit
-
-
-
- --os-auth-strategy
- <auth-strategy>
-
- Authentication strategy (Env: OS_AUTH_STRATEGY,
- default keystone). For now, any other value will disable
- the authentication
-
-
-
- --os-auth-url <auth-url>
-
- Authentication URL (Env: OS_AUTH_URL)
-
-
-
- --os-tenant-name
- <auth-tenant-name>
-
- Authentication tenant name (Env: OS_TENANT_NAME)
-
-
-
-
- --os-tenant-id
- <auth-tenant-id>
-
- Authentication tenant name (Env: OS_TENANT_ID)
-
-
-
-
- --os-username
- <auth-username>
-
- Authentication username (Env: OS_USERNAME)
-
-
-
- --os-password
- <auth-password>
-
- Authentication password (Env: OS_PASSWORD)
-
-
-
- --os-region-name
- <auth-region-name>
-
- Authentication region name (Env: OS_REGION_NAME)
-
-
-
-
- --os-token <token>
-
- Defaults to env[OS_TOKEN]
-
-
-
-
- --endpoint-type
- <endpoint-type>
-
- Defaults to env[OS_ENDPOINT_TYPE] or
- public URL.
-
-
-
- --os-url <url>
-
- Defaults to env[OS_URL]
-
-
-
-
- --os-cacert
- <ca-certificate>
-
- Specify a CA bundle file to use in verifying a TLS
- (HTTPS) server certificate. Defaults to
- env[OS_CACERT]
-
-
-
-
- --insecure
-
- Explicitly allow neutron-debug to perform "insecure"
- SSL (HTTPS) requests. The server's certificate will not be
- verified against any certificate authorities. This option
- should be used with caution.
-
-
-
- --config-file CONFIG_FILE
-
- Config file for interface driver (You may also use
- l3_agent.ini)
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron-debug probe-create command
- usage: neutron-debug probe-create NET
- Create probe port - create port and interface, then
- place it into the created network namespace.
- Positional arguments
-
- NET ID
-
- ID of the network in which the probe will be
- created.
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron-debug probe-list command
- usage: neutron-debug probe-list
- List probes.
-
-
- neutron-debug probe-clear command
- usage: neutron-debug probe-clear
- Clear all probes.
-
-
- neutron-debug probe-delete command
- usage: neutron-debug probe-delete <port-id>
-
-Remove a probe.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <port-id>
-
- ID of the probe to delete.
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron-debug probe-exec command
- usage: neutron-debug probe-exec <port-id> <command>
- Execute commands in the namespace of the probe
-
-
- neutron-debug ping-all command
- usage: neutron-debug ping-all <port-id> --timeout <number
- All-in-one command to ping all fixed IPs
- in a specified network. A probe creation is not needed
- for this command. A new probe is created automatically. It will,
- however, need to be deleted manually when it is no longer needed.
- When there are multiple networks, the newly created probe will be
- attached to a random network and thus the ping will take
- place from within that random network.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <port-id>
-
- ID of the port to use.
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --timeout <timeout in
- seconds>
-
- Optional ping timeout.
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron-debug example
- usage: neutron-debug create-probe < NET_ID>
- Create a probe namespace within the network identified
- by NET_ID. The namespace will have the name of qprobe-<UUID
- of the probe port>
- For the following examples to function, the security group rules
- may need to be modified to allow the SSH (TCP port 22) or ping
- (ICMP) traffic into network.
- usage: neutron-debug probe-exec <probe ID> "ssh <IP of instance>"
- SSH to an instance within the network.
- usage: neutron-debug ping-all <network ID>"
- Ping all instances on this network to verify they are
- responding.
- usage: neutron-debug probe-exec <probe_ID> dhcping <VM_MAC address> -s <IP of DHCP server>"
- Ping the DHCP server for this network using dhcping to
- verify it is working.
-
-
-
- neutron-sanity-check command-line client
- The neutron-sanity-check client is a tool
- that checks various sanity about the Networking service. This chapter
- documents neutron-sanity-check version 7.0.2.
-
- neutron-sanity-check usage
- usage: neutron-sanity-check [-h] [--arp_header_match] [--arp_responder]
- [--config-dir DIR] [--config-file PATH] [--debug]
- [--dibbler_version] [--dnsmasq_version]
- [--ebtables_installed] [--icmpv6_header_match]
- [--iproute2_vxlan] [--keepalived_ipv6_support]
- [--log-config-append PATH]
- [--log-date-format DATE_FORMAT]
- [--log-dir LOG_DIR] [--log-file PATH]
- [--log-format FORMAT] [--noarp_header_match]
- [--noarp_responder] [--nodebug]
- [--nodibbler_version] [--nodnsmasq_version]
- [--noebtables_installed] [--noicmpv6_header_match]
- [--noiproute2_vxlan] [--nokeepalived_ipv6_support]
- [--nonova_notify] [--noovs_geneve] [--noovs_patch]
- [--noovs_vxlan] [--noovsdb_native]
- [--noread_netns] [--nouse-syslog]
- [--nouse-syslog-rfc-format] [--nova_notify]
- [--noverbose] [--novf_management] [--ovs_geneve]
- [--ovs_patch] [--ovs_vxlan] [--ovsdb_native]
- [--read_netns] [--state_path STATE_PATH]
- [--syslog-log-facility SYSLOG_LOG_FACILITY]
- [--use-syslog] [--use-syslog-rfc-format]
- [--verbose] [--version] [--vf_management]
-
-
- neutron-sanity-check optional arguments
-
-
- -h, --help
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
- --arp_header_match
-
- Check for ARP header match support
-
-
-
- --arp_responder
-
- Check for ARP responder support
-
-
-
- --config-dir DIR
-
- Path to a config directory to pull *.conf files from.
- This file set is sorted, so as to provide a
- predictable parse order if individual options are
- over-ridden. The set is parsed after the file(s)
- specified via previous --config-file, arguments hence
- over-ridden options in the directory take precedence.
-
-
-
- --config-file PATH
-
- Path to a config file to use. Multiple config files
- can be specified, with values in later files taking
- precedence. The default files used are: None.
-
-
-
- --debug, -d
-
- Print debugging output (set logging level to DEBUG
- instead of default INFO level).
-
-
-
- --dibbler_version
-
- Check minimal dibbler version
-
-
-
- --dnsmasq_version
-
- Check minimal dnsmasq version
-
-
-
- --ebtables_installed
-
- Check ebtables installation
-
-
-
- --icmpv6_header_match
-
- Check for ICMPv6 header match support
-
-
-
- --iproute2_vxlan
-
- Check for iproute2 vxlan support
-
-
-
- --keepalived_ipv6_support
-
- Check keepalived IPv6 support
-
-
-
- --log-config-append PATH, --log_config PATH
-
- The name of a logging configuration file. This file is
- appended to any existing logging configuration files.
- For details about logging configuration files, see the
- Python logging module documentation.
-
-
-
- --log-date-format DATE_FORMAT
-
- Format string for %(asctime)s in log records. Default: None.
-
-
-
- --log-dir LOG_DIR, --logdir LOG_DIR
-
- (Optional) The base directory used for relative
- --log-file paths.
-
-
-
- --log-file PATH, --logfile PATH
-
- (Optional) Name of log file to output to. If no
- default is set, logging will go to stdout.
-
-
-
- --log-format FORMAT
-
- DEPRECATED. A logging.Formatter log message format
- string which may use any of the available
- logging.LogRecord attributes. This option is
- deprecated. Please use logging_context_format_string
- and logging_default_format_string instead.
-
-
-
- --noarp_header_match
-
- The inverse of --arp_header_match
-
-
-
- --noarp_responder
-
- The inverse of --arp_responder
-
-
-
- --nodebug
-
- The inverse of --debug
-
-
-
- --nodibbler_version
-
- The inverse of --dibbler_version
-
-
-
- --nodnsmasq_version
-
- The inverse of --dnsmasq_version
-
-
-
- --noebtables_installed
-
- The inverse of --ebtables_installed
-
-
-
- --noicmpv6_header_match
-
- The inverse of --icmpv6_header_match
-
-
-
- --noiproute2_vxlan
-
- The inverse of --iproute2_vxlan
-
-
-
- --nokeepalived_ipv6_support
-
- The inverse of --keepalived_ipv6_support
-
-
-
- --nonova_notify
-
- The inverse of --nova_notify
-
-
-
- --noovs_geneve
-
- The inverse of --ovs_geneve
-
-
-
- --noovs_patch
-
- The inverse of --ovs_patch
-
-
-
- --noovs_vxlan
-
- The inverse of --ovs_vxlan
-
-
-
- --noovsdb_native
-
- The inverse of --ovsdb_native
-
-
-
- --noread_netns
-
- The inverse of --read_netns
-
-
-
- --nouse-syslog
-
- The inverse of --use-syslog
-
-
-
- --nouse-syslog-rfc-format
-
- The inverse of --use-syslog-rfc-format
-
-
-
- --nova_notify
-
- Check for nova notification support
-
-
-
- --noverbose
-
- The inverse of --verbose
-
-
-
- --novf_management
-
- The inverse of --vf_management
-
-
-
- --ovs_geneve
-
- Check for OVS Geneve support
-
-
-
- --ovs_patch
-
- Check for patch port support
-
-
-
- --ovs_vxlan
-
- Check for OVS vxlan support
-
-
-
- --ovsdb_native
-
- Check ovsdb native interface support
-
-
-
- --read_netns
-
- Check netns permission settings
-
-
-
- --state_path STATE_PATH
-
- Where to store Neutron state files. This directory
- must be writable by the agent.
-
-
-
- --syslog-log-facility SYSLOG_LOG_FACILITY
-
- Syslog facility to receive log lines.
-
-
-
- --use-syslog
-
- Use syslog for logging. Existing syslog format is
- DEPRECATED and will be changed later to honor RFC5424.
-
-
-
- --use-syslog-rfc-format
-
- (Optional) Enables or disables syslog rfc5424 format
- for logging. If enabled, prefixes the MSG part of the
- syslog message with APP-NAME (RFC5424). The format
- without the APP-NAME is deprecated in Kilo, and will
- be removed in Mitaka, along with this option.
-
-
-
- --verbose, -v
-
- If set to false, will disable INFO logging level,
- making WARNING the default.
-
-
-
- --version
-
- show program's version number and exit
-
-
-
- --vf_management
-
- Check for VF management support
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/doc/cli-reference/generated/README.rst b/doc/cli-reference/generated/README.rst
deleted file mode 100644
index 94f5b018f4..0000000000
--- a/doc/cli-reference/generated/README.rst
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,9 +0,0 @@
-Generated files
-+++++++++++++++
-
-All files in this directory are generated from the output of the
-python commands they describe using the ``openstack-auto-commands``
-tool from the openstack-doc-tools package.
-
-Do not change these files - change openstack-auto-commands and the
-python commands itself.
diff --git a/doc/cli-reference/generated/ch_cli_barbican_commands.xml b/doc/cli-reference/generated/ch_cli_barbican_commands.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 7fc808f5da..0000000000
--- a/doc/cli-reference/generated/ch_cli_barbican_commands.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1054 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Key management service command-line client
-
- The barbican client is the command-line
- interface (CLI) for the Key management service API and its extensions.
-
- This chapter documents barbican version
- 3.3.0.
-
-
- For help on a specific barbican
- command, enter:
-
- $barbicanCOMMAND
-
-
- barbican usage
- usage: barbican [--version] [-v] [--log-file LOG_FILE] [-q] [-h] [--debug]
- [--no-auth] [--os-identity-api-version <identity-api-version>]
- [--os-auth-url <auth-url>] [--os-username <auth-user-name>]
- [--os-user-id <auth-user-id>] [--os-password <auth-password>]
- [--os-user-domain-id <auth-user-domain-id>]
- [--os-user-domain-name <auth-user-domain-name>]
- [--os-tenant-name <auth-tenant-name>]
- [--os-tenant-id <tenant-id>]
- [--os-project-id <auth-project-id>]
- [--os-project-name <auth-project-name>]
- [--os-project-domain-id <auth-project-domain-id>]
- [--os-project-domain-name <auth-project-domain-name>]
- [--os-auth-token <auth-token>] [--endpoint <barbican-url>]
- [--interface <barbican-interface>]
- [--service-type <barbican-service-type>]
- [--service-name <barbican-service-name>]
- [--region-name <barbican-region-name>]
- [--barbican-api-version <barbican-api-version>] [--insecure]
- [--os-cacert <ca-certificate>] [--os-cert <certificate>]
- [--os-key <key>] [--timeout <seconds>]
-
-
- barbican optional arguments
-
-
- --version
-
-
- show program's version number and exit
-
-
-
-
- -v, --verbose
-
-
- Increase verbosity of output. Can be repeated.
-
-
-
-
- --log-file LOG_FILE
-
-
- Specify a file to log output. Disabled by default.
-
-
-
-
- -q, --quiet
-
-
- Suppress output except warnings and errors.
-
-
-
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- Show help message and exit.
-
-
-
-
- --debug
-
-
- Show tracebacks on errors.
-
-
-
-
- --no-auth, -N
-
-
- Do not use authentication.
-
-
-
-
- --os-identity-api-version <identity-api-version>
-
-
- Specify Identity API version to use. Defaults to
- env[OS_IDENTITY_API_VERSION] or 3.0.
-
-
-
-
- --os-auth-url <auth-url>, -A <auth-url>
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_AUTH_URL].
-
-
-
-
- --os-username <auth-user-name>, -U <auth-user-name>
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_USERNAME].
-
-
-
-
- --os-user-id <auth-user-id>
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_USER_ID].
-
-
-
-
- --os-password <auth-password>, -P <auth-password>
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_PASSWORD].
-
-
-
-
- --os-user-domain-id <auth-user-domain-id>
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_USER_DOMAIN_ID].
-
-
-
-
- --os-user-domain-name <auth-user-domain-name>
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME].
-
-
-
-
- --os-tenant-name <auth-tenant-name>, -T <auth-tenant-name>
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_TENANT_NAME].
-
-
-
-
- --os-tenant-id <tenant-id>, -I <tenant-id>
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_TENANT_ID].
-
-
-
-
- --os-project-id <auth-project-id>
-
-
- Another way to specify tenant ID. This option is
- mutually exclusive with --os-tenant-id. Defaults to
- env[OS_PROJECT_ID].
-
-
-
-
- --os-project-name <auth-project-name>
-
-
- Another way to specify tenant name. This option is
- mutually exclusive with --os-tenant-name. Defaults to
- env[OS_PROJECT_NAME].
-
-
-
-
- --os-project-domain-id <auth-project-domain-id>
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_ID].
-
-
-
-
- --os-project-domain-name <auth-project-domain-name>
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_NAME].
-
-
-
-
- --os-auth-token <auth-token>
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_AUTH_TOKEN].
-
-
-
-
- --endpoint <barbican-url>, -E <barbican-url>
-
-
- Defaults to env[BARBICAN_ENDPOINT].
-
-
-
-
- --interface <barbican-interface>
-
-
- Defaults to env[BARBICAN_INTERFACE].
-
-
-
-
- --service-type <barbican-service-type>
-
-
- Defaults to env[BARBICAN_SERVICE_TYPE].
-
-
-
-
- --service-name <barbican-service-name>
-
-
- Defaults to env[BARBICAN_SERVICE_NAME].
-
-
-
-
- --region-name <barbican-region-name>
-
-
- Defaults to env[BARBICAN_REGION_NAME].
-
-
-
-
- --barbican-api-version <barbican-api-version>
-
-
- Defaults to env[BARBICAN_API_VERSION].
-
-
-
-
- --insecure
-
-
- Explicitly allow client to perform "insecure" TLS
- (https) requests. The server's certificate will not be
- verified against any certificate authorities. This
- option should be used with caution.
-
-
-
-
- --os-cacert <ca-certificate>
-
-
- Specify a CA bundle file to use in verifying a TLS
- (https) server certificate. Defaults to
- env[OS_CACERT].
-
-
-
-
- --os-cert <certificate>
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_CERT].
-
-
-
-
- --os-key <key>
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_KEY].
-
-
-
-
- --timeout <seconds>
-
-
- Set request timeout (in seconds).
-
-
-
-
-
-
- barbican ca get
- usage: barbican ca get [-h] [-f {json,shell,table,value,yaml}] [-c COLUMN]
- [--max-width <integer>] [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
- URI
-
-Retrieve a CA by providing its URI.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- URI
-
-
- The URI reference for the CA.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- barbican ca list
- usage: barbican ca list [-h] [-f {csv,json,table,value,yaml}] [-c COLUMN]
- [--max-width <integer>] [--noindent]
- [--quote {all,minimal,none,nonnumeric}]
- [--limit LIMIT] [--offset OFFSET] [--name NAME]
-
-List cas.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --limit LIMIT, -l LIMIT
-
-
- specify the limit to the number of items to list per
- page (default: 10; maximum: 100)
-
-
-
-
- --offset OFFSET, -o OFFSET
-
-
- specify the page offset (default: 0)
-
-
-
-
- --name NAME, -n NAME
-
-
- specify the secret name (default: None)
-
-
-
-
-
-
- barbican container create
- usage: barbican container create [-h] [-f {json,shell,table,value,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX] [--name NAME]
- [--type TYPE] [--secret SECRET]
-
-Store a container in Barbican.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --name NAME, -n NAME
-
-
- a human-friendly name.
-
-
-
-
- --type TYPE
-
-
- type of container to create (default: generic).
-
-
-
-
- --secret SECRET, -s SECRET
-
-
- one secret to store in a container (can be set
- multiple times). Example: --secret
- "private_key=https://url.test/v1/secrets/1-2-3-4"
-
-
-
-
-
-
- barbican container delete
- usage: barbican container delete [-h] URI
-
-Delete a container by providing its href.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- URI
-
-
- The URI reference for the container
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- barbican container get
- usage: barbican container get [-h] [-f {json,shell,table,value,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>] [--noindent]
- [--prefix PREFIX]
- URI
-
-Retrieve a container by providing its URI.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- URI
-
-
- The URI reference for the container.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- barbican container list
- usage: barbican container list [-h] [-f {csv,json,table,value,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent]
- [--quote {all,minimal,none,nonnumeric}]
- [--limit LIMIT] [--offset OFFSET] [--name NAME]
- [--type TYPE]
-
-List containers.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --limit LIMIT, -l LIMIT
-
-
- specify the limit to the number of items to list per
- page (default: 10; maximum: 100)
-
-
-
-
- --offset OFFSET, -o OFFSET
-
-
- specify the page offset (default: 0)
-
-
-
-
- --name NAME, -n NAME
-
-
- specify the container name (default: None)
-
-
-
-
- --type TYPE, -t TYPE
-
-
- specify the type filter for the list (default: None).
-
-
-
-
-
-
- barbican order create
- usage: barbican order create [-h] [-f {json,shell,table,value,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>] [--noindent]
- [--prefix PREFIX] [--name NAME] [--type TYPE]
- [--algorithm ALGORITHM] [--bit-length BIT_LENGTH]
- [--mode MODE]
- [--payload-content-type PAYLOAD_CONTENT_TYPE]
- [--expiration EXPIRATION]
- [--request-type REQUEST_TYPE]
- [--subject-dn SUBJECT_DN]
- [--source-container-ref SOURCE_CONTAINER_REF]
- [--ca-id CA_ID] [--profile PROFILE]
- [--request-file REQUEST_FILE]
-
-Create a new order.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --name NAME, -n NAME
-
-
- a human-friendly name.
-
-
-
-
- --type TYPE, -p TYPE
-
-
- the type of the order to create.
-
-
-
-
- --algorithm ALGORITHM, -a ALGORITHM
-
-
- the algorithm to be used with the requested key
- (default: aes).
-
-
-
-
- --bit-length BIT_LENGTH, -b BIT_LENGTH
-
-
- the bit length of the requested secret key (default:
- 256).
-
-
-
-
- --mode MODE, -m MODE
-
-
- the algorithm mode to be used with the requested key
- (default: cbc).
-
-
-
-
- --payload-content-type PAYLOAD_CONTENT_TYPE, -t PAYLOAD_CONTENT_TYPE
-
-
- the type/format of the secret to be generated
- (default: application/octet-stream).
-
-
-
-
- --expiration EXPIRATION, -x EXPIRATION
-
-
- the expiration time for the secret in ISO 8601 format.
-
-
-
-
- --request-type REQUEST_TYPE
-
-
- the type of the certificate request.
-
-
-
-
- --subject-dn SUBJECT_DN
-
-
- the subject of the certificate.
-
-
-
-
- --source-container-ref SOURCE_CONTAINER_REF
-
-
- the source of the certificate when using stored-key
- requests.
-
-
-
-
- --ca-id CA_ID
-
-
- the identifier of the CA to use for the certificate
- request.
-
-
-
-
- --profile PROFILE
-
-
- the profile of certificate to use.
-
-
-
-
- --request-file REQUEST_FILE
-
-
- the file containing the CSR.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- barbican order delete
- usage: barbican order delete [-h] URI
-
-Delete an order by providing its href.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- URI
-
-
- The URI reference for the order
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- barbican order get
- usage: barbican order get [-h] [-f {json,shell,table,value,yaml}] [-c COLUMN]
- [--max-width <integer>] [--noindent]
- [--prefix PREFIX]
- URI
-
-Retrieve an order by providing its URI.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- URI
-
-
- The URI reference order.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- barbican order list
- usage: barbican order list [-h] [-f {csv,json,table,value,yaml}] [-c COLUMN]
- [--max-width <integer>] [--noindent]
- [--quote {all,minimal,none,nonnumeric}]
- [--limit LIMIT] [--offset OFFSET]
-
-List orders.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --limit LIMIT, -l LIMIT
-
-
- specify the limit to the number of items to list per
- page (default: 10; maximum: 100)
-
-
-
-
- --offset OFFSET, -o OFFSET
-
-
- specify the page offset (default: 0)
-
-
-
-
-
-
- barbican secret delete
- usage: barbican secret delete [-h] URI
-
-Delete a secret by providing its URI.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- URI
-
-
- The URI reference for the secret
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- barbican secret get
- usage: barbican secret get [-h] [-f {json,shell,table,value,yaml}] [-c COLUMN]
- [--max-width <integer>] [--noindent]
- [--prefix PREFIX] [--decrypt] [--payload]
- [--payload_content_type PAYLOAD_CONTENT_TYPE]
- URI
-
-Retrieve a secret by providing its URI.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- URI
-
-
- The URI reference for the secret.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --decrypt, -d
-
-
- if specified, retrieve the unencrypted secret data;
- the data type can be specified with --payload-content-
- type.
-
-
-
-
- --payload, -p
-
-
- if specified, retrieve the unencrypted secret data;
- the data type can be specified with --payload-content-
- type. If the user wishes to only retrieve the value of
- the payload they must add "-f value" to format
- returning only the value of the payload
-
-
-
-
- --payload_content_type PAYLOAD_CONTENT_TYPE, -t PAYLOAD_CONTENT_TYPE
-
-
- the content type of the decrypted secret (default:
- text/plain.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- barbican secret list
- usage: barbican secret list [-h] [-f {csv,json,table,value,yaml}] [-c COLUMN]
- [--max-width <integer>] [--noindent]
- [--quote {all,minimal,none,nonnumeric}]
- [--limit LIMIT] [--offset OFFSET] [--name NAME]
- [--algorithm ALGORITHM] [--bit-length BIT_LENGTH]
- [--mode MODE]
-
-List secrets.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --limit LIMIT, -l LIMIT
-
-
- specify the limit to the number of items to list per
- page (default: 10; maximum: 100)
-
-
-
-
- --offset OFFSET, -o OFFSET
-
-
- specify the page offset (default: 0)
-
-
-
-
- --name NAME, -n NAME
-
-
- specify the secret name (default: None)
-
-
-
-
- --algorithm ALGORITHM, -a ALGORITHM
-
-
- the algorithm filter for the list(default: None).
-
-
-
-
- --bit-length BIT_LENGTH, -b BIT_LENGTH
-
-
- the bit length filter for the list (default: 0).
-
-
-
-
- --mode MODE, -m MODE
-
-
- the algorithm mode filter for the list (default:
- None).
-
-
-
-
-
-
- barbican secret store
- usage: barbican secret store [-h] [-f {json,shell,table,value,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>] [--noindent]
- [--prefix PREFIX] [--name NAME]
- [--payload PAYLOAD] [--secret-type SECRET_TYPE]
- [--payload-content-type PAYLOAD_CONTENT_TYPE]
- [--payload-content-encoding PAYLOAD_CONTENT_ENCODING]
- [--algorithm ALGORITHM] [--bit-length BIT_LENGTH]
- [--mode MODE] [--expiration EXPIRATION]
-
-Store a secret in Barbican.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --name NAME, -n NAME
-
-
- a human-friendly name.
-
-
-
-
- --payload PAYLOAD, -p PAYLOAD
-
-
- the unencrypted secret; if provided, you must also
- provide a payload_content_type
-
-
-
-
- --secret-type SECRET_TYPE, -s SECRET_TYPE
-
-
- the secret type; must be one of symmetric, public,
- private, certificate, passphrase, opaque (default)
-
-
-
-
- --payload-content-type PAYLOAD_CONTENT_TYPE, -t PAYLOAD_CONTENT_TYPE
-
-
- the type/format of the provided secret data;
- "text/plain" is assumed to be UTF-8; required when
- --payload is supplied.
-
-
-
-
- --payload-content-encoding PAYLOAD_CONTENT_ENCODING, -e PAYLOAD_CONTENT_ENCODING
-
-
- required if --payload-content-type is "application
- /octet-stream".
-
-
-
-
- --algorithm ALGORITHM, -a ALGORITHM
-
-
- the algorithm (default: aes).
-
-
-
-
- --bit-length BIT_LENGTH, -b BIT_LENGTH
-
-
- the bit length (default: 256).
-
-
-
-
- --mode MODE, -m MODE
-
-
- the algorithm mode; used only for reference (default:
- cbc)
-
-
-
-
- --expiration EXPIRATION, -x EXPIRATION
-
-
- the expiration time for the secret in ISO 8601 format.
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/doc/cli-reference/generated/ch_cli_ceilometer_commands.xml b/doc/cli-reference/generated/ch_cli_ceilometer_commands.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 065d68454c..0000000000
--- a/doc/cli-reference/generated/ch_cli_ceilometer_commands.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,3756 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Telemetry service command-line client
-
- The ceilometer client is the command-line
- interface (CLI) for the Telemetry service API and its extensions.
-
- This chapter documents ceilometer version
- 2.1.0.
-
-
- For help on a specific ceilometer
- command, enter:
-
- $ceilometerCOMMAND
-
-
- ceilometer usage
- usage: ceilometer [--version] [-d] [-v] [--timeout TIMEOUT]
- [--ceilometer-url <CEILOMETER_URL>]
- [--ceilometer-api-version CEILOMETER_API_VERSION]
- [--os-tenant-id <tenant-id>]
- [--os-region-name <region-name>]
- [--os-auth-token <auth-token>]
- [--os-service-type <service-type>]
- [--os-endpoint-type <endpoint-type>] [--os-cacert <cacert>]
- [--os-insecure <insecure>] [--os-cert-file <cert-file>]
- [--os-key-file <key-file>] [--os-cert <cert>]
- [--os-key <key>] [--os-project-name <project-name>]
- [--os-project-id <project-id>]
- [--os-project-domain-id <project-domain-id>]
- [--os-project-domain-name <project-domain-name>]
- [--os-user-id <user-id>]
- [--os-user-domain-id <user-domain-id>]
- [--os-user-domain-name <user-domain-name>]
- [--os-endpoint <endpoint>] [--os-auth-system <auth-system>]
- [--os-username <username>] [--os-password <password>]
- [--os-tenant-name <tenant-name>] [--os-token <token>]
- [--os-auth-url <auth-url>]
- <subcommand> ...
-
- Subcommands
-
- alarm-combination-create
-
-
- Create a new alarm based on state of other
- alarms.
-
-
-
-
- alarm-combination-update
-
-
- Update an existing alarm based on state of
- other alarms.
-
-
-
-
- alarm-create
-
-
- Create a new alarm (Deprecated). Use alarm-
- threshold-create instead.
-
-
-
-
- alarm-delete
-
-
- Delete an alarm.
-
-
-
-
- alarm-event-create
-
-
- Create a new alarm based on events.
-
-
-
-
- alarm-event-update
-
-
- Update an existing alarm based on events.
-
-
-
-
- alarm-gnocchi-aggregation-by-metrics-threshold-create
-
-
- Create a new alarm based on computed
- statistics.
-
-
-
-
- alarm-gnocchi-aggregation-by-metrics-threshold-update
-
-
- Update an existing alarm based on computed
- statistics.
-
-
-
-
- alarm-gnocchi-aggregation-by-resources-threshold-create
-
-
- Create a new alarm based on computed
- statistics.
-
-
-
-
- alarm-gnocchi-aggregation-by-resources-threshold-update
-
-
- Update an existing alarm based on computed
- statistics.
-
-
-
-
- alarm-gnocchi-resources-threshold-create
-
-
- Create a new alarm based on computed
- statistics.
-
-
-
-
- alarm-gnocchi-resources-threshold-update
-
-
- Update an existing alarm based on computed
- statistics.
-
-
-
-
- alarm-history
-
-
- Display the change history of an alarm.
-
-
-
-
- alarm-list
-
-
- List the user's alarms.
-
-
-
-
- alarm-show
-
-
- Show an alarm.
-
-
-
-
- alarm-state-get
-
-
- Get the state of an alarm.
-
-
-
-
- alarm-state-set
-
-
- Set the state of an alarm.
-
-
-
-
- alarm-threshold-create
-
-
- Create a new alarm based on computed
- statistics.
-
-
-
-
- alarm-threshold-update
-
-
- Update an existing alarm based on computed
- statistics.
-
-
-
-
- alarm-update
-
-
- Update an existing alarm (Deprecated).
-
-
-
-
- capabilities
-
-
- Print Ceilometer capabilities.
-
-
-
-
- event-list
-
-
- List events.
-
-
-
-
- event-show
-
-
- Show a particular event.
-
-
-
-
- event-type-list
-
-
- List event types.
-
-
-
-
- meter-list
-
-
- List the user's meters.
-
-
-
-
- query-alarm-history
-
-
- Query Alarm History.
-
-
-
-
- query-alarms
-
-
- Query Alarms.
-
-
-
-
- query-samples
-
-
- Query samples.
-
-
-
-
- resource-list
-
-
- List the resources.
-
-
-
-
- resource-show
-
-
- Show the resource.
-
-
-
-
- sample-create
-
-
- Create a sample.
-
-
-
-
- sample-create-list
-
-
- Create a sample list.
-
-
-
-
- sample-list
-
-
- List the samples (return OldSample objects if
- -m/--meter is set).
-
-
-
-
- sample-show
-
-
- Show a sample.
-
-
-
-
- statistics
-
-
- List the statistics for a meter.
-
-
-
-
- trait-description-list
-
-
- List trait info for an event type.
-
-
-
-
- trait-list
-
-
- List all traits with name <trait_name> for
- Event Type <event_type>.
-
-
-
-
- bash-completion
-
-
- Prints all of the commands and options to
- stdout.
-
-
-
-
- help
-
-
- Display help about this program or one of its
- subcommands.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- ceilometer optional arguments
-
-
- --version
-
-
- show program's version number and exit
-
-
-
-
- -d, --debug
-
-
- Defaults to env[CEILOMETERCLIENT_DEBUG].
-
-
-
-
- -v, --verbose
-
-
- Print more verbose output.
-
-
-
-
- --timeout TIMEOUT
-
-
- Number of seconds to wait for a response.
-
-
-
-
- --ceilometer-url <CEILOMETER_URL>
-
-
- DEPRECATED, use --os-endpoint instead.
- Defaults to env[CEILOMETER_URL].
-
-
-
-
- --ceilometer-api-version CEILOMETER_API_VERSION
-
-
- Defaults to env[CEILOMETER_API_VERSION] or 2.
-
-
-
-
- --os-tenant-id <tenant-id>
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_TENANT_ID].
-
-
-
-
- --os-region-name <region-name>
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_REGION_NAME].
-
-
-
-
- --os-auth-token <auth-token>
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_AUTH_TOKEN].
-
-
-
-
- --os-service-type <service-type>
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_SERVICE_TYPE].
-
-
-
-
- --os-endpoint-type <endpoint-type>
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_ENDPOINT_TYPE].
-
-
-
-
- --os-cacert <cacert>
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_CACERT].
-
-
-
-
- --os-insecure <insecure>
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_INSECURE].
-
-
-
-
- --os-cert-file <cert-file>
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_CERT_FILE].
-
-
-
-
- --os-key-file <key-file>
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_KEY_FILE].
-
-
-
-
- --os-cert <cert>
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_CERT].
-
-
-
-
- --os-key <key>
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_KEY].
-
-
-
-
- --os-project-name <project-name>
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_PROJECT_NAME].
-
-
-
-
- --os-project-id <project-id>
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_PROJECT_ID].
-
-
-
-
- --os-project-domain-id <project-domain-id>
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_ID].
-
-
-
-
- --os-project-domain-name <project-domain-name>
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_NAME].
-
-
-
-
- --os-user-id <user-id>
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_USER_ID].
-
-
-
-
- --os-user-domain-id <user-domain-id>
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_USER_DOMAIN_ID].
-
-
-
-
- --os-user-domain-name <user-domain-name>
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME].
-
-
-
-
- --os-endpoint <endpoint>
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_ENDPOINT].
-
-
-
-
- --os-auth-system <auth-system>
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_AUTH_SYSTEM].
-
-
-
-
- --os-username <username>
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_USERNAME].
-
-
-
-
- --os-password <password>
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_PASSWORD].
-
-
-
-
- --os-tenant-name <tenant-name>
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_TENANT_NAME].
-
-
-
-
- --os-token <token>
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_TOKEN].
-
-
-
-
- --os-auth-url <auth-url>
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_AUTH_URL].
-
-
-
-
-
-
- ceilometer alarm-combination-create
- usage: ceilometer alarm-combination-create --name <NAME>
- [--project-id <ALARM_PROJECT_ID>]
- [--user-id <ALARM_USER_ID>]
- [--description <DESCRIPTION>]
- [--state <STATE>]
- [--severity <SEVERITY>]
- [--enabled {True|False}]
- [--alarm-action <Webhook URL>]
- [--ok-action <Webhook URL>]
- [--insufficient-data-action <Webhook URL>]
- [--time-constraint <Time Constraint>]
- [--repeat-actions {True|False}]
- --alarm_ids <ALARM IDS>
- [--operator <OPERATOR>]
-
-Create a new alarm based on state of other alarms.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --name <NAME>
-
-
- Name of the alarm (must be unique per tenant).
- Required.
-
-
-
-
- --project-id <ALARM_PROJECT_ID>
-
-
- Tenant to associate with alarm (configurable
- by admin users only).
-
-
-
-
- --user-id <ALARM_USER_ID>
-
-
- User to associate with alarm (configurable by
- admin users only).
-
-
-
-
- --description <DESCRIPTION>
-
-
- Free text description of the alarm.
-
-
-
-
- --state <STATE>
-
-
- State of the alarm, one of: ['ok', 'alarm',
- 'insufficient data']
-
-
-
-
- --severity <SEVERITY>
-
-
- Severity of the alarm, one of: ['low',
- 'moderate', 'critical']
-
-
-
-
- --enabled {True|False}
-
-
- True if alarm evaluation/actioning is enabled.
-
-
-
-
- --alarm-action <Webhook URL>
-
-
- URL to invoke when state transitions to alarm.
- May be used multiple times. Defaults to None.
-
-
-
-
- --ok-action <Webhook URL>
-
-
- URL to invoke when state transitions to OK.
- May be used multiple times. Defaults to None.
-
-
-
-
- --insufficient-data-action <Webhook URL>
-
-
- URL to invoke when state transitions to
- insufficient data. May be used multiple times.
- Defaults to None.
-
-
-
-
- --time-constraint <Time Constraint>
-
-
- Only evaluate the alarm if the time at
- evaluation is within this time constraint.
- Start point(s) of the constraint are specified
- with a cron expression, whereas its duration
- is given in seconds. Can be specified multiple
- times for multiple time constraints, format
- is: name=<CONSTRAINT_NAME>;start=<CRON>;durati
- on=<SECONDS>;[description=<DESCRIPTION>;[timez
- one=<IANA Timezone>]] Defaults to None.
-
-
-
-
- --repeat-actions {True|False}
-
-
- True if actions should be repeatedly notified
- while alarm remains in target state. Defaults
- to False.
-
-
-
-
- --alarm_ids <ALARM IDS>
-
-
- List of alarm IDs. Required.
-
-
-
-
- --operator <OPERATOR>
-
-
- Operator to compare with, one of: ['and',
- 'or'].
-
-
-
-
-
-
- ceilometer alarm-combination-update
- usage: ceilometer alarm-combination-update [--name <NAME>]
- [--project-id <ALARM_PROJECT_ID>]
- [--user-id <ALARM_USER_ID>]
- [--description <DESCRIPTION>]
- [--state <STATE>]
- [--severity <SEVERITY>]
- [--enabled {True|False}]
- [--alarm-action <Webhook URL>]
- [--ok-action <Webhook URL>]
- [--insufficient-data-action <Webhook URL>]
- [--time-constraint <Time Constraint>]
- [--repeat-actions {True|False}]
- [--remove-time-constraint <Constraint names>]
- [--alarm_ids <ALARM IDS>]
- [--operator <OPERATOR>]
- [<ALARM_ID>]
-
-Update an existing alarm based on state of other alarms.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <ALARM_ID>
-
-
- ID of the alarm to update.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --name <NAME>
-
-
- Name of the alarm (must be unique per tenant).
-
-
-
-
- --project-id <ALARM_PROJECT_ID>
-
-
- Tenant to associate with alarm (configurable
- by admin users only).
-
-
-
-
- --user-id <ALARM_USER_ID>
-
-
- User to associate with alarm (configurable by
- admin users only).
-
-
-
-
- --description <DESCRIPTION>
-
-
- Free text description of the alarm.
-
-
-
-
- --state <STATE>
-
-
- State of the alarm, one of: ['ok', 'alarm',
- 'insufficient data']
-
-
-
-
- --severity <SEVERITY>
-
-
- Severity of the alarm, one of: ['low',
- 'moderate', 'critical']
-
-
-
-
- --enabled {True|False}
-
-
- True if alarm evaluation/actioning is enabled.
-
-
-
-
- --alarm-action <Webhook URL>
-
-
- URL to invoke when state transitions to alarm.
- May be used multiple times. Defaults to None.
-
-
-
-
- --ok-action <Webhook URL>
-
-
- URL to invoke when state transitions to OK.
- May be used multiple times. Defaults to None.
-
-
-
-
- --insufficient-data-action <Webhook URL>
-
-
- URL to invoke when state transitions to
- insufficient data. May be used multiple times.
- Defaults to None.
-
-
-
-
- --time-constraint <Time Constraint>
-
-
- Only evaluate the alarm if the time at
- evaluation is within this time constraint.
- Start point(s) of the constraint are specified
- with a cron expression, whereas its duration
- is given in seconds. Can be specified multiple
- times for multiple time constraints, format
- is: name=<CONSTRAINT_NAME>;start=<CRON>;durati
- on=<SECONDS>;[description=<DESCRIPTION>;[timez
- one=<IANA Timezone>]] Defaults to None.
-
-
-
-
- --repeat-actions {True|False}
-
-
- True if actions should be repeatedly notified
- while alarm remains in target state. Defaults
- to False.
-
-
-
-
- --remove-time-constraint <Constraint names>
-
-
- Name or list of names of the time constraints
- to remove.
-
-
-
-
- --alarm_ids <ALARM IDS>
-
-
- List of alarm IDs.
-
-
-
-
- --operator <OPERATOR>
-
-
- Operator to compare with, one of: ['and',
- 'or'].
-
-
-
-
-
-
- ceilometer alarm-delete
- usage: ceilometer alarm-delete [<ALARM_ID>]
-
-Delete an alarm.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <ALARM_ID>
-
-
- ID of the alarm to delete.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- ceilometer alarm-event-create
- usage: ceilometer alarm-event-create --name <NAME>
- [--project-id <ALARM_PROJECT_ID>]
- [--user-id <ALARM_USER_ID>]
- [--description <DESCRIPTION>]
- [--state <STATE>] [--severity <SEVERITY>]
- [--enabled {True|False}]
- [--alarm-action <Webhook URL>]
- [--ok-action <Webhook URL>]
- [--insufficient-data-action <Webhook URL>]
- [--time-constraint <Time Constraint>]
- [--repeat-actions {True|False}]
- [--event-type <EVENT_TYPE>] [-q <QUERY>]
-
-Create a new alarm based on events.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --name <NAME>
-
-
- Name of the alarm (must be unique per tenant).
- Required.
-
-
-
-
- --project-id <ALARM_PROJECT_ID>
-
-
- Tenant to associate with alarm (configurable
- by admin users only).
-
-
-
-
- --user-id <ALARM_USER_ID>
-
-
- User to associate with alarm (configurable by
- admin users only).
-
-
-
-
- --description <DESCRIPTION>
-
-
- Free text description of the alarm.
-
-
-
-
- --state <STATE>
-
-
- State of the alarm, one of: ['ok', 'alarm',
- 'insufficient data']
-
-
-
-
- --severity <SEVERITY>
-
-
- Severity of the alarm, one of: ['low',
- 'moderate', 'critical']
-
-
-
-
- --enabled {True|False}
-
-
- True if alarm evaluation/actioning is enabled.
-
-
-
-
- --alarm-action <Webhook URL>
-
-
- URL to invoke when state transitions to alarm.
- May be used multiple times. Defaults to None.
-
-
-
-
- --ok-action <Webhook URL>
-
-
- URL to invoke when state transitions to OK.
- May be used multiple times. Defaults to None.
-
-
-
-
- --insufficient-data-action <Webhook URL>
-
-
- URL to invoke when state transitions to
- insufficient data. May be used multiple times.
- Defaults to None.
-
-
-
-
- --time-constraint <Time Constraint>
-
-
- Only evaluate the alarm if the time at
- evaluation is within this time constraint.
- Start point(s) of the constraint are specified
- with a cron expression, whereas its duration
- is given in seconds. Can be specified multiple
- times for multiple time constraints, format
- is: name=<CONSTRAINT_NAME>;start=<CRON>;durati
- on=<SECONDS>;[description=<DESCRIPTION>;[timez
- one=<IANA Timezone>]] Defaults to None.
-
-
-
-
- --repeat-actions {True|False}
-
-
- True if actions should be repeatedly notified
- while alarm remains in target state. Defaults
- to False.
-
-
-
-
- --event-type <EVENT_TYPE>
-
-
- Event type for event alarm.
-
-
-
-
- -q <QUERY>, --query <QUERY>
-
-
- key[op]data_type::value; list for filtering
- events. data_type is optional, but if supplied
- must be string, integer, float or datetime.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- ceilometer alarm-event-update
- usage: ceilometer alarm-event-update [--name <NAME>]
- [--project-id <ALARM_PROJECT_ID>]
- [--user-id <ALARM_USER_ID>]
- [--description <DESCRIPTION>]
- [--state <STATE>] [--severity <SEVERITY>]
- [--enabled {True|False}]
- [--alarm-action <Webhook URL>]
- [--ok-action <Webhook URL>]
- [--insufficient-data-action <Webhook URL>]
- [--time-constraint <Time Constraint>]
- [--repeat-actions {True|False}]
- [--event-type <EVENT_TYPE>] [-q <QUERY>]
- [<ALARM_ID>]
-
-Update an existing alarm based on events.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <ALARM_ID>
-
-
- ID of the alarm to update.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --name <NAME>
-
-
- Name of the alarm (must be unique per tenant).
-
-
-
-
- --project-id <ALARM_PROJECT_ID>
-
-
- Tenant to associate with alarm (configurable
- by admin users only).
-
-
-
-
- --user-id <ALARM_USER_ID>
-
-
- User to associate with alarm (configurable by
- admin users only).
-
-
-
-
- --description <DESCRIPTION>
-
-
- Free text description of the alarm.
-
-
-
-
- --state <STATE>
-
-
- State of the alarm, one of: ['ok', 'alarm',
- 'insufficient data']
-
-
-
-
- --severity <SEVERITY>
-
-
- Severity of the alarm, one of: ['low',
- 'moderate', 'critical']
-
-
-
-
- --enabled {True|False}
-
-
- True if alarm evaluation/actioning is enabled.
-
-
-
-
- --alarm-action <Webhook URL>
-
-
- URL to invoke when state transitions to alarm.
- May be used multiple times. Defaults to None.
-
-
-
-
- --ok-action <Webhook URL>
-
-
- URL to invoke when state transitions to OK.
- May be used multiple times. Defaults to None.
-
-
-
-
- --insufficient-data-action <Webhook URL>
-
-
- URL to invoke when state transitions to
- insufficient data. May be used multiple times.
- Defaults to None.
-
-
-
-
- --time-constraint <Time Constraint>
-
-
- Only evaluate the alarm if the time at
- evaluation is within this time constraint.
- Start point(s) of the constraint are specified
- with a cron expression, whereas its duration
- is given in seconds. Can be specified multiple
- times for multiple time constraints, format
- is: name=<CONSTRAINT_NAME>;start=<CRON>;durati
- on=<SECONDS>;[description=<DESCRIPTION>;[timez
- one=<IANA Timezone>]] Defaults to None.
-
-
-
-
- --repeat-actions {True|False}
-
-
- True if actions should be repeatedly notified
- while alarm remains in target state. Defaults
- to False.
-
-
-
-
- --event-type <EVENT_TYPE>
-
-
- Event type for event alarm.
-
-
-
-
- -q <QUERY>, --query <QUERY>
-
-
- key[op]data_type::value; list for filtering
- events. data_type is optional, but if supplied
- must be string, integer, float or datetime.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- ceilometer alarm-gnocchi-aggregation-by-metrics-threshold-create
- usage: ceilometer alarm-gnocchi-aggregation-by-metrics-threshold-create
- --name <NAME> [--project-id <ALARM_PROJECT_ID>]
- [--user-id <ALARM_USER_ID>] [--description <DESCRIPTION>]
- [--state <STATE>] [--severity <SEVERITY>] [--enabled {True|False}]
- [--alarm-action <Webhook URL>] [--ok-action <Webhook URL>]
- [--insufficient-data-action <Webhook URL>]
- [--time-constraint <Time Constraint>] [--repeat-actions {True|False}]
- [--granularity <GRANULARITY>] [--evaluation-periods <COUNT>]
- [--aggregation-method <AGGREATION>] [--comparison-operator <OPERATOR>]
- --threshold <THRESHOLD> -m <METRICS>
-
-Create a new alarm based on computed statistics.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --name <NAME>
-
-
- Name of the alarm (must be unique per tenant).
- Required.
-
-
-
-
- --project-id <ALARM_PROJECT_ID>
-
-
- Tenant to associate with alarm (configurable
- by admin users only).
-
-
-
-
- --user-id <ALARM_USER_ID>
-
-
- User to associate with alarm (configurable by
- admin users only).
-
-
-
-
- --description <DESCRIPTION>
-
-
- Free text description of the alarm.
-
-
-
-
- --state <STATE>
-
-
- State of the alarm, one of: ['ok', 'alarm',
- 'insufficient data']
-
-
-
-
- --severity <SEVERITY>
-
-
- Severity of the alarm, one of: ['low',
- 'moderate', 'critical']
-
-
-
-
- --enabled {True|False}
-
-
- True if alarm evaluation/actioning is enabled.
-
-
-
-
- --alarm-action <Webhook URL>
-
-
- URL to invoke when state transitions to alarm.
- May be used multiple times. Defaults to None.
-
-
-
-
- --ok-action <Webhook URL>
-
-
- URL to invoke when state transitions to OK.
- May be used multiple times. Defaults to None.
-
-
-
-
- --insufficient-data-action <Webhook URL>
-
-
- URL to invoke when state transitions to
- insufficient data. May be used multiple times.
- Defaults to None.
-
-
-
-
- --time-constraint <Time Constraint>
-
-
- Only evaluate the alarm if the time at
- evaluation is within this time constraint.
- Start point(s) of the constraint are specified
- with a cron expression, whereas its duration
- is given in seconds. Can be specified multiple
- times for multiple time constraints, format
- is: name=<CONSTRAINT_NAME>;start=<CRON>;durati
- on=<SECONDS>;[description=<DESCRIPTION>;[timez
- one=<IANA Timezone>]] Defaults to None.
-
-
-
-
- --repeat-actions {True|False}
-
-
- True if actions should be repeatedly notified
- while alarm remains in target state. Defaults
- to False.
-
-
-
-
- --granularity <GRANULARITY>
-
-
- Length of each period (seconds) to evaluate
- over.
-
-
-
-
- --evaluation-periods <COUNT>
-
-
- Number of periods to evaluate over.
-
-
-
-
- --aggregation-method <AGGREATION>
-
-
- Aggregation method to use, one of: ['last',
- 'min', 'median', 'sum', 'std', 'first',
- 'mean', 'count', 'moving-average', 'max',
- '1pct', '2pct', '3pct', '4pct', '5pct',
- '6pct', '7pct', '8pct', '9pct', '10pct',
- '11pct', '12pct', '13pct', '14pct', '15pct',
- '16pct', '17pct', '18pct', '19pct', '20pct',
- '21pct', '22pct', '23pct', '24pct', '25pct',
- '26pct', '27pct', '28pct', '29pct', '30pct',
- '31pct', '32pct', '33pct', '34pct', '35pct',
- '36pct', '37pct', '38pct', '39pct', '40pct',
- '41pct', '42pct', '43pct', '44pct', '45pct',
- '46pct', '47pct', '48pct', '49pct', '50pct',
- '51pct', '52pct', '53pct', '54pct', '55pct',
- '56pct', '57pct', '58pct', '59pct', '60pct',
- '61pct', '62pct', '63pct', '64pct', '65pct',
- '66pct', '67pct', '68pct', '69pct', '70pct',
- '71pct', '72pct', '73pct', '74pct', '75pct',
- '76pct', '77pct', '78pct', '79pct', '80pct',
- '81pct', '82pct', '83pct', '84pct', '85pct',
- '86pct', '87pct', '88pct', '89pct', '90pct',
- '91pct', '92pct', '93pct', '94pct', '95pct',
- '96pct', '97pct', '98pct', '99pct'].
-
-
-
-
- --comparison-operator <OPERATOR>
-
-
- Operator to compare with, one of: ['lt', 'le',
- 'eq', 'ne', 'ge', 'gt'].
-
-
-
-
- --threshold <THRESHOLD>
-
-
- Threshold to evaluate against. Required.
-
-
-
-
- -m <METRICS>, --metrics <METRICS>
-
-
- Metric to evaluate against. Required.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- ceilometer alarm-gnocchi-aggregation-by-metrics-threshold-update
- usage: ceilometer alarm-gnocchi-aggregation-by-metrics-threshold-update
- [--name <NAME>] [--project-id <ALARM_PROJECT_ID>]
- [--user-id <ALARM_USER_ID>] [--description <DESCRIPTION>]
- [--state <STATE>] [--severity <SEVERITY>] [--enabled {True|False}]
- [--alarm-action <Webhook URL>] [--ok-action <Webhook URL>]
- [--insufficient-data-action <Webhook URL>]
- [--time-constraint <Time Constraint>] [--repeat-actions {True|False}]
- [--granularity <GRANULARITY>] [--evaluation-periods <COUNT>]
- [--aggregation-method <AGGREATION>] [--comparison-operator <OPERATOR>]
- [--threshold <THRESHOLD>] [-m <METRICS>]
- [--remove-time-constraint <Constraint names>]
- [<ALARM_ID>]
-
-Update an existing alarm based on computed statistics.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <ALARM_ID>
-
-
- ID of the alarm to update.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --name <NAME>
-
-
- Name of the alarm (must be unique per tenant).
-
-
-
-
- --project-id <ALARM_PROJECT_ID>
-
-
- Tenant to associate with alarm (configurable
- by admin users only).
-
-
-
-
- --user-id <ALARM_USER_ID>
-
-
- User to associate with alarm (configurable by
- admin users only).
-
-
-
-
- --description <DESCRIPTION>
-
-
- Free text description of the alarm.
-
-
-
-
- --state <STATE>
-
-
- State of the alarm, one of: ['ok', 'alarm',
- 'insufficient data']
-
-
-
-
- --severity <SEVERITY>
-
-
- Severity of the alarm, one of: ['low',
- 'moderate', 'critical']
-
-
-
-
- --enabled {True|False}
-
-
- True if alarm evaluation/actioning is enabled.
-
-
-
-
- --alarm-action <Webhook URL>
-
-
- URL to invoke when state transitions to alarm.
- May be used multiple times. Defaults to None.
-
-
-
-
- --ok-action <Webhook URL>
-
-
- URL to invoke when state transitions to OK.
- May be used multiple times. Defaults to None.
-
-
-
-
- --insufficient-data-action <Webhook URL>
-
-
- URL to invoke when state transitions to
- insufficient data. May be used multiple times.
- Defaults to None.
-
-
-
-
- --time-constraint <Time Constraint>
-
-
- Only evaluate the alarm if the time at
- evaluation is within this time constraint.
- Start point(s) of the constraint are specified
- with a cron expression, whereas its duration
- is given in seconds. Can be specified multiple
- times for multiple time constraints, format
- is: name=<CONSTRAINT_NAME>;start=<CRON>;durati
- on=<SECONDS>;[description=<DESCRIPTION>;[timez
- one=<IANA Timezone>]] Defaults to None.
-
-
-
-
- --repeat-actions {True|False}
-
-
- True if actions should be repeatedly notified
- while alarm remains in target state. Defaults
- to False.
-
-
-
-
- --granularity <GRANULARITY>
-
-
- Length of each period (seconds) to evaluate
- over.
-
-
-
-
- --evaluation-periods <COUNT>
-
-
- Number of periods to evaluate over.
-
-
-
-
- --aggregation-method <AGGREATION>
-
-
- Aggregation method to use, one of: ['last',
- 'min', 'median', 'sum', 'std', 'first',
- 'mean', 'count', 'moving-average', 'max',
- '1pct', '2pct', '3pct', '4pct', '5pct',
- '6pct', '7pct', '8pct', '9pct', '10pct',
- '11pct', '12pct', '13pct', '14pct', '15pct',
- '16pct', '17pct', '18pct', '19pct', '20pct',
- '21pct', '22pct', '23pct', '24pct', '25pct',
- '26pct', '27pct', '28pct', '29pct', '30pct',
- '31pct', '32pct', '33pct', '34pct', '35pct',
- '36pct', '37pct', '38pct', '39pct', '40pct',
- '41pct', '42pct', '43pct', '44pct', '45pct',
- '46pct', '47pct', '48pct', '49pct', '50pct',
- '51pct', '52pct', '53pct', '54pct', '55pct',
- '56pct', '57pct', '58pct', '59pct', '60pct',
- '61pct', '62pct', '63pct', '64pct', '65pct',
- '66pct', '67pct', '68pct', '69pct', '70pct',
- '71pct', '72pct', '73pct', '74pct', '75pct',
- '76pct', '77pct', '78pct', '79pct', '80pct',
- '81pct', '82pct', '83pct', '84pct', '85pct',
- '86pct', '87pct', '88pct', '89pct', '90pct',
- '91pct', '92pct', '93pct', '94pct', '95pct',
- '96pct', '97pct', '98pct', '99pct'].
-
-
-
-
- --comparison-operator <OPERATOR>
-
-
- Operator to compare with, one of: ['lt', 'le',
- 'eq', 'ne', 'ge', 'gt'].
-
-
-
-
- --threshold <THRESHOLD>
-
-
- Threshold to evaluate against.
-
-
-
-
- -m <METRICS>, --metrics <METRICS>
-
-
- Metric to evaluate against.
-
-
-
-
- --remove-time-constraint <Constraint names>
-
-
- Name or list of names of the time constraints
- to remove.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- ceilometer alarm-gnocchi-aggregation-by-resources-threshold-create
- usage: ceilometer alarm-gnocchi-aggregation-by-resources-threshold-create
- --name <NAME> [--project-id <ALARM_PROJECT_ID>]
- [--user-id <ALARM_USER_ID>] [--description <DESCRIPTION>]
- [--state <STATE>] [--severity <SEVERITY>] [--enabled {True|False}]
- [--alarm-action <Webhook URL>] [--ok-action <Webhook URL>]
- [--insufficient-data-action <Webhook URL>]
- [--time-constraint <Time Constraint>] [--repeat-actions {True|False}]
- [--granularity <GRANULARITY>] [--evaluation-periods <COUNT>]
- [--aggregation-method <AGGREATION>] [--comparison-operator <OPERATOR>]
- --threshold <THRESHOLD> -m <METRIC> --resource-type <RESOURCE_TYPE>
- --query <QUERY>
-
-Create a new alarm based on computed statistics.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --name <NAME>
-
-
- Name of the alarm (must be unique per tenant).
- Required.
-
-
-
-
- --project-id <ALARM_PROJECT_ID>
-
-
- Tenant to associate with alarm (configurable
- by admin users only).
-
-
-
-
- --user-id <ALARM_USER_ID>
-
-
- User to associate with alarm (configurable by
- admin users only).
-
-
-
-
- --description <DESCRIPTION>
-
-
- Free text description of the alarm.
-
-
-
-
- --state <STATE>
-
-
- State of the alarm, one of: ['ok', 'alarm',
- 'insufficient data']
-
-
-
-
- --severity <SEVERITY>
-
-
- Severity of the alarm, one of: ['low',
- 'moderate', 'critical']
-
-
-
-
- --enabled {True|False}
-
-
- True if alarm evaluation/actioning is enabled.
-
-
-
-
- --alarm-action <Webhook URL>
-
-
- URL to invoke when state transitions to alarm.
- May be used multiple times. Defaults to None.
-
-
-
-
- --ok-action <Webhook URL>
-
-
- URL to invoke when state transitions to OK.
- May be used multiple times. Defaults to None.
-
-
-
-
- --insufficient-data-action <Webhook URL>
-
-
- URL to invoke when state transitions to
- insufficient data. May be used multiple times.
- Defaults to None.
-
-
-
-
- --time-constraint <Time Constraint>
-
-
- Only evaluate the alarm if the time at
- evaluation is within this time constraint.
- Start point(s) of the constraint are specified
- with a cron expression, whereas its duration
- is given in seconds. Can be specified multiple
- times for multiple time constraints, format
- is: name=<CONSTRAINT_NAME>;start=<CRON>;durati
- on=<SECONDS>;[description=<DESCRIPTION>;[timez
- one=<IANA Timezone>]] Defaults to None.
-
-
-
-
- --repeat-actions {True|False}
-
-
- True if actions should be repeatedly notified
- while alarm remains in target state. Defaults
- to False.
-
-
-
-
- --granularity <GRANULARITY>
-
-
- Length of each period (seconds) to evaluate
- over.
-
-
-
-
- --evaluation-periods <COUNT>
-
-
- Number of periods to evaluate over.
-
-
-
-
- --aggregation-method <AGGREATION>
-
-
- Aggregation method to use, one of: ['last',
- 'min', 'median', 'sum', 'std', 'first',
- 'mean', 'count', 'moving-average', 'max',
- '1pct', '2pct', '3pct', '4pct', '5pct',
- '6pct', '7pct', '8pct', '9pct', '10pct',
- '11pct', '12pct', '13pct', '14pct', '15pct',
- '16pct', '17pct', '18pct', '19pct', '20pct',
- '21pct', '22pct', '23pct', '24pct', '25pct',
- '26pct', '27pct', '28pct', '29pct', '30pct',
- '31pct', '32pct', '33pct', '34pct', '35pct',
- '36pct', '37pct', '38pct', '39pct', '40pct',
- '41pct', '42pct', '43pct', '44pct', '45pct',
- '46pct', '47pct', '48pct', '49pct', '50pct',
- '51pct', '52pct', '53pct', '54pct', '55pct',
- '56pct', '57pct', '58pct', '59pct', '60pct',
- '61pct', '62pct', '63pct', '64pct', '65pct',
- '66pct', '67pct', '68pct', '69pct', '70pct',
- '71pct', '72pct', '73pct', '74pct', '75pct',
- '76pct', '77pct', '78pct', '79pct', '80pct',
- '81pct', '82pct', '83pct', '84pct', '85pct',
- '86pct', '87pct', '88pct', '89pct', '90pct',
- '91pct', '92pct', '93pct', '94pct', '95pct',
- '96pct', '97pct', '98pct', '99pct'].
-
-
-
-
- --comparison-operator <OPERATOR>
-
-
- Operator to compare with, one of: ['lt', 'le',
- 'eq', 'ne', 'ge', 'gt'].
-
-
-
-
- --threshold <THRESHOLD>
-
-
- Threshold to evaluate against. Required.
-
-
-
-
- -m <METRIC>, --metric <METRIC>
-
-
- Metric to evaluate against. Required.
-
-
-
-
- --resource-type <RESOURCE_TYPE>
-
-
- Resource_type to evaluate against. Required.
-
-
-
-
- --query <QUERY>
-
-
- Gnocchi resources search query filter
- Required.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- ceilometer alarm-gnocchi-aggregation-by-resources-threshold-update
- usage: ceilometer alarm-gnocchi-aggregation-by-resources-threshold-update
- [--name <NAME>] [--project-id <ALARM_PROJECT_ID>]
- [--user-id <ALARM_USER_ID>] [--description <DESCRIPTION>]
- [--state <STATE>] [--severity <SEVERITY>] [--enabled {True|False}]
- [--alarm-action <Webhook URL>] [--ok-action <Webhook URL>]
- [--insufficient-data-action <Webhook URL>]
- [--time-constraint <Time Constraint>] [--repeat-actions {True|False}]
- [--granularity <GRANULARITY>] [--evaluation-periods <COUNT>]
- [--aggregation-method <AGGREATION>] [--comparison-operator <OPERATOR>]
- [--threshold <THRESHOLD>] [-m <METRIC>]
- [--resource-type <RESOURCE_TYPE>] [--query <QUERY>]
- [--remove-time-constraint <Constraint names>]
- [<ALARM_ID>]
-
-Update an existing alarm based on computed statistics.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <ALARM_ID>
-
-
- ID of the alarm to update.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --name <NAME>
-
-
- Name of the alarm (must be unique per tenant).
-
-
-
-
- --project-id <ALARM_PROJECT_ID>
-
-
- Tenant to associate with alarm (configurable
- by admin users only).
-
-
-
-
- --user-id <ALARM_USER_ID>
-
-
- User to associate with alarm (configurable by
- admin users only).
-
-
-
-
- --description <DESCRIPTION>
-
-
- Free text description of the alarm.
-
-
-
-
- --state <STATE>
-
-
- State of the alarm, one of: ['ok', 'alarm',
- 'insufficient data']
-
-
-
-
- --severity <SEVERITY>
-
-
- Severity of the alarm, one of: ['low',
- 'moderate', 'critical']
-
-
-
-
- --enabled {True|False}
-
-
- True if alarm evaluation/actioning is enabled.
-
-
-
-
- --alarm-action <Webhook URL>
-
-
- URL to invoke when state transitions to alarm.
- May be used multiple times. Defaults to None.
-
-
-
-
- --ok-action <Webhook URL>
-
-
- URL to invoke when state transitions to OK.
- May be used multiple times. Defaults to None.
-
-
-
-
- --insufficient-data-action <Webhook URL>
-
-
- URL to invoke when state transitions to
- insufficient data. May be used multiple times.
- Defaults to None.
-
-
-
-
- --time-constraint <Time Constraint>
-
-
- Only evaluate the alarm if the time at
- evaluation is within this time constraint.
- Start point(s) of the constraint are specified
- with a cron expression, whereas its duration
- is given in seconds. Can be specified multiple
- times for multiple time constraints, format
- is: name=<CONSTRAINT_NAME>;start=<CRON>;durati
- on=<SECONDS>;[description=<DESCRIPTION>;[timez
- one=<IANA Timezone>]] Defaults to None.
-
-
-
-
- --repeat-actions {True|False}
-
-
- True if actions should be repeatedly notified
- while alarm remains in target state. Defaults
- to False.
-
-
-
-
- --granularity <GRANULARITY>
-
-
- Length of each period (seconds) to evaluate
- over.
-
-
-
-
- --evaluation-periods <COUNT>
-
-
- Number of periods to evaluate over.
-
-
-
-
- --aggregation-method <AGGREATION>
-
-
- Aggregation method to use, one of: ['last',
- 'min', 'median', 'sum', 'std', 'first',
- 'mean', 'count', 'moving-average', 'max',
- '1pct', '2pct', '3pct', '4pct', '5pct',
- '6pct', '7pct', '8pct', '9pct', '10pct',
- '11pct', '12pct', '13pct', '14pct', '15pct',
- '16pct', '17pct', '18pct', '19pct', '20pct',
- '21pct', '22pct', '23pct', '24pct', '25pct',
- '26pct', '27pct', '28pct', '29pct', '30pct',
- '31pct', '32pct', '33pct', '34pct', '35pct',
- '36pct', '37pct', '38pct', '39pct', '40pct',
- '41pct', '42pct', '43pct', '44pct', '45pct',
- '46pct', '47pct', '48pct', '49pct', '50pct',
- '51pct', '52pct', '53pct', '54pct', '55pct',
- '56pct', '57pct', '58pct', '59pct', '60pct',
- '61pct', '62pct', '63pct', '64pct', '65pct',
- '66pct', '67pct', '68pct', '69pct', '70pct',
- '71pct', '72pct', '73pct', '74pct', '75pct',
- '76pct', '77pct', '78pct', '79pct', '80pct',
- '81pct', '82pct', '83pct', '84pct', '85pct',
- '86pct', '87pct', '88pct', '89pct', '90pct',
- '91pct', '92pct', '93pct', '94pct', '95pct',
- '96pct', '97pct', '98pct', '99pct'].
-
-
-
-
- --comparison-operator <OPERATOR>
-
-
- Operator to compare with, one of: ['lt', 'le',
- 'eq', 'ne', 'ge', 'gt'].
-
-
-
-
- --threshold <THRESHOLD>
-
-
- Threshold to evaluate against.
-
-
-
-
- -m <METRIC>, --metric <METRIC>
-
-
- Metric to evaluate against.
-
-
-
-
- --resource-type <RESOURCE_TYPE>
-
-
- Resource_type to evaluate against.
-
-
-
-
- --query <QUERY>
-
-
- Gnocchi resources search query filter
-
-
-
-
- --remove-time-constraint <Constraint names>
-
-
- Name or list of names of the time constraints
- to remove.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- ceilometer alarm-gnocchi-resources-threshold-create
- usage: ceilometer alarm-gnocchi-resources-threshold-create --name <NAME>
- [--project-id <ALARM_PROJECT_ID>]
- [--user-id <ALARM_USER_ID>]
- [--description <DESCRIPTION>]
- [--state <STATE>]
- [--severity <SEVERITY>]
- [--enabled {True|False}]
- [--alarm-action <Webhook URL>]
- [--ok-action <Webhook URL>]
- [--insufficient-data-action <Webhook URL>]
- [--time-constraint <Time Constraint>]
- [--repeat-actions {True|False}]
- [--granularity <GRANULARITY>]
- [--evaluation-periods <COUNT>]
- [--aggregation-method <AGGREATION>]
- [--comparison-operator <OPERATOR>]
- --threshold
- <THRESHOLD> -m
- <METRIC>
- --resource-type
- <RESOURCE_TYPE>
- --resource-id
- <RESOURCE_ID>
-
-Create a new alarm based on computed statistics.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --name <NAME>
-
-
- Name of the alarm (must be unique per tenant).
- Required.
-
-
-
-
- --project-id <ALARM_PROJECT_ID>
-
-
- Tenant to associate with alarm (configurable
- by admin users only).
-
-
-
-
- --user-id <ALARM_USER_ID>
-
-
- User to associate with alarm (configurable by
- admin users only).
-
-
-
-
- --description <DESCRIPTION>
-
-
- Free text description of the alarm.
-
-
-
-
- --state <STATE>
-
-
- State of the alarm, one of: ['ok', 'alarm',
- 'insufficient data']
-
-
-
-
- --severity <SEVERITY>
-
-
- Severity of the alarm, one of: ['low',
- 'moderate', 'critical']
-
-
-
-
- --enabled {True|False}
-
-
- True if alarm evaluation/actioning is enabled.
-
-
-
-
- --alarm-action <Webhook URL>
-
-
- URL to invoke when state transitions to alarm.
- May be used multiple times. Defaults to None.
-
-
-
-
- --ok-action <Webhook URL>
-
-
- URL to invoke when state transitions to OK.
- May be used multiple times. Defaults to None.
-
-
-
-
- --insufficient-data-action <Webhook URL>
-
-
- URL to invoke when state transitions to
- insufficient data. May be used multiple times.
- Defaults to None.
-
-
-
-
- --time-constraint <Time Constraint>
-
-
- Only evaluate the alarm if the time at
- evaluation is within this time constraint.
- Start point(s) of the constraint are specified
- with a cron expression, whereas its duration
- is given in seconds. Can be specified multiple
- times for multiple time constraints, format
- is: name=<CONSTRAINT_NAME>;start=<CRON>;durati
- on=<SECONDS>;[description=<DESCRIPTION>;[timez
- one=<IANA Timezone>]] Defaults to None.
-
-
-
-
- --repeat-actions {True|False}
-
-
- True if actions should be repeatedly notified
- while alarm remains in target state. Defaults
- to False.
-
-
-
-
- --granularity <GRANULARITY>
-
-
- Length of each period (seconds) to evaluate
- over.
-
-
-
-
- --evaluation-periods <COUNT>
-
-
- Number of periods to evaluate over.
-
-
-
-
- --aggregation-method <AGGREATION>
-
-
- Aggregation method to use, one of: ['last',
- 'min', 'median', 'sum', 'std', 'first',
- 'mean', 'count', 'moving-average', 'max',
- '1pct', '2pct', '3pct', '4pct', '5pct',
- '6pct', '7pct', '8pct', '9pct', '10pct',
- '11pct', '12pct', '13pct', '14pct', '15pct',
- '16pct', '17pct', '18pct', '19pct', '20pct',
- '21pct', '22pct', '23pct', '24pct', '25pct',
- '26pct', '27pct', '28pct', '29pct', '30pct',
- '31pct', '32pct', '33pct', '34pct', '35pct',
- '36pct', '37pct', '38pct', '39pct', '40pct',
- '41pct', '42pct', '43pct', '44pct', '45pct',
- '46pct', '47pct', '48pct', '49pct', '50pct',
- '51pct', '52pct', '53pct', '54pct', '55pct',
- '56pct', '57pct', '58pct', '59pct', '60pct',
- '61pct', '62pct', '63pct', '64pct', '65pct',
- '66pct', '67pct', '68pct', '69pct', '70pct',
- '71pct', '72pct', '73pct', '74pct', '75pct',
- '76pct', '77pct', '78pct', '79pct', '80pct',
- '81pct', '82pct', '83pct', '84pct', '85pct',
- '86pct', '87pct', '88pct', '89pct', '90pct',
- '91pct', '92pct', '93pct', '94pct', '95pct',
- '96pct', '97pct', '98pct', '99pct'].
-
-
-
-
- --comparison-operator <OPERATOR>
-
-
- Operator to compare with, one of: ['lt', 'le',
- 'eq', 'ne', 'ge', 'gt'].
-
-
-
-
- --threshold <THRESHOLD>
-
-
- Threshold to evaluate against. Required.
-
-
-
-
- -m <METRIC>, --metric <METRIC>
-
-
- Metric to evaluate against. Required.
-
-
-
-
- --resource-type <RESOURCE_TYPE>
-
-
- Resource_type to evaluate against. Required.
-
-
-
-
- --resource-id <RESOURCE_ID>
-
-
- Resource id to evaluate against Required.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- ceilometer alarm-gnocchi-resources-threshold-update
- usage: ceilometer alarm-gnocchi-resources-threshold-update [--name <NAME>]
- [--project-id <ALARM_PROJECT_ID>]
- [--user-id <ALARM_USER_ID>]
- [--description <DESCRIPTION>]
- [--state <STATE>]
- [--severity <SEVERITY>]
- [--enabled {True|False}]
- [--alarm-action <Webhook URL>]
- [--ok-action <Webhook URL>]
- [--insufficient-data-action <Webhook URL>]
- [--time-constraint <Time Constraint>]
- [--repeat-actions {True|False}]
- [--granularity <GRANULARITY>]
- [--evaluation-periods <COUNT>]
- [--aggregation-method <AGGREATION>]
- [--comparison-operator <OPERATOR>]
- [--threshold <THRESHOLD>]
- [-m <METRIC>]
- [--resource-type <RESOURCE_TYPE>]
- [--resource-id <RESOURCE_ID>]
- [--remove-time-constraint <Constraint names>]
- [<ALARM_ID>]
-
-Update an existing alarm based on computed statistics.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <ALARM_ID>
-
-
- ID of the alarm to update.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --name <NAME>
-
-
- Name of the alarm (must be unique per tenant).
-
-
-
-
- --project-id <ALARM_PROJECT_ID>
-
-
- Tenant to associate with alarm (configurable
- by admin users only).
-
-
-
-
- --user-id <ALARM_USER_ID>
-
-
- User to associate with alarm (configurable by
- admin users only).
-
-
-
-
- --description <DESCRIPTION>
-
-
- Free text description of the alarm.
-
-
-
-
- --state <STATE>
-
-
- State of the alarm, one of: ['ok', 'alarm',
- 'insufficient data']
-
-
-
-
- --severity <SEVERITY>
-
-
- Severity of the alarm, one of: ['low',
- 'moderate', 'critical']
-
-
-
-
- --enabled {True|False}
-
-
- True if alarm evaluation/actioning is enabled.
-
-
-
-
- --alarm-action <Webhook URL>
-
-
- URL to invoke when state transitions to alarm.
- May be used multiple times. Defaults to None.
-
-
-
-
- --ok-action <Webhook URL>
-
-
- URL to invoke when state transitions to OK.
- May be used multiple times. Defaults to None.
-
-
-
-
- --insufficient-data-action <Webhook URL>
-
-
- URL to invoke when state transitions to
- insufficient data. May be used multiple times.
- Defaults to None.
-
-
-
-
- --time-constraint <Time Constraint>
-
-
- Only evaluate the alarm if the time at
- evaluation is within this time constraint.
- Start point(s) of the constraint are specified
- with a cron expression, whereas its duration
- is given in seconds. Can be specified multiple
- times for multiple time constraints, format
- is: name=<CONSTRAINT_NAME>;start=<CRON>;durati
- on=<SECONDS>;[description=<DESCRIPTION>;[timez
- one=<IANA Timezone>]] Defaults to None.
-
-
-
-
- --repeat-actions {True|False}
-
-
- True if actions should be repeatedly notified
- while alarm remains in target state. Defaults
- to False.
-
-
-
-
- --granularity <GRANULARITY>
-
-
- Length of each period (seconds) to evaluate
- over.
-
-
-
-
- --evaluation-periods <COUNT>
-
-
- Number of periods to evaluate over.
-
-
-
-
- --aggregation-method <AGGREATION>
-
-
- Aggregation method to use, one of: ['last',
- 'min', 'median', 'sum', 'std', 'first',
- 'mean', 'count', 'moving-average', 'max',
- '1pct', '2pct', '3pct', '4pct', '5pct',
- '6pct', '7pct', '8pct', '9pct', '10pct',
- '11pct', '12pct', '13pct', '14pct', '15pct',
- '16pct', '17pct', '18pct', '19pct', '20pct',
- '21pct', '22pct', '23pct', '24pct', '25pct',
- '26pct', '27pct', '28pct', '29pct', '30pct',
- '31pct', '32pct', '33pct', '34pct', '35pct',
- '36pct', '37pct', '38pct', '39pct', '40pct',
- '41pct', '42pct', '43pct', '44pct', '45pct',
- '46pct', '47pct', '48pct', '49pct', '50pct',
- '51pct', '52pct', '53pct', '54pct', '55pct',
- '56pct', '57pct', '58pct', '59pct', '60pct',
- '61pct', '62pct', '63pct', '64pct', '65pct',
- '66pct', '67pct', '68pct', '69pct', '70pct',
- '71pct', '72pct', '73pct', '74pct', '75pct',
- '76pct', '77pct', '78pct', '79pct', '80pct',
- '81pct', '82pct', '83pct', '84pct', '85pct',
- '86pct', '87pct', '88pct', '89pct', '90pct',
- '91pct', '92pct', '93pct', '94pct', '95pct',
- '96pct', '97pct', '98pct', '99pct'].
-
-
-
-
- --comparison-operator <OPERATOR>
-
-
- Operator to compare with, one of: ['lt', 'le',
- 'eq', 'ne', 'ge', 'gt'].
-
-
-
-
- --threshold <THRESHOLD>
-
-
- Threshold to evaluate against.
-
-
-
-
- -m <METRIC>, --metric <METRIC>
-
-
- Metric to evaluate against.
-
-
-
-
- --resource-type <RESOURCE_TYPE>
-
-
- Resource_type to evaluate against.
-
-
-
-
- --resource-id <RESOURCE_ID>
-
-
- Resource id to evaluate against
-
-
-
-
- --remove-time-constraint <Constraint names>
-
-
- Name or list of names of the time constraints
- to remove.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- ceilometer alarm-history
- usage: ceilometer alarm-history [-q <QUERY>] [<ALARM_ID>]
-
-Display the change history of an alarm.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <ALARM_ID>
-
-
- ID of the alarm for which history is shown.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -q <QUERY>, --query <QUERY>
-
-
- key[op]data_type::value; list. data_type is
- optional, but if supplied must be string,
- integer, float, or boolean.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- ceilometer alarm-list
- usage: ceilometer alarm-list [-q <QUERY>]
-
-List the user's alarms.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -q <QUERY>, --query <QUERY>
-
-
- key[op]data_type::value; list. data_type is
- optional, but if supplied must be string,
- integer, float, or boolean.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- ceilometer alarm-show
- usage: ceilometer alarm-show [<ALARM_ID>]
-
-Show an alarm.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <ALARM_ID>
-
-
- ID of the alarm to show.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- ceilometer alarm-state-get
- usage: ceilometer alarm-state-get [<ALARM_ID>]
-
-Get the state of an alarm.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <ALARM_ID>
-
-
- ID of the alarm state to show.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- ceilometer alarm-state-set
- usage: ceilometer alarm-state-set --state <STATE> [<ALARM_ID>]
-
-Set the state of an alarm.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <ALARM_ID>
-
-
- ID of the alarm state to set.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --state <STATE>
-
-
- State of the alarm, one of: ['ok', 'alarm', 'insufficient
- data']. Required.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- ceilometer alarm-threshold-create
- usage: ceilometer alarm-threshold-create --name <NAME>
- [--project-id <ALARM_PROJECT_ID>]
- [--user-id <ALARM_USER_ID>]
- [--description <DESCRIPTION>]
- [--state <STATE>]
- [--severity <SEVERITY>]
- [--enabled {True|False}]
- [--alarm-action <Webhook URL>]
- [--ok-action <Webhook URL>]
- [--insufficient-data-action <Webhook URL>]
- [--time-constraint <Time Constraint>]
- [--repeat-actions {True|False}] -m
- <METRIC> [--period <PERIOD>]
- [--evaluation-periods <COUNT>]
- [--statistic <STATISTIC>]
- [--comparison-operator <OPERATOR>]
- --threshold <THRESHOLD> [-q <QUERY>]
-
-Create a new alarm based on computed statistics.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --name <NAME>
-
-
- Name of the alarm (must be unique per tenant).
- Required.
-
-
-
-
- --project-id <ALARM_PROJECT_ID>
-
-
- Tenant to associate with alarm (configurable
- by admin users only).
-
-
-
-
- --user-id <ALARM_USER_ID>
-
-
- User to associate with alarm (configurable by
- admin users only).
-
-
-
-
- --description <DESCRIPTION>
-
-
- Free text description of the alarm.
-
-
-
-
- --state <STATE>
-
-
- State of the alarm, one of: ['ok', 'alarm',
- 'insufficient data']
-
-
-
-
- --severity <SEVERITY>
-
-
- Severity of the alarm, one of: ['low',
- 'moderate', 'critical']
-
-
-
-
- --enabled {True|False}
-
-
- True if alarm evaluation/actioning is enabled.
-
-
-
-
- --alarm-action <Webhook URL>
-
-
- URL to invoke when state transitions to alarm.
- May be used multiple times. Defaults to None.
-
-
-
-
- --ok-action <Webhook URL>
-
-
- URL to invoke when state transitions to OK.
- May be used multiple times. Defaults to None.
-
-
-
-
- --insufficient-data-action <Webhook URL>
-
-
- URL to invoke when state transitions to
- insufficient data. May be used multiple times.
- Defaults to None.
-
-
-
-
- --time-constraint <Time Constraint>
-
-
- Only evaluate the alarm if the time at
- evaluation is within this time constraint.
- Start point(s) of the constraint are specified
- with a cron expression, whereas its duration
- is given in seconds. Can be specified multiple
- times for multiple time constraints, format
- is: name=<CONSTRAINT_NAME>;start=<CRON>;durati
- on=<SECONDS>;[description=<DESCRIPTION>;[timez
- one=<IANA Timezone>]] Defaults to None.
-
-
-
-
- --repeat-actions {True|False}
-
-
- True if actions should be repeatedly notified
- while alarm remains in target state. Defaults
- to False.
-
-
-
-
- -m <METRIC>, --meter-name <METRIC>
-
-
- Metric to evaluate against. Required.
-
-
-
-
- --period <PERIOD>
-
-
- Length of each period (seconds) to evaluate
- over.
-
-
-
-
- --evaluation-periods <COUNT>
-
-
- Number of periods to evaluate over.
-
-
-
-
- --statistic <STATISTIC>
-
-
- Statistic to evaluate, one of: ['max', 'min',
- 'avg', 'sum', 'count'].
-
-
-
-
- --comparison-operator <OPERATOR>
-
-
- Operator to compare with, one of: ['lt', 'le',
- 'eq', 'ne', 'ge', 'gt'].
-
-
-
-
- --threshold <THRESHOLD>
-
-
- Threshold to evaluate against. Required.
-
-
-
-
- -q <QUERY>, --query <QUERY>
-
-
- key[op]data_type::value; list. data_type is
- optional, but if supplied must be string,
- integer, float, or boolean.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- ceilometer alarm-threshold-update
- usage: ceilometer alarm-threshold-update [--name <NAME>]
- [--project-id <ALARM_PROJECT_ID>]
- [--user-id <ALARM_USER_ID>]
- [--description <DESCRIPTION>]
- [--state <STATE>]
- [--severity <SEVERITY>]
- [--enabled {True|False}]
- [--alarm-action <Webhook URL>]
- [--ok-action <Webhook URL>]
- [--insufficient-data-action <Webhook URL>]
- [--time-constraint <Time Constraint>]
- [--repeat-actions {True|False}]
- [--remove-time-constraint <Constraint names>]
- [-m <METRIC>] [--period <PERIOD>]
- [--evaluation-periods <COUNT>]
- [--statistic <STATISTIC>]
- [--comparison-operator <OPERATOR>]
- [--threshold <THRESHOLD>]
- [-q <QUERY>]
- [<ALARM_ID>]
-
-Update an existing alarm based on computed statistics.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <ALARM_ID>
-
-
- ID of the alarm to update.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --name <NAME>
-
-
- Name of the alarm (must be unique per tenant).
-
-
-
-
- --project-id <ALARM_PROJECT_ID>
-
-
- Tenant to associate with alarm (configurable
- by admin users only).
-
-
-
-
- --user-id <ALARM_USER_ID>
-
-
- User to associate with alarm (configurable by
- admin users only).
-
-
-
-
- --description <DESCRIPTION>
-
-
- Free text description of the alarm.
-
-
-
-
- --state <STATE>
-
-
- State of the alarm, one of: ['ok', 'alarm',
- 'insufficient data']
-
-
-
-
- --severity <SEVERITY>
-
-
- Severity of the alarm, one of: ['low',
- 'moderate', 'critical']
-
-
-
-
- --enabled {True|False}
-
-
- True if alarm evaluation/actioning is enabled.
-
-
-
-
- --alarm-action <Webhook URL>
-
-
- URL to invoke when state transitions to alarm.
- May be used multiple times. Defaults to None.
-
-
-
-
- --ok-action <Webhook URL>
-
-
- URL to invoke when state transitions to OK.
- May be used multiple times. Defaults to None.
-
-
-
-
- --insufficient-data-action <Webhook URL>
-
-
- URL to invoke when state transitions to
- insufficient data. May be used multiple times.
- Defaults to None.
-
-
-
-
- --time-constraint <Time Constraint>
-
-
- Only evaluate the alarm if the time at
- evaluation is within this time constraint.
- Start point(s) of the constraint are specified
- with a cron expression, whereas its duration
- is given in seconds. Can be specified multiple
- times for multiple time constraints, format
- is: name=<CONSTRAINT_NAME>;start=<CRON>;durati
- on=<SECONDS>;[description=<DESCRIPTION>;[timez
- one=<IANA Timezone>]] Defaults to None.
-
-
-
-
- --repeat-actions {True|False}
-
-
- True if actions should be repeatedly notified
- while alarm remains in target state. Defaults
- to False.
-
-
-
-
- --remove-time-constraint <Constraint names>
-
-
- Name or list of names of the time constraints
- to remove.
-
-
-
-
- -m <METRIC>, --meter-name <METRIC>
-
-
- Metric to evaluate against.
-
-
-
-
- --period <PERIOD>
-
-
- Length of each period (seconds) to evaluate
- over.
-
-
-
-
- --evaluation-periods <COUNT>
-
-
- Number of periods to evaluate over.
-
-
-
-
- --statistic <STATISTIC>
-
-
- Statistic to evaluate, one of: ['max', 'min',
- 'avg', 'sum', 'count'].
-
-
-
-
- --comparison-operator <OPERATOR>
-
-
- Operator to compare with, one of: ['lt', 'le',
- 'eq', 'ne', 'ge', 'gt'].
-
-
-
-
- --threshold <THRESHOLD>
-
-
- Threshold to evaluate against.
-
-
-
-
- -q <QUERY>, --query <QUERY>
-
-
- key[op]data_type::value; list. data_type is
- optional, but if supplied must be string,
- integer, float, or boolean.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- ceilometer capabilities
- usage: ceilometer capabilities
-
-Print Ceilometer capabilities.
-
-
-
- ceilometer event-list
- usage: ceilometer event-list [-q <QUERY>] [--no-traits] [-l <NUMBER>]
-
-List events.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -q <QUERY>, --query <QUERY>
-
-
- key[op]data_type::value; list. data_type is
- optional, but if supplied must be string,
- integer, floator datetime.
-
-
-
-
- --no-traits
-
-
- If specified, traits will not be printed.
-
-
-
-
- -l <NUMBER>, --limit <NUMBER>
-
-
- Maximum number of events to return.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- ceilometer event-show
- usage: ceilometer event-show <message_id>
-
-Show a particular event.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <message_id>
-
-
- The ID of the event. Should be a UUID.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- ceilometer event-type-list
- usage: ceilometer event-type-list
-
-List event types.
-
-
-
- ceilometer meter-list
- usage: ceilometer meter-list [-q <QUERY>] [-l <NUMBER>]
-
-List the user's meters.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -q <QUERY>, --query <QUERY>
-
-
- key[op]data_type::value; list. data_type is
- optional, but if supplied must be string,
- integer, float, or boolean.
-
-
-
-
- -l <NUMBER>, --limit <NUMBER>
-
-
- Maximum number of meters to return.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- ceilometer query-alarm-history
- usage: ceilometer query-alarm-history [-f <FILTER>] [-o <ORDERBY>]
- [-l <LIMIT>]
-
-Query Alarm History.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -f <FILTER>, --filter <FILTER>
-
-
- {complex_op: [{simple_op: {field_name:
- value}}]} The complex_op is one of: ['and',
- 'or'], simple_op is one of: ['=', '!=', '<',
- '<=', '>', '>='].
-
-
-
-
- -o <ORDERBY>, --orderby <ORDERBY>
-
-
- [{field_name: direction}, {field_name:
- direction}] The direction is one of: ['asc',
- 'desc'].
-
-
-
-
- -l <LIMIT>, --limit <LIMIT>
-
-
- Maximum number of alarm history items to
- return.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- ceilometer query-alarms
- usage: ceilometer query-alarms [-f <FILTER>] [-o <ORDERBY>] [-l <LIMIT>]
-
-Query Alarms.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -f <FILTER>, --filter <FILTER>
-
-
- {complex_op: [{simple_op: {field_name:
- value}}]} The complex_op is one of: ['and',
- 'or'], simple_op is one of: ['=', '!=', '<',
- '<=', '>', '>='].
-
-
-
-
- -o <ORDERBY>, --orderby <ORDERBY>
-
-
- [{field_name: direction}, {field_name:
- direction}] The direction is one of: ['asc',
- 'desc'].
-
-
-
-
- -l <LIMIT>, --limit <LIMIT>
-
-
- Maximum number of alarms to return.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- ceilometer query-samples
- usage: ceilometer query-samples [-f <FILTER>] [-o <ORDERBY>] [-l <LIMIT>]
-
-Query samples.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -f <FILTER>, --filter <FILTER>
-
-
- {complex_op: [{simple_op: {field_name:
- value}}]} The complex_op is one of: ['and',
- 'or'], simple_op is one of: ['=', '!=', '<',
- '<=', '>', '>='].
-
-
-
-
- -o <ORDERBY>, --orderby <ORDERBY>
-
-
- [{field_name: direction}, {field_name:
- direction}] The direction is one of: ['asc',
- 'desc'].
-
-
-
-
- -l <LIMIT>, --limit <LIMIT>
-
-
- Maximum number of samples to return.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- ceilometer resource-list
- usage: ceilometer resource-list [-q <QUERY>] [--meter-links] [-l <NUMBER>]
-
-List the resources.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -q <QUERY>, --query <QUERY>
-
-
- key[op]data_type::value; list. data_type is
- optional, but if supplied must be string,
- integer, float, or boolean.
-
-
-
-
- --meter-links
-
-
- If specified, meter links will be generated.
-
-
-
-
- -l <NUMBER>, --limit <NUMBER>
-
-
- Maximum number of resources to return.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- ceilometer resource-show
- usage: ceilometer resource-show <RESOURCE_ID>
-
-Show the resource.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <RESOURCE_ID>
-
-
- ID of the resource to show.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- ceilometer sample-create
- usage: ceilometer sample-create [--project-id <SAMPLE_PROJECT_ID>]
- [--user-id <SAMPLE_USER_ID>] -r <RESOURCE_ID>
- -m <METER_NAME> --meter-type <METER_TYPE>
- --meter-unit <METER_UNIT> --sample-volume
- <SAMPLE_VOLUME>
- [--resource-metadata <RESOURCE_METADATA>]
- [--timestamp <TIMESTAMP>] [--direct <DIRECT>]
-
-Create a sample.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --project-id <SAMPLE_PROJECT_ID>
-
-
- Tenant to associate with sample (configurable
- by admin users only).
-
-
-
-
- --user-id <SAMPLE_USER_ID>
-
-
- User to associate with sample (configurable by
- admin users only).
-
-
-
-
- -r <RESOURCE_ID>, --resource-id <RESOURCE_ID>
-
-
- ID of the resource. Required.
-
-
-
-
- -m <METER_NAME>, --meter-name <METER_NAME>
-
-
- The meter name. Required.
-
-
-
-
- --meter-type <METER_TYPE>
-
-
- The meter type. Required.
-
-
-
-
- --meter-unit <METER_UNIT>
-
-
- The meter unit. Required.
-
-
-
-
- --sample-volume <SAMPLE_VOLUME>
-
-
- The sample volume. Required.
-
-
-
-
- --resource-metadata <RESOURCE_METADATA>
-
-
- Resource metadata. Provided value should be a
- set of key-value pairs e.g. {"key":"value"}.
-
-
-
-
- --timestamp <TIMESTAMP>
-
-
- The sample timestamp.
-
-
-
-
- --direct <DIRECT>
-
-
- Post sample to storage directly. Defaults to
- False.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- ceilometer sample-create-list
- usage: ceilometer sample-create-list [--direct <DIRECT>] <SAMPLES_LIST>
-
-Create a sample list.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <SAMPLES_LIST>
-
-
- Json array with samples to create.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --direct <DIRECT>
-
-
- Post samples to storage directly. Defaults to False.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- ceilometer sample-list
- usage: ceilometer sample-list [-q <QUERY>] [-m <NAME>] [-l <NUMBER>]
-
-List the samples (return OldSample objects if -m/--meter is set).
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -q <QUERY>, --query <QUERY>
-
-
- key[op]data_type::value; list. data_type is
- optional, but if supplied must be string,
- integer, float, or boolean.
-
-
-
-
- -m <NAME>, --meter <NAME>
-
-
- Name of meter to show samples for.
-
-
-
-
- -l <NUMBER>, --limit <NUMBER>
-
-
- Maximum number of samples to return.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- ceilometer sample-show
- usage: ceilometer sample-show <SAMPLE_ID>
-
-Show a sample.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <SAMPLE_ID>
-
-
- ID (aka message ID) of the sample to show.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- ceilometer statistics
- usage: ceilometer statistics [-q <QUERY>] -m <NAME> [-p <PERIOD>] [-g <FIELD>]
- [-a <FUNC>[<-<PARAM>]]
-
-List the statistics for a meter.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -q <QUERY>, --query <QUERY>
-
-
- key[op]data_type::value; list. data_type is
- optional, but if supplied must be string,
- integer, float, or boolean.
-
-
-
-
- -m <NAME>, --meter <NAME>
-
-
- Name of meter to list statistics for.
- Required.
-
-
-
-
- -p <PERIOD>, --period <PERIOD>
-
-
- Period in seconds over which to group samples.
-
-
-
-
- -g <FIELD>, --groupby <FIELD>
-
-
- Field for group by.
-
-
-
-
- -a <FUNC>[<-<PARAM>], --aggregate <FUNC>[<-<PARAM>]
-
-
- Function for data aggregation. Available
- aggregates are: count, cardinality, min, max,
- sum, stddev, avg. Defaults to [].
-
-
-
-
-
-
- ceilometer trait-description-list
- usage: ceilometer trait-description-list -e <EVENT_TYPE>
-
-List trait info for an event type.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -e <EVENT_TYPE>, --event_type <EVENT_TYPE>
-
-
- Type of the event for which traits will be
- shown. Required.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- ceilometer trait-list
- usage: ceilometer trait-list -e <EVENT_TYPE> -t <TRAIT_NAME>
-
-List all traits with name <trait_name> for Event Type <event_type>.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -e <EVENT_TYPE>, --event_type <EVENT_TYPE>
-
-
- Type of the event for which traits will
- listed. Required.
-
-
-
-
- -t <TRAIT_NAME>, --trait_name <TRAIT_NAME>
-
-
- The name of the trait to list. Required.
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/doc/cli-reference/generated/ch_cli_cinder_commands.xml b/doc/cli-reference/generated/ch_cli_cinder_commands.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index e62b22d75d..0000000000
--- a/doc/cli-reference/generated/ch_cli_cinder_commands.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,7117 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Block Storage service command-line client
-
- The cinder client is the command-line
- interface (CLI) for the Block Storage service API and its extensions.
-
- This chapter documents cinder version
- 1.5.0.
-
-
- For help on a specific cinder
- command, enter:
-
- $cinderCOMMAND
-
-
- cinder usage
- usage: cinder [--version] [-d] [--os-auth-system <auth-system>]
- [--service-type <service-type>] [--service-name <service-name>]
- [--volume-service-name <volume-service-name>]
- [--os-endpoint-type <os-endpoint-type>]
- [--endpoint-type <endpoint-type>]
- [--os-volume-api-version <volume-api-ver>]
- [--bypass-url <bypass-url>] [--retries <retries>]
- [--os-auth-strategy <auth-strategy>]
- [--os-username <auth-user-name>] [--os-password <auth-password>]
- [--os-tenant-name <auth-tenant-name>]
- [--os-tenant-id <auth-tenant-id>] [--os-auth-url <auth-url>]
- [--os-user-id <auth-user-id>]
- [--os-user-domain-id <auth-user-domain-id>]
- [--os-user-domain-name <auth-user-domain-name>]
- [--os-project-id <auth-project-id>]
- [--os-project-name <auth-project-name>]
- [--os-project-domain-id <auth-project-domain-id>]
- [--os-project-domain-name <auth-project-domain-name>]
- [--os-region-name <region-name>] [--os-token <token>]
- [--os-url <url>] [--insecure] [--os-cacert <ca-certificate>]
- [--os-cert <certificate>] [--os-key <key>] [--timeout <seconds>]
- <subcommand> ...
-
- Subcommands
-
- absolute-limits
-
-
- Lists absolute limits for a user.
-
-
-
-
- availability-zone-list
-
-
- Lists all availability zones.
-
-
-
-
- backup-create
-
-
- Creates a volume backup.
-
-
-
-
- backup-delete
-
-
- Removes a backup.
-
-
-
-
- backup-export
-
-
- Export backup metadata record.
-
-
-
-
- backup-import
-
-
- Import backup metadata record.
-
-
-
-
- backup-list
-
-
- Lists all backups.
-
-
-
-
- backup-reset-state
-
-
- Explicitly updates the backup state.
-
-
-
-
- backup-restore
-
-
- Restores a backup.
-
-
-
-
- backup-show
-
-
- Shows backup details.
-
-
-
-
- cgsnapshot-create
-
-
- Creates a cgsnapshot.
-
-
-
-
- cgsnapshot-delete
-
-
- Removes one or more cgsnapshots.
-
-
-
-
- cgsnapshot-list
-
-
- Lists all cgsnapshots.
-
-
-
-
- cgsnapshot-show
-
-
- Shows cgsnapshot details.
-
-
-
-
- consisgroup-create
-
-
- Creates a consistency group.
-
-
-
-
- consisgroup-create-from-src
-
-
- Creates a consistency group from a cgsnapshot or a
- source CG.
-
-
-
-
- consisgroup-delete
-
-
- Removes one or more consistency groups.
-
-
-
-
- consisgroup-list
-
-
- Lists all consistencygroups.
-
-
-
-
- consisgroup-show
-
-
- Shows details of a consistency group.
-
-
-
-
- consisgroup-update
-
-
- Updates a consistencygroup.
-
-
-
-
- create
-
-
- Creates a volume.
-
-
-
-
- credentials
-
-
- Shows user credentials returned from auth.
-
-
-
-
- delete
-
-
- Removes one or more volumes.
-
-
-
-
- encryption-type-create
-
-
- Creates encryption type for a volume type. Admin only.
-
-
-
-
- encryption-type-delete
-
-
- Deletes encryption type for a volume type. Admin only.
-
-
-
-
- encryption-type-list
-
-
- Shows encryption type details for volume types. Admin
- only.
-
-
-
-
- encryption-type-show
-
-
- Shows encryption type details for a volume type. Admin
- only.
-
-
-
-
- encryption-type-update
-
-
- Update encryption type information for a volume type
- (Admin Only).
-
-
-
-
- endpoints
-
-
- Discovers endpoints registered by authentication
- service.
-
-
-
-
- extend
-
-
- Attempts to extend size of an existing volume.
-
-
-
-
- extra-specs-list
-
-
- Lists current volume types and extra specs.
-
-
-
-
- force-delete
-
-
- Attempts force-delete of volume, regardless of state.
-
-
-
-
- get-capabilities
-
-
- Show backend volume stats and properties. Admin only.
-
-
-
-
- get-pools
-
-
- Show pool information for backends. Admin only.
-
-
-
-
- image-metadata
-
-
- Sets or deletes volume image metadata.
-
-
-
-
- image-metadata-show
-
-
- Shows volume image metadata.
-
-
-
-
- list
-
-
- Lists all volumes.
-
-
-
-
- manage
-
-
- Manage an existing volume.
-
-
-
-
- metadata
-
-
- Sets or deletes volume metadata.
-
-
-
-
- metadata-show
-
-
- Shows volume metadata.
-
-
-
-
- metadata-update-all
-
-
- Updates volume metadata.
-
-
-
-
- migrate
-
-
- Migrates volume to a new host.
-
-
-
-
- qos-associate
-
-
- Associates qos specs with specified volume type.
-
-
-
-
- qos-create
-
-
- Creates a qos specs.
-
-
-
-
- qos-delete
-
-
- Deletes a specified qos specs.
-
-
-
-
- qos-disassociate
-
-
- Disassociates qos specs from specified volume type.
-
-
-
-
- qos-disassociate-all
-
-
- Disassociates qos specs from all its associations.
-
-
-
-
- qos-get-association
-
-
- Lists all associations for specified qos specs.
-
-
-
-
- qos-key
-
-
- Sets or unsets specifications for a qos spec.
-
-
-
-
- qos-list
-
-
- Lists qos specs.
-
-
-
-
- qos-show
-
-
- Shows qos specs details.
-
-
-
-
- quota-class-show
-
-
- Lists quotas for a quota class.
-
-
-
-
- quota-class-update
-
-
- Updates quotas for a quota class.
-
-
-
-
- quota-defaults
-
-
- Lists default quotas for a tenant.
-
-
-
-
- quota-delete
-
-
- Delete the quotas for a tenant.
-
-
-
-
- quota-show
-
-
- Lists quotas for a tenant.
-
-
-
-
- quota-update
-
-
- Updates quotas for a tenant.
-
-
-
-
- quota-usage
-
-
- Lists quota usage for a tenant.
-
-
-
-
- rate-limits
-
-
- Lists rate limits for a user.
-
-
-
-
- readonly-mode-update
-
-
- Updates volume read-only access-mode flag.
-
-
-
-
- rename
-
-
- Renames a volume.
-
-
-
-
- replication-disable
-
-
- Disables volume replication on a given volume.
-
-
-
-
- replication-enable
-
-
- Enables volume replication on a given volume.
-
-
-
-
- replication-failover
-
-
- Failover a volume to a secondary target
-
-
-
-
- replication-list-targets
-
-
- List replication targets available for a volume.
-
-
-
-
- replication-promote
-
-
- Promote a secondary volume to primary for a
- relationship.
-
-
-
-
- replication-reenable
-
-
- Sync the secondary volume with primary for a
- relationship.
-
-
-
-
- reset-state
-
-
- Explicitly updates the volume state in the Cinder
- database.
-
-
-
-
- retype
-
-
- Changes the volume type for a volume.
-
-
-
-
- service-disable
-
-
- Disables the service.
-
-
-
-
- service-enable
-
-
- Enables the service.
-
-
-
-
- service-list
-
-
- Lists all services. Filter by host and service binary.
-
-
-
-
- set-bootable
-
-
- Update bootable status of a volume.
-
-
-
-
- show
-
-
- Shows volume details.
-
-
-
-
- snapshot-create
-
-
- Creates a snapshot.
-
-
-
-
- snapshot-delete
-
-
- Removes one or more snapshots.
-
-
-
-
- snapshot-list
-
-
- Lists all snapshots.
-
-
-
-
- snapshot-metadata
-
-
- Sets or deletes snapshot metadata.
-
-
-
-
- snapshot-metadata-show
-
-
- Shows snapshot metadata.
-
-
-
-
- snapshot-metadata-update-all
-
-
- Updates snapshot metadata.
-
-
-
-
- snapshot-rename
-
-
- Renames a snapshot.
-
-
-
-
- snapshot-reset-state
-
-
- Explicitly updates the snapshot state.
-
-
-
-
- snapshot-show
-
-
- Shows snapshot details.
-
-
-
-
- transfer-accept
-
-
- Accepts a volume transfer.
-
-
-
-
- transfer-create
-
-
- Creates a volume transfer.
-
-
-
-
- transfer-delete
-
-
- Undoes a transfer.
-
-
-
-
- transfer-list
-
-
- Lists all transfers.
-
-
-
-
- transfer-show
-
-
- Shows transfer details.
-
-
-
-
- type-access-add
-
-
- Adds volume type access for the given project.
-
-
-
-
- type-access-list
-
-
- Print access information about the given volume type.
-
-
-
-
- type-access-remove
-
-
- Removes volume type access for the given project.
-
-
-
-
- type-create
-
-
- Creates a volume type.
-
-
-
-
- type-default
-
-
- List the default volume type.
-
-
-
-
- type-delete
-
-
- Deletes a volume type.
-
-
-
-
- type-key
-
-
- Sets or unsets extra_spec for a volume type.
-
-
-
-
- type-list
-
-
- Lists available 'volume types'. (Admin only will see
- private types)
-
-
-
-
- type-show
-
-
- Show volume type details.
-
-
-
-
- type-update
-
-
- Updates volume type name ,description and/or
- is_public.
-
-
-
-
- unmanage
-
-
- Stop managing a volume.
-
-
-
-
- upload-to-image
-
-
- Uploads volume to Image Service as an image.
-
-
-
-
- bash-completion
-
-
- Prints arguments for bash_completion.
-
-
-
-
- help
-
-
- Shows help about this program or one of its
- subcommands.
-
-
-
-
- list-extensions
-
-
- Lists all available os-api extensions.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder optional arguments
-
-
- --version
-
-
- show program's version number and exit
-
-
-
-
- -d, --debug
-
-
- Shows debugging output.
-
-
-
-
- --os-auth-system <auth-system>
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_AUTH_SYSTEM].
-
-
-
-
- --service-type <service-type>
-
-
- Service type. For most actions, default is volume.
-
-
-
-
- --service-name <service-name>
-
-
- Service name. Default=env[CINDER_SERVICE_NAME].
-
-
-
-
- --volume-service-name <volume-service-name>
-
-
- Volume service name.
- Default=env[CINDER_VOLUME_SERVICE_NAME].
-
-
-
-
- --os-endpoint-type <os-endpoint-type>
-
-
- Endpoint type, which is publicURL or internalURL.
- Default=env[OS_ENDPOINT_TYPE] or nova
- env[CINDER_ENDPOINT_TYPE] or publicURL.
-
-
-
-
- --endpoint-type <endpoint-type>
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Use --os-endpoint-type.
-
-
-
-
- --os-volume-api-version <volume-api-ver>
-
-
- Block Storage API version. Valid values are 1 or 2.
- Default=env[OS_VOLUME_API_VERSION].
-
-
-
-
- --bypass-url <bypass-url>
-
-
- Use this API endpoint instead of the Service Catalog.
- Defaults to env[CINDERCLIENT_BYPASS_URL].
-
-
-
-
- --retries <retries>
-
-
- Number of retries.
-
-
-
-
- --os-auth-strategy <auth-strategy>
-
-
- Authentication strategy (Env: OS_AUTH_STRATEGY,
- default keystone). For now, any other value will
- disable the authentication.
-
-
-
-
- --os-username <auth-user-name>
-
-
- OpenStack user name. Default=env[OS_USERNAME].
-
-
-
-
- --os-password <auth-password>
-
-
- Password for OpenStack user. Default=env[OS_PASSWORD].
-
-
-
-
- --os-tenant-name <auth-tenant-name>
-
-
- Tenant name. Default=env[OS_TENANT_NAME].
-
-
-
-
- --os-tenant-id <auth-tenant-id>
-
-
- ID for the tenant. Default=env[OS_TENANT_ID].
-
-
-
-
- --os-auth-url <auth-url>
-
-
- URL for the authentication service.
- Default=env[OS_AUTH_URL].
-
-
-
-
- --os-user-id <auth-user-id>
-
-
- Authentication user ID (Env: OS_USER_ID).
-
-
-
-
- --os-user-domain-id <auth-user-domain-id>
-
-
- OpenStack user domain ID. Defaults to
- env[OS_USER_DOMAIN_ID].
-
-
-
-
- --os-user-domain-name <auth-user-domain-name>
-
-
- OpenStack user domain name. Defaults to
- env[OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME].
-
-
-
-
- --os-project-id <auth-project-id>
-
-
- Another way to specify tenant ID. This option is
- mutually exclusive with --os-tenant-id. Defaults to
- env[OS_PROJECT_ID].
-
-
-
-
- --os-project-name <auth-project-name>
-
-
- Another way to specify tenant name. This option is
- mutually exclusive with --os-tenant-name. Defaults to
- env[OS_PROJECT_NAME].
-
-
-
-
- --os-project-domain-id <auth-project-domain-id>
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_ID].
-
-
-
-
- --os-project-domain-name <auth-project-domain-name>
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_NAME].
-
-
-
-
- --os-region-name <region-name>
-
-
- Region name. Default=env[OS_REGION_NAME].
-
-
-
-
- --os-token <token>
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_TOKEN].
-
-
-
-
- --os-url <url>
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_URL].
-
-
-
-
- --insecure
-
-
- Explicitly allow client to perform "insecure" TLS
- (https) requests. The server's certificate will not be
- verified against any certificate authorities. This
- option should be used with caution.
-
-
-
-
- --os-cacert <ca-certificate>
-
-
- Specify a CA bundle file to use in verifying a TLS
- (https) server certificate. Defaults to
- env[OS_CACERT].
-
-
-
-
- --os-cert <certificate>
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_CERT].
-
-
-
-
- --os-key <key>
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_KEY].
-
-
-
-
- --timeout <seconds>
-
-
- Set request timeout (in seconds).
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Block Storage API v1 commands
-
- cinder absolute-limits
- usage: cinder absolute-limits
-
-Lists absolute limits for a user.
-
-
-
- cinder availability-zone-list
- usage: cinder availability-zone-list
-
-Lists all availability zones.
-
-
-
- cinder backup-create
- usage: cinder backup-create [--container <container>] [--name <name>]
- [--description <description>] [--incremental]
- [--force]
- <volume>
-
-Creates a volume backup.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <volume>
-
-
- Name or ID of volume to backup.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --container <container>
-
-
- Backup container name. Default=None.
-
-
-
-
- --name <name>
-
-
- Backup name. Default=None.
-
-
-
-
- --description <description>
-
-
- Backup description. Default=None.
-
-
-
-
- --incremental
-
-
- Incremental backup. Default=False.
-
-
-
-
- --force
-
-
- Allows or disallows backup of a volume when the volume
- is attached to an instance. If set to True, backs up
- the volume whether its status is "available" or "in-
- use". The backup of an "in-use" volume means your data
- is crash consistent. Default=False.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder backup-delete
- usage: cinder backup-delete <backup>
-
-Removes a backup.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <backup>
-
-
- Name or ID of backup to delete.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder backup-export
- usage: cinder backup-export <backup>
-
-Export backup metadata record.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <backup>
-
-
- ID of the backup to export.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder backup-import
- usage: cinder backup-import <backup_service> <backup_url>
-
-Import backup metadata record.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <backup_service>
-
-
- Backup service to use for importing the backup.
-
-
-
-
- <backup_url>
-
-
- Backup URL for importing the backup metadata.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder backup-list
- usage: cinder backup-list [--all-tenants [<all_tenants>]] [--name <name>]
- [--status <status>] [--volume-id <volume-id>]
- [--marker <marker>] [--limit <limit>]
- [--sort <key>[:<direction>]]
-
-Lists all backups.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --all-tenants [<all_tenants>]
-
-
- Shows details for all tenants. Admin only.
-
-
-
-
- --name <name>
-
-
- Filters results by a name. Default=None.
-
-
-
-
- --status <status>
-
-
- Filters results by a status. Default=None.
-
-
-
-
- --volume-id <volume-id>
-
-
- Filters results by a volume ID. Default=None.
-
-
-
-
- --marker <marker>
-
-
- Begin returning backups that appear later in the
- backup list than that represented by this id.
- Default=None.
-
-
-
-
- --limit <limit>
-
-
- Maximum number of backups to return. Default=None.
-
-
-
-
- --sort <key>[:<direction>]
-
-
- Comma-separated list of sort keys and directions in
- the form of <key>[:<asc|desc>]. Valid keys: id,
- status, size, availability_zone, name, bootable,
- created_at. Default=None.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder backup-reset-state
- usage: cinder backup-reset-state [--state <state>] <backup> [<backup> ...]
-
-Explicitly updates the backup state.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <backup>
-
-
- Name or ID of the backup to modify.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --state <state>
-
-
- The state to assign to the backup. Valid values are
- "available", "error", "creating", "deleting", and
- "error_deleting". Default=available.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder backup-restore
- usage: cinder backup-restore [--volume <volume>] <backup>
-
-Restores a backup.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <backup>
-
-
- ID of backup to restore.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --volume <volume>
-
-
- Name or ID of volume to which to restore. Default=None.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder backup-show
- usage: cinder backup-show <backup>
-
-Shows backup details.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <backup>
-
-
- Name or ID of backup.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder cgsnapshot-create
- usage: cinder cgsnapshot-create [--name <name>] [--description <description>]
- <consistencygroup>
-
-Creates a cgsnapshot.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <consistencygroup>
-
-
- Name or ID of a consistency group.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --name <name>
-
-
- Cgsnapshot name. Default=None.
-
-
-
-
- --description <description>
-
-
- Cgsnapshot description. Default=None.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder cgsnapshot-delete
- usage: cinder cgsnapshot-delete <cgsnapshot> [<cgsnapshot> ...]
-
-Removes one or more cgsnapshots.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <cgsnapshot>
-
-
- Name or ID of one or more cgsnapshots to be deleted.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder cgsnapshot-list
- usage: cinder cgsnapshot-list [--all-tenants [<0|1>]] [--status <status>]
- [--consistencygroup-id <consistencygroup_id>]
-
-Lists all cgsnapshots.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --all-tenants [<0|1>]
-
-
- Shows details for all tenants. Admin only.
-
-
-
-
- --status <status>
-
-
- Filters results by a status. Default=None.
-
-
-
-
- --consistencygroup-id <consistencygroup_id>
-
-
- Filters results by a consistency group ID.
- Default=None.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder cgsnapshot-show
- usage: cinder cgsnapshot-show <cgsnapshot>
-
-Shows cgsnapshot details.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <cgsnapshot>
-
-
- Name or ID of cgsnapshot.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder consisgroup-create
- usage: cinder consisgroup-create [--name <name>] [--description <description>]
- [--availability-zone <availability-zone>]
- <volume-types>
-
-Creates a consistency group.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <volume-types>
-
-
- Volume types.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --name <name>
-
-
- Name of a consistency group.
-
-
-
-
- --description <description>
-
-
- Description of a consistency group. Default=None.
-
-
-
-
- --availability-zone <availability-zone>
-
-
- Availability zone for volume. Default=None.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder consisgroup-create-from-src
- usage: cinder consisgroup-create-from-src [--cgsnapshot <cgsnapshot>]
- [--source-cg <source-cg>]
- [--name <name>]
- [--description <description>]
-
-Creates a consistency group from a cgsnapshot or a source CG.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --cgsnapshot <cgsnapshot>
-
-
- Name or ID of a cgsnapshot. Default=None.
-
-
-
-
- --source-cg <source-cg>
-
-
- Name or ID of a source CG. Default=None.
-
-
-
-
- --name <name>
-
-
- Name of a consistency group. Default=None.
-
-
-
-
- --description <description>
-
-
- Description of a consistency group. Default=None.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder consisgroup-delete
- usage: cinder consisgroup-delete [--force]
- <consistencygroup> [<consistencygroup> ...]
-
-Removes one or more consistency groups.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <consistencygroup>
-
-
- Name or ID of one or more consistency groups to be
- deleted.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --force
-
-
- Allows or disallows consistency groups to be deleted. If
- the consistency group is empty, it can be deleted
- without the force flag. If the consistency group is not
- empty, the force flag is required for it to be deleted.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder consisgroup-list
- usage: cinder consisgroup-list [--all-tenants [<0|1>]]
-
-Lists all consistencygroups.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --all-tenants [<0|1>]
-
-
- Shows details for all tenants. Admin only.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder consisgroup-show
- usage: cinder consisgroup-show <consistencygroup>
-
-Shows details of a consistency group.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <consistencygroup>
-
-
- Name or ID of a consistency group.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder consisgroup-update
- usage: cinder consisgroup-update [--name <name>] [--description <description>]
- [--add-volumes <uuid1,uuid2,......>]
- [--remove-volumes <uuid3,uuid4,......>]
- <consistencygroup>
-
-Updates a consistencygroup.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <consistencygroup>
-
-
- Name or ID of a consistency group.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --name <name>
-
-
- New name for consistency group. Default=None.
-
-
-
-
- --description <description>
-
-
- New description for consistency group. Default=None.
-
-
-
-
- --add-volumes <uuid1,uuid2,......>
-
-
- UUID of one or more volumes to be added to the
- consistency group, separated by commas. Default=None.
-
-
-
-
- --remove-volumes <uuid3,uuid4,......>
-
-
- UUID of one or more volumes to be removed from the
- consistency group, separated by commas. Default=None.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder create
- usage: cinder create [--consisgroup-id <consistencygroup-id>]
- [--snapshot-id <snapshot-id>]
- [--source-volid <source-volid>]
- [--source-replica <source-replica>]
- [--image-id <image-id>] [--image <image>] [--name <name>]
- [--description <description>]
- [--volume-type <volume-type>]
- [--availability-zone <availability-zone>]
- [--metadata [<key=value> [<key=value> ...]]]
- [--hint <key=value>] [--allow-multiattach]
- [<size>]
-
-Creates a volume.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <size>
-
-
- Size of volume, in GiBs. (Required unless snapshot-id
- /source-volid is specified).
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --consisgroup-id <consistencygroup-id>
-
-
- ID of a consistency group where the new volume belongs
- to. Default=None.
-
-
-
-
- --snapshot-id <snapshot-id>
-
-
- Creates volume from snapshot ID. Default=None.
-
-
-
-
- --source-volid <source-volid>
-
-
- Creates volume from volume ID. Default=None.
-
-
-
-
- --source-replica <source-replica>
-
-
- Creates volume from replicated volume ID.
- Default=None.
-
-
-
-
- --image-id <image-id>
-
-
- Creates volume from image ID. Default=None.
-
-
-
-
- --image <image>
-
-
- Creates a volume from image (ID or name).
- Default=None.
-
-
-
-
- --name <name>
-
-
- Volume name. Default=None.
-
-
-
-
- --description <description>
-
-
- Volume description. Default=None.
-
-
-
-
- --volume-type <volume-type>
-
-
- Volume type. Default=None.
-
-
-
-
- --availability-zone <availability-zone>
-
-
- Availability zone for volume. Default=None.
-
-
-
-
- --metadata [<key=value> [<key=value> ...]]
-
-
- Metadata key and value pairs. Default=None.
-
-
-
-
- --hint <key=value>
-
-
- Scheduler hint, like in nova.
-
-
-
-
- --allow-multiattach
-
-
- Allow volume to be attached more than once.
- Default=False
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder credentials
- usage: cinder credentials
-
-Shows user credentials returned from auth.
-
-
-
- cinder delete
- usage: cinder delete <volume> [<volume> ...]
-
-Removes one or more volumes.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <volume>
-
-
- Name or ID of volume or volumes to delete.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder encryption-type-create
- usage: cinder encryption-type-create [--cipher <cipher>]
- [--key_size <key_size>]
- [--control_location <control_location>]
- <volume_type> <provider>
-
-Creates encryption type for a volume type. Admin only.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <volume_type>
-
-
- Name or ID of volume type.
-
-
-
-
- <provider>
-
-
- The class that provides encryption support. For
- example, LuksEncryptor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --cipher <cipher>
-
-
- The encryption algorithm or mode. For example, aes-
- xts-plain64. Default=None.
-
-
-
-
- --key_size <key_size>
-
-
- Size of encryption key, in bits. For example, 128 or
- 256. Default=None.
-
-
-
-
- --control_location <control_location>
-
-
- Notional service where encryption is performed. Valid
- values are "front-end" or "back-end." For example,
- front-end=Nova. Default is "front-end."
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder encryption-type-delete
- usage: cinder encryption-type-delete <volume_type>
-
-Deletes encryption type for a volume type. Admin only.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <volume_type>
-
-
- Name or ID of volume type.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder encryption-type-list
- usage: cinder encryption-type-list
-
-Shows encryption type details for volume types. Admin only.
-
-
-
- cinder encryption-type-show
- usage: cinder encryption-type-show <volume_type>
-
-Shows encryption type details for a volume type. Admin only.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <volume_type>
-
-
- Name or ID of volume type.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder encryption-type-update
- usage: cinder encryption-type-update [--provider <provider>]
- [--cipher [<cipher>]]
- [--key-size [<key-size>]]
- [--control-location <control-location>]
- <volume-type>
-
-Update encryption type information for a volume type (Admin Only).
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <volume-type>
-
-
- Name or ID of the volume type
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --provider <provider>
-
-
- Class providing encryption support (e.g.
- LuksEncryptor) (Optional)
-
-
-
-
- --cipher [<cipher>]
-
-
- Encryption algorithm/mode to use (e.g., aes-xts-
- plain64). Provide parameter without value to set to
- provider default. (Optional)
-
-
-
-
- --key-size [<key-size>]
-
-
- Size of the encryption key, in bits (e.g., 128, 256).
- Provide parameter without value to set to provider
- default. (Optional)
-
-
-
-
- --control-location <control-location>
-
-
- Notional service where encryption is performed (e.g.,
- front-end=Nova). Values: 'front-end', 'back-end'
- (Optional)
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder endpoints
- usage: cinder endpoints
-
-Discovers endpoints registered by authentication service.
-
-
-
- cinder extend
- usage: cinder extend <volume> <new_size>
-
-Attempts to extend size of an existing volume.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <volume>
-
-
- Name or ID of volume to extend.
-
-
-
-
- <new_size>
-
-
- New size of volume, in GiBs.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder extra-specs-list
- usage: cinder extra-specs-list
-
-Lists current volume types and extra specs.
-
-
-
- cinder force-delete
- usage: cinder force-delete <volume> [<volume> ...]
-
-Attempts force-delete of volume, regardless of state.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <volume>
-
-
- Name or ID of volume or volumes to delete.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder get-capabilities
- usage: cinder get-capabilities <host>
-
-Show backend volume stats and properties. Admin only.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <host>
-
-
- Cinder host to show backend volume stats and properties; takes the
- form: host@backend-name
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder get-pools
- usage: cinder get-pools [--detail]
-
-Show pool information for backends. Admin only.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --detail
-
-
- Show detailed information about pools.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder image-metadata
- usage: cinder image-metadata <volume> <action> <key=value> [<key=value> ...]
-
-Sets or deletes volume image metadata.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <volume>
-
-
- Name or ID of volume for which to update metadata.
-
-
-
-
- <action>
-
-
- The action. Valid values are 'set' or 'unset.'
-
-
-
-
- <key=value>
-
-
- Metadata key and value pair to set or unset. For unset, specify
- only the key.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder image-metadata-show
- usage: cinder image-metadata-show <volume>
-
-Shows volume image metadata.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <volume>
-
-
- ID of volume.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder list
- usage: cinder list [--all-tenants [<0|1>]] [--name <name>] [--status <status>]
- [--migration_status <migration_status>]
- [--metadata [<key=value> [<key=value> ...]]]
- [--marker <marker>] [--limit <limit>]
- [--sort <key>[:<direction>]] [--tenant [<tenant>]]
-
-Lists all volumes.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --all-tenants [<0|1>]
-
-
- Shows details for all tenants. Admin only.
-
-
-
-
- --name <name>
-
-
- Filters results by a name. Default=None.
-
-
-
-
- --status <status>
-
-
- Filters results by a status. Default=None.
-
-
-
-
- --migration_status <migration_status>
-
-
- Filters results by a migration status. Default=None.
- Admin only.
-
-
-
-
- --metadata [<key=value> [<key=value> ...]]
-
-
- Filters results by a metadata key and value pair.
- Default=None.
-
-
-
-
- --marker <marker>
-
-
- Begin returning volumes that appear later in the
- volume list than that represented by this volume id.
- Default=None.
-
-
-
-
- --limit <limit>
-
-
- Maximum number of volumes to return. Default=None.
-
-
-
-
- --sort <key>[:<direction>]
-
-
- Comma-separated list of sort keys and directions in
- the form of <key>[:<asc|desc>]. Valid keys: id,
- status, size, availability_zone, name, bootable,
- created_at. Default=None.
-
-
-
-
- --tenant [<tenant>]
-
-
- Display information from single tenant (Admin only).
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder list-extensions
- usage: cinder list-extensions
-
-Lists all available os-api extensions.
-
-
-
- cinder manage
- usage: cinder manage [--id-type <id-type>] [--name <name>]
- [--description <description>]
- [--volume-type <volume-type>]
- [--availability-zone <availability-zone>]
- [--metadata [<key=value> [<key=value> ...]]] [--bootable]
- <host> <identifier>
-
-Manage an existing volume.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <host>
-
-
- Cinder host on which the existing volume resides;
- takes the form: host@backend-name#pool
-
-
-
-
- <identifier>
-
-
- Name or other Identifier for existing volume
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --id-type <id-type>
-
-
- Type of backend device identifier provided, typically
- source-name or source-id (Default=source-name)
-
-
-
-
- --name <name>
-
-
- Volume name (Default=None)
-
-
-
-
- --description <description>
-
-
- Volume description (Default=None)
-
-
-
-
- --volume-type <volume-type>
-
-
- Volume type (Default=None)
-
-
-
-
- --availability-zone <availability-zone>
-
-
- Availability zone for volume (Default=None)
-
-
-
-
- --metadata [<key=value> [<key=value> ...]]
-
-
- Metadata key=value pairs (Default=None)
-
-
-
-
- --bootable
-
-
- Specifies that the newly created volume should be
- marked as bootable
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder metadata
- usage: cinder metadata <volume> <action> <key=value> [<key=value> ...]
-
-Sets or deletes volume metadata.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <volume>
-
-
- Name or ID of volume for which to update metadata.
-
-
-
-
- <action>
-
-
- The action. Valid values are "set" or "unset."
-
-
-
-
- <key=value>
-
-
- Metadata key and value pair to set or unset. For unset, specify
- only the key.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder metadata-show
- usage: cinder metadata-show <volume>
-
-Shows volume metadata.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <volume>
-
-
- ID of volume.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder metadata-update-all
- usage: cinder metadata-update-all <volume> <key=value> [<key=value> ...]
-
-Updates volume metadata.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <volume>
-
-
- ID of volume for which to update metadata.
-
-
-
-
- <key=value>
-
-
- Metadata key and value pair or pairs to update.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder migrate
- usage: cinder migrate [--force-host-copy [<True|False>]]
- [--lock-volume [<True|False>]]
- <volume> <host>
-
-Migrates volume to a new host.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <volume>
-
-
- ID of volume to migrate.
-
-
-
-
- <host>
-
-
- Destination host. Takes the form: host@backend-
- name#pool
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --force-host-copy [<True|False>]
-
-
- Enables or disables generic host-based force-
- migration, which bypasses driver optimizations.
- Default=False.
-
-
-
-
- --lock-volume [<True|False>]
-
-
- Enables or disables the termination of volume
- migration caused by other commands. This option
- applies to the available volume. True means it locks
- the volume state and does not allow the migration to
- be aborted. The volume status will be in maintenance
- during the migration. False means it allows the volume
- migration to be aborted. The volume status is still in
- the original status. Default=False.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder qos-associate
- usage: cinder qos-associate <qos_specs> <volume_type_id>
-
-Associates qos specs with specified volume type.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <qos_specs>
-
-
- ID of QoS specifications.
-
-
-
-
- <volume_type_id>
-
-
- ID of volume type with which to associate QoS
- specifications.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder qos-create
- usage: cinder qos-create <name> <key=value> [<key=value> ...]
-
-Creates a qos specs.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <name>
-
-
- Name of new QoS specifications.
-
-
-
-
- <key=value>
-
-
- QoS specifications.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder qos-delete
- usage: cinder qos-delete [--force [<True|False>]] <qos_specs>
-
-Deletes a specified qos specs.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <qos_specs>
-
-
- ID of QoS specifications to delete.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --force [<True|False>]
-
-
- Enables or disables deletion of in-use QoS
- specifications. Default=False.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder qos-disassociate
- usage: cinder qos-disassociate <qos_specs> <volume_type_id>
-
-Disassociates qos specs from specified volume type.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <qos_specs>
-
-
- ID of QoS specifications.
-
-
-
-
- <volume_type_id>
-
-
- ID of volume type with which to associate QoS
- specifications.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder qos-disassociate-all
- usage: cinder qos-disassociate-all <qos_specs>
-
-Disassociates qos specs from all its associations.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <qos_specs>
-
-
- ID of QoS specifications on which to operate.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder qos-get-association
- usage: cinder qos-get-association <qos_specs>
-
-Lists all associations for specified qos specs.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <qos_specs>
-
-
- ID of QoS specifications.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder qos-key
- usage: cinder qos-key <qos_specs> <action> key=value [key=value ...]
-
-Sets or unsets specifications for a qos spec.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <qos_specs>
-
-
- ID of QoS specifications.
-
-
-
-
- <action>
-
-
- The action. Valid values are "set" or "unset."
-
-
-
-
- key=value
-
-
- Metadata key and value pair to set or unset. For unset, specify
- only the key.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder qos-list
- usage: cinder qos-list
-
-Lists qos specs.
-
-
-
- cinder qos-show
- usage: cinder qos-show <qos_specs>
-
-Shows qos specs details.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <qos_specs>
-
-
- ID of QoS specifications to show.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder quota-class-show
- usage: cinder quota-class-show <class>
-
-Lists quotas for a quota class.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <class>
-
-
- Name of quota class for which to list quotas.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder quota-class-update
- usage: cinder quota-class-update [--volumes <volumes>]
- [--snapshots <snapshots>]
- [--gigabytes <gigabytes>]
- [--volume-type <volume_type_name>]
- <class_name>
-
-Updates quotas for a quota class.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <class_name>
-
-
- Name of quota class for which to set quotas.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --volumes <volumes>
-
-
- The new "volumes" quota value. Default=None.
-
-
-
-
- --snapshots <snapshots>
-
-
- The new "snapshots" quota value. Default=None.
-
-
-
-
- --gigabytes <gigabytes>
-
-
- The new "gigabytes" quota value. Default=None.
-
-
-
-
- --volume-type <volume_type_name>
-
-
- Volume type. Default=None.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder quota-defaults
- usage: cinder quota-defaults <tenant_id>
-
-Lists default quotas for a tenant.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <tenant_id>
-
-
- ID of tenant for which to list quota defaults.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder quota-delete
- usage: cinder quota-delete <tenant_id>
-
-Delete the quotas for a tenant.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <tenant_id>
-
-
- UUID of tenant to delete the quotas for.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder quota-show
- usage: cinder quota-show <tenant_id>
-
-Lists quotas for a tenant.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <tenant_id>
-
-
- ID of tenant for which to list quotas.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder quota-update
- usage: cinder quota-update [--volumes <volumes>] [--snapshots <snapshots>]
- [--gigabytes <gigabytes>] [--backups <backups>]
- [--backup-gigabytes <backup_gigabytes>]
- [--consistencygroups <consistencygroups>]
- [--volume-type <volume_type_name>]
- [--per-volume-gigabytes <per_volume_gigabytes>]
- <tenant_id>
-
-Updates quotas for a tenant.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <tenant_id>
-
-
- ID of tenant for which to set quotas.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --volumes <volumes>
-
-
- The new "volumes" quota value. Default=None.
-
-
-
-
- --snapshots <snapshots>
-
-
- The new "snapshots" quota value. Default=None.
-
-
-
-
- --gigabytes <gigabytes>
-
-
- The new "gigabytes" quota value. Default=None.
-
-
-
-
- --backups <backups>
-
-
- The new "backups" quota value. Default=None.
-
-
-
-
- --backup-gigabytes <backup_gigabytes>
-
-
- The new "backup_gigabytes" quota value. Default=None.
-
-
-
-
- --consistencygroups <consistencygroups>
-
-
- The new "consistencygroups" quota value. Default=None.
-
-
-
-
- --volume-type <volume_type_name>
-
-
- Volume type. Default=None.
-
-
-
-
- --per-volume-gigabytes <per_volume_gigabytes>
-
-
- Set max volume size limit. Default=None.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder quota-usage
- usage: cinder quota-usage <tenant_id>
-
-Lists quota usage for a tenant.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <tenant_id>
-
-
- ID of tenant for which to list quota usage.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder rate-limits
- usage: cinder rate-limits
-
-Lists rate limits for a user.
-
-
-
- cinder readonly-mode-update
- usage: cinder readonly-mode-update <volume> <True|true|False|false>
-
-Updates volume read-only access-mode flag.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <volume>
-
-
- ID of volume to update.
-
-
-
-
- <True|true|False|false>
-
-
- Enables or disables update of volume to read-only
- access mode.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder rename
- usage: cinder rename [--description <description>] <volume> [<name>]
-
-Renames a volume.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <volume>
-
-
- Name or ID of volume to rename.
-
-
-
-
- <name>
-
-
- New name for volume.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --description <description>
-
-
- Volume description. Default=None.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder replication-disable
- usage: cinder replication-disable <volume>
-
-Disables volume replication on a given volume.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <volume>
-
-
- ID of volume to disable replication.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder replication-enable
- usage: cinder replication-enable <volume>
-
-Enables volume replication on a given volume.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <volume>
-
-
- ID of volume to enable replication.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder replication-failover
- usage: cinder replication-failover <volume> <secondary>
-
-Failover a volume to a secondary target
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <volume>
-
-
- ID of volume to failover.
-
-
-
-
- <secondary>
-
-
- A unqiue identifier that represents a failover target.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder replication-list-targets
- usage: cinder replication-list-targets <volume>
-
-List replication targets available for a volume.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <volume>
-
-
- ID of volume to list available replication targets.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder replication-promote
- usage: cinder replication-promote <volume>
-
-Promote a secondary volume to primary for a relationship.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <volume>
-
-
- Name or ID of the volume to promote. The volume should have the
- replica volume created with source-replica argument.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder replication-reenable
- usage: cinder replication-reenable <volume>
-
-Sync the secondary volume with primary for a relationship.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <volume>
-
-
- Name or ID of the volume to reenable replication. The replication-
- status of the volume should be inactive.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder reset-state
- usage: cinder reset-state [--state <state>] [--attach-status <attach-status>]
- [--reset-migration-status]
- <volume> [<volume> ...]
-
-Explicitly updates the volume state in the Cinder database. Note that this
-does not affect whether the volume is actually attached to the Nova compute
-host or instance and can result in an unusable volume. Being a database change
-only, this has no impact on the true state of the volume and may not match the
-actual state. This can render a volume unusable in the case of change to the
-'available' state.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <volume>
-
-
- Name or ID of volume to modify.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --state <state>
-
-
- The state to assign to the volume. Valid values are
- "available", "error", "creating", "deleting", "in-
- use", "attaching", "detaching", "error_deleting" and
- "maintenance". NOTE: This command simply changes the
- state of the Volume in the DataBase with no regard to
- actual status, exercise caution when using.
- Default=available.
-
-
-
-
- --attach-status <attach-status>
-
-
- The attach status to assign to the volume in the
- DataBase, with no regard to the actual status. Valid
- values are "attached" and "detached". Default=None,
- that means the status is unchanged.
-
-
-
-
- --reset-migration-status
-
-
- Clears the migration status of the volume in the
- DataBase that indicates the volume is source or
- destination of volume migration, with no regard to the
- actual status.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder retype
- usage: cinder retype [--migration-policy <never|on-demand>]
- <volume> <volume-type>
-
-Changes the volume type for a volume.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <volume>
-
-
- Name or ID of volume for which to modify type.
-
-
-
-
- <volume-type>
-
-
- New volume type.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --migration-policy <never|on-demand>
-
-
- Migration policy during retype of volume.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder service-disable
- usage: cinder service-disable [--reason <reason>] <hostname> <binary>
-
-Disables the service.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <hostname>
-
-
- Host name.
-
-
-
-
- <binary>
-
-
- Service binary.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --reason <reason>
-
-
- Reason for disabling service.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder service-enable
- usage: cinder service-enable <hostname> <binary>
-
-Enables the service.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <hostname>
-
-
- Host name.
-
-
-
-
- <binary>
-
-
- Service binary.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder service-list
- usage: cinder service-list [--host <hostname>] [--binary <binary>]
-
-Lists all services. Filter by host and service binary.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --host <hostname>
-
-
- Host name. Default=None.
-
-
-
-
- --binary <binary>
-
-
- Service binary. Default=None.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder set-bootable
- usage: cinder set-bootable <volume> <True|true|False|false>
-
-Update bootable status of a volume.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <volume>
-
-
- ID of the volume to update.
-
-
-
-
- <True|true|False|false>
-
-
- Flag to indicate whether volume is bootable.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder show
- usage: cinder show <volume>
-
-Shows volume details.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <volume>
-
-
- Name or ID of volume.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder snapshot-create
- usage: cinder snapshot-create [--force [<True|False>]] [--name <name>]
- [--description <description>]
- [--metadata [<key=value> [<key=value> ...]]]
- <volume>
-
-Creates a snapshot.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <volume>
-
-
- Name or ID of volume to snapshot.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --force [<True|False>]
-
-
- Allows or disallows snapshot of a volume when the
- volume is attached to an instance. If set to True,
- ignores the current status of the volume when
- attempting to snapshot it rather than forcing it to be
- available. Default=False.
-
-
-
-
- --name <name>
-
-
- Snapshot name. Default=None.
-
-
-
-
- --description <description>
-
-
- Snapshot description. Default=None.
-
-
-
-
- --metadata [<key=value> [<key=value> ...]]
-
-
- Snapshot metadata key and value pairs. Default=None.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder snapshot-delete
- usage: cinder snapshot-delete <snapshot> [<snapshot> ...]
-
-Removes one or more snapshots.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <snapshot>
-
-
- Name or ID of the snapshot(s) to delete.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder snapshot-list
- usage: cinder snapshot-list [--all-tenants [<0|1>]] [--name <name>]
- [--status <status>] [--volume-id <volume-id>]
- [--marker <marker>] [--limit <limit>]
- [--sort <key>[:<direction>]]
-
-Lists all snapshots.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --all-tenants [<0|1>]
-
-
- Shows details for all tenants. Admin only.
-
-
-
-
- --name <name>
-
-
- Filters results by a name. Default=None.
-
-
-
-
- --status <status>
-
-
- Filters results by a status. Default=None.
-
-
-
-
- --volume-id <volume-id>
-
-
- Filters results by a volume ID. Default=None.
-
-
-
-
- --marker <marker>
-
-
- Begin returning snapshots that appear later in the
- snapshot list than that represented by this id.
- Default=None.
-
-
-
-
- --limit <limit>
-
-
- Maximum number of snapshots to return. Default=None.
-
-
-
-
- --sort <key>[:<direction>]
-
-
- Comma-separated list of sort keys and directions in
- the form of <key>[:<asc|desc>]. Valid keys: id,
- status, size, availability_zone, name, bootable,
- created_at. Default=None.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder snapshot-metadata
- usage: cinder snapshot-metadata <snapshot> <action> <key=value>
- [<key=value> ...]
-
-Sets or deletes snapshot metadata.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <snapshot>
-
-
- ID of snapshot for which to update metadata.
-
-
-
-
- <action>
-
-
- The action. Valid values are "set" or "unset."
-
-
-
-
- <key=value>
-
-
- Metadata key and value pair to set or unset. For unset, specify
- only the key.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder snapshot-metadata-show
- usage: cinder snapshot-metadata-show <snapshot>
-
-Shows snapshot metadata.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <snapshot>
-
-
- ID of snapshot.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder snapshot-metadata-update-all
- usage: cinder snapshot-metadata-update-all <snapshot> <key=value>
- [<key=value> ...]
-
-Updates snapshot metadata.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <snapshot>
-
-
- ID of snapshot for which to update metadata.
-
-
-
-
- <key=value>
-
-
- Metadata key and value pair to update.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder snapshot-rename
- usage: cinder snapshot-rename [--description <description>]
- <snapshot> [<name>]
-
-Renames a snapshot.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <snapshot>
-
-
- Name or ID of snapshot.
-
-
-
-
- <name>
-
-
- New name for snapshot.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --description <description>
-
-
- Snapshot description. Default=None.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder snapshot-reset-state
- usage: cinder snapshot-reset-state [--state <state>]
- <snapshot> [<snapshot> ...]
-
-Explicitly updates the snapshot state.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <snapshot>
-
-
- Name or ID of snapshot to modify.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --state <state>
-
-
- The state to assign to the snapshot. Valid values are
- "available", "error", "creating", "deleting", and
- "error_deleting". NOTE: This command simply changes the
- state of the Snapshot in the DataBase with no regard to
- actual status, exercise caution when using.
- Default=available.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder snapshot-show
- usage: cinder snapshot-show <snapshot>
-
-Shows snapshot details.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <snapshot>
-
-
- Name or ID of snapshot.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder transfer-accept
- usage: cinder transfer-accept <transfer> <auth_key>
-
-Accepts a volume transfer.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <transfer>
-
-
- ID of transfer to accept.
-
-
-
-
- <auth_key>
-
-
- Authentication key of transfer to accept.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder transfer-create
- usage: cinder transfer-create [--name <name>] <volume>
-
-Creates a volume transfer.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <volume>
-
-
- Name or ID of volume to transfer.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --name <name>
-
-
- Transfer name. Default=None.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder transfer-delete
- usage: cinder transfer-delete <transfer>
-
-Undoes a transfer.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <transfer>
-
-
- Name or ID of transfer to delete.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder transfer-list
- usage: cinder transfer-list [--all-tenants [<0|1>]]
-
-Lists all transfers.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --all-tenants [<0|1>]
-
-
- Shows details for all tenants. Admin only.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder transfer-show
- usage: cinder transfer-show <transfer>
-
-Shows transfer details.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <transfer>
-
-
- Name or ID of transfer to accept.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder type-access-add
- usage: cinder type-access-add --volume-type <volume_type> --project-id
- <project_id>
-
-Adds volume type access for the given project.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --volume-type <volume_type>
-
-
- Volume type name or ID to add access for the given
- project.
-
-
-
-
- --project-id <project_id>
-
-
- Project ID to add volume type access for.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder type-access-list
- usage: cinder type-access-list --volume-type <volume_type>
-
-Print access information about the given volume type.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --volume-type <volume_type>
-
-
- Filter results by volume type name or ID.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder type-access-remove
- usage: cinder type-access-remove --volume-type <volume_type> --project-id
- <project_id>
-
-Removes volume type access for the given project.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --volume-type <volume_type>
-
-
- Volume type name or ID to remove access for the given
- project.
-
-
-
-
- --project-id <project_id>
-
-
- Project ID to remove volume type access for.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder type-create
- usage: cinder type-create [--description <description>]
- [--is-public <is-public>]
- <name>
-
-Creates a volume type.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <name>
-
-
- Name of new volume type.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --description <description>
-
-
- Description of new volume type.
-
-
-
-
- --is-public <is-public>
-
-
- Make type accessible to the public (default true).
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder type-default
- usage: cinder type-default
-
-List the default volume type.
-
-
-
- cinder type-delete
- usage: cinder type-delete <id>
-
-Deletes a volume type.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <id>
-
-
- ID of volume type to delete.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder type-key
- usage: cinder type-key <vtype> <action> <key=value> [<key=value> ...]
-
-Sets or unsets extra_spec for a volume type.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <vtype>
-
-
- Name or ID of volume type.
-
-
-
-
- <action>
-
-
- The action. Valid values are "set" or "unset."
-
-
-
-
- <key=value>
-
-
- The extra specs key and value pair to set or unset. For unset,
- specify only the key.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder type-list
- usage: cinder type-list
-
-Lists available 'volume types'. (Admin only will see private types)
-
-
-
- cinder type-show
- usage: cinder type-show <volume_type>
-
-Show volume type details.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <volume_type>
-
-
- Name or ID of the volume type.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder type-update
- usage: cinder type-update [--name <name>] [--description <description>]
- [--is-public <is-public>]
- <id>
-
-Updates volume type name ,description and/or is_public.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <id>
-
-
- ID of the volume type.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --name <name>
-
-
- Name of the volume type.
-
-
-
-
- --description <description>
-
-
- Description of the volume type.
-
-
-
-
- --is-public <is-public>
-
-
- Make type accessible to the public or not.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder unmanage
- usage: cinder unmanage <volume>
-
-Stop managing a volume.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <volume>
-
-
- Name or ID of the volume to unmanage.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder upload-to-image
- usage: cinder upload-to-image [--force [<True|False>]]
- [--container-format <container-format>]
- [--disk-format <disk-format>]
- <volume> <image-name>
-
-Uploads volume to Image Service as an image.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <volume>
-
-
- Name or ID of volume to snapshot.
-
-
-
-
- <image-name>
-
-
- The new image name.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --force [<True|False>]
-
-
- Enables or disables upload of a volume that is
- attached to an instance. Default=False.
-
-
-
-
- --container-format <container-format>
-
-
- Container format type. Default is bare.
-
-
-
-
- --disk-format <disk-format>
-
-
- Disk format type. Default is raw.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Block Storage API v2 commands
-
- You can select an API version to use by adding the
- --os-volume-api-version parameter or by setting
- the corresponding environment variable:
-$export OS_VOLUME_API_VERSION=2
-
-
- cinder absolute-limits (v2)
- usage: cinder --os-volume-api-version 2 absolute-limits
-
-Lists absolute limits for a user.
-
-
-
- cinder availability-zone-list (v2)
- usage: cinder --os-volume-api-version 2 availability-zone-list
-
-Lists all availability zones.
-
-
-
- cinder backup-create (v2)
- usage: cinder --os-volume-api-version 2 backup-create [--container <container>] [--name <name>]
- [--description <description>] [--incremental]
- [--force]
- <volume>
-
-Creates a volume backup.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <volume>
-
-
- Name or ID of volume to backup.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --container <container>
-
-
- Backup container name. Default=None.
-
-
-
-
- --name <name>
-
-
- Backup name. Default=None.
-
-
-
-
- --description <description>
-
-
- Backup description. Default=None.
-
-
-
-
- --incremental
-
-
- Incremental backup. Default=False.
-
-
-
-
- --force
-
-
- Allows or disallows backup of a volume when the volume
- is attached to an instance. If set to True, backs up
- the volume whether its status is "available" or "in-
- use". The backup of an "in-use" volume means your data
- is crash consistent. Default=False.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder backup-delete (v2)
- usage: cinder --os-volume-api-version 2 backup-delete <backup>
-
-Removes a backup.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <backup>
-
-
- Name or ID of backup to delete.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder backup-export (v2)
- usage: cinder --os-volume-api-version 2 backup-export <backup>
-
-Export backup metadata record.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <backup>
-
-
- ID of the backup to export.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder backup-import (v2)
- usage: cinder --os-volume-api-version 2 backup-import <backup_service> <backup_url>
-
-Import backup metadata record.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <backup_service>
-
-
- Backup service to use for importing the backup.
-
-
-
-
- <backup_url>
-
-
- Backup URL for importing the backup metadata.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder backup-list (v2)
- usage: cinder --os-volume-api-version 2 backup-list [--all-tenants [<all_tenants>]] [--name <name>]
- [--status <status>] [--volume-id <volume-id>]
- [--marker <marker>] [--limit <limit>]
- [--sort <key>[:<direction>]]
-
-Lists all backups.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --all-tenants [<all_tenants>]
-
-
- Shows details for all tenants. Admin only.
-
-
-
-
- --name <name>
-
-
- Filters results by a name. Default=None.
-
-
-
-
- --status <status>
-
-
- Filters results by a status. Default=None.
-
-
-
-
- --volume-id <volume-id>
-
-
- Filters results by a volume ID. Default=None.
-
-
-
-
- --marker <marker>
-
-
- Begin returning backups that appear later in the
- backup list than that represented by this id.
- Default=None.
-
-
-
-
- --limit <limit>
-
-
- Maximum number of backups to return. Default=None.
-
-
-
-
- --sort <key>[:<direction>]
-
-
- Comma-separated list of sort keys and directions in
- the form of <key>[:<asc|desc>]. Valid keys: id,
- status, size, availability_zone, name, bootable,
- created_at. Default=None.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder backup-reset-state (v2)
- usage: cinder --os-volume-api-version 2 backup-reset-state [--state <state>] <backup> [<backup> ...]
-
-Explicitly updates the backup state.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <backup>
-
-
- Name or ID of the backup to modify.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --state <state>
-
-
- The state to assign to the backup. Valid values are
- "available", "error", "creating", "deleting", and
- "error_deleting". Default=available.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder backup-restore (v2)
- usage: cinder --os-volume-api-version 2 backup-restore [--volume <volume>] <backup>
-
-Restores a backup.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <backup>
-
-
- ID of backup to restore.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --volume <volume>
-
-
- Name or ID of volume to which to restore. Default=None.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder backup-show (v2)
- usage: cinder --os-volume-api-version 2 backup-show <backup>
-
-Shows backup details.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <backup>
-
-
- Name or ID of backup.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder cgsnapshot-create (v2)
- usage: cinder --os-volume-api-version 2 cgsnapshot-create [--name <name>] [--description <description>]
- <consistencygroup>
-
-Creates a cgsnapshot.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <consistencygroup>
-
-
- Name or ID of a consistency group.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --name <name>
-
-
- Cgsnapshot name. Default=None.
-
-
-
-
- --description <description>
-
-
- Cgsnapshot description. Default=None.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder cgsnapshot-delete (v2)
- usage: cinder --os-volume-api-version 2 cgsnapshot-delete <cgsnapshot> [<cgsnapshot> ...]
-
-Removes one or more cgsnapshots.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <cgsnapshot>
-
-
- Name or ID of one or more cgsnapshots to be deleted.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder cgsnapshot-list (v2)
- usage: cinder --os-volume-api-version 2 cgsnapshot-list [--all-tenants [<0|1>]] [--status <status>]
- [--consistencygroup-id <consistencygroup_id>]
-
-Lists all cgsnapshots.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --all-tenants [<0|1>]
-
-
- Shows details for all tenants. Admin only.
-
-
-
-
- --status <status>
-
-
- Filters results by a status. Default=None.
-
-
-
-
- --consistencygroup-id <consistencygroup_id>
-
-
- Filters results by a consistency group ID.
- Default=None.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder cgsnapshot-show (v2)
- usage: cinder --os-volume-api-version 2 cgsnapshot-show <cgsnapshot>
-
-Shows cgsnapshot details.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <cgsnapshot>
-
-
- Name or ID of cgsnapshot.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder consisgroup-create (v2)
- usage: cinder --os-volume-api-version 2 consisgroup-create [--name <name>] [--description <description>]
- [--availability-zone <availability-zone>]
- <volume-types>
-
-Creates a consistency group.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <volume-types>
-
-
- Volume types.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --name <name>
-
-
- Name of a consistency group.
-
-
-
-
- --description <description>
-
-
- Description of a consistency group. Default=None.
-
-
-
-
- --availability-zone <availability-zone>
-
-
- Availability zone for volume. Default=None.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder consisgroup-create-from-src (v2)
- usage: cinder --os-volume-api-version 2 consisgroup-create-from-src [--cgsnapshot <cgsnapshot>]
- [--source-cg <source-cg>]
- [--name <name>]
- [--description <description>]
-
-Creates a consistency group from a cgsnapshot or a source CG.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --cgsnapshot <cgsnapshot>
-
-
- Name or ID of a cgsnapshot. Default=None.
-
-
-
-
- --source-cg <source-cg>
-
-
- Name or ID of a source CG. Default=None.
-
-
-
-
- --name <name>
-
-
- Name of a consistency group. Default=None.
-
-
-
-
- --description <description>
-
-
- Description of a consistency group. Default=None.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder consisgroup-delete (v2)
- usage: cinder --os-volume-api-version 2 consisgroup-delete [--force]
- <consistencygroup> [<consistencygroup> ...]
-
-Removes one or more consistency groups.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <consistencygroup>
-
-
- Name or ID of one or more consistency groups to be
- deleted.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --force
-
-
- Allows or disallows consistency groups to be deleted. If
- the consistency group is empty, it can be deleted
- without the force flag. If the consistency group is not
- empty, the force flag is required for it to be deleted.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder consisgroup-list (v2)
- usage: cinder --os-volume-api-version 2 consisgroup-list [--all-tenants [<0|1>]]
-
-Lists all consistencygroups.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --all-tenants [<0|1>]
-
-
- Shows details for all tenants. Admin only.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder consisgroup-show (v2)
- usage: cinder --os-volume-api-version 2 consisgroup-show <consistencygroup>
-
-Shows details of a consistency group.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <consistencygroup>
-
-
- Name or ID of a consistency group.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder consisgroup-update (v2)
- usage: cinder --os-volume-api-version 2 consisgroup-update [--name <name>] [--description <description>]
- [--add-volumes <uuid1,uuid2,......>]
- [--remove-volumes <uuid3,uuid4,......>]
- <consistencygroup>
-
-Updates a consistencygroup.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <consistencygroup>
-
-
- Name or ID of a consistency group.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --name <name>
-
-
- New name for consistency group. Default=None.
-
-
-
-
- --description <description>
-
-
- New description for consistency group. Default=None.
-
-
-
-
- --add-volumes <uuid1,uuid2,......>
-
-
- UUID of one or more volumes to be added to the
- consistency group, separated by commas. Default=None.
-
-
-
-
- --remove-volumes <uuid3,uuid4,......>
-
-
- UUID of one or more volumes to be removed from the
- consistency group, separated by commas. Default=None.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder create (v2)
- usage: cinder --os-volume-api-version 2 create [--consisgroup-id <consistencygroup-id>]
- [--snapshot-id <snapshot-id>]
- [--source-volid <source-volid>]
- [--source-replica <source-replica>]
- [--image-id <image-id>] [--image <image>] [--name <name>]
- [--description <description>]
- [--volume-type <volume-type>]
- [--availability-zone <availability-zone>]
- [--metadata [<key=value> [<key=value> ...]]]
- [--hint <key=value>] [--allow-multiattach]
- [<size>]
-
-Creates a volume.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <size>
-
-
- Size of volume, in GiBs. (Required unless snapshot-id
- /source-volid is specified).
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --consisgroup-id <consistencygroup-id>
-
-
- ID of a consistency group where the new volume belongs
- to. Default=None.
-
-
-
-
- --snapshot-id <snapshot-id>
-
-
- Creates volume from snapshot ID. Default=None.
-
-
-
-
- --source-volid <source-volid>
-
-
- Creates volume from volume ID. Default=None.
-
-
-
-
- --source-replica <source-replica>
-
-
- Creates volume from replicated volume ID.
- Default=None.
-
-
-
-
- --image-id <image-id>
-
-
- Creates volume from image ID. Default=None.
-
-
-
-
- --image <image>
-
-
- Creates a volume from image (ID or name).
- Default=None.
-
-
-
-
- --name <name>
-
-
- Volume name. Default=None.
-
-
-
-
- --description <description>
-
-
- Volume description. Default=None.
-
-
-
-
- --volume-type <volume-type>
-
-
- Volume type. Default=None.
-
-
-
-
- --availability-zone <availability-zone>
-
-
- Availability zone for volume. Default=None.
-
-
-
-
- --metadata [<key=value> [<key=value> ...]]
-
-
- Metadata key and value pairs. Default=None.
-
-
-
-
- --hint <key=value>
-
-
- Scheduler hint, like in nova.
-
-
-
-
- --allow-multiattach
-
-
- Allow volume to be attached more than once.
- Default=False
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder credentials (v2)
- usage: cinder --os-volume-api-version 2 credentials
-
-Shows user credentials returned from auth.
-
-
-
- cinder delete (v2)
- usage: cinder --os-volume-api-version 2 delete <volume> [<volume> ...]
-
-Removes one or more volumes.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <volume>
-
-
- Name or ID of volume or volumes to delete.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder encryption-type-create (v2)
- usage: cinder --os-volume-api-version 2 encryption-type-create [--cipher <cipher>]
- [--key_size <key_size>]
- [--control_location <control_location>]
- <volume_type> <provider>
-
-Creates encryption type for a volume type. Admin only.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <volume_type>
-
-
- Name or ID of volume type.
-
-
-
-
- <provider>
-
-
- The class that provides encryption support. For
- example, LuksEncryptor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --cipher <cipher>
-
-
- The encryption algorithm or mode. For example, aes-
- xts-plain64. Default=None.
-
-
-
-
- --key_size <key_size>
-
-
- Size of encryption key, in bits. For example, 128 or
- 256. Default=None.
-
-
-
-
- --control_location <control_location>
-
-
- Notional service where encryption is performed. Valid
- values are "front-end" or "back-end." For example,
- front-end=Nova. Default is "front-end."
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder encryption-type-delete (v2)
- usage: cinder --os-volume-api-version 2 encryption-type-delete <volume_type>
-
-Deletes encryption type for a volume type. Admin only.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <volume_type>
-
-
- Name or ID of volume type.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder encryption-type-list (v2)
- usage: cinder --os-volume-api-version 2 encryption-type-list
-
-Shows encryption type details for volume types. Admin only.
-
-
-
- cinder encryption-type-show (v2)
- usage: cinder --os-volume-api-version 2 encryption-type-show <volume_type>
-
-Shows encryption type details for a volume type. Admin only.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <volume_type>
-
-
- Name or ID of volume type.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder encryption-type-update (v2)
- usage: cinder --os-volume-api-version 2 encryption-type-update [--provider <provider>]
- [--cipher [<cipher>]]
- [--key-size [<key-size>]]
- [--control-location <control-location>]
- <volume-type>
-
-Update encryption type information for a volume type (Admin Only).
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <volume-type>
-
-
- Name or ID of the volume type
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --provider <provider>
-
-
- Class providing encryption support (e.g.
- LuksEncryptor) (Optional)
-
-
-
-
- --cipher [<cipher>]
-
-
- Encryption algorithm/mode to use (e.g., aes-xts-
- plain64). Provide parameter without value to set to
- provider default. (Optional)
-
-
-
-
- --key-size [<key-size>]
-
-
- Size of the encryption key, in bits (e.g., 128, 256).
- Provide parameter without value to set to provider
- default. (Optional)
-
-
-
-
- --control-location <control-location>
-
-
- Notional service where encryption is performed (e.g.,
- front-end=Nova). Values: 'front-end', 'back-end'
- (Optional)
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder endpoints (v2)
- usage: cinder --os-volume-api-version 2 endpoints
-
-Discovers endpoints registered by authentication service.
-
-
-
- cinder extend (v2)
- usage: cinder --os-volume-api-version 2 extend <volume> <new_size>
-
-Attempts to extend size of an existing volume.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <volume>
-
-
- Name or ID of volume to extend.
-
-
-
-
- <new_size>
-
-
- New size of volume, in GiBs.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder extra-specs-list (v2)
- usage: cinder --os-volume-api-version 2 extra-specs-list
-
-Lists current volume types and extra specs.
-
-
-
- cinder force-delete (v2)
- usage: cinder --os-volume-api-version 2 force-delete <volume> [<volume> ...]
-
-Attempts force-delete of volume, regardless of state.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <volume>
-
-
- Name or ID of volume or volumes to delete.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder get-capabilities (v2)
- usage: cinder --os-volume-api-version 2 get-capabilities <host>
-
-Show backend volume stats and properties. Admin only.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <host>
-
-
- Cinder host to show backend volume stats and properties; takes the
- form: host@backend-name
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder get-pools (v2)
- usage: cinder --os-volume-api-version 2 get-pools [--detail]
-
-Show pool information for backends. Admin only.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --detail
-
-
- Show detailed information about pools.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder image-metadata (v2)
- usage: cinder --os-volume-api-version 2 image-metadata <volume> <action> <key=value> [<key=value> ...]
-
-Sets or deletes volume image metadata.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <volume>
-
-
- Name or ID of volume for which to update metadata.
-
-
-
-
- <action>
-
-
- The action. Valid values are 'set' or 'unset.'
-
-
-
-
- <key=value>
-
-
- Metadata key and value pair to set or unset. For unset, specify
- only the key.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder image-metadata-show (v2)
- usage: cinder --os-volume-api-version 2 image-metadata-show <volume>
-
-Shows volume image metadata.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <volume>
-
-
- ID of volume.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder list (v2)
- usage: cinder --os-volume-api-version 2 list [--all-tenants [<0|1>]] [--name <name>] [--status <status>]
- [--migration_status <migration_status>]
- [--metadata [<key=value> [<key=value> ...]]]
- [--marker <marker>] [--limit <limit>]
- [--sort <key>[:<direction>]] [--tenant [<tenant>]]
-
-Lists all volumes.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --all-tenants [<0|1>]
-
-
- Shows details for all tenants. Admin only.
-
-
-
-
- --name <name>
-
-
- Filters results by a name. Default=None.
-
-
-
-
- --status <status>
-
-
- Filters results by a status. Default=None.
-
-
-
-
- --migration_status <migration_status>
-
-
- Filters results by a migration status. Default=None.
- Admin only.
-
-
-
-
- --metadata [<key=value> [<key=value> ...]]
-
-
- Filters results by a metadata key and value pair.
- Default=None.
-
-
-
-
- --marker <marker>
-
-
- Begin returning volumes that appear later in the
- volume list than that represented by this volume id.
- Default=None.
-
-
-
-
- --limit <limit>
-
-
- Maximum number of volumes to return. Default=None.
-
-
-
-
- --sort <key>[:<direction>]
-
-
- Comma-separated list of sort keys and directions in
- the form of <key>[:<asc|desc>]. Valid keys: id,
- status, size, availability_zone, name, bootable,
- created_at. Default=None.
-
-
-
-
- --tenant [<tenant>]
-
-
- Display information from single tenant (Admin only).
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder list-extensions (v2)
- usage: cinder --os-volume-api-version 2 list-extensions
-
-Lists all available os-api extensions.
-
-
-
- cinder manage (v2)
- usage: cinder --os-volume-api-version 2 manage [--id-type <id-type>] [--name <name>]
- [--description <description>]
- [--volume-type <volume-type>]
- [--availability-zone <availability-zone>]
- [--metadata [<key=value> [<key=value> ...]]] [--bootable]
- <host> <identifier>
-
-Manage an existing volume.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <host>
-
-
- Cinder host on which the existing volume resides;
- takes the form: host@backend-name#pool
-
-
-
-
- <identifier>
-
-
- Name or other Identifier for existing volume
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --id-type <id-type>
-
-
- Type of backend device identifier provided, typically
- source-name or source-id (Default=source-name)
-
-
-
-
- --name <name>
-
-
- Volume name (Default=None)
-
-
-
-
- --description <description>
-
-
- Volume description (Default=None)
-
-
-
-
- --volume-type <volume-type>
-
-
- Volume type (Default=None)
-
-
-
-
- --availability-zone <availability-zone>
-
-
- Availability zone for volume (Default=None)
-
-
-
-
- --metadata [<key=value> [<key=value> ...]]
-
-
- Metadata key=value pairs (Default=None)
-
-
-
-
- --bootable
-
-
- Specifies that the newly created volume should be
- marked as bootable
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder metadata (v2)
- usage: cinder --os-volume-api-version 2 metadata <volume> <action> <key=value> [<key=value> ...]
-
-Sets or deletes volume metadata.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <volume>
-
-
- Name or ID of volume for which to update metadata.
-
-
-
-
- <action>
-
-
- The action. Valid values are "set" or "unset."
-
-
-
-
- <key=value>
-
-
- Metadata key and value pair to set or unset. For unset, specify
- only the key.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder metadata-show (v2)
- usage: cinder --os-volume-api-version 2 metadata-show <volume>
-
-Shows volume metadata.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <volume>
-
-
- ID of volume.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder metadata-update-all (v2)
- usage: cinder --os-volume-api-version 2 metadata-update-all <volume> <key=value> [<key=value> ...]
-
-Updates volume metadata.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <volume>
-
-
- ID of volume for which to update metadata.
-
-
-
-
- <key=value>
-
-
- Metadata key and value pair or pairs to update.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder migrate (v2)
- usage: cinder --os-volume-api-version 2 migrate [--force-host-copy [<True|False>]]
- [--lock-volume [<True|False>]]
- <volume> <host>
-
-Migrates volume to a new host.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <volume>
-
-
- ID of volume to migrate.
-
-
-
-
- <host>
-
-
- Destination host. Takes the form: host@backend-
- name#pool
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --force-host-copy [<True|False>]
-
-
- Enables or disables generic host-based force-
- migration, which bypasses driver optimizations.
- Default=False.
-
-
-
-
- --lock-volume [<True|False>]
-
-
- Enables or disables the termination of volume
- migration caused by other commands. This option
- applies to the available volume. True means it locks
- the volume state and does not allow the migration to
- be aborted. The volume status will be in maintenance
- during the migration. False means it allows the volume
- migration to be aborted. The volume status is still in
- the original status. Default=False.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder qos-associate (v2)
- usage: cinder --os-volume-api-version 2 qos-associate <qos_specs> <volume_type_id>
-
-Associates qos specs with specified volume type.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <qos_specs>
-
-
- ID of QoS specifications.
-
-
-
-
- <volume_type_id>
-
-
- ID of volume type with which to associate QoS
- specifications.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder qos-create (v2)
- usage: cinder --os-volume-api-version 2 qos-create <name> <key=value> [<key=value> ...]
-
-Creates a qos specs.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <name>
-
-
- Name of new QoS specifications.
-
-
-
-
- <key=value>
-
-
- QoS specifications.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder qos-delete (v2)
- usage: cinder --os-volume-api-version 2 qos-delete [--force [<True|False>]] <qos_specs>
-
-Deletes a specified qos specs.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <qos_specs>
-
-
- ID of QoS specifications to delete.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --force [<True|False>]
-
-
- Enables or disables deletion of in-use QoS
- specifications. Default=False.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder qos-disassociate (v2)
- usage: cinder --os-volume-api-version 2 qos-disassociate <qos_specs> <volume_type_id>
-
-Disassociates qos specs from specified volume type.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <qos_specs>
-
-
- ID of QoS specifications.
-
-
-
-
- <volume_type_id>
-
-
- ID of volume type with which to associate QoS
- specifications.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder qos-disassociate-all (v2)
- usage: cinder --os-volume-api-version 2 qos-disassociate-all <qos_specs>
-
-Disassociates qos specs from all its associations.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <qos_specs>
-
-
- ID of QoS specifications on which to operate.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder qos-get-association (v2)
- usage: cinder --os-volume-api-version 2 qos-get-association <qos_specs>
-
-Lists all associations for specified qos specs.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <qos_specs>
-
-
- ID of QoS specifications.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder qos-key (v2)
- usage: cinder --os-volume-api-version 2 qos-key <qos_specs> <action> key=value [key=value ...]
-
-Sets or unsets specifications for a qos spec.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <qos_specs>
-
-
- ID of QoS specifications.
-
-
-
-
- <action>
-
-
- The action. Valid values are "set" or "unset."
-
-
-
-
- key=value
-
-
- Metadata key and value pair to set or unset. For unset, specify
- only the key.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder qos-list (v2)
- usage: cinder --os-volume-api-version 2 qos-list
-
-Lists qos specs.
-
-
-
- cinder qos-show (v2)
- usage: cinder --os-volume-api-version 2 qos-show <qos_specs>
-
-Shows qos specs details.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <qos_specs>
-
-
- ID of QoS specifications to show.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder quota-class-show (v2)
- usage: cinder --os-volume-api-version 2 quota-class-show <class>
-
-Lists quotas for a quota class.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <class>
-
-
- Name of quota class for which to list quotas.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder quota-class-update (v2)
- usage: cinder --os-volume-api-version 2 quota-class-update [--volumes <volumes>]
- [--snapshots <snapshots>]
- [--gigabytes <gigabytes>]
- [--volume-type <volume_type_name>]
- <class_name>
-
-Updates quotas for a quota class.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <class_name>
-
-
- Name of quota class for which to set quotas.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --volumes <volumes>
-
-
- The new "volumes" quota value. Default=None.
-
-
-
-
- --snapshots <snapshots>
-
-
- The new "snapshots" quota value. Default=None.
-
-
-
-
- --gigabytes <gigabytes>
-
-
- The new "gigabytes" quota value. Default=None.
-
-
-
-
- --volume-type <volume_type_name>
-
-
- Volume type. Default=None.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder quota-defaults (v2)
- usage: cinder --os-volume-api-version 2 quota-defaults <tenant_id>
-
-Lists default quotas for a tenant.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <tenant_id>
-
-
- ID of tenant for which to list quota defaults.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder quota-delete (v2)
- usage: cinder --os-volume-api-version 2 quota-delete <tenant_id>
-
-Delete the quotas for a tenant.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <tenant_id>
-
-
- UUID of tenant to delete the quotas for.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder quota-show (v2)
- usage: cinder --os-volume-api-version 2 quota-show <tenant_id>
-
-Lists quotas for a tenant.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <tenant_id>
-
-
- ID of tenant for which to list quotas.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder quota-update (v2)
- usage: cinder --os-volume-api-version 2 quota-update [--volumes <volumes>] [--snapshots <snapshots>]
- [--gigabytes <gigabytes>] [--backups <backups>]
- [--backup-gigabytes <backup_gigabytes>]
- [--consistencygroups <consistencygroups>]
- [--volume-type <volume_type_name>]
- [--per-volume-gigabytes <per_volume_gigabytes>]
- <tenant_id>
-
-Updates quotas for a tenant.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <tenant_id>
-
-
- ID of tenant for which to set quotas.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --volumes <volumes>
-
-
- The new "volumes" quota value. Default=None.
-
-
-
-
- --snapshots <snapshots>
-
-
- The new "snapshots" quota value. Default=None.
-
-
-
-
- --gigabytes <gigabytes>
-
-
- The new "gigabytes" quota value. Default=None.
-
-
-
-
- --backups <backups>
-
-
- The new "backups" quota value. Default=None.
-
-
-
-
- --backup-gigabytes <backup_gigabytes>
-
-
- The new "backup_gigabytes" quota value. Default=None.
-
-
-
-
- --consistencygroups <consistencygroups>
-
-
- The new "consistencygroups" quota value. Default=None.
-
-
-
-
- --volume-type <volume_type_name>
-
-
- Volume type. Default=None.
-
-
-
-
- --per-volume-gigabytes <per_volume_gigabytes>
-
-
- Set max volume size limit. Default=None.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder quota-usage (v2)
- usage: cinder --os-volume-api-version 2 quota-usage <tenant_id>
-
-Lists quota usage for a tenant.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <tenant_id>
-
-
- ID of tenant for which to list quota usage.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder rate-limits (v2)
- usage: cinder --os-volume-api-version 2 rate-limits
-
-Lists rate limits for a user.
-
-
-
- cinder readonly-mode-update (v2)
- usage: cinder --os-volume-api-version 2 readonly-mode-update <volume> <True|true|False|false>
-
-Updates volume read-only access-mode flag.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <volume>
-
-
- ID of volume to update.
-
-
-
-
- <True|true|False|false>
-
-
- Enables or disables update of volume to read-only
- access mode.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder rename (v2)
- usage: cinder --os-volume-api-version 2 rename [--description <description>] <volume> [<name>]
-
-Renames a volume.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <volume>
-
-
- Name or ID of volume to rename.
-
-
-
-
- <name>
-
-
- New name for volume.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --description <description>
-
-
- Volume description. Default=None.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder replication-disable (v2)
- usage: cinder --os-volume-api-version 2 replication-disable <volume>
-
-Disables volume replication on a given volume.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <volume>
-
-
- ID of volume to disable replication.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder replication-enable (v2)
- usage: cinder --os-volume-api-version 2 replication-enable <volume>
-
-Enables volume replication on a given volume.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <volume>
-
-
- ID of volume to enable replication.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder replication-failover (v2)
- usage: cinder --os-volume-api-version 2 replication-failover <volume> <secondary>
-
-Failover a volume to a secondary target
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <volume>
-
-
- ID of volume to failover.
-
-
-
-
- <secondary>
-
-
- A unqiue identifier that represents a failover target.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder replication-list-targets (v2)
- usage: cinder --os-volume-api-version 2 replication-list-targets <volume>
-
-List replication targets available for a volume.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <volume>
-
-
- ID of volume to list available replication targets.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder replication-promote (v2)
- usage: cinder --os-volume-api-version 2 replication-promote <volume>
-
-Promote a secondary volume to primary for a relationship.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <volume>
-
-
- Name or ID of the volume to promote. The volume should have the
- replica volume created with source-replica argument.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder replication-reenable (v2)
- usage: cinder --os-volume-api-version 2 replication-reenable <volume>
-
-Sync the secondary volume with primary for a relationship.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <volume>
-
-
- Name or ID of the volume to reenable replication. The replication-
- status of the volume should be inactive.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder reset-state (v2)
- usage: cinder --os-volume-api-version 2 reset-state [--state <state>] [--attach-status <attach-status>]
- [--reset-migration-status]
- <volume> [<volume> ...]
-
-Explicitly updates the volume state in the Cinder database. Note that this
-does not affect whether the volume is actually attached to the Nova compute
-host or instance and can result in an unusable volume. Being a database change
-only, this has no impact on the true state of the volume and may not match the
-actual state. This can render a volume unusable in the case of change to the
-'available' state.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <volume>
-
-
- Name or ID of volume to modify.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --state <state>
-
-
- The state to assign to the volume. Valid values are
- "available", "error", "creating", "deleting", "in-
- use", "attaching", "detaching", "error_deleting" and
- "maintenance". NOTE: This command simply changes the
- state of the Volume in the DataBase with no regard to
- actual status, exercise caution when using.
- Default=available.
-
-
-
-
- --attach-status <attach-status>
-
-
- The attach status to assign to the volume in the
- DataBase, with no regard to the actual status. Valid
- values are "attached" and "detached". Default=None,
- that means the status is unchanged.
-
-
-
-
- --reset-migration-status
-
-
- Clears the migration status of the volume in the
- DataBase that indicates the volume is source or
- destination of volume migration, with no regard to the
- actual status.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder retype (v2)
- usage: cinder --os-volume-api-version 2 retype [--migration-policy <never|on-demand>]
- <volume> <volume-type>
-
-Changes the volume type for a volume.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <volume>
-
-
- Name or ID of volume for which to modify type.
-
-
-
-
- <volume-type>
-
-
- New volume type.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --migration-policy <never|on-demand>
-
-
- Migration policy during retype of volume.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder service-disable (v2)
- usage: cinder --os-volume-api-version 2 service-disable [--reason <reason>] <hostname> <binary>
-
-Disables the service.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <hostname>
-
-
- Host name.
-
-
-
-
- <binary>
-
-
- Service binary.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --reason <reason>
-
-
- Reason for disabling service.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder service-enable (v2)
- usage: cinder --os-volume-api-version 2 service-enable <hostname> <binary>
-
-Enables the service.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <hostname>
-
-
- Host name.
-
-
-
-
- <binary>
-
-
- Service binary.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder service-list (v2)
- usage: cinder --os-volume-api-version 2 service-list [--host <hostname>] [--binary <binary>]
-
-Lists all services. Filter by host and service binary.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --host <hostname>
-
-
- Host name. Default=None.
-
-
-
-
- --binary <binary>
-
-
- Service binary. Default=None.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder set-bootable (v2)
- usage: cinder --os-volume-api-version 2 set-bootable <volume> <True|true|False|false>
-
-Update bootable status of a volume.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <volume>
-
-
- ID of the volume to update.
-
-
-
-
- <True|true|False|false>
-
-
- Flag to indicate whether volume is bootable.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder show (v2)
- usage: cinder --os-volume-api-version 2 show <volume>
-
-Shows volume details.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <volume>
-
-
- Name or ID of volume.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder snapshot-create (v2)
- usage: cinder --os-volume-api-version 2 snapshot-create [--force [<True|False>]] [--name <name>]
- [--description <description>]
- [--metadata [<key=value> [<key=value> ...]]]
- <volume>
-
-Creates a snapshot.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <volume>
-
-
- Name or ID of volume to snapshot.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --force [<True|False>]
-
-
- Allows or disallows snapshot of a volume when the
- volume is attached to an instance. If set to True,
- ignores the current status of the volume when
- attempting to snapshot it rather than forcing it to be
- available. Default=False.
-
-
-
-
- --name <name>
-
-
- Snapshot name. Default=None.
-
-
-
-
- --description <description>
-
-
- Snapshot description. Default=None.
-
-
-
-
- --metadata [<key=value> [<key=value> ...]]
-
-
- Snapshot metadata key and value pairs. Default=None.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder snapshot-delete (v2)
- usage: cinder --os-volume-api-version 2 snapshot-delete <snapshot> [<snapshot> ...]
-
-Removes one or more snapshots.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <snapshot>
-
-
- Name or ID of the snapshot(s) to delete.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder snapshot-list (v2)
- usage: cinder --os-volume-api-version 2 snapshot-list [--all-tenants [<0|1>]] [--name <name>]
- [--status <status>] [--volume-id <volume-id>]
- [--marker <marker>] [--limit <limit>]
- [--sort <key>[:<direction>]]
-
-Lists all snapshots.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --all-tenants [<0|1>]
-
-
- Shows details for all tenants. Admin only.
-
-
-
-
- --name <name>
-
-
- Filters results by a name. Default=None.
-
-
-
-
- --status <status>
-
-
- Filters results by a status. Default=None.
-
-
-
-
- --volume-id <volume-id>
-
-
- Filters results by a volume ID. Default=None.
-
-
-
-
- --marker <marker>
-
-
- Begin returning snapshots that appear later in the
- snapshot list than that represented by this id.
- Default=None.
-
-
-
-
- --limit <limit>
-
-
- Maximum number of snapshots to return. Default=None.
-
-
-
-
- --sort <key>[:<direction>]
-
-
- Comma-separated list of sort keys and directions in
- the form of <key>[:<asc|desc>]. Valid keys: id,
- status, size, availability_zone, name, bootable,
- created_at. Default=None.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder snapshot-metadata (v2)
- usage: cinder --os-volume-api-version 2 snapshot-metadata <snapshot> <action> <key=value>
- [<key=value> ...]
-
-Sets or deletes snapshot metadata.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <snapshot>
-
-
- ID of snapshot for which to update metadata.
-
-
-
-
- <action>
-
-
- The action. Valid values are "set" or "unset."
-
-
-
-
- <key=value>
-
-
- Metadata key and value pair to set or unset. For unset, specify
- only the key.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder snapshot-metadata-show (v2)
- usage: cinder --os-volume-api-version 2 snapshot-metadata-show <snapshot>
-
-Shows snapshot metadata.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <snapshot>
-
-
- ID of snapshot.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder snapshot-metadata-update-all (v2)
- usage: cinder --os-volume-api-version 2 snapshot-metadata-update-all <snapshot> <key=value>
- [<key=value> ...]
-
-Updates snapshot metadata.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <snapshot>
-
-
- ID of snapshot for which to update metadata.
-
-
-
-
- <key=value>
-
-
- Metadata key and value pair to update.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder snapshot-rename (v2)
- usage: cinder --os-volume-api-version 2 snapshot-rename [--description <description>]
- <snapshot> [<name>]
-
-Renames a snapshot.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <snapshot>
-
-
- Name or ID of snapshot.
-
-
-
-
- <name>
-
-
- New name for snapshot.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --description <description>
-
-
- Snapshot description. Default=None.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder snapshot-reset-state (v2)
- usage: cinder --os-volume-api-version 2 snapshot-reset-state [--state <state>]
- <snapshot> [<snapshot> ...]
-
-Explicitly updates the snapshot state.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <snapshot>
-
-
- Name or ID of snapshot to modify.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --state <state>
-
-
- The state to assign to the snapshot. Valid values are
- "available", "error", "creating", "deleting", and
- "error_deleting". NOTE: This command simply changes the
- state of the Snapshot in the DataBase with no regard to
- actual status, exercise caution when using.
- Default=available.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder snapshot-show (v2)
- usage: cinder --os-volume-api-version 2 snapshot-show <snapshot>
-
-Shows snapshot details.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <snapshot>
-
-
- Name or ID of snapshot.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder transfer-accept (v2)
- usage: cinder --os-volume-api-version 2 transfer-accept <transfer> <auth_key>
-
-Accepts a volume transfer.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <transfer>
-
-
- ID of transfer to accept.
-
-
-
-
- <auth_key>
-
-
- Authentication key of transfer to accept.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder transfer-create (v2)
- usage: cinder --os-volume-api-version 2 transfer-create [--name <name>] <volume>
-
-Creates a volume transfer.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <volume>
-
-
- Name or ID of volume to transfer.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --name <name>
-
-
- Transfer name. Default=None.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder transfer-delete (v2)
- usage: cinder --os-volume-api-version 2 transfer-delete <transfer>
-
-Undoes a transfer.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <transfer>
-
-
- Name or ID of transfer to delete.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder transfer-list (v2)
- usage: cinder --os-volume-api-version 2 transfer-list [--all-tenants [<0|1>]]
-
-Lists all transfers.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --all-tenants [<0|1>]
-
-
- Shows details for all tenants. Admin only.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder transfer-show (v2)
- usage: cinder --os-volume-api-version 2 transfer-show <transfer>
-
-Shows transfer details.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <transfer>
-
-
- Name or ID of transfer to accept.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder type-access-add (v2)
- usage: cinder --os-volume-api-version 2 type-access-add --volume-type <volume_type> --project-id
- <project_id>
-
-Adds volume type access for the given project.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --volume-type <volume_type>
-
-
- Volume type name or ID to add access for the given
- project.
-
-
-
-
- --project-id <project_id>
-
-
- Project ID to add volume type access for.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder type-access-list (v2)
- usage: cinder --os-volume-api-version 2 type-access-list --volume-type <volume_type>
-
-Print access information about the given volume type.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --volume-type <volume_type>
-
-
- Filter results by volume type name or ID.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder type-access-remove (v2)
- usage: cinder --os-volume-api-version 2 type-access-remove --volume-type <volume_type> --project-id
- <project_id>
-
-Removes volume type access for the given project.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --volume-type <volume_type>
-
-
- Volume type name or ID to remove access for the given
- project.
-
-
-
-
- --project-id <project_id>
-
-
- Project ID to remove volume type access for.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder type-create (v2)
- usage: cinder --os-volume-api-version 2 type-create [--description <description>]
- [--is-public <is-public>]
- <name>
-
-Creates a volume type.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <name>
-
-
- Name of new volume type.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --description <description>
-
-
- Description of new volume type.
-
-
-
-
- --is-public <is-public>
-
-
- Make type accessible to the public (default true).
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder type-default (v2)
- usage: cinder --os-volume-api-version 2 type-default
-
-List the default volume type.
-
-
-
- cinder type-delete (v2)
- usage: cinder --os-volume-api-version 2 type-delete <id>
-
-Deletes a volume type.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <id>
-
-
- ID of volume type to delete.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder type-key (v2)
- usage: cinder --os-volume-api-version 2 type-key <vtype> <action> <key=value> [<key=value> ...]
-
-Sets or unsets extra_spec for a volume type.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <vtype>
-
-
- Name or ID of volume type.
-
-
-
-
- <action>
-
-
- The action. Valid values are "set" or "unset."
-
-
-
-
- <key=value>
-
-
- The extra specs key and value pair to set or unset. For unset,
- specify only the key.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder type-list (v2)
- usage: cinder --os-volume-api-version 2 type-list
-
-Lists available 'volume types'. (Admin only will see private types)
-
-
-
- cinder type-show (v2)
- usage: cinder --os-volume-api-version 2 type-show <volume_type>
-
-Show volume type details.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <volume_type>
-
-
- Name or ID of the volume type.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder type-update (v2)
- usage: cinder --os-volume-api-version 2 type-update [--name <name>] [--description <description>]
- [--is-public <is-public>]
- <id>
-
-Updates volume type name ,description and/or is_public.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <id>
-
-
- ID of the volume type.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --name <name>
-
-
- Name of the volume type.
-
-
-
-
- --description <description>
-
-
- Description of the volume type.
-
-
-
-
- --is-public <is-public>
-
-
- Make type accessible to the public or not.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder unmanage (v2)
- usage: cinder --os-volume-api-version 2 unmanage <volume>
-
-Stop managing a volume.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <volume>
-
-
- Name or ID of the volume to unmanage.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cinder upload-to-image (v2)
- usage: cinder --os-volume-api-version 2 upload-to-image [--force [<True|False>]]
- [--container-format <container-format>]
- [--disk-format <disk-format>]
- <volume> <image-name>
-
-Uploads volume to Image Service as an image.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <volume>
-
-
- Name or ID of volume to snapshot.
-
-
-
-
- <image-name>
-
-
- The new image name.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --force [<True|False>]
-
-
- Enables or disables upload of a volume that is
- attached to an instance. Default=False.
-
-
-
-
- --container-format <container-format>
-
-
- Container format type. Default is bare.
-
-
-
-
- --disk-format <disk-format>
-
-
- Disk format type. Default is raw.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/doc/cli-reference/generated/ch_cli_cloudkitty_commands.xml b/doc/cli-reference/generated/ch_cli_cloudkitty_commands.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index dcc1aef932..0000000000
--- a/doc/cli-reference/generated/ch_cli_cloudkitty_commands.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1303 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Rating service command-line client
-
- The cloudkitty client is the command-line
- interface (CLI) for the Rating service API and its extensions.
-
- This chapter documents cloudkitty version
- 0.4.1.
-
-
- For help on a specific cloudkitty
- command, enter:
-
- $cloudkittyCOMMAND
-
-
- cloudkitty usage
- usage: cloudkitty [--version] [-d] [-v] [--timeout TIMEOUT]
- [--cloudkitty-url <CLOUDKITTY_URL>]
- [--cloudkitty-api-version CLOUDKITTY_API_VERSION]
- [--os-tenant-id <tenant-id>]
- [--os-region-name <region-name>]
- [--os-auth-token <auth-token>]
- [--os-service-type <service-type>]
- [--os-endpoint-type <endpoint-type>] [--os-cacert <cacert>]
- [--os-insecure <insecure>] [--os-cert-file <cert-file>]
- [--os-key-file <key-file>] [--os-cert <cert>]
- [--os-key <key>] [--os-project-name <project-name>]
- [--os-project-id <project-id>]
- [--os-user-domain-id <user-domain-id>]
- [--os-user-domain-name <user-domain-name>]
- [--os-endpoint <endpoint>] [--os-auth-system <auth-system>]
- [--os-username <username>] [--os-password <password>]
- [--os-tenant-name <tenant-name>] [--os-token <token>]
- [--os-auth-url <auth-url>]
- <subcommand> ...
-
- Subcommands
-
- module-disable
-
-
- Disable a module.
-
-
-
-
- module-enable
-
-
- Enable a module.
-
-
-
-
- module-list
-
-
- List the samples for this meters.
-
-
-
-
- collector-mapping-create
-
-
-
-
-
-
- collector-mapping-delete
-
-
-
-
-
-
- collector-mapping-get
-
-
-
-
-
-
- collector-mapping-list
-
-
-
-
-
-
- collector-state-disable
-
-
-
-
-
-
- collector-state-enable
-
-
-
-
-
-
- collector-state-get
-
-
-
-
-
-
- report-tenant-list
-
-
-
-
-
-
- total-get
-
-
-
-
-
-
- storage-dataframe-list
-
-
-
-
-
-
- hashmap-field-create
-
-
- Create a field.
-
-
-
-
- hashmap-field-delete
-
-
- Delete a field.
-
-
-
-
- hashmap-field-list
-
-
- Create a field.
-
-
-
-
- hashmap-group-create
-
-
- Create a group.
-
-
-
-
- hashmap-group-delete
-
-
- Delete a group.
-
-
-
-
- hashmap-group-list
-
-
- List groups.
-
-
-
-
- hashmap-mapping-create
-
-
- Create a mapping.
-
-
-
-
- hashmap-mapping-delete
-
-
- Delete a mapping.
-
-
-
-
- hashmap-mapping-list
-
-
- List mappings.
-
-
-
-
- hashmap-mapping-update
-
-
- Update a mapping.
-
-
-
-
- hashmap-service-create
-
-
- Create a service.
-
-
-
-
- hashmap-service-delete
-
-
- Delete a service.
-
-
-
-
- hashmap-service-list
-
-
- List services.
-
-
-
-
- hashmap-threshold-create
-
-
- Create a mapping.
-
-
-
-
- hashmap-threshold-delete
-
-
- Delete a threshold.
-
-
-
-
- hashmap-threshold-get
-
-
- Get a threshold.
-
-
-
-
- hashmap-threshold-group
-
-
- Get a threshold group.
-
-
-
-
- hashmap-threshold-list
-
-
- List thresholds.
-
-
-
-
- hashmap-threshold-update
-
-
- Update a threshold.
-
-
-
-
- bash-completion
-
-
- Prints all of the commands and options to
- stdout.
-
-
-
-
- help
-
-
- Display help about this program or one of its
- subcommands.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cloudkitty optional arguments
-
-
- --version
-
-
- show program's version number and exit
-
-
-
-
- -d, --debug
-
-
- Defaults to env[CLOUDKITTYCLIENT_DEBUG].
-
-
-
-
- -v, --verbose
-
-
- Print more verbose output.
-
-
-
-
- --timeout TIMEOUT
-
-
- Number of seconds to wait for a response.
-
-
-
-
- --cloudkitty-url <CLOUDKITTY_URL>
-
-
- DEPRECATED, use --os-endpoint instead.
- Defaults to env[CLOUDKITTY_URL].
-
-
-
-
- --cloudkitty-api-version CLOUDKITTY_API_VERSION
-
-
- Defaults to env[CLOUDKITTY_API_VERSION] or 1.
-
-
-
-
- --os-tenant-id <tenant-id>
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_TENANT_ID].
-
-
-
-
- --os-region-name <region-name>
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_REGION_NAME].
-
-
-
-
- --os-auth-token <auth-token>
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_AUTH_TOKEN].
-
-
-
-
- --os-service-type <service-type>
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_SERVICE_TYPE].
-
-
-
-
- --os-endpoint-type <endpoint-type>
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_ENDPOINT_TYPE].
-
-
-
-
- --os-cacert <cacert>
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_CACERT].
-
-
-
-
- --os-insecure <insecure>
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_INSECURE].
-
-
-
-
- --os-cert-file <cert-file>
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_CERT_FILE].
-
-
-
-
- --os-key-file <key-file>
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_KEY_FILE].
-
-
-
-
- --os-cert <cert>
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_CERT].
-
-
-
-
- --os-key <key>
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_KEY].
-
-
-
-
- --os-project-name <project-name>
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_PROJECT_NAME].
-
-
-
-
- --os-project-id <project-id>
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_PROJECT_ID].
-
-
-
-
- --os-user-domain-id <user-domain-id>
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_USER_DOMAIN_ID].
-
-
-
-
- --os-user-domain-name <user-domain-name>
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME].
-
-
-
-
- --os-endpoint <endpoint>
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_ENDPOINT].
-
-
-
-
- --os-auth-system <auth-system>
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_AUTH_SYSTEM].
-
-
-
-
- --os-username <username>
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_USERNAME].
-
-
-
-
- --os-password <password>
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_PASSWORD].
-
-
-
-
- --os-tenant-name <tenant-name>
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_TENANT_NAME].
-
-
-
-
- --os-token <token>
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_TOKEN].
-
-
-
-
- --os-auth-url <auth-url>
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_AUTH_URL].
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cloudkitty collector-mapping-create
- usage: cloudkitty collector-mapping-create --collector COLLECTOR --service
- SERVICE
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --collector COLLECTOR
-
-
- Map a service to this collector. Required.
-
-
-
-
- --service SERVICE
-
-
- Map a collector to this service. Required.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cloudkitty collector-mapping-delete
- usage: cloudkitty collector-mapping-delete --service SERVICE
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --service SERVICE
-
-
- Filter on this service. Required.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cloudkitty collector-mapping-get
- usage: cloudkitty collector-mapping-get --service SERVICE
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --service SERVICE
-
-
- Which service to get the mapping for. Required.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cloudkitty collector-mapping-list
- usage: cloudkitty collector-mapping-list [--collector COLLECTOR]
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --collector COLLECTOR
-
-
- Collector name to filter on. Defaults to None.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cloudkitty collector-state-disable
- usage: cloudkitty collector-state-disable --name NAME
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --name NAME
-
-
- Name of the collector. Required.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cloudkitty collector-state-enable
- usage: cloudkitty collector-state-enable --name NAME
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --name NAME
-
-
- Name of the collector. Required.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cloudkitty collector-state-get
- usage: cloudkitty collector-state-get --name NAME
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --name NAME
-
-
- Name of the collector. Required.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cloudkitty hashmap-field-create
- usage: cloudkitty hashmap-field-create -n NAME -s SERVICE_ID
-
-Create a field.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -n NAME, --name NAME
-
-
- Field name Required.
-
-
-
-
- -s SERVICE_ID, --service-id SERVICE_ID
-
-
- Service id Required.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cloudkitty hashmap-field-delete
- usage: cloudkitty hashmap-field-delete -f FIELD_ID
-
-Delete a field.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -f FIELD_ID, --field-id FIELD_ID
-
-
- Field uuid Required.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cloudkitty hashmap-field-list
- usage: cloudkitty hashmap-field-list -s SERVICE_ID
-
-Create a field.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -s SERVICE_ID, --service-id SERVICE_ID
-
-
- Service id Required.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cloudkitty hashmap-group-create
- usage: cloudkitty hashmap-group-create -n NAME
-
-Create a group.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -n NAME, --name NAME
-
-
- Group name Required.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cloudkitty hashmap-group-delete
- usage: cloudkitty hashmap-group-delete -g GROUP_ID [-r RECURSIVE]
-
-Delete a group.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -g GROUP_ID, --group-id GROUP_ID
-
-
- Group uuid Required.
-
-
-
-
- -r RECURSIVE, --recursive RECURSIVE
-
-
- Delete the group's mappings Defaults to False.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cloudkitty hashmap-group-list
- usage: cloudkitty hashmap-group-list
-
-List groups.
-
-
-
- cloudkitty hashmap-mapping-create
- usage: cloudkitty hashmap-mapping-create -c COST [-v VALUE] [-t TYPE]
- [-s SERVICE_ID] [-f FIELD_ID]
- [-g GROUP_ID]
-
-Create a mapping.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -c COST, --cost COST
-
-
- Mapping cost Required.
-
-
-
-
- -v VALUE, --value VALUE
-
-
- Mapping value
-
-
-
-
- -t TYPE, --type TYPE
-
-
- Mapping type (flat, rate)
-
-
-
-
- -s SERVICE_ID, --service-id SERVICE_ID
-
-
- Service id
-
-
-
-
- -f FIELD_ID, --field-id FIELD_ID
-
-
- Field id
-
-
-
-
- -g GROUP_ID, --group-id GROUP_ID
-
-
- Group id
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cloudkitty hashmap-mapping-delete
- usage: cloudkitty hashmap-mapping-delete -m MAPPING_ID
-
-Delete a mapping.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -m MAPPING_ID, --mapping-id MAPPING_ID
-
-
- Mapping uuid Required.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cloudkitty hashmap-mapping-list
- usage: cloudkitty hashmap-mapping-list [-s SERVICE_ID] [-f FIELD_ID]
- [-g GROUP_ID]
-
-List mappings.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -s SERVICE_ID, --service-id SERVICE_ID
-
-
- Service id
-
-
-
-
- -f FIELD_ID, --field-id FIELD_ID
-
-
- Field id
-
-
-
-
- -g GROUP_ID, --group-id GROUP_ID
-
-
- Group id
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cloudkitty hashmap-mapping-update
- usage: cloudkitty hashmap-mapping-update -m MAPPING_ID [-c COST] [-v VALUE]
- [-t TYPE] [-g GROUP_ID]
-
-Update a mapping.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -m MAPPING_ID, --mapping-id MAPPING_ID
-
-
- Mapping id Required.
-
-
-
-
- -c COST, --cost COST
-
-
- Mapping cost
-
-
-
-
- -v VALUE, --value VALUE
-
-
- Mapping value
-
-
-
-
- -t TYPE, --type TYPE
-
-
- Mapping type (flat, rate)
-
-
-
-
- -g GROUP_ID, --group-id GROUP_ID
-
-
- Group id
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cloudkitty hashmap-service-create
- usage: cloudkitty hashmap-service-create -n NAME
-
-Create a service.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -n NAME, --name NAME
-
-
- Service name Required.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cloudkitty hashmap-service-delete
- usage: cloudkitty hashmap-service-delete -s SERVICE_ID
-
-Delete a service.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -s SERVICE_ID, --service-id SERVICE_ID
-
-
- Service uuid Required.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cloudkitty hashmap-service-list
- usage: cloudkitty hashmap-service-list
-
-List services.
-
-
-
- cloudkitty hashmap-threshold-create
- usage: cloudkitty hashmap-threshold-create -l LEVEL -c COST [-m MAP_TYPE]
- [-s SERVICE_ID] [-f FIELD_ID]
- [-g GROUP_ID]
-
-Create a mapping.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -l LEVEL, --level LEVEL
-
-
- Threshold level Required.
-
-
-
-
- -c COST, --cost COST
-
-
- Threshold cost Required.
-
-
-
-
- -m MAP_TYPE, --map-type MAP_TYPE
-
-
- Threshold type (flat, rate)
-
-
-
-
- -s SERVICE_ID, --service-id SERVICE_ID
-
-
- Service id
-
-
-
-
- -f FIELD_ID, --field-id FIELD_ID
-
-
- Field id
-
-
-
-
- -g GROUP_ID, --group-id GROUP_ID
-
-
- Group id
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cloudkitty hashmap-threshold-delete
- usage: cloudkitty hashmap-threshold-delete -t THRESHOLD_ID
-
-Delete a threshold.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -t THRESHOLD_ID, --threshold-id THRESHOLD_ID
-
-
- Threshold uuid Required.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cloudkitty hashmap-threshold-get
- usage: cloudkitty hashmap-threshold-get -t THRESHOLD_ID
-
-Get a threshold.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -t THRESHOLD_ID, --threshold-id THRESHOLD_ID
-
-
- Threshold uuid Required.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cloudkitty hashmap-threshold-group
- usage: cloudkitty hashmap-threshold-group -t THRESHOLD_ID
-
-Get a threshold group.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -t THRESHOLD_ID, --threshold-id THRESHOLD_ID
-
-
- Threshold uuid Required.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cloudkitty hashmap-threshold-list
- usage: cloudkitty hashmap-threshold-list [-s SERVICE_ID] [-f FIELD_ID]
- [-g GROUP_ID]
- [--no-group {True,False}]
-
-List thresholds.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -s SERVICE_ID, --service-id SERVICE_ID
-
-
- Service id
-
-
-
-
- -f FIELD_ID, --field-id FIELD_ID
-
-
- Field id
-
-
-
-
- -g GROUP_ID, --group-id GROUP_ID
-
-
- Group id
-
-
-
-
- --no-group {True,False}
-
-
- If True, list only orhpaned thresholds
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cloudkitty hashmap-threshold-update
- usage: cloudkitty hashmap-threshold-update -t THRESHOLD_ID [-l LEVEL]
- [-c COST] [-m MAP_TYPE]
- [-g GROUP_ID]
-
-Update a threshold.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -t THRESHOLD_ID, --threshold-id THRESHOLD_ID
-
-
- Threshold id Required.
-
-
-
-
- -l LEVEL, --level LEVEL
-
-
- Threshold level
-
-
-
-
- -c COST, --cost COST
-
-
- Threshold cost
-
-
-
-
- -m MAP_TYPE, --map-type MAP_TYPE
-
-
- Threshold type (flat, rate)
-
-
-
-
- -g GROUP_ID, --group-id GROUP_ID
-
-
- Group id
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cloudkitty module-disable
- usage: cloudkitty module-disable -n NAME
-
-Disable a module.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -n NAME, --name NAME
-
-
- Module name Required.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cloudkitty module-enable
- usage: cloudkitty module-enable -n NAME
-
-Enable a module.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -n NAME, --name NAME
-
-
- Module name Required.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cloudkitty module-list
- usage: cloudkitty module-list
-
-List the samples for this meters.
-
-
-
- cloudkitty report-tenant-list
- usage: cloudkitty report-tenant-list
-
-
-
-
- cloudkitty storage-dataframe-list
- usage: cloudkitty storage-dataframe-list --begin BEGIN --end END
- [--tenant TENANT]
- [--resource-type RESOURCE_TYPE]
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --begin BEGIN
-
-
- Starting date/time (YYYY-MM-ddThh:mm:ss)
- Required.
-
-
-
-
- --end END
-
-
- Ending date/time (YYYY-MM-ddThh:mm:ss)
- Required.
-
-
-
-
- --tenant TENANT
-
-
- Tenant ID Defaults to None.
-
-
-
-
- --resource-type RESOURCE_TYPE
-
-
- Resource type (compute, image, ...) Defaults
- to None.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- cloudkitty total-get
- usage: cloudkitty total-get [-t TOTAL_TENANT_ID] [-b BEGIN] [-e END]
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -t TOTAL_TENANT_ID, --tenant-id TOTAL_TENANT_ID
-
-
- Tenant id
-
-
-
-
- -b BEGIN, --begin BEGIN
-
-
- Begin timestamp
-
-
-
-
- -e END, --end END
-
-
- End timestamp
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/doc/cli-reference/generated/ch_cli_designate_commands.xml b/doc/cli-reference/generated/ch_cli_designate_commands.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 37baac7d4c..0000000000
--- a/doc/cli-reference/generated/ch_cli_designate_commands.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1394 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- DNS service command-line client
-
- The designate client is the command-line
- interface (CLI) for the DNS service API and its extensions.
-
- This chapter documents designate version
- 1.5.0.
-
-
- For help on a specific designate
- command, enter:
-
- $designateCOMMAND
-
-
- designate usage
- usage: designate [--version] [-v] [--log-file LOG_FILE] [-q] [-h] [--debug]
- [--os-username OS_USERNAME] [--os-user-id OS_USER_ID]
- [--os-user-domain-id OS_USER_DOMAIN_ID]
- [--os-user-domain-name OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME]
- [--os-password OS_PASSWORD] [--os-tenant-name OS_TENANT_NAME]
- [--os-tenant-id OS_TENANT_ID]
- [--os-project-name OS_PROJECT_NAME]
- [--os-domain-name OS_DOMAIN_NAME]
- [--os-domain-id OS_DOMAIN_ID] [--os-project-id OS_PROJECT_ID]
- [--os-project-domain-id OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_ID]
- [--os-project-domain-name OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_NAME]
- [--os-auth-url OS_AUTH_URL] [--os-region-name OS_REGION_NAME]
- [--os-token OS_TOKEN] [--os-endpoint OS_ENDPOINT]
- [--os-endpoint-type OS_ENDPOINT_TYPE]
- [--os-service-type OS_SERVICE_TYPE] [--os-cacert OS_CACERT]
- [--insecure] [--all-tenants] [--edit-managed]
-
-
- designate optional arguments
-
-
- --version
-
-
- show program's version number and exit
-
-
-
-
- -v, --verbose
-
-
- Increase verbosity of output. Can be repeated.
-
-
-
-
- --log-file LOG_FILE
-
-
- Specify a file to log output. Disabled by default.
-
-
-
-
- -q, --quiet
-
-
- Suppress output except warnings and errors.
-
-
-
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- Show this help message and exit.
-
-
-
-
- --debug
-
-
- Show tracebacks on errors.
-
-
-
-
- --os-username OS_USERNAME
-
-
- Name used for authentication with the OpenStack
- Identity service. Defaults to env[OS_USERNAME].
-
-
-
-
- --os-user-id OS_USER_ID
-
-
- User ID used for authentication with the OpenStack
- Identity service. Defaults to env[OS_USER_ID].
-
-
-
-
- --os-user-domain-id OS_USER_DOMAIN_ID
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_USER_DOMAIN_ID].
-
-
-
-
- --os-user-domain-name OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME].
-
-
-
-
- --os-password OS_PASSWORD
-
-
- Password used for authentication with the OpenStack
- Identity service. Defaults to env[OS_PASSWORD].
-
-
-
-
- --os-tenant-name OS_TENANT_NAME
-
-
- Tenant to request authorization on. Defaults to
- env[OS_TENANT_NAME].
-
-
-
-
- --os-tenant-id OS_TENANT_ID
-
-
- Tenant to request authorization on. Defaults to
- env[OS_TENANT_ID].
-
-
-
-
- --os-project-name OS_PROJECT_NAME
-
-
- Project to request authorization on. Defaults to
- env[OS_PROJECT_NAME].
-
-
-
-
- --os-domain-name OS_DOMAIN_NAME
-
-
- Project to request authorization on. Defaults to
- env[OS_DOMAIN_NAME].
-
-
-
-
- --os-domain-id OS_DOMAIN_ID
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_DOMAIN_ID].
-
-
-
-
- --os-project-id OS_PROJECT_ID
-
-
- Project to request authorization on. Defaults to
- env[OS_PROJECT_ID].
-
-
-
-
- --os-project-domain-id OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_ID
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_ID].
-
-
-
-
- --os-project-domain-name OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_NAME
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_NAME].
-
-
-
-
- --os-auth-url OS_AUTH_URL
-
-
- Specify the Identity endpoint to use for
- authentication. Defaults to env[OS_AUTH_URL].
-
-
-
-
- --os-region-name OS_REGION_NAME
-
-
- Specify the region to use. Defaults to
- env[OS_REGION_NAME].
-
-
-
-
- --os-token OS_TOKEN
-
-
- Specify an existing token to use instead of retrieving
- one via authentication (e.g. with username &
- password). Defaults to env[OS_SERVICE_TOKEN].
-
-
-
-
- --os-endpoint OS_ENDPOINT
-
-
- Specify an endpoint to use instead of retrieving one
- from the service catalog (via authentication).
- Defaults to env[OS_DNS_ENDPOINT].
-
-
-
-
- --os-endpoint-type OS_ENDPOINT_TYPE
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_ENDPOINT_TYPE].
-
-
-
-
- --os-service-type OS_SERVICE_TYPE
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_DNS_SERVICE_TYPE], or 'dns'.
-
-
-
-
- --os-cacert OS_CACERT
-
-
- CA certificate bundle file. Defaults to
- env[OS_CACERT].
-
-
-
-
- --insecure
-
-
- Explicitly allow 'insecure' SSL requests.
-
-
-
-
- --all-tenants
-
-
- Allows to list all domains from all tenants.
-
-
-
-
- --edit-managed
-
-
- Allows to edit records that are marked as managed.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- designate diagnostics-ping
- usage: designate diagnostics-ping [-h] [-f {json,shell,table,value,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX] --service
- SERVICE --host HOST
-
-Ping a service on a given host
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --service SERVICE
-
-
- Service name (e.g. central)
-
-
-
-
- --host HOST
-
-
- Hostname
-
-
-
-
-
-
- designate domain-create
- usage: designate domain-create [-h] [-f {json,shell,table,value,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX] --name NAME
- --email EMAIL [--ttl TTL]
- [--description DESCRIPTION]
-
-Create Domain
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --name NAME
-
-
- Domain name
-
-
-
-
- --email EMAIL
-
-
- Domain email
-
-
-
-
- --ttl TTL
-
-
- Time to live (seconds)
-
-
-
-
- --description DESCRIPTION
-
-
- Description
-
-
-
-
-
-
- designate domain-delete
- usage: designate domain-delete [-h] [-f {json,shell,table,value,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
- id
-
-Delete Domain
-
- Positional arguments
-
- id
-
-
- Domain ID or name
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- designate domain-get
- usage: designate domain-get [-h] [-f {json,shell,table,value,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>] [--noindent]
- [--prefix PREFIX]
- id
-
-Get Domain
-
- Positional arguments
-
- id
-
-
- Domain ID or name
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- designate domain-list
- usage: designate domain-list [-h] [-f {csv,json,table,value,yaml}] [-c COLUMN]
- [--max-width <integer>] [--noindent]
- [--quote {all,minimal,none,nonnumeric}]
-
-List Domains
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- designate domain-servers-list
- usage: designate domain-servers-list [-h] [-f {csv,json,table,value,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent]
- [--quote {all,minimal,none,nonnumeric}]
- id
-
-List Domain Servers
-
- Positional arguments
-
- id
-
-
- Domain ID or name
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- designate domain-update
- usage: designate domain-update [-h] [-f {json,shell,table,value,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX] [--name NAME]
- [--email EMAIL] [--ttl TTL]
- [--description DESCRIPTION | --no-description]
- id
-
-Update Domain
-
- Positional arguments
-
- id
-
-
- Domain ID or name
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --name NAME
-
-
- Domain name
-
-
-
-
- --email EMAIL
-
-
- Domain email
-
-
-
-
- --ttl TTL
-
-
- Time to live (seconds)
-
-
-
-
- --description DESCRIPTION
-
-
- Description
-
-
-
-
- --no-description
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- designate quota-get
- usage: designate quota-get [-h] [-f {json,shell,table,value,yaml}] [-c COLUMN]
- [--max-width <integer>] [--noindent]
- [--prefix PREFIX]
- tenant_id
-
-Get Quota
-
- Positional arguments
-
- tenant_id
-
-
- Tenant ID
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- designate quota-reset
- usage: designate quota-reset [-h] [-f {json,shell,table,value,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>] [--noindent]
- [--prefix PREFIX]
- tenant_id
-
-Reset Quota
-
- Positional arguments
-
- tenant_id
-
-
- Tenant ID
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- designate quota-update
- usage: designate quota-update [-h] [-f {json,shell,table,value,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>] [--noindent]
- [--prefix PREFIX] [--domains DOMAINS]
- [--domain-recordsets DOMAIN_RECORDSETS]
- [--recordset-records RECORDSET_RECORDS]
- [--domain-records DOMAIN_RECORDS]
- tenant_id
-
-Update Quota
-
- Positional arguments
-
- tenant_id
-
-
- Tenant ID
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --domains DOMAINS
-
-
- Allowed domains
-
-
-
-
- --domain-recordsets DOMAIN_RECORDSETS
-
-
- Allowed domain records
-
-
-
-
- --recordset-records RECORDSET_RECORDS
-
-
- Allowed recordset records
-
-
-
-
- --domain-records DOMAIN_RECORDS
-
-
- Allowed domain records
-
-
-
-
-
-
- designate record-create
- usage: designate record-create [-h] [-f {json,shell,table,value,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX] --name NAME
- --type TYPE --data DATA [--ttl TTL]
- [--priority PRIORITY]
- [--description DESCRIPTION]
- domain_id
-
-Create Record
-
- Positional arguments
-
- domain_id
-
-
- Domain ID or name
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --name NAME
-
-
- Record (relative|absolute) name
-
-
-
-
- --type TYPE
-
-
- Record type
-
-
-
-
- --data DATA
-
-
- Record data
-
-
-
-
- --ttl TTL
-
-
- Record TTL
-
-
-
-
- --priority PRIORITY
-
-
- Record priority
-
-
-
-
- --description DESCRIPTION
-
-
- Description
-
-
-
-
-
-
- designate record-delete
- usage: designate record-delete [-h] [-f {json,shell,table,value,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
- domain_id id
-
-Delete Record
-
- Positional arguments
-
- domain_id
-
-
- Domain ID or name
-
-
-
-
- id
-
-
- Record ID
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- designate record-get
- usage: designate record-get [-h] [-f {json,shell,table,value,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>] [--noindent]
- [--prefix PREFIX]
- domain_id id
-
-Get Record
-
- Positional arguments
-
- domain_id
-
-
- Domain ID or name
-
-
-
-
- id
-
-
- Record ID
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- designate record-list
- usage: designate record-list [-h] [-f {csv,json,table,value,yaml}] [-c COLUMN]
- [--max-width <integer>] [--noindent]
- [--quote {all,minimal,none,nonnumeric}]
- domain_id
-
-List Records
-
- Positional arguments
-
- domain_id
-
-
- Domain ID or name
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- designate record-update
- usage: designate record-update [-h] [-f {json,shell,table,value,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX] [--name NAME]
- [--type TYPE] [--data DATA]
- [--description DESCRIPTION | --no-description]
- [--ttl TTL | --no-ttl]
- [--priority PRIORITY | --no-priority]
- domain_id id
-
-Update Record
-
- Positional arguments
-
- domain_id
-
-
- Domain ID or name
-
-
-
-
- id
-
-
- Record ID
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --name NAME
-
-
- Record name
-
-
-
-
- --type TYPE
-
-
- Record type
-
-
-
-
- --data DATA
-
-
- Record data
-
-
-
-
- --description DESCRIPTION
-
-
- Description
-
-
-
-
- --no-description
-
-
-
-
-
-
- --ttl TTL
-
-
- Record time to live (seconds)
-
-
-
-
- --no-ttl
-
-
-
-
-
-
- --priority PRIORITY
-
-
- Record priority
-
-
-
-
- --no-priority
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- designate report-count-all
- usage: designate report-count-all [-h] [-f {json,shell,table,value,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
-
-Get count totals for all tenants, domains and records
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- designate report-count-domains
- usage: designate report-count-domains [-h] [-f {json,shell,table,value,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
-
-Get counts for total domains
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- designate report-count-records
- usage: designate report-count-records [-h] [-f {json,shell,table,value,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
-
-Get counts for total records
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- designate report-count-tenants
- usage: designate report-count-tenants [-h] [-f {json,shell,table,value,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
-
-Get counts for total tenants
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- designate report-tenant-domains
- usage: designate report-tenant-domains [-h] [-f {csv,json,table,value,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent]
- [--quote {all,minimal,none,nonnumeric}]
- --report-tenant-id REPORT_TENANT_ID
-
-Get a list of domains for given tenant
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --report-tenant-id REPORT_TENANT_ID
-
-
- The tenant_id being reported on.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- designate report-tenants-all
- usage: designate report-tenants-all [-h] [-f {csv,json,table,value,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent]
- [--quote {all,minimal,none,nonnumeric}]
-
-Get list of tenants and domain count for each
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- designate server-create
- usage: designate server-create [-h] [-f {json,shell,table,value,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX] --name NAME
-
-Create Server
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --name NAME
-
-
- Server name
-
-
-
-
-
-
- designate server-delete
- usage: designate server-delete [-h] [-f {json,shell,table,value,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
- id
-
-Delete Server
-
- Positional arguments
-
- id
-
-
- Server ID
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- designate server-get
- usage: designate server-get [-h] [-f {json,shell,table,value,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>] [--noindent]
- [--prefix PREFIX]
- id
-
-Get Server
-
- Positional arguments
-
- id
-
-
- Server ID
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- designate server-list
- usage: designate server-list [-h] [-f {csv,json,table,value,yaml}] [-c COLUMN]
- [--max-width <integer>] [--noindent]
- [--quote {all,minimal,none,nonnumeric}]
-
-List Servers
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- designate server-update
- usage: designate server-update [-h] [-f {json,shell,table,value,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX] [--name NAME]
- id
-
-Update Server
-
- Positional arguments
-
- id
-
-
- Server ID
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --name NAME
-
-
- Server name
-
-
-
-
-
-
- designate sync-all
- usage: designate sync-all [-h] [-f {json,shell,table,value,yaml}] [-c COLUMN]
- [--max-width <integer>] [--noindent]
- [--prefix PREFIX]
-
-Sync Everything
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- designate sync-domain
- usage: designate sync-domain [-h] [-f {json,shell,table,value,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>] [--noindent]
- [--prefix PREFIX]
- domain_id
-
-Sync a single Domain
-
- Positional arguments
-
- domain_id
-
-
- Domain ID
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- designate sync-record
- usage: designate sync-record [-h] [-f {json,shell,table,value,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>] [--noindent]
- [--prefix PREFIX]
- domain_id record_id
-
-Sync a single Record
-
- Positional arguments
-
- domain_id
-
-
- Domain ID
-
-
-
-
- record_id
-
-
- Record ID
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- designate touch-domain
- usage: designate touch-domain [-h] [-f {json,shell,table,value,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>] [--noindent]
- [--prefix PREFIX]
- domain_id
-
-Touch a single Domain
-
- Positional arguments
-
- domain_id
-
-
- Domain ID
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/doc/cli-reference/generated/ch_cli_glance_commands.xml b/doc/cli-reference/generated/ch_cli_glance_commands.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index c8270ed08e..0000000000
--- a/doc/cli-reference/generated/ch_cli_glance_commands.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2919 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Image service command-line client
-
- The glance client is the command-line
- interface (CLI) for the Image service API and its extensions.
-
- This chapter documents glance version
- 1.2.0.
-
-
- For help on a specific glance
- command, enter:
-
- $glanceCOMMAND
-
-
- glance usage
- usage: glance [--version] [-d] [-v] [--get-schema] [--no-ssl-compression] [-f]
- [--os-image-url OS_IMAGE_URL]
- [--os-image-api-version OS_IMAGE_API_VERSION] [--insecure]
- [--os-cacert <ca-certificate>] [--os-cert <certificate>]
- [--os-key <key>] [--timeout <seconds>]
- [--os-auth-url OS_AUTH_URL] [--os-domain-id OS_DOMAIN_ID]
- [--os-domain-name OS_DOMAIN_NAME]
- [--os-project-id OS_PROJECT_ID]
- [--os-project-name OS_PROJECT_NAME]
- [--os-project-domain-id OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_ID]
- [--os-project-domain-name OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_NAME]
- [--os-trust-id OS_TRUST_ID] [--os-user-id OS_USER_ID]
- [--os-user-name OS_USERNAME]
- [--os-user-domain-id OS_USER_DOMAIN_ID]
- [--os-user-domain-name OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME]
- [--os-password OS_PASSWORD] [--key-file OS_KEY]
- [--ca-file OS_CACERT] [--cert-file OS_CERT]
- [--os-tenant-id OS_TENANT_ID] [--os-tenant-name OS_TENANT_NAME]
- [--os-region-name OS_REGION_NAME]
- [--os-auth-token OS_AUTH_TOKEN]
- [--os-service-type OS_SERVICE_TYPE]
- [--os-endpoint-type OS_ENDPOINT_TYPE]
- <subcommand> ...
-
-
- glance optional arguments
-
-
- --version
-
-
- show program's version number and exit
-
-
-
-
- -d, --debug
-
-
- Defaults to env[GLANCECLIENT_DEBUG].
-
-
-
-
- -v, --verbose
-
-
- Print more verbose output.
-
-
-
-
- --get-schema
-
-
- Ignores cached copy and forces retrieval of schema
- that generates portions of the help text. Ignored with
- API version 1.
-
-
-
-
- --no-ssl-compression
-
-
- DEPRECATED! This option is deprecated and not used
- anymore. SSL compression should be disabled by default
- by the system SSL library.
-
-
-
-
- -f, --force
-
-
- Prevent select actions from requesting user
- confirmation.
-
-
-
-
- --os-image-url OS_IMAGE_URL
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_IMAGE_URL]. If the provided image
- url contains a version number and `--os-image-api-
- version` is omitted the version of the URL will be
- picked as the image api version to use.
-
-
-
-
- --os-image-api-version OS_IMAGE_API_VERSION
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_IMAGE_API_VERSION] or 2.
-
-
-
-
- --insecure
-
-
- Explicitly allow client to perform "insecure" TLS
- (https) requests. The server's certificate will not be
- verified against any certificate authorities. This
- option should be used with caution.
-
-
-
-
- --os-cacert <ca-certificate>
-
-
- Specify a CA bundle file to use in verifying a TLS
- (https) server certificate. Defaults to
- env[OS_CACERT].
-
-
-
-
- --os-cert <certificate>
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_CERT].
-
-
-
-
- --os-key <key>
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_KEY].
-
-
-
-
- --timeout <seconds>
-
-
- Set request timeout (in seconds).
-
-
-
-
- --os-auth-url OS_AUTH_URL
-
-
- Authentication URL
-
-
-
-
- --os-domain-id OS_DOMAIN_ID
-
-
- Domain ID to scope to
-
-
-
-
- --os-domain-name OS_DOMAIN_NAME
-
-
- Domain name to scope to
-
-
-
-
- --os-project-id OS_PROJECT_ID
-
-
- Project ID to scope to
-
-
-
-
- --os-project-name OS_PROJECT_NAME
-
-
- Project name to scope to
-
-
-
-
- --os-project-domain-id OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_ID
-
-
- Domain ID containing project
-
-
-
-
- --os-project-domain-name OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_NAME
-
-
- Domain name containing project
-
-
-
-
- --os-trust-id OS_TRUST_ID
-
-
- Trust ID
-
-
-
-
- --os-user-id OS_USER_ID
-
-
- User ID
-
-
-
-
- --os-user-name OS_USERNAME, --os-username OS_USERNAME
-
-
- Username
-
-
-
-
- --os-user-domain-id OS_USER_DOMAIN_ID
-
-
- User's domain id
-
-
-
-
- --os-user-domain-name OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME
-
-
- User's domain name
-
-
-
-
- --os-password OS_PASSWORD
-
-
- User's password
-
-
-
-
- --key-file OS_KEY
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Use --os-key.
-
-
-
-
- --ca-file OS_CACERT
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Use --os-cacert.
-
-
-
-
- --cert-file OS_CERT
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Use --os-cert.
-
-
-
-
- --os-tenant-id OS_TENANT_ID
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_TENANT_ID].
-
-
-
-
- --os-tenant-name OS_TENANT_NAME
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_TENANT_NAME].
-
-
-
-
- --os-region-name OS_REGION_NAME
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_REGION_NAME].
-
-
-
-
- --os-auth-token OS_AUTH_TOKEN
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_AUTH_TOKEN].
-
-
-
-
- --os-service-type OS_SERVICE_TYPE
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_SERVICE_TYPE].
-
-
-
-
- --os-endpoint-type OS_ENDPOINT_TYPE
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_ENDPOINT_TYPE].
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Image service API v1 commands
-
- glance image-create (v1)
- usage: glance --os-image-api-version 1 image-create [--id <IMAGE_ID>] [--name <NAME>] [--store <STORE>]
- [--disk-format <DISK_FORMAT>]
- [--container-format <CONTAINER_FORMAT>]
- [--owner <TENANT_ID>] [--size <SIZE>]
- [--min-disk <DISK_GB>] [--min-ram <DISK_RAM>]
- [--location <IMAGE_URL>] [--file <FILE>]
- [--checksum <CHECKSUM>] [--copy-from <IMAGE_URL>]
- [--is-public {True,False}]
- [--is-protected {True,False}]
- [--property <key=value>] [--human-readable]
- [--progress]
-
-Create a new image.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --id <IMAGE_ID>
-
-
- ID of image to reserve.
-
-
-
-
- --name <NAME>
-
-
- Name of image.
-
-
-
-
- --store <STORE>
-
-
- Store to upload image to.
-
-
-
-
- --disk-format <DISK_FORMAT>
-
-
- Disk format of image. Acceptable formats: ami, ari,
- aki, vhd, vmdk, raw, qcow2, vdi, and iso.
-
-
-
-
- --container-format <CONTAINER_FORMAT>
-
-
- Container format of image. Acceptable formats: ami,
- ari, aki, bare, and ovf.
-
-
-
-
- --owner <TENANT_ID>
-
-
- Tenant who should own image.
-
-
-
-
- --size <SIZE>
-
-
- Size of image data (in bytes). Only used with '--
- location' and '--copy_from'.
-
-
-
-
- --min-disk <DISK_GB>
-
-
- Minimum size of disk needed to boot image (in
- gigabytes).
-
-
-
-
- --min-ram <DISK_RAM>
-
-
- Minimum amount of ram needed to boot image (in
- megabytes).
-
-
-
-
- --location <IMAGE_URL>
-
-
- URL where the data for this image already resides. For
- example, if the image data is stored in swift, you
- could specify 'swift+http://tenant%3Aaccount:key@auth_
- url/v2.0/container/obj'. (Note: '%3A' is ':' URL
- encoded.)
-
-
-
-
- --file <FILE>
-
-
- Local file that contains disk image to be uploaded
- during creation. Alternatively, images can be passed
- to the client via stdin.
-
-
-
-
- --checksum <CHECKSUM>
-
-
- Hash of image data used Glance can use for
- verification. Provide a md5 checksum here.
-
-
-
-
- --copy-from <IMAGE_URL>
-
-
- Similar to '--location' in usage, but this indicates
- that the Glance server should immediately copy the
- data and store it in its configured image store.
-
-
-
-
- --is-public {True,False}
-
-
- Make image accessible to the public.
-
-
-
-
- --is-protected {True,False}
-
-
- Prevent image from being deleted.
-
-
-
-
- --property <key=value>
-
-
- Arbitrary property to associate with image. May be
- used multiple times.
-
-
-
-
- --human-readable
-
-
- Print image size in a human-friendly format.
-
-
-
-
- --progress
-
-
- Show upload progress bar.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- glance image-delete (v1)
- usage: glance --os-image-api-version 1 image-delete <IMAGE> [<IMAGE> ...]
-
-Delete specified image(s).
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <IMAGE>
-
-
- Name or ID of image(s) to delete.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- glance image-download (v1)
- usage: glance --os-image-api-version 1 image-download [--file <FILE>] [--progress] <IMAGE>
-
-Download a specific image.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <IMAGE>
-
-
- Name or ID of image to download.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --file <FILE>
-
-
- Local file to save downloaded image data to. If this is not
- specified and there is no redirection the image data will be
- not be saved.
-
-
-
-
- --progress
-
-
- Show download progress bar.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- glance image-list (v1)
- usage: glance --os-image-api-version 1 image-list [--name <NAME>] [--status <STATUS>]
- [--changes-since <CHANGES_SINCE>]
- [--container-format <CONTAINER_FORMAT>]
- [--disk-format <DISK_FORMAT>] [--size-min <SIZE>]
- [--size-max <SIZE>] [--property-filter <KEY=VALUE>]
- [--page-size <SIZE>] [--human-readable]
- [--sort-key {name,status,container_format,disk_format,size,id,created_at,updated_at}]
- [--sort-dir {asc,desc}] [--is-public {True,False}]
- [--owner <TENANT_ID>] [--all-tenants]
-
-List images you can access.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --name <NAME>
-
-
- Filter images to those that have this name.
-
-
-
-
- --status <STATUS>
-
-
- Filter images to those that have this status.
-
-
-
-
- --changes-since <CHANGES_SINCE>
-
-
- Filter images to those that changed since the given
- time, which will include the deleted images.
-
-
-
-
- --container-format <CONTAINER_FORMAT>
-
-
- Filter images to those that have this container
- format. Acceptable formats: ami, ari, aki, bare, and
- ovf.
-
-
-
-
- --disk-format <DISK_FORMAT>
-
-
- Filter images to those that have this disk format.
- Acceptable formats: ami, ari, aki, vhd, vmdk, raw,
- qcow2, vdi, and iso.
-
-
-
-
- --size-min <SIZE>
-
-
- Filter images to those with a size greater than this.
-
-
-
-
- --size-max <SIZE>
-
-
- Filter images to those with a size less than this.
-
-
-
-
- --property-filter <KEY=VALUE>
-
-
- Filter images by a user-defined image property.
-
-
-
-
- --page-size <SIZE>
-
-
- Number of images to request in each paginated request.
-
-
-
-
- --human-readable
-
-
- Print image size in a human-friendly format.
-
-
-
-
- --sort-key {name,status,container_format,disk_format,size,id,created_at,updated_at}
-
-
- Sort image list by specified field.
-
-
-
-
- --sort-dir {asc,desc}
-
-
- Sort image list in specified direction.
-
-
-
-
- --is-public {True,False}
-
-
- Allows the user to select a listing of public or non
- public images.
-
-
-
-
- --owner <TENANT_ID>
-
-
- Display only images owned by this tenant id. Filtering
- occurs on the client side so may be inefficient. This
- option is mainly intended for admin use. Use an empty
- string ('') to list images with no owner. Note: This
- option overrides the --is-public argument if present.
- Note: the v2 API supports more efficient server-side
- owner based filtering.
-
-
-
-
- --all-tenants
-
-
- Allows the admin user to list all images irrespective
- of the image's owner or is_public value.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- glance image-show (v1)
- usage: glance --os-image-api-version 1 image-show [--human-readable] [--max-column-width <integer>]
- <IMAGE>
-
-Describe a specific image.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <IMAGE>
-
-
- Name or ID of image to describe.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --human-readable
-
-
- Print image size in a human-friendly format.
-
-
-
-
- --max-column-width <integer>
-
-
- The max column width of the printed table.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- glance image-update (v1)
- usage: glance --os-image-api-version 1 image-update [--name <NAME>] [--disk-format <DISK_FORMAT>]
- [--container-format <CONTAINER_FORMAT>]
- [--owner <TENANT_ID>] [--size <SIZE>]
- [--min-disk <DISK_GB>] [--min-ram <DISK_RAM>]
- [--location <IMAGE_URL>] [--file <FILE>]
- [--checksum <CHECKSUM>] [--copy-from <IMAGE_URL>]
- [--is-public {True,False}]
- [--is-protected {True,False}]
- [--property <key=value>] [--purge-props]
- [--human-readable] [--progress]
- <IMAGE>
-
-Update a specific image.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <IMAGE>
-
-
- Name or ID of image to modify.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --name <NAME>
-
-
- Name of image.
-
-
-
-
- --disk-format <DISK_FORMAT>
-
-
- Disk format of image. Acceptable formats: ami, ari,
- aki, vhd, vmdk, raw, qcow2, vdi, and iso.
-
-
-
-
- --container-format <CONTAINER_FORMAT>
-
-
- Container format of image. Acceptable formats: ami,
- ari, aki, bare, and ovf.
-
-
-
-
- --owner <TENANT_ID>
-
-
- Tenant who should own image.
-
-
-
-
- --size <SIZE>
-
-
- Size of image data (in bytes).
-
-
-
-
- --min-disk <DISK_GB>
-
-
- Minimum size of disk needed to boot image (in
- gigabytes).
-
-
-
-
- --min-ram <DISK_RAM>
-
-
- Minimum amount of ram needed to boot image (in
- megabytes).
-
-
-
-
- --location <IMAGE_URL>
-
-
- URL where the data for this image already resides. For
- example, if the image data is stored in swift, you
- could specify 'swift+http://tenant%3Aaccount:key@auth_
- url/v2.0/container/obj'. (Note: '%3A' is ':' URL
- encoded.) This option only works for images in
- 'queued' status.
-
-
-
-
- --file <FILE>
-
-
- Local file that contains disk image to be uploaded
- during update. Alternatively, images can be passed to
- the client via stdin.
-
-
-
-
- --checksum <CHECKSUM>
-
-
- Hash of image data used Glance can use for
- verification.
-
-
-
-
- --copy-from <IMAGE_URL>
-
-
- Similar to '--location' in usage, but this indicates
- that the Glance server should immediately copy the
- data and store it in its configured image store. This
- option only works for images in 'queued' status.
-
-
-
-
- --is-public {True,False}
-
-
- Make image accessible to the public.
-
-
-
-
- --is-protected {True,False}
-
-
- Prevent image from being deleted.
-
-
-
-
- --property <key=value>
-
-
- Arbitrary property to associate with image. May be
- used multiple times.
-
-
-
-
- --purge-props
-
-
- If this flag is present, delete all image properties
- not explicitly set in the update request. Otherwise,
- those properties not referenced are preserved.
-
-
-
-
- --human-readable
-
-
- Print image size in a human-friendly format.
-
-
-
-
- --progress
-
-
- Show upload progress bar.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- glance member-create (v1)
- usage: glance --os-image-api-version 1 member-create [--can-share] <IMAGE> <TENANT_ID>
-
-Share a specific image with a tenant.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <IMAGE>
-
-
- Image to add member to.
-
-
-
-
- <TENANT_ID>
-
-
- Tenant to add as member.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --can-share
-
-
- Allow the specified tenant to share this image.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- glance member-delete (v1)
- usage: glance --os-image-api-version 1 member-delete <IMAGE> <TENANT_ID>
-
-Remove a shared image from a tenant.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <IMAGE>
-
-
- Image from which to remove member.
-
-
-
-
- <TENANT_ID>
-
-
- Tenant to remove as member.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- glance member-list (v1)
- usage: glance --os-image-api-version 1 member-list [--image-id <IMAGE_ID>] [--tenant-id <TENANT_ID>]
-
-Describe sharing permissions by image or tenant.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --image-id <IMAGE_ID>
-
-
- Filter results by an image ID.
-
-
-
-
- --tenant-id <TENANT_ID>
-
-
- Filter results by a tenant ID.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Image service API v2 commands
-
- You can select an API version to use by adding the
- --os-image-api-version parameter or by setting
- the corresponding environment variable:
-$export OS_IMAGE_API_VERSION=2
-
-
- glance explain (v2)
- usage: glance --os-image-api-version 2 explain <MODEL>
-
-Describe a specific model.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <MODEL>
-
-
- Name of model to describe.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- glance image-create (v2)
- usage: glance --os-image-api-version 2 image-create [--architecture <ARCHITECTURE>]
- [--protected [True|False]] [--name <NAME>]
- [--instance-uuid <INSTANCE_UUID>]
- [--min-disk <MIN_DISK>] [--visibility <VISIBILITY>]
- [--kernel-id <KERNEL_ID>]
- [--tags <TAGS> [<TAGS> ...]]
- [--os-version <OS_VERSION>]
- [--disk-format <DISK_FORMAT>] [--self <SELF>]
- [--os-distro <OS_DISTRO>] [--id <ID>]
- [--owner <OWNER>] [--ramdisk-id <RAMDISK_ID>]
- [--min-ram <MIN_RAM>]
- [--container-format <CONTAINER_FORMAT>]
- [--property <key=value>] [--file <FILE>]
- [--progress]
-
-Create a new image.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --architecture <ARCHITECTURE>
-
-
- Operating system architecture as specified in
- http://docs.openstack.org/trunk/openstack-
- compute/admin/content/adding-images.html
-
-
-
-
- --protected [True|False]
-
-
- If true, image will not be deletable.
-
-
-
-
- --name <NAME>
-
-
- Descriptive name for the image
-
-
-
-
- --instance-uuid <INSTANCE_UUID>
-
-
- ID of instance used to create this image.
-
-
-
-
- --min-disk <MIN_DISK>
-
-
- Amount of disk space (in GB) required to boot image.
-
-
-
-
- --visibility <VISIBILITY>
-
-
- Scope of image accessibility Valid values: public,
- private
-
-
-
-
- --kernel-id <KERNEL_ID>
-
-
- ID of image stored in Glance that should be used as
- the kernel when booting an AMI-style image.
-
-
-
-
- --tags <TAGS> [<TAGS> ...]
-
-
- List of strings related to the image
-
-
-
-
- --os-version <OS_VERSION>
-
-
- Operating system version as specified by the
- distributor
-
-
-
-
- --disk-format <DISK_FORMAT>
-
-
- Format of the disk Valid values: ami, ari, aki, vhd,
- vmdk, raw, qcow2, vdi, iso
-
-
-
-
- --self <SELF>
-
-
- (READ-ONLY)
-
-
-
-
- --os-distro <OS_DISTRO>
-
-
- Common name of operating system distribution as
- specified in http://docs.openstack.org/trunk
- /openstack-compute/admin/content/adding-images.html
-
-
-
-
- --id <ID>
-
-
- An identifier for the image
-
-
-
-
- --owner <OWNER>
-
-
- Owner of the image
-
-
-
-
- --ramdisk-id <RAMDISK_ID>
-
-
- ID of image stored in Glance that should be used as
- the ramdisk when booting an AMI-style image.
-
-
-
-
- --min-ram <MIN_RAM>
-
-
- Amount of ram (in MB) required to boot image.
-
-
-
-
- --container-format <CONTAINER_FORMAT>
-
-
- Format of the container Valid values: ami, ari, aki,
- bare, ovf, ova
-
-
-
-
- --property <key=value>
-
-
- Arbitrary property to associate with image. May be
- used multiple times.
-
-
-
-
- --file <FILE>
-
-
- Local file that contains disk image to be uploaded
- during creation. Must be present if images are not
- passed to the client via stdin.
-
-
-
-
- --progress
-
-
- Show upload progress bar.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- glance image-deactivate (v2)
- usage: glance --os-image-api-version 2 image-deactivate <IMAGE_ID>
-
-Deactivate specified image.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <IMAGE_ID>
-
-
- ID of image to deactivate.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- glance image-delete (v2)
- usage: glance --os-image-api-version 2 image-delete <IMAGE_ID> [<IMAGE_ID> ...]
-
-Delete specified image.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <IMAGE_ID>
-
-
- ID of image(s) to delete.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- glance image-download (v2)
- usage: glance --os-image-api-version 2 image-download [--file <FILE>] [--progress] <IMAGE_ID>
-
-Download a specific image.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <IMAGE_ID>
-
-
- ID of image to download.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --file <FILE>
-
-
- Local file to save downloaded image data to. If this is not
- specified and there is no redirection the image data will be
- not be saved.
-
-
-
-
- --progress
-
-
- Show download progress bar.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- glance image-list (v2)
- usage: glance --os-image-api-version 2 image-list [--limit <LIMIT>] [--page-size <SIZE>]
- [--visibility <VISIBILITY>]
- [--member-status <MEMBER_STATUS>] [--owner <OWNER>]
- [--property-filter <KEY=VALUE>]
- [--checksum <CHECKSUM>] [--tag <TAG>]
- [--sort-key {name,status,container_format,disk_format,size,id,created_at,updated_at}]
- [--sort-dir {asc,desc}] [--sort <key>[:<direction>]]
-
-List images you can access.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --limit <LIMIT>
-
-
- Maximum number of images to get.
-
-
-
-
- --page-size <SIZE>
-
-
- Number of images to request in each paginated request.
-
-
-
-
- --visibility <VISIBILITY>
-
-
- The visibility of the images to display.
-
-
-
-
- --member-status <MEMBER_STATUS>
-
-
- The status of images to display.
-
-
-
-
- --owner <OWNER>
-
-
- Display images owned by <OWNER>.
-
-
-
-
- --property-filter <KEY=VALUE>
-
-
- Filter images by a user-defined image property.
-
-
-
-
- --checksum <CHECKSUM>
-
-
- Displays images that match the checksum.
-
-
-
-
- --tag <TAG>
-
-
- Filter images by a user-defined tag.
-
-
-
-
- --sort-key {name,status,container_format,disk_format,size,id,created_at,updated_at}
-
-
- Sort image list by specified fields.
-
-
-
-
- --sort-dir {asc,desc}
-
-
- Sort image list in specified directions.
-
-
-
-
- --sort <key>[:<direction>]
-
-
- Comma-separated list of sort keys and directions in
- the form of <key>[:<asc|desc>]. Valid keys: name,
- status, container_format, disk_format, size, id,
- created_at, updated_at. OPTIONAL.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- glance image-reactivate (v2)
- usage: glance --os-image-api-version 2 image-reactivate <IMAGE_ID>
-
-Reactivate specified image.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <IMAGE_ID>
-
-
- ID of image to reactivate.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- glance image-show (v2)
- usage: glance --os-image-api-version 2 image-show [--human-readable] [--max-column-width <integer>]
- <IMAGE_ID>
-
-Describe a specific image.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <IMAGE_ID>
-
-
- ID of image to describe.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --human-readable
-
-
- Print image size in a human-friendly format.
-
-
-
-
- --max-column-width <integer>
-
-
- The max column width of the printed table.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- glance image-tag-delete (v2)
- usage: glance --os-image-api-version 2 image-tag-delete <IMAGE_ID> <TAG_VALUE>
-
-Delete the tag associated with the given image.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <IMAGE_ID>
-
-
- ID of the image from which to delete tag.
-
-
-
-
- <TAG_VALUE>
-
-
- Value of the tag.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- glance image-tag-update (v2)
- usage: glance --os-image-api-version 2 image-tag-update <IMAGE_ID> <TAG_VALUE>
-
-Update an image with the given tag.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <IMAGE_ID>
-
-
- Image to be updated with the given tag.
-
-
-
-
- <TAG_VALUE>
-
-
- Value of the tag.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- glance image-update (v2)
- usage: glance --os-image-api-version 2 image-update [--architecture <ARCHITECTURE>]
- [--protected [True|False]] [--name <NAME>]
- [--instance-uuid <INSTANCE_UUID>]
- [--min-disk <MIN_DISK>] [--visibility <VISIBILITY>]
- [--kernel-id <KERNEL_ID>]
- [--os-version <OS_VERSION>]
- [--disk-format <DISK_FORMAT>] [--self <SELF>]
- [--os-distro <OS_DISTRO>] [--owner <OWNER>]
- [--ramdisk-id <RAMDISK_ID>] [--min-ram <MIN_RAM>]
- [--container-format <CONTAINER_FORMAT>]
- [--property <key=value>] [--remove-property key]
- <IMAGE_ID>
-
-Update an existing image.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <IMAGE_ID>
-
-
- ID of image to update.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --architecture <ARCHITECTURE>
-
-
- Operating system architecture as specified in
- http://docs.openstack.org/trunk/openstack-
- compute/admin/content/adding-images.html
-
-
-
-
- --protected [True|False]
-
-
- If true, image will not be deletable.
-
-
-
-
- --name <NAME>
-
-
- Descriptive name for the image
-
-
-
-
- --instance-uuid <INSTANCE_UUID>
-
-
- ID of instance used to create this image.
-
-
-
-
- --min-disk <MIN_DISK>
-
-
- Amount of disk space (in GB) required to boot image.
-
-
-
-
- --visibility <VISIBILITY>
-
-
- Scope of image accessibility Valid values: public,
- private
-
-
-
-
- --kernel-id <KERNEL_ID>
-
-
- ID of image stored in Glance that should be used as
- the kernel when booting an AMI-style image.
-
-
-
-
- --os-version <OS_VERSION>
-
-
- Operating system version as specified by the
- distributor
-
-
-
-
- --disk-format <DISK_FORMAT>
-
-
- Format of the disk Valid values: ami, ari, aki, vhd,
- vmdk, raw, qcow2, vdi, iso
-
-
-
-
- --self <SELF>
-
-
- (READ-ONLY)
-
-
-
-
- --os-distro <OS_DISTRO>
-
-
- Common name of operating system distribution as
- specified in http://docs.openstack.org/trunk
- /openstack-compute/admin/content/adding-images.html
-
-
-
-
- --owner <OWNER>
-
-
- Owner of the image
-
-
-
-
- --ramdisk-id <RAMDISK_ID>
-
-
- ID of image stored in Glance that should be used as
- the ramdisk when booting an AMI-style image.
-
-
-
-
- --min-ram <MIN_RAM>
-
-
- Amount of ram (in MB) required to boot image.
-
-
-
-
- --container-format <CONTAINER_FORMAT>
-
-
- Format of the container Valid values: ami, ari, aki,
- bare, ovf, ova
-
-
-
-
- --property <key=value>
-
-
- Arbitrary property to associate with image. May be
- used multiple times.
-
-
-
-
- --remove-property
-
-
- key
- Name of arbitrary property to remove from the image.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- glance image-upload (v2)
- usage: glance --os-image-api-version 2 image-upload [--file <FILE>] [--size <IMAGE_SIZE>] [--progress]
- <IMAGE_ID>
-
-Upload data for a specific image.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <IMAGE_ID>
-
-
- ID of image to upload data to.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --file <FILE>
-
-
- Local file that contains disk image to be uploaded.
- Alternatively, images can be passed to the client via
- stdin.
-
-
-
-
- --size <IMAGE_SIZE>
-
-
- Size in bytes of image to be uploaded. Default is to
- get size from provided data object but this is
- supported in case where size cannot be inferred.
-
-
-
-
- --progress
-
-
- Show upload progress bar.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- glance location-add (v2)
- usage: glance --os-image-api-version 2 location-add --url <URL> [--metadata <STRING>] <ID>
-
-Add a location (and related metadata) to an image.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <ID>
-
-
- ID of image to which the location is to be added.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --url <URL>
-
-
- URL of location to add.
-
-
-
-
- --metadata <STRING>
-
-
- Metadata associated with the location. Must be a valid
- JSON object (default: {})
-
-
-
-
-
-
- glance location-delete (v2)
- usage: glance --os-image-api-version 2 location-delete --url <URL> <ID>
-
-Remove locations (and related metadata) from an image.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <ID>
-
-
- ID of image whose locations are to be removed.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --url <URL>
-
-
- URL of location to remove. May be used multiple times.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- glance location-update (v2)
- usage: glance --os-image-api-version 2 location-update --url <URL> [--metadata <STRING>] <ID>
-
-Update metadata of an image's location.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <ID>
-
-
- ID of image whose location is to be updated.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --url <URL>
-
-
- URL of location to update.
-
-
-
-
- --metadata <STRING>
-
-
- Metadata associated with the location. Must be a valid
- JSON object (default: {})
-
-
-
-
-
-
- glance md-namespace-create (v2)
- usage: glance --os-image-api-version 2 md-namespace-create <NAMESPACE> <unavailable>
-
-Create a new metadata definitions namespace.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <NAMESPACE>
-
-
- Name of the namespace.
-
-
-
-
- <unavailable>
-
-
- Please run with connection parameters set to retrieve the
- schema for generating help for this command
-
-
-
-
-
-
- glance md-namespace-delete (v2)
- usage: glance --os-image-api-version 2 md-namespace-delete <NAMESPACE>
-
-Delete specified metadata definitions namespace with its contents.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <NAMESPACE>
-
-
- Name of namespace to delete.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- glance md-namespace-import (v2)
- usage: glance --os-image-api-version 2 md-namespace-import [--file <FILEPATH>]
-
-Import a metadata definitions namespace from file or standard input.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --file <FILEPATH>
-
-
- Path to file with namespace schema to import.
- Alternatively, namespaces schema can be passed to the
- client via stdin.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- glance md-namespace-list (v2)
- usage: glance --os-image-api-version 2 md-namespace-list [--resource-types <RESOURCE_TYPES>]
- [--visibility <VISIBILITY>]
- [--page-size <SIZE>]
-
-List metadata definitions namespaces.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --resource-types <RESOURCE_TYPES>
-
-
- Resource type to filter namespaces.
-
-
-
-
- --visibility <VISIBILITY>
-
-
- Visibility parameter to filter namespaces.
-
-
-
-
- --page-size <SIZE>
-
-
- Number of namespaces to request in each paginated
- request.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- glance md-namespace-objects-delete (v2)
- usage: glance --os-image-api-version 2 md-namespace-objects-delete <NAMESPACE>
-
-Delete all metadata definitions objects inside a specific namespace.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <NAMESPACE>
-
-
- Name of namespace.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- glance md-namespace-properties-delete (v2)
- usage: glance --os-image-api-version 2 md-namespace-properties-delete <NAMESPACE>
-
-Delete all metadata definitions property inside a specific namespace.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <NAMESPACE>
-
-
- Name of namespace.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- glance md-namespace-resource-type-list (v2)
- usage: glance --os-image-api-version 2 md-namespace-resource-type-list <NAMESPACE>
-
-List resource types associated to specific namespace.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <NAMESPACE>
-
-
- Name of namespace.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- glance md-namespace-show (v2)
- usage: glance --os-image-api-version 2 md-namespace-show [--resource-type <RESOURCE_TYPE>]
- [--max-column-width <integer>]
- <NAMESPACE>
-
-Describe a specific metadata definitions namespace. Lists also the namespace
-properties, objects and resource type associations.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <NAMESPACE>
-
-
- Name of namespace to describe.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --resource-type <RESOURCE_TYPE>
-
-
- Applies prefix of given resource type associated to a
- namespace to all properties of a namespace.
-
-
-
-
- --max-column-width <integer>
-
-
- The max column width of the printed table.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- glance md-namespace-tags-delete (v2)
- usage: glance --os-image-api-version 2 md-namespace-tags-delete <NAMESPACE>
-
-Delete all metadata definitions tags inside a specific namespace.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <NAMESPACE>
-
-
- Name of namespace.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- glance md-namespace-update (v2)
- usage: glance --os-image-api-version 2 md-namespace-update <NAMESPACE> <unavailable>
-
-Update an existing metadata definitions namespace.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <NAMESPACE>
-
-
- Name of namespace to update.
-
-
-
-
- <unavailable>
-
-
- Please run with connection parameters set to retrieve the
- schema for generating help for this command
-
-
-
-
-
-
- glance md-object-create (v2)
- usage: glance --os-image-api-version 2 md-object-create --name <NAME> --schema <SCHEMA> <NAMESPACE>
-
-Create a new metadata definitions object inside a namespace.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <NAMESPACE>
-
-
- Name of namespace the object will belong.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --name <NAME>
-
-
- Internal name of an object.
-
-
-
-
- --schema <SCHEMA>
-
-
- Valid JSON schema of an object.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- glance md-object-delete (v2)
- usage: glance --os-image-api-version 2 md-object-delete <NAMESPACE> <OBJECT>
-
-Delete a specific metadata definitions object inside a namespace.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <NAMESPACE>
-
-
- Name of namespace the object belongs.
-
-
-
-
- <OBJECT>
-
-
- Name of an object.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- glance md-object-list (v2)
- usage: glance --os-image-api-version 2 md-object-list <NAMESPACE>
-
-List metadata definitions objects inside a specific namespace.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <NAMESPACE>
-
-
- Name of namespace.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- glance md-object-property-show (v2)
- usage: glance --os-image-api-version 2 md-object-property-show [--max-column-width <integer>]
- <NAMESPACE> <OBJECT> <PROPERTY>
-
-Describe a specific metadata definitions property inside an object.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <NAMESPACE>
-
-
- Name of namespace the object belongs.
-
-
-
-
- <OBJECT>
-
-
- Name of an object.
-
-
-
-
- <PROPERTY>
-
-
- Name of a property.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --max-column-width <integer>
-
-
- The max column width of the printed table.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- glance md-object-show (v2)
- usage: glance --os-image-api-version 2 md-object-show [--max-column-width <integer>]
- <NAMESPACE> <OBJECT>
-
-Describe a specific metadata definitions object inside a namespace.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <NAMESPACE>
-
-
- Name of namespace the object belongs.
-
-
-
-
- <OBJECT>
-
-
- Name of an object.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --max-column-width <integer>
-
-
- The max column width of the printed table.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- glance md-object-update (v2)
- usage: glance --os-image-api-version 2 md-object-update [--name <NAME>] [--schema <SCHEMA>]
- <NAMESPACE> <OBJECT>
-
-Update metadata definitions object inside a namespace.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <NAMESPACE>
-
-
- Name of namespace the object belongs.
-
-
-
-
- <OBJECT>
-
-
- Name of an object.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --name <NAME>
-
-
- New name of an object.
-
-
-
-
- --schema <SCHEMA>
-
-
- Valid JSON schema of an object.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- glance md-property-create (v2)
- usage: glance --os-image-api-version 2 md-property-create --name <NAME> --title <TITLE> --schema
- <SCHEMA>
- <NAMESPACE>
-
-Create a new metadata definitions property inside a namespace.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <NAMESPACE>
-
-
- Name of namespace the property will belong.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --name <NAME>
-
-
- Internal name of a property.
-
-
-
-
- --title <TITLE>
-
-
- Property name displayed to the user.
-
-
-
-
- --schema <SCHEMA>
-
-
- Valid JSON schema of a property.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- glance md-property-delete (v2)
- usage: glance --os-image-api-version 2 md-property-delete <NAMESPACE> <PROPERTY>
-
-Delete a specific metadata definitions property inside a namespace.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <NAMESPACE>
-
-
- Name of namespace the property belongs.
-
-
-
-
- <PROPERTY>
-
-
- Name of a property.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- glance md-property-list (v2)
- usage: glance --os-image-api-version 2 md-property-list <NAMESPACE>
-
-List metadata definitions properties inside a specific namespace.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <NAMESPACE>
-
-
- Name of namespace.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- glance md-property-show (v2)
- usage: glance --os-image-api-version 2 md-property-show [--max-column-width <integer>]
- <NAMESPACE> <PROPERTY>
-
-Describe a specific metadata definitions property inside a namespace.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <NAMESPACE>
-
-
- Name of namespace the property belongs.
-
-
-
-
- <PROPERTY>
-
-
- Name of a property.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --max-column-width <integer>
-
-
- The max column width of the printed table.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- glance md-property-update (v2)
- usage: glance --os-image-api-version 2 md-property-update [--name <NAME>] [--title <TITLE>]
- [--schema <SCHEMA>]
- <NAMESPACE> <PROPERTY>
-
-Update metadata definitions property inside a namespace.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <NAMESPACE>
-
-
- Name of namespace the property belongs.
-
-
-
-
- <PROPERTY>
-
-
- Name of a property.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --name <NAME>
-
-
- New name of a property.
-
-
-
-
- --title <TITLE>
-
-
- Property name displayed to the user.
-
-
-
-
- --schema <SCHEMA>
-
-
- Valid JSON schema of a property.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- glance md-resource-type-associate (v2)
- usage: glance --os-image-api-version 2 md-resource-type-associate <NAMESPACE> <unavailable>
-
-Associate resource type with a metadata definitions namespace.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <NAMESPACE>
-
-
- Name of namespace.
-
-
-
-
- <unavailable>
-
-
- Please run with connection parameters set to retrieve the
- schema for generating help for this command
-
-
-
-
-
-
- glance md-resource-type-deassociate (v2)
- usage: glance --os-image-api-version 2 md-resource-type-deassociate <NAMESPACE> <RESOURCE_TYPE>
-
-Deassociate resource type with a metadata definitions namespace.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <NAMESPACE>
-
-
- Name of namespace.
-
-
-
-
- <RESOURCE_TYPE>
-
-
- Name of resource type.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- glance md-resource-type-list (v2)
- usage: glance --os-image-api-version 2 md-resource-type-list
-
-List available resource type names.
-Run `glance --os-image-api-version 1 help md-resource-type-list` for v1 help
-
-
-
- glance md-tag-create (v2)
- usage: glance --os-image-api-version 2 md-tag-create --name <NAME> <NAMESPACE>
-
-Add a new metadata definitions tag inside a namespace.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <NAMESPACE>
-
-
- Name of the namespace the tag will belong to.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --name <NAME>
-
-
- The name of the new tag to add.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- glance md-tag-create-multiple (v2)
- usage: glance --os-image-api-version 2 md-tag-create-multiple --names <NAMES> [--delim <DELIM>]
- <NAMESPACE>
-
-Create new metadata definitions tags inside a namespace.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <NAMESPACE>
-
-
- Name of the namespace the tags will belong to.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --names <NAMES>
-
-
- A comma separated list of tag names.
-
-
-
-
- --delim <DELIM>
-
-
- The delimiter used to separate the names (if none is
- provided then the default is a comma).
-
-
-
-
-
-
- glance md-tag-delete (v2)
- usage: glance --os-image-api-version 2 md-tag-delete <NAMESPACE> <TAG>
-
-Delete a specific metadata definitions tag inside a namespace.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <NAMESPACE>
-
-
- Name of the namespace to which the tag belongs.
-
-
-
-
- <TAG>
-
-
- Name of the tag.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- glance md-tag-list (v2)
- usage: glance --os-image-api-version 2 md-tag-list <NAMESPACE>
-
-List metadata definitions tags inside a specific namespace.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <NAMESPACE>
-
-
- Name of namespace.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- glance md-tag-show (v2)
- usage: glance --os-image-api-version 2 md-tag-show <NAMESPACE> <TAG>
-
-Describe a specific metadata definitions tag inside a namespace.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <NAMESPACE>
-
-
- Name of the namespace to which the tag belongs.
-
-
-
-
- <TAG>
-
-
- Name of the tag.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- glance md-tag-update (v2)
- usage: glance --os-image-api-version 2 md-tag-update --name <NAME> <NAMESPACE> <TAG>
-
-Rename a metadata definitions tag inside a namespace.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <NAMESPACE>
-
-
- Name of the namespace to which the tag belongs.
-
-
-
-
- <TAG>
-
-
- Name of the old tag.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --name <NAME>
-
-
- New name of the new tag.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- glance member-create (v2)
- usage: glance --os-image-api-version 2 member-create <IMAGE_ID> <MEMBER_ID>
-
-Create member for a given image.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <IMAGE_ID>
-
-
- Image with which to create member.
-
-
-
-
- <MEMBER_ID>
-
-
- Tenant to add as member.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- glance member-delete (v2)
- usage: glance --os-image-api-version 2 member-delete <IMAGE_ID> <MEMBER_ID>
-
-Delete image member.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <IMAGE_ID>
-
-
- Image from which to remove member.
-
-
-
-
- <MEMBER_ID>
-
-
- Tenant to remove as member.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- glance member-list (v2)
- usage: glance --os-image-api-version 2 member-list --image-id <IMAGE_ID>
-
-Describe sharing permissions by image.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --image-id <IMAGE_ID>
-
-
- Image to display members of.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- glance member-update (v2)
- usage: glance --os-image-api-version 2 member-update <IMAGE_ID> <MEMBER_ID> <MEMBER_STATUS>
-
-Update the status of a member for a given image.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <IMAGE_ID>
-
-
- Image from which to update member.
-
-
-
-
- <MEMBER_ID>
-
-
- Tenant to update.
-
-
-
-
- <MEMBER_STATUS>
-
-
- Updated status of member. Valid Values: accepted, rejected,
- pending
-
-
-
-
-
-
- glance task-create (v2)
- usage: glance --os-image-api-version 2 task-create [--type <TYPE>] [--input <STRING>]
-
-Create a new task.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --type <TYPE>
-
-
- Type of Task. Please refer to Glance schema or
- documentation to see which tasks are supported.
-
-
-
-
- --input <STRING>
-
-
- Parameters of the task to be launched
-
-
-
-
-
-
- glance task-list (v2)
- usage: glance --os-image-api-version 2 task-list [--sort-key {id,type,status}] [--sort-dir {asc,desc}]
- [--page-size <SIZE>] [--type <TYPE>]
- [--status <STATUS>]
-
-List tasks you can access.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --sort-key {id,type,status}
-
-
- Sort task list by specified field.
-
-
-
-
- --sort-dir {asc,desc}
-
-
- Sort task list in specified direction.
-
-
-
-
- --page-size <SIZE>
-
-
- Number of tasks to request in each paginated request.
-
-
-
-
- --type <TYPE>
-
-
- Filter tasks to those that have this type.
-
-
-
-
- --status <STATUS>
-
-
- Filter tasks to those that have this status.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- glance task-show (v2)
- usage: glance --os-image-api-version 2 task-show <TASK_ID>
-
-Describe a specific task.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <TASK_ID>
-
-
- ID of task to describe.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/doc/cli-reference/generated/ch_cli_gnocchi_commands.xml b/doc/cli-reference/generated/ch_cli_gnocchi_commands.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 76e478b806..0000000000
--- a/doc/cli-reference/generated/ch_cli_gnocchi_commands.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1559 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A time series storage and resources index service command-line client
-
- The gnocchi client is the command-line
- interface (CLI) for the A time series storage and resources index service API and its extensions.
-
- This chapter documents gnocchi version
- 2.1.0.
-
-
- For help on a specific gnocchi
- command, enter:
-
- $gnocchiCOMMAND
-
-
- gnocchi usage
- usage: gnocchi [--version] [-v] [--log-file LOG_FILE] [-q] [-h] [--debug]
- [--os-region-name <auth-region-name>]
- [--os-interface <interface>]
- [--gnocchi-api-version GNOCCHI_API_VERSION] [--insecure]
- [--os-cacert <ca-certificate>] [--os-cert <certificate>]
- [--os-key <key>] [--timeout <seconds>] [--os-auth-type <name>]
- [--os-auth-url OS_AUTH_URL] [--os-domain-id OS_DOMAIN_ID]
- [--os-domain-name OS_DOMAIN_NAME]
- [--os-project-id OS_PROJECT_ID]
- [--os-project-name OS_PROJECT_NAME]
- [--os-project-domain-id OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_ID]
- [--os-project-domain-name OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_NAME]
- [--os-trust-id OS_TRUST_ID]
- [--os-default-domain-id OS_DEFAULT_DOMAIN_ID]
- [--os-default-domain-name OS_DEFAULT_DOMAIN_NAME]
- [--os-user-id OS_USER_ID] [--os-user-name OS_USERNAME]
- [--os-user-domain-id OS_USER_DOMAIN_ID]
- [--os-user-domain-name OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME]
- [--os-password OS_PASSWORD] [--gnocchi-endpoint <endpoint>]
-
-
- gnocchi optional arguments
-
-
- --version
-
-
- show program's version number and exit
-
-
-
-
- -v, --verbose
-
-
- Increase verbosity of output. Can be repeated.
-
-
-
-
- --log-file LOG_FILE
-
-
- Specify a file to log output. Disabled by default.
-
-
-
-
- -q, --quiet
-
-
- Suppress output except warnings and errors.
-
-
-
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- Show help message and exit.
-
-
-
-
- --debug
-
-
- Show tracebacks on errors.
-
-
-
-
- --os-region-name <auth-region-name>
-
-
- Authentication region name (Env: OS_REGION_NAME)
-
-
-
-
- --os-interface <interface>
-
-
- Select an interface type. Valid interface types:
- [admin, public, internal]. (Env: OS_INTERFACE)
-
-
-
-
- --gnocchi-api-version GNOCCHI_API_VERSION
-
-
- Defaults to env[GNOCCHI_API_VERSION] or 1.
-
-
-
-
- --os-auth-type <name>, --os-auth-plugin <name>
-
-
- Authentication type to use
-
-
-
-
- --gnocchi-endpoint <endpoint>
-
-
- Gnocchi endpoint (Env: GNOCCHI_ENDPOINT)
-
-
-
-
-
-
- gnocchi archive-policy
- Command "archive-policy" matches:
- archive-policy create
- archive-policy delete
- archive-policy list
- archive-policy show
- archive-policy-rule create
- archive-policy-rule delete
- archive-policy-rule list
- archive-policy-rule show
-
-
-
-
- gnocchi archive-policy create
- usage: gnocchi archive-policy create [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
- [-b BACK_WINDOW] [-m AGGREGATION_METHODS]
- -d <DEFINITION>
- name
-
-Create an archive policy
-
- Positional arguments
-
- name
-
-
- name of the archive policy
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- -b BACK_WINDOW, --back-window BACK_WINDOW
-
-
- back window of the archive policy
-
-
-
-
- -m AGGREGATION_METHODS, --aggregation-method AGGREGATION_METHODS
-
-
- aggregation method of the archive policy
-
-
-
-
- -d <DEFINITION>, --definition <DEFINITION>
-
-
- two attributes (separated by ',') of an archive policy
- definition with its name and value separated with a
- ':'
-
-
-
-
-
-
- gnocchi archive-policy delete
- usage: gnocchi archive-policy delete [-h] name
-
-Delete an archive policy
-
- Positional arguments
-
- name
-
-
- Name of the archive policy
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- gnocchi archive-policy list
- usage: gnocchi archive-policy list [-h]
- [-f {csv,html,json,json,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent]
- [--quote {all,minimal,none,nonnumeric}]
-
-List archive policies
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- gnocchi archive-policy show
- usage: gnocchi archive-policy show [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
- name
-
-Show an archive policy
-
- Positional arguments
-
- name
-
-
- Name of the archive policy
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- gnocchi archive-policy-rule
- Command "archive-policy-rule" matches:
- archive-policy-rule create
- archive-policy-rule delete
- archive-policy-rule list
- archive-policy-rule show
-
-
-
-
- gnocchi archive-policy-rule create
- usage: gnocchi archive-policy-rule create [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX] -a
- ARCHIVE_POLICY_NAME -m
- METRIC_PATTERN
- name
-
-Create an archive policy rule
-
- Positional arguments
-
- name
-
-
- Rule name
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- -a ARCHIVE_POLICY_NAME, --archive-policy-name ARCHIVE_POLICY_NAME
-
-
- Archive policy name
-
-
-
-
- -m METRIC_PATTERN, --metric-pattern METRIC_PATTERN
-
-
- Wildcard of metric name to match
-
-
-
-
-
-
- gnocchi archive-policy-rule delete
- usage: gnocchi archive-policy-rule delete [-h] name
-
-Delete an archive policy rule
-
- Positional arguments
-
- name
-
-
- Name of the archive policy rule
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- gnocchi archive-policy-rule list
- usage: gnocchi archive-policy-rule list [-h]
- [-f {csv,html,json,json,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent]
- [--quote {all,minimal,none,nonnumeric}]
-
-List archive policy rules
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- gnocchi archive-policy-rule show
- usage: gnocchi archive-policy-rule show [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
- name
-
-Show an archive policy rule
-
- Positional arguments
-
- name
-
-
- Name of the archive policy rule
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- gnocchi benchmark measures add
- usage: gnocchi benchmark measures add [-h] [--resource-id RESOURCE_ID]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
- [--workers WORKERS] --count COUNT
- [--batch BATCH]
- [--timestamp-start TIMESTAMP_START]
- [--timestamp-end TIMESTAMP_END]
- metric
-
-Do benchmark testing of adding measurements
-
- Positional arguments
-
- metric
-
-
- ID or name of the metric
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --resource-id RESOURCE_ID, -r RESOURCE_ID
-
-
- ID of the resource
-
-
-
-
- --workers WORKERS, -w WORKERS
-
-
- Number of workers to use
-
-
-
-
- --count COUNT, -n COUNT
-
-
- Number of total measures to send
-
-
-
-
- --batch BATCH, -b BATCH
-
-
- Number of measures to send in each batch
-
-
-
-
- --timestamp-start TIMESTAMP_START, -s TIMESTAMP_START
-
-
- First timestamp to use
-
-
-
-
- --timestamp-end TIMESTAMP_END, -e TIMESTAMP_END
-
-
- Last timestamp to use
-
-
-
-
-
-
- gnocchi benchmark measures show
- usage: gnocchi benchmark measures show [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
- [--resource-id RESOURCE_ID]
- [--aggregation AGGREGATION]
- [--start START] [--stop STOP]
- [--workers WORKERS] --count COUNT
- metric
-
-Do benchmark testing of measurements show
-
- Positional arguments
-
- metric
-
-
- ID or name of the metric
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --resource-id RESOURCE_ID, -r RESOURCE_ID
-
-
- ID of the resource
-
-
-
-
- --aggregation AGGREGATION
-
-
- aggregation to retrieve
-
-
-
-
- --start START
-
-
- beginning of the period
-
-
-
-
- --stop STOP
-
-
- end of the period
-
-
-
-
- --workers WORKERS, -w WORKERS
-
-
- Number of workers to use
-
-
-
-
- --count COUNT, -n COUNT
-
-
- Number of total measures to send
-
-
-
-
-
-
- gnocchi benchmark metric create
- usage: gnocchi benchmark metric create [-h] [--resource-id RESOURCE_ID]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
- [--archive-policy-name ARCHIVE_POLICY_NAME]
- [--workers WORKERS] --count COUNT
- [--keep]
-
-Do benchmark testing of metric creation
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --resource-id RESOURCE_ID, -r RESOURCE_ID
-
-
- ID of the resource
-
-
-
-
- --archive-policy-name ARCHIVE_POLICY_NAME, -a ARCHIVE_POLICY_NAME
-
-
- name of the archive policy
-
-
-
-
- --workers WORKERS, -w WORKERS
-
-
- Number of workers to use
-
-
-
-
- --count COUNT, -n COUNT
-
-
- Number of metrics to create
-
-
-
-
- --keep, -k
-
-
- Keep created metrics
-
-
-
-
-
-
- gnocchi benchmark metric show
- usage: gnocchi benchmark metric show [-h] [--resource-id RESOURCE_ID]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
- [--workers WORKERS] --count COUNT
- metric [metric ...]
-
-Do benchmark testing of metric show
-
- Positional arguments
-
- metric
-
-
- ID or name of the metrics
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --resource-id RESOURCE_ID, -r RESOURCE_ID
-
-
- ID of the resource
-
-
-
-
- --workers WORKERS, -w WORKERS
-
-
- Number of workers to use
-
-
-
-
- --count COUNT, -n COUNT
-
-
- Number of metrics to get
-
-
-
-
-
-
- gnocchi capabilities list
- usage: gnocchi capabilities list [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
-
-List capabilities
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- gnocchi measures add
- usage: gnocchi measures add [-h] [--resource-id RESOURCE_ID] -m MEASURE metric
-
-Add measurements to a metric
-
- Positional arguments
-
- metric
-
-
- ID or name of the metric
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --resource-id RESOURCE_ID, -r RESOURCE_ID
-
-
- ID of the resource
-
-
-
-
- -m MEASURE, --measure MEASURE
-
-
- timestamp and value of a measure separated with a '@'
-
-
-
-
-
-
- gnocchi measures aggregation
- usage: gnocchi measures aggregation [-h]
- [-f {csv,html,json,json,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent]
- [--quote {all,minimal,none,nonnumeric}] -m
- METRIC [METRIC ...]
- [--aggregation AGGREGATION]
- [--start START] [--stop STOP]
- [--needed-overlap NEEDED_OVERLAP]
- [--query QUERY]
- [--resource-type RESOURCE_TYPE]
-
-Get measurements of aggregated metrics
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- -m METRIC [METRIC ...], --metric METRIC [METRIC ...]
-
-
- metrics IDs or metric name
-
-
-
-
- --aggregation AGGREGATION
-
-
- aggregation to retrieve
-
-
-
-
- --start START
-
-
- beginning of the period
-
-
-
-
- --stop STOP
-
-
- end of the period
-
-
-
-
- --needed-overlap NEEDED_OVERLAP
-
-
- percent of datapoints in each metrics required
-
-
-
-
- --query QUERY
-
-
- Query
-
-
-
-
- --resource-type RESOURCE_TYPE
-
-
- Resource type to query
-
-
-
-
-
-
- gnocchi measures show
- usage: gnocchi measures show [-h]
- [-f {csv,html,json,json,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>] [--noindent]
- [--quote {all,minimal,none,nonnumeric}]
- [--resource-id RESOURCE_ID]
- [--aggregation AGGREGATION] [--start START]
- [--stop STOP]
- metric
-
-Get measurements of a metric
-
- Positional arguments
-
- metric
-
-
- ID or name of the metric
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --resource-id RESOURCE_ID, -r RESOURCE_ID
-
-
- ID of the resource
-
-
-
-
- --aggregation AGGREGATION
-
-
- aggregation to retrieve
-
-
-
-
- --start START
-
-
- beginning of the period
-
-
-
-
- --stop STOP
-
-
- end of the period
-
-
-
-
-
-
- gnocchi metric create
- usage: gnocchi metric create [-h] [--resource-id RESOURCE_ID]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>] [--noindent]
- [--prefix PREFIX]
- [--archive-policy-name ARCHIVE_POLICY_NAME]
- [METRIC_NAME]
-
-Create a metric
-
- Positional arguments
-
- METRIC_NAME
-
-
- Name of the metric
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --resource-id RESOURCE_ID, -r RESOURCE_ID
-
-
- ID of the resource
-
-
-
-
- --archive-policy-name ARCHIVE_POLICY_NAME, -a ARCHIVE_POLICY_NAME
-
-
- name of the archive policy
-
-
-
-
-
-
- gnocchi metric delete
- usage: gnocchi metric delete [-h] [--resource-id RESOURCE_ID]
- metric [metric ...]
-
-Delete a metric
-
- Positional arguments
-
- metric
-
-
- IDs or names of the metric
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --resource-id RESOURCE_ID, -r RESOURCE_ID
-
-
- ID of the resource
-
-
-
-
-
-
- gnocchi metric list
- usage: gnocchi metric list [-h]
- [-f {csv,html,json,json,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>] [--noindent]
- [--quote {all,minimal,none,nonnumeric}]
-
-List metrics
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- gnocchi metric show
- usage: gnocchi metric show [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>] [--noindent]
- [--prefix PREFIX] [--resource-id RESOURCE_ID]
- metric
-
-Show a metric
-
- Positional arguments
-
- metric
-
-
- ID or name of the metric
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --resource-id RESOURCE_ID, -r RESOURCE_ID
-
-
- ID of the resource
-
-
-
-
-
-
- gnocchi resource create
- usage: gnocchi resource create [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
- [--type RESOURCE_TYPE] [-a ATTRIBUTE]
- [-m ADD_METRIC] [-n CREATE_METRIC]
- [-d DELETE_METRIC]
- resource_id
-
-Create a resource
-
- Positional arguments
-
- resource_id
-
-
- ID of the resource
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --type RESOURCE_TYPE, -t RESOURCE_TYPE
-
-
- Type of resource
-
-
-
-
- -a ATTRIBUTE, --attribute ATTRIBUTE
-
-
- name and value of a attribute separated with a ':'
-
-
-
-
- -m ADD_METRIC, --add-metric ADD_METRIC
-
-
- name:id of a metric to add
-
-
-
-
- -n CREATE_METRIC, --create-metric CREATE_METRIC
-
-
- name:archive_policy_name of a metric to create
-
-
-
-
- -d DELETE_METRIC, --delete-metric DELETE_METRIC
-
-
- Name of a metric to delete
-
-
-
-
-
-
- gnocchi resource delete
- usage: gnocchi resource delete [-h] resource_id
-
-Delete a resource
-
- Positional arguments
-
- resource_id
-
-
- ID of the resource
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- gnocchi resource history
- usage: gnocchi resource history [-h]
- [-f {csv,html,json,json,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent]
- [--quote {all,minimal,none,nonnumeric}]
- [--details] [--limit <LIMIT>]
- [--marker <MARKER>] [--sort <SORT>]
- [--type RESOURCE_TYPE]
- resource_id
-
-Show the history of a resource
-
- Positional arguments
-
- resource_id
-
-
- ID of a resource
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --details
-
-
- Show all attributes of generic resources
-
-
-
-
- --limit <LIMIT>
-
-
- Number of resources to return (Default is server
- default)
-
-
-
-
- --marker <MARKER>
-
-
- Last item of the previous listing. Return the next
- results after this value
-
-
-
-
- --sort <SORT>
-
-
- Sort of resource attribute (example: user_id:desc-
- nullslast
-
-
-
-
- --type RESOURCE_TYPE, -t RESOURCE_TYPE
-
-
- Type of resource
-
-
-
-
-
-
- gnocchi resource list
- usage: gnocchi resource list [-h]
- [-f {csv,html,json,json,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>] [--noindent]
- [--quote {all,minimal,none,nonnumeric}]
- [--details] [--history] [--limit <LIMIT>]
- [--marker <MARKER>] [--sort <SORT>]
- [--type RESOURCE_TYPE]
-
-List resources
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --details
-
-
- Show all attributes of generic resources
-
-
-
-
- --history
-
-
- Show history of the resources
-
-
-
-
- --limit <LIMIT>
-
-
- Number of resources to return (Default is server
- default)
-
-
-
-
- --marker <MARKER>
-
-
- Last item of the previous listing. Return the next
- results after this value
-
-
-
-
- --sort <SORT>
-
-
- Sort of resource attribute (example: user_id:desc-
- nullslast
-
-
-
-
- --type RESOURCE_TYPE, -t RESOURCE_TYPE
-
-
- Type of resource
-
-
-
-
-
-
- gnocchi resource search
- usage: gnocchi resource search [-h]
- [-f {csv,html,json,json,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent]
- [--quote {all,minimal,none,nonnumeric}]
- [--details] [--history] [--limit <LIMIT>]
- [--marker <MARKER>] [--sort <SORT>]
- [--type RESOURCE_TYPE] [--query QUERY]
-
-Search resources with specified query rules
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --details
-
-
- Show all attributes of generic resources
-
-
-
-
- --history
-
-
- Show history of the resources
-
-
-
-
- --limit <LIMIT>
-
-
- Number of resources to return (Default is server
- default)
-
-
-
-
- --marker <MARKER>
-
-
- Last item of the previous listing. Return the next
- results after this value
-
-
-
-
- --sort <SORT>
-
-
- Sort of resource attribute (example: user_id:desc-
- nullslast
-
-
-
-
- --type RESOURCE_TYPE, -t RESOURCE_TYPE
-
-
- Type of resource
-
-
-
-
- --query QUERY
-
-
- Query
-
-
-
-
-
-
- gnocchi resource show
- usage: gnocchi resource show [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>] [--noindent]
- [--prefix PREFIX] [--type RESOURCE_TYPE]
- resource_id
-
-Show a resource
-
- Positional arguments
-
- resource_id
-
-
- ID of a resource
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --type RESOURCE_TYPE, -t RESOURCE_TYPE
-
-
- Type of resource
-
-
-
-
-
-
- gnocchi resource update
- usage: gnocchi resource update [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
- [--type RESOURCE_TYPE] [-a ATTRIBUTE]
- [-m ADD_METRIC] [-n CREATE_METRIC]
- [-d DELETE_METRIC]
- resource_id
-
-Update a resource
-
- Positional arguments
-
- resource_id
-
-
- ID of the resource
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --type RESOURCE_TYPE, -t RESOURCE_TYPE
-
-
- Type of resource
-
-
-
-
- -a ATTRIBUTE, --attribute ATTRIBUTE
-
-
- name and value of a attribute separated with a ':'
-
-
-
-
- -m ADD_METRIC, --add-metric ADD_METRIC
-
-
- name:id of a metric to add
-
-
-
-
- -n CREATE_METRIC, --create-metric CREATE_METRIC
-
-
- name:archive_policy_name of a metric to create
-
-
-
-
- -d DELETE_METRIC, --delete-metric DELETE_METRIC
-
-
- Name of a metric to delete
-
-
-
-
-
-
- gnocchi status
- usage: gnocchi status [-h] [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>] [--noindent]
- [--prefix PREFIX]
-
-Show the status of measurements processing
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/doc/cli-reference/generated/ch_cli_heat_commands.xml b/doc/cli-reference/generated/ch_cli_heat_commands.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 07bd90faf0..0000000000
--- a/doc/cli-reference/generated/ch_cli_heat_commands.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2449 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Orchestration command-line client
-
- The heat client is the command-line
- interface (CLI) for the Orchestration API and its extensions.
-
- This chapter documents heat version
- 0.8.0.
-
-
- For help on a specific heat
- command, enter:
-
- $heatCOMMAND
-
-
- heat usage
- usage: heat [--version] [-d] [-v] [--api-timeout API_TIMEOUT]
- [--os-no-client-auth] [--heat-url HEAT_URL]
- [--heat-api-version HEAT_API_VERSION] [--include-password] [-k]
- [--os-cert OS_CERT] [--cert-file OS_CERT] [--os-key OS_KEY]
- [--key-file OS_KEY] [--os-cacert <ca-certificate-file>]
- [--ca-file OS_CACERT] [--os-username OS_USERNAME]
- [--os-user-id OS_USER_ID] [--os-user-domain-id OS_USER_DOMAIN_ID]
- [--os-user-domain-name OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME]
- [--os-project-id OS_PROJECT_ID]
- [--os-project-name OS_PROJECT_NAME]
- [--os-project-domain-id OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_ID]
- [--os-project-domain-name OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_NAME]
- [--os-password OS_PASSWORD] [--os-tenant-id OS_TENANT_ID]
- [--os-tenant-name OS_TENANT_NAME] [--os-auth-url OS_AUTH_URL]
- [--os-region-name OS_REGION_NAME] [--os-auth-token OS_AUTH_TOKEN]
- [--os-service-type OS_SERVICE_TYPE]
- [--os-endpoint-type OS_ENDPOINT_TYPE]
- <subcommand> ...
-
- Subcommands
-
- action-check
-
-
- Check that stack resources are in expected states.
-
-
-
-
- action-resume
-
-
- Resume the stack.
-
-
-
-
- action-suspend
-
-
- Suspend the stack.
-
-
-
-
- build-info
-
-
- Retrieve build information.
-
-
-
-
- config-create
-
-
- Create a software configuration.
-
-
-
-
- config-delete
-
-
- Delete a software configuration.
-
-
-
-
- config-show
-
-
- View details of a software configuration.
-
-
-
-
- deployment-create
-
-
- Create a software deployment.
-
-
-
-
- deployment-delete
-
-
- Delete a software deployment.
-
-
-
-
- deployment-list
-
-
- List software deployments.
-
-
-
-
- deployment-metadata-show
-
-
- Get deployment configuration metadata for the
- specified server.
-
-
-
-
- deployment-output-show
-
-
- Show a specific deployment output.
-
-
-
-
- deployment-show
-
-
- Show the details of a software deployment.
-
-
-
-
- event
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Use event-show instead.
-
-
-
-
- event-list
-
-
- List events for a stack.
-
-
-
-
- event-show
-
-
- Describe the event.
-
-
-
-
- hook-clear
-
-
- Clear hooks on a given stack.
-
-
-
-
- hook-poll
-
-
- List resources with pending hook for a stack.
-
-
-
-
- output-list
-
-
- Show available outputs.
-
-
-
-
- output-show
-
-
- Show a specific stack output.
-
-
-
-
- resource-list
-
-
- Show list of resources belonging to a stack.
-
-
-
-
- resource-metadata
-
-
- List resource metadata.
-
-
-
-
- resource-show
-
-
- Describe the resource.
-
-
-
-
- resource-signal
-
-
- Send a signal to a resource.
-
-
-
-
- resource-template
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Use resource-type-template instead.
-
-
-
-
- resource-type-list
-
-
- List the available resource types.
-
-
-
-
- resource-type-show
-
-
- Show the resource type.
-
-
-
-
- resource-type-template
-
-
- Generate a template based on a resource type.
-
-
-
-
- service-list
-
-
- List the Heat engines.
-
-
-
-
- snapshot-delete
-
-
- Delete a snapshot of a stack.
-
-
-
-
- snapshot-list
-
-
- List the snapshots of a stack.
-
-
-
-
- snapshot-show
-
-
- Show a snapshot of a stack.
-
-
-
-
- stack-abandon
-
-
- Abandon the stack.
-
-
-
-
- stack-adopt
-
-
- Adopt a stack.
-
-
-
-
- stack-cancel-update
-
-
- Cancel currently running update of the stack.
-
-
-
-
- stack-create
-
-
- Create the stack.
-
-
-
-
- stack-delete
-
-
- Delete the stack(s).
-
-
-
-
- stack-list
-
-
- List the user's stacks.
-
-
-
-
- stack-preview
-
-
- Preview the stack.
-
-
-
-
- stack-restore
-
-
- Restore a snapshot of a stack.
-
-
-
-
- stack-show
-
-
- Describe the stack.
-
-
-
-
- stack-snapshot
-
-
- Make a snapshot of a stack.
-
-
-
-
- stack-update
-
-
- Update the stack.
-
-
-
-
- template-function-list
-
-
- List the available functions.
-
-
-
-
- template-show
-
-
- Get the template for the specified stack.
-
-
-
-
- template-validate
-
-
- Validate a template with parameters.
-
-
-
-
- template-version-list
-
-
- List the available template versions.
-
-
-
-
- bash-completion
-
-
- Prints all of the commands and options to stdout.
-
-
-
-
- help
-
-
- Display help about this program or one of its
- subcommands.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- heat optional arguments
-
-
- --version
-
-
- Shows the client version and exits.
-
-
-
-
- -d, --debug
-
-
- Defaults to env[HEATCLIENT_DEBUG].
-
-
-
-
- -v, --verbose
-
-
- Print more verbose output.
-
-
-
-
- --api-timeout API_TIMEOUT
-
-
- Number of seconds to wait for an API response,
- defaults to system socket timeout
-
-
-
-
- --os-no-client-auth
-
-
- Do not contact keystone for a token. Defaults to
- env[OS_NO_CLIENT_AUTH].
-
-
-
-
- --heat-url HEAT_URL
-
-
- Defaults to env[HEAT_URL].
-
-
-
-
- --heat-api-version HEAT_API_VERSION
-
-
- Defaults to env[HEAT_API_VERSION] or 1.
-
-
-
-
- --include-password
-
-
- Send os-username and os-password to heat.
-
-
-
-
- -k, --insecure
-
-
- Explicitly allow heatclient to perform "insecure SSL"
- (https) requests. The server's certificate will not be
- verified against any certificate authorities. This
- option should be used with caution.
-
-
-
-
- --os-cert OS_CERT
-
-
- Path of certificate file to use in SSL connection.
- This file can optionally be prepended with the private
- key.
-
-
-
-
- --cert-file OS_CERT
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Use --os-cert.
-
-
-
-
- --os-key OS_KEY
-
-
- Path of client key to use in SSL connection. This
- option is not necessary if your key is prepended to
- your cert file.
-
-
-
-
- --key-file OS_KEY
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Use --os-key.
-
-
-
-
- --os-cacert <ca-certificate-file>
-
-
- Path of CA TLS certificate(s) used to verify the
- remote server's certificate. Without this option
- glance looks for the default system CA certificates.
-
-
-
-
- --ca-file OS_CACERT
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Use --os-cacert.
-
-
-
-
- --os-username OS_USERNAME
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_USERNAME].
-
-
-
-
- --os-user-id OS_USER_ID
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_USER_ID].
-
-
-
-
- --os-user-domain-id OS_USER_DOMAIN_ID
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_USER_DOMAIN_ID].
-
-
-
-
- --os-user-domain-name OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME].
-
-
-
-
- --os-project-id OS_PROJECT_ID
-
-
- Another way to specify tenant ID. This option is
- mutually exclusive with --os-tenant-id. Defaults to
- env[OS_PROJECT_ID].
-
-
-
-
- --os-project-name OS_PROJECT_NAME
-
-
- Another way to specify tenant name. This option is
- mutually exclusive with --os-tenant-name. Defaults to
- env[OS_PROJECT_NAME].
-
-
-
-
- --os-project-domain-id OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_ID
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_ID].
-
-
-
-
- --os-project-domain-name OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_NAME
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_NAME].
-
-
-
-
- --os-password OS_PASSWORD
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_PASSWORD].
-
-
-
-
- --os-tenant-id OS_TENANT_ID
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_TENANT_ID].
-
-
-
-
- --os-tenant-name OS_TENANT_NAME
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_TENANT_NAME].
-
-
-
-
- --os-auth-url OS_AUTH_URL
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_AUTH_URL].
-
-
-
-
- --os-region-name OS_REGION_NAME
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_REGION_NAME].
-
-
-
-
- --os-auth-token OS_AUTH_TOKEN
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_AUTH_TOKEN].
-
-
-
-
- --os-service-type OS_SERVICE_TYPE
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_SERVICE_TYPE].
-
-
-
-
- --os-endpoint-type OS_ENDPOINT_TYPE
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_ENDPOINT_TYPE].
-
-
-
-
-
-
- heat action-check
- usage: heat action-check <NAME or ID>
-
-Check that stack resources are in expected states.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <NAME or ID>
-
-
- Name or ID of stack to check.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- heat action-resume
- usage: heat action-resume <NAME or ID>
-
-Resume the stack.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <NAME or ID>
-
-
- Name or ID of stack to resume.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- heat action-suspend
- usage: heat action-suspend <NAME or ID>
-
-Suspend the stack.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <NAME or ID>
-
-
- Name or ID of stack to suspend.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- heat build-info
- usage: heat build-info
-
-Retrieve build information.
-
-
-
- heat config-create
- usage: heat config-create [-f <FILE or URL>] [-c <FILE or URL>]
- [-g <GROUP_NAME>]
- <CONFIG_NAME>
-
-Create a software configuration.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <CONFIG_NAME>
-
-
- Name of the configuration to create.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -f <FILE or URL>, --definition-file <FILE or URL>
-
-
- Path to JSON/YAML containing map defining <inputs>,
- <outputs>, and <options>.
-
-
-
-
- -c <FILE or URL>, --config-file <FILE or URL>
-
-
- Path to configuration script/data.
-
-
-
-
- -g <GROUP_NAME>, --group <GROUP_NAME>
-
-
- Group name of configuration tool expected by the
- config.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- heat config-delete
- usage: heat config-delete <ID> [<ID> ...]
-
-Delete a software configuration.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <ID>
-
-
- IDs of the configurations to delete.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- heat config-show
- usage: heat config-show [-c] <ID>
-
-View details of a software configuration.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <ID>
-
-
- ID of the config.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -c, --config-only
-
-
- Only display the value of the <config> property.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- heat deployment-create
- usage: heat deployment-create [-i <KEY=VALUE>] [-a <ACTION>] [-c <CONFIG>] -s
- <SERVER> [-t <TRANSPORT>]
- [--container <CONTAINER_NAME>]
- [--timeout <TIMEOUT>]
- <DEPLOY_NAME>
-
-Create a software deployment.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <DEPLOY_NAME>
-
-
- Name of the derived config associated with this
- deployment. This is used to apply a sort order to the
- list of configurations currently deployed to the
- server.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -i <KEY=VALUE>, --input-value <KEY=VALUE>
-
-
- Input value to set on the deployment. This can be
- specified multiple times.
-
-
-
-
- -a <ACTION>, --action <ACTION>
-
-
- Name of action for this deployment. Can be a custom
- action, or one of: CREATE, UPDATE, DELETE, SUSPEND,
- RESUME
-
-
-
-
- -c <CONFIG>, --config <CONFIG>
-
-
- ID of the configuration to deploy.
-
-
-
-
- -s <SERVER>, --server <SERVER>
-
-
- ID of the server being deployed to.
-
-
-
-
- -t <TRANSPORT>, --signal-transport <TRANSPORT>
-
-
- How the server should signal to heat with the
- deployment output values. TEMP_URL_SIGNAL will create
- a Swift TempURL to be signaled via HTTP PUT. NO_SIGNAL
- will result in the resource going to the COMPLETE
- state without waiting for any signal.
-
-
-
-
- --container <CONTAINER_NAME>
-
-
- Optional name of container to store TEMP_URL_SIGNAL
- objects in. If not specified a container will be
- created with a name derived from the DEPLOY_NAME
-
-
-
-
- --timeout <TIMEOUT>
-
-
- Deployment timeout in minutes.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- heat deployment-delete
- usage: heat deployment-delete <ID> [<ID> ...]
-
-Delete a software deployment.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <ID>
-
-
- IDs of the deployments to delete.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- heat deployment-list
- usage: heat deployment-list [-s <SERVER>]
-
-List software deployments.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -s <SERVER>, --server <SERVER>
-
-
- ID of the server to fetch deployments for.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- heat deployment-metadata-show
- usage: heat deployment-metadata-show <ID>
-
-Get deployment configuration metadata for the specified server.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <ID>
-
-
- ID of the server to fetch deployments for.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- heat deployment-output-show
- usage: heat deployment-output-show [-a] [-F <FORMAT>] <ID> [<OUTPUT NAME>]
-
-Show a specific deployment output.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <ID>
-
-
- ID deployment to show the output for.
-
-
-
-
- <OUTPUT NAME>
-
-
- Name of an output to display.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -a, --all
-
-
- Display all deployment outputs.
-
-
-
-
- -F <FORMAT>, --format <FORMAT>
-
-
- The output value format, one of: raw, json
-
-
-
-
-
-
- heat deployment-show
- usage: heat deployment-show <ID>
-
-Show the details of a software deployment.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <ID>
-
-
- ID of the deployment.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- heat event-list
- usage: heat event-list [-r <RESOURCE>] [-f <KEY1=VALUE1;KEY2=VALUE2...>]
- [-l <LIMIT>] [-m <ID>] [-n <DEPTH>] [-F <FORMAT>]
- <NAME or ID>
-
-List events for a stack.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <NAME or ID>
-
-
- Name or ID of stack to show the events for.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -r <RESOURCE>, --resource <RESOURCE>
-
-
- Name of the resource to filter events by.
-
-
-
-
- -f <KEY1=VALUE1;KEY2=VALUE2...>, --filters <KEY1=VALUE1;KEY2=VALUE2...>
-
-
- Filter parameters to apply on returned events. This
- can be specified multiple times, or once with
- parameters separated by a semicolon.
-
-
-
-
- -l <LIMIT>, --limit <LIMIT>
-
-
- Limit the number of events returned.
-
-
-
-
- -m <ID>, --marker <ID>
-
-
- Only return events that appear after the given event
- ID.
-
-
-
-
- -n <DEPTH>, --nested-depth <DEPTH>
-
-
- Depth of nested stacks from which to display events.
- Note this cannot be specified with --resource.
-
-
-
-
- -F <FORMAT>, --format <FORMAT>
-
-
- The output value format, one of: log, table
-
-
-
-
-
-
- heat event-show
- usage: heat event-show <NAME or ID> <RESOURCE> <EVENT>
-
-Describe the event.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <NAME or ID>
-
-
- Name or ID of stack to show the events for.
-
-
-
-
- <RESOURCE>
-
-
- Name of the resource the event belongs to.
-
-
-
-
- <EVENT>
-
-
- ID of event to display details for.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- heat hook-clear
- usage: heat hook-clear [--pre-create] [--pre-update]
- <NAME or ID> <RESOURCE> [<RESOURCE> ...]
-
-Clear hooks on a given stack.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <NAME or ID>
-
-
- Name or ID of the stack these resources belong to.
-
-
-
-
- <RESOURCE>
-
-
- Resource names with hooks to clear. Resources in nested stacks
- can be set using slash as a separator:
- nested_stack/another/my_resource. You can use wildcards to
- match multiple stacks or resources:
- nested_stack/an*/*_resource
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --pre-create
-
-
- Clear the pre-create hooks (optional)
-
-
-
-
- --pre-update
-
-
- Clear the pre-update hooks (optional)
-
-
-
-
-
-
- heat hook-poll
- usage: heat hook-poll [-n <DEPTH>] <NAME or ID>
-
-List resources with pending hook for a stack.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <NAME or ID>
-
-
- Name or ID of stack to show the pending hooks for.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -n <DEPTH>, --nested-depth <DEPTH>
-
-
- Depth of nested stacks from which to display hooks.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- heat output-list
- usage: heat output-list <NAME or ID>
-
-Show available outputs.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <NAME or ID>
-
-
- Name or ID of stack to query.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- heat output-show
- usage: heat output-show [-a] [-F <FORMAT>] <NAME or ID> [<OUTPUT NAME>]
-
-Show a specific stack output.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <NAME or ID>
-
-
- Name or ID of stack to query.
-
-
-
-
- <OUTPUT NAME>
-
-
- Name of an output to display.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -a, --all
-
-
- Display all stack outputs.
-
-
-
-
- -F <FORMAT>, --format <FORMAT>
-
-
- The output value format, one of: json, raw
-
-
-
-
-
-
- heat resource-list
- usage: heat resource-list [-n <DEPTH>] [--with-detail] <NAME or ID>
-
-Show list of resources belonging to a stack.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <NAME or ID>
-
-
- Name or ID of stack to show the resources for.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -n <DEPTH>, --nested-depth <DEPTH>
-
-
- Depth of nested stacks from which to display
- resources.
-
-
-
-
- --with-detail
-
-
- Enable detail information presented for each resource
- in resources list.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- heat resource-metadata
- usage: heat resource-metadata <NAME or ID> <RESOURCE>
-
-List resource metadata.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <NAME or ID>
-
-
- Name or ID of stack to show the resource metadata for.
-
-
-
-
- <RESOURCE>
-
-
- Name of the resource to show the metadata for.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- heat resource-show
- usage: heat resource-show [-a <ATTRIBUTE>] <NAME or ID> <RESOURCE>
-
-Describe the resource.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <NAME or ID>
-
-
- Name or ID of stack to show the resource for.
-
-
-
-
- <RESOURCE>
-
-
- Name of the resource to show the details for.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -a <ATTRIBUTE>, --with-attr <ATTRIBUTE>
-
-
- Attribute to show, it can be specified multiple times.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- heat resource-signal
- usage: heat resource-signal [-D <DATA>] [-f <FILE>] <NAME or ID> <RESOURCE>
-
-Send a signal to a resource.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <NAME or ID>
-
-
- Name or ID of stack the resource belongs to.
-
-
-
-
- <RESOURCE>
-
-
- Name of the resource to signal.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -D <DATA>, --data <DATA>
-
-
- JSON Data to send to the signal handler.
-
-
-
-
- -f <FILE>, --data-file <FILE>
-
-
- File containing JSON data to send to the signal
- handler.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- heat resource-type-list
- usage: heat resource-type-list [-f <KEY1=VALUE1;KEY2=VALUE2...>]
-
-List the available resource types.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -f <KEY1=VALUE1;KEY2=VALUE2...>, --filters <KEY1=VALUE1;KEY2=VALUE2...>
-
-
- Filter parameters to apply on returned resource types.
- This can be specified multiple times, or once with
- parameters separated by a semicolon. It can be any of
- name, version and support_status
-
-
-
-
-
-
- heat resource-type-show
- usage: heat resource-type-show <RESOURCE_TYPE>
-
-Show the resource type.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <RESOURCE_TYPE>
-
-
- Resource type to get the details for.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- heat resource-type-template
- usage: heat resource-type-template [-t <TEMPLATE_TYPE>] [-F <FORMAT>]
- <RESOURCE_TYPE>
-
-Generate a template based on a resource type.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <RESOURCE_TYPE>
-
-
- Resource type to generate a template for.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -t <TEMPLATE_TYPE>, --template-type <TEMPLATE_TYPE>
-
-
- Template type to generate, hot or cfn.
-
-
-
-
- -F <FORMAT>, --format <FORMAT>
-
-
- The template output format, one of: yaml, json.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- heat service-list
- usage: heat service-list
-
-List the Heat engines.
-
-
-
- heat snapshot-delete
- usage: heat snapshot-delete <NAME or ID> <SNAPSHOT>
-
-Delete a snapshot of a stack.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <NAME or ID>
-
-
- Name or ID of the stack containing the snapshot.
-
-
-
-
- <SNAPSHOT>
-
-
- The ID of the snapshot to delete.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- heat snapshot-list
- usage: heat snapshot-list <NAME or ID>
-
-List the snapshots of a stack.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <NAME or ID>
-
-
- Name or ID of the stack containing the snapshots.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- heat snapshot-show
- usage: heat snapshot-show <NAME or ID> <SNAPSHOT>
-
-Show a snapshot of a stack.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <NAME or ID>
-
-
- Name or ID of the stack containing the snapshot.
-
-
-
-
- <SNAPSHOT>
-
-
- The ID of the snapshot to show.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- heat stack-abandon
- usage: heat stack-abandon [-O <FILE>] <NAME or ID>
-
-Abandon the stack. This will delete the record of the stack from Heat, but
-will not delete any of the underlying resources. Prints an adoptable JSON
-representation of the stack to stdout or a file on success.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <NAME or ID>
-
-
- Name or ID of stack to abandon.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -O <FILE>, --output-file <FILE>
-
-
- file to output abandon result. If the option is
- specified, the result will be output into <FILE>.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- heat stack-adopt
- usage: heat stack-adopt [-e <FILE or URL>] [-c <TIMEOUT>] [-t <TIMEOUT>]
- [-a <FILE or URL>] [-r]
- [-P <KEY1=VALUE1;KEY2=VALUE2...>]
- <STACK_NAME>
-
-Adopt a stack.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <STACK_NAME>
-
-
- Name of the stack to adopt.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -e <FILE or URL>, --environment-file <FILE or URL>
-
-
- Path to the environment, it can be specified multiple
- times.
-
-
-
-
- -c <TIMEOUT>, --create-timeout <TIMEOUT>
-
-
- Stack creation timeout in minutes. DEPRECATED use
- --timeout instead.
-
-
-
-
- -t <TIMEOUT>, --timeout <TIMEOUT>
-
-
- Stack creation timeout in minutes.
-
-
-
-
- -a <FILE or URL>, --adopt-file <FILE or URL>
-
-
- Path to adopt stack data file.
-
-
-
-
- -r, --enable-rollback
-
-
- Enable rollback on create/update failure.
-
-
-
-
- -P <KEY1=VALUE1;KEY2=VALUE2...>, --parameters <KEY1=VALUE1;KEY2=VALUE2...>
-
-
- Parameter values used to create the stack. This can be
- specified multiple times, or once with parameters
- separated by a semicolon.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- heat stack-cancel-update
- usage: heat stack-cancel-update <NAME or ID>
-
-Cancel currently running update of the stack.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <NAME or ID>
-
-
- Name or ID of stack to cancel update for.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- heat stack-create
- usage: heat stack-create [-f <FILE>] [-e <FILE or URL>]
- [--pre-create <RESOURCE>] [-u <URL>] [-o <URL>]
- [-c <TIMEOUT>] [-t <TIMEOUT>] [-r]
- [-P <KEY1=VALUE1;KEY2=VALUE2...>] [-Pf <KEY=FILE>]
- [--poll [SECONDS]] [--tags <TAG1,TAG2>]
- <STACK_NAME>
-
-Create the stack.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <STACK_NAME>
-
-
- Name of the stack to create.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -f <FILE>, --template-file <FILE>
-
-
- Path to the template.
-
-
-
-
- -e <FILE or URL>, --environment-file <FILE or URL>
-
-
- Path to the environment, it can be specified multiple
- times.
-
-
-
-
- --pre-create <RESOURCE>
-
-
- Name of a resource to set a pre-create hook to.
- Resources in nested stacks can be set using slash as a
- separator: nested_stack/another/my_resource. You can
- use wildcards to match multiple stacks or resources:
- nested_stack/an*/*_resource. This can be specified
- multiple times
-
-
-
-
- -u <URL>, --template-url <URL>
-
-
- URL of template.
-
-
-
-
- -o <URL>, --template-object <URL>
-
-
- URL to retrieve template object (e.g. from swift).
-
-
-
-
- -c <TIMEOUT>, --create-timeout <TIMEOUT>
-
-
- Stack creation timeout in minutes. DEPRECATED use
- --timeout instead.
-
-
-
-
- -t <TIMEOUT>, --timeout <TIMEOUT>
-
-
- Stack creation timeout in minutes.
-
-
-
-
- -r, --enable-rollback
-
-
- Enable rollback on create/update failure.
-
-
-
-
- -P <KEY1=VALUE1;KEY2=VALUE2...>, --parameters <KEY1=VALUE1;KEY2=VALUE2...>
-
-
- Parameter values used to create the stack. This can be
- specified multiple times, or once with parameters
- separated by a semicolon.
-
-
-
-
- -Pf <KEY=FILE>, --parameter-file <KEY=FILE>
-
-
- Parameter values from file used to create the stack.
- This can be specified multiple times. Parameter value
- would be the content of the file
-
-
-
-
- --poll [SECONDS]
-
-
- Poll and report events until stack completes. Optional
- poll interval in seconds can be provided as argument,
- default 5.
-
-
-
-
- --tags <TAG1,TAG2>
-
-
- A list of tags to associate with the stack.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- heat stack-delete
- usage: heat stack-delete <NAME or ID> [<NAME or ID> ...]
-
-Delete the stack(s).
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <NAME or ID>
-
-
- Name or ID of stack(s) to delete.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- heat stack-list
- usage: heat stack-list [-s] [-n] [-a] [-f <KEY1=VALUE1;KEY2=VALUE2...>]
- [-t <TAG1,TAG2...>] [--tags-any <TAG1,TAG2...>]
- [--not-tags <TAG1,TAG2...>]
- [--not-tags-any <TAG1,TAG2...>] [-l <LIMIT>] [-m <ID>]
- [-k <KEY1,KEY2...>] [-d [asc|desc]] [-g] [-o]
-
-List the user's stacks.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -s, --show-deleted
-
-
- Include soft-deleted stacks in the stack listing.
-
-
-
-
- -n, --show-nested
-
-
- Include nested stacks in the stack listing.
-
-
-
-
- -a, --show-hidden
-
-
- Include hidden stacks in the stack listing.
-
-
-
-
- -f <KEY1=VALUE1;KEY2=VALUE2...>, --filters <KEY1=VALUE1;KEY2=VALUE2...>
-
-
- Filter parameters to apply on returned stacks. This
- can be specified multiple times, or once with
- parameters separated by a semicolon.
-
-
-
-
- -t <TAG1,TAG2...>, --tags <TAG1,TAG2...>
-
-
- Show stacks containing these tags, combine multiple
- tags using the boolean AND expression
-
-
-
-
- --tags-any <TAG1,TAG2...>
-
-
- Show stacks containing these tags, combine multiple
- tags using the boolean OR expression
-
-
-
-
- --not-tags <TAG1,TAG2...>
-
-
- Show stacks not containing these tags, combine
- multiple tags using the boolean AND expression
-
-
-
-
- --not-tags-any <TAG1,TAG2...>
-
-
- Show stacks not containing these tags, combine
- multiple tags using the boolean OR expression
-
-
-
-
- -l <LIMIT>, --limit <LIMIT>
-
-
- Limit the number of stacks returned.
-
-
-
-
- -m <ID>, --marker <ID>
-
-
- Only return stacks that appear after the given stack
- ID.
-
-
-
-
- -k <KEY1,KEY2...>, --sort-keys <KEY1,KEY2...>
-
-
- List of keys for sorting the returned stacks. This can
- be specified multiple times or once with keys
- separated by semicolons. Valid sorting keys include
- "stack_name", "stack_status", "creation_time" and
- "updated_time".
-
-
-
-
- -d [asc|desc], --sort-dir [asc|desc]
-
-
- Sorting direction (either "asc" or "desc") for the
- sorting keys.
-
-
-
-
- -g, --global-tenant
-
-
- Display stacks from all tenants. Operation only
- authorized for users who match the policy in heat's
- policy.json.
-
-
-
-
- -o, --show-owner
-
-
- Display stack owner information. This is automatically
- enabled when using --global-tenant.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- heat stack-preview
- usage: heat stack-preview [-f <FILE>] [-e <FILE or URL>] [-u <URL>] [-o <URL>]
- [-t <TIMEOUT>] [-r]
- [-P <KEY1=VALUE1;KEY2=VALUE2...>] [-Pf <KEY=FILE>]
- [--tags <TAG1,TAG2>]
- <STACK_NAME>
-
-Preview the stack.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <STACK_NAME>
-
-
- Name of the stack to preview.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -f <FILE>, --template-file <FILE>
-
-
- Path to the template.
-
-
-
-
- -e <FILE or URL>, --environment-file <FILE or URL>
-
-
- Path to the environment, it can be specified multiple
- times.
-
-
-
-
- -u <URL>, --template-url <URL>
-
-
- URL of template.
-
-
-
-
- -o <URL>, --template-object <URL>
-
-
- URL to retrieve template object (e.g. from swift)
-
-
-
-
- -t <TIMEOUT>, --timeout <TIMEOUT>
-
-
- Stack creation timeout in minutes. This is only used
- duringvalidation in preview.
-
-
-
-
- -r, --enable-rollback
-
-
- Enable rollback on failure. This option is not used
- duringpreview and exists only for symmetry with stack-
- create.
-
-
-
-
- -P <KEY1=VALUE1;KEY2=VALUE2...>, --parameters <KEY1=VALUE1;KEY2=VALUE2...>
-
-
- Parameter values used to preview the stack. This can
- be specified multiple times, or once with parameters
- separated by semicolon.
-
-
-
-
- -Pf <KEY=FILE>, --parameter-file <KEY=FILE>
-
-
- Parameter values from file used to create the stack.
- This can be specified multiple times. Parameter value
- would be the content of the file
-
-
-
-
- --tags <TAG1,TAG2>
-
-
- A list of tags to associate with the stack.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- heat stack-restore
- usage: heat stack-restore <NAME or ID> <SNAPSHOT>
-
-Restore a snapshot of a stack.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <NAME or ID>
-
-
- Name or ID of the stack containing the snapshot.
-
-
-
-
- <SNAPSHOT>
-
-
- The ID of the snapshot to restore.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- heat stack-show
- usage: heat stack-show <NAME or ID>
-
-Describe the stack.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <NAME or ID>
-
-
- Name or ID of stack to describe.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- heat stack-snapshot
- usage: heat stack-snapshot [-n <NAME>] <NAME or ID>
-
-Make a snapshot of a stack.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <NAME or ID>
-
-
- Name or ID of stack to snapshot.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -n <NAME>, --name <NAME>
-
-
- If specified, the name given to the snapshot.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- heat stack-update
- usage: heat stack-update [-f <FILE>] [-e <FILE or URL>]
- [--pre-update <RESOURCE>] [-u <URL>] [-o <URL>]
- [-t <TIMEOUT>] [-r] [--rollback <VALUE>] [-y]
- [-P <KEY1=VALUE1;KEY2=VALUE2...>] [-Pf <KEY=FILE>]
- [-x] [-c <PARAMETER>] [--tags <TAG1,TAG2>]
- <NAME or ID>
-
-Update the stack.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <NAME or ID>
-
-
- Name or ID of stack to update.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -f <FILE>, --template-file <FILE>
-
-
- Path to the template.
-
-
-
-
- -e <FILE or URL>, --environment-file <FILE or URL>
-
-
- Path to the environment, it can be specified multiple
- times.
-
-
-
-
- --pre-update <RESOURCE>
-
-
- Name of a resource to set a pre-update hook to.
- Resources in nested stacks can be set using slash as a
- separator: nested_stack/another/my_resource. You can
- use wildcards to match multiple stacks or resources:
- nested_stack/an*/*_resource. This can be specified
- multiple times
-
-
-
-
- -u <URL>, --template-url <URL>
-
-
- URL of template.
-
-
-
-
- -o <URL>, --template-object <URL>
-
-
- URL to retrieve template object (e.g. from swift).
-
-
-
-
- -t <TIMEOUT>, --timeout <TIMEOUT>
-
-
- Stack update timeout in minutes.
-
-
-
-
- -r, --enable-rollback
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Use --rollback argument instead. Enable
- rollback on stack update failure. NOTE: default
- behavior is now to use the rollback value of existing
- stack.
-
-
-
-
- --rollback <VALUE>
-
-
- Set rollback on update failure. Values ('1', 't',
- 'true', 'on', 'y', 'yes') set rollback to enabled.
- Values ('0', 'f', 'false', 'off', 'n', 'no') set
- rollback to disabled. Default is to use the value of
- existing stack to be updated.
-
-
-
-
- -y, --dry-run
-
-
- Do not actually perform the stack update, but show
- what would be changed
-
-
-
-
- -P <KEY1=VALUE1;KEY2=VALUE2...>, --parameters <KEY1=VALUE1;KEY2=VALUE2...>
-
-
- Parameter values used to create the stack. This can be
- specified multiple times, or once with parameters
- separated by a semicolon.
-
-
-
-
- -Pf <KEY=FILE>, --parameter-file <KEY=FILE>
-
-
- Parameter values from file used to create the stack.
- This can be specified multiple times. Parameter value
- would be the content of the file
-
-
-
-
- -x, --existing
-
-
- Re-use the template, parameters and environment of the
- current stack. If the template argument is omitted
- then the existing template is used. If no
- --environment-file is specified then the existing
- environment is used. Parameters specified in
- --parameters will patch over the existing values in
- the current stack. Parameters omitted will keep the
- existing values.
-
-
-
-
- -c <PARAMETER>, --clear-parameter <PARAMETER>
-
-
- Remove the parameters from the set of parameters of
- current stack for the stack-update. The default value
- in the template will be used. This can be specified
- multiple times.
-
-
-
-
- --tags <TAG1,TAG2>
-
-
- An updated list of tags to associate with the stack.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- heat template-function-list
- usage: heat template-function-list <TEMPLATE_VERSION>
-
-List the available functions.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <TEMPLATE_VERSION>
-
-
- Template version to get the functions for.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- heat template-show
- usage: heat template-show <NAME or ID>
-
-Get the template for the specified stack.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <NAME or ID>
-
-
- Name or ID of stack to get the template for.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- heat template-validate
- usage: heat template-validate [-u <URL>] [-f <FILE>] [-e <FILE or URL>]
- [-o <URL>] [-n]
-
-Validate a template with parameters.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -u <URL>, --template-url <URL>
-
-
- URL of template.
-
-
-
-
- -f <FILE>, --template-file <FILE>
-
-
- Path to the template.
-
-
-
-
- -e <FILE or URL>, --environment-file <FILE or URL>
-
-
- Path to the environment, it can be specified multiple
- times.
-
-
-
-
- -o <URL>, --template-object <URL>
-
-
- URL to retrieve template object (e.g. from swift).
-
-
-
-
- -n, --show-nested
-
-
- Resolve parameters from nested templates as well.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- heat template-version-list
- usage: heat template-version-list
-
-List the available template versions.
-
-
-
diff --git a/doc/cli-reference/generated/ch_cli_ironic_commands.xml b/doc/cli-reference/generated/ch_cli_ironic_commands.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index cf965fd891..0000000000
--- a/doc/cli-reference/generated/ch_cli_ironic_commands.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1840 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Bare Metal service command-line client
-
- The ironic client is the command-line
- interface (CLI) for the Bare Metal service API and its extensions.
-
- This chapter documents ironic version
- 1.0.0.
-
-
- For help on a specific ironic
- command, enter:
-
- $ironicCOMMAND
-
-
- ironic usage
- usage: ironic [--insecure] [--os-cacert <ca-certificate>]
- [--os-cert <certificate>] [--os-key <key>] [--timeout <seconds>]
- [--os-user-domain-id OS_USER_DOMAIN_ID]
- [--os-user-domain-name OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME]
- [--os-project-id OS_PROJECT_ID]
- [--os-project-name OS_PROJECT_NAME]
- [--os-project-domain-id OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_ID]
- [--os-project-domain-name OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_NAME] [--version]
- [--debug] [-v] [--cert-file OS_CERT] [--key-file OS_KEY]
- [--ca-file OS_CACERT] [--os-username OS_USERNAME]
- [--os-password OS_PASSWORD] [--os-tenant-id OS_TENANT_ID]
- [--os-tenant-name OS_TENANT_NAME] [--os-auth-url OS_AUTH_URL]
- [--os-region-name OS_REGION_NAME]
- [--os-auth-token OS_AUTH_TOKEN] [--ironic-url IRONIC_URL]
- [--ironic-api-version IRONIC_API_VERSION]
- [--os-service-type OS_SERVICE_TYPE] [--os-endpoint OS_ENDPOINT]
- [--os-endpoint-type OS_ENDPOINT_TYPE]
- [--max-retries MAX_RETRIES] [--retry-interval RETRY_INTERVAL]
- <subcommand> ...
-
- Subcommands
-
- chassis-create
-
-
- Create a new chassis.
-
-
-
-
- chassis-delete
-
-
- Delete a chassis.
-
-
-
-
- chassis-list
-
-
- List the chassis.
-
-
-
-
- chassis-node-list
-
-
- List the nodes contained in a chassis.
-
-
-
-
- chassis-show
-
-
- Show detailed information about a chassis.
-
-
-
-
- chassis-update
-
-
- Update information about a chassis.
-
-
-
-
- node-create
-
-
- Register a new node with the Ironic service.
-
-
-
-
- node-delete
-
-
- Unregister a node from the Ironic service.
-
-
-
-
- node-get-boot-device
-
-
- Get the current boot device for a node.
-
-
-
-
- node-get-console
-
-
- Get the connection information for a node's console,
- if enabled.
-
-
-
-
- node-get-supported-boot-devices
-
-
- Get the supported boot devices for a node.
-
-
-
-
- node-get-vendor-passthru-methods
-
-
- Get the vendor passthru methods for a node.
-
-
-
-
- node-list
-
-
- List the nodes which are registered with the Ironic
- service.
-
-
-
-
- node-port-list
-
-
- List the ports associated with a node.
-
-
-
-
- node-set-boot-device
-
-
- Set the boot device for a node.
-
-
-
-
- node-set-console-mode
-
-
- Enable or disable serial console access for a node.
-
-
-
-
- node-set-maintenance
-
-
- Enable or disable maintenance mode for a node.
-
-
-
-
- node-set-power-state
-
-
- Power a node on or off or reboot.
-
-
-
-
- node-set-provision-state
-
-
- Initiate a provisioning state change for a node.
-
-
-
-
- node-show
-
-
- Show detailed information about a node.
-
-
-
-
- node-show-states
-
-
- Show information about the node's states.
-
-
-
-
- node-update
-
-
- Update information about a registered node.
-
-
-
-
- node-validate
-
-
- Validate a node's driver interfaces.
-
-
-
-
- node-vendor-passthru
-
-
- Call a vendor-passthru extension for a node.
-
-
-
-
- port-create
-
-
- Create a new port.
-
-
-
-
- port-delete
-
-
- Delete a port.
-
-
-
-
- port-list
-
-
- List the ports.
-
-
-
-
- port-show
-
-
- Show detailed information about a port.
-
-
-
-
- port-update
-
-
- Update information about a port.
-
-
-
-
- driver-get-vendor-passthru-methods
-
-
- Get the vendor passthru methods for a driver.
-
-
-
-
- driver-list
-
-
- List the enabled drivers.
-
-
-
-
- driver-properties
-
-
- Get properties of a driver.
-
-
-
-
- driver-show
-
-
- Show information about a driver.
-
-
-
-
- driver-vendor-passthru
-
-
- Call a vendor-passthru extension for a driver.
-
-
-
-
- bash-completion
-
-
- Prints all of the commands and options for bash-
- completion.
-
-
-
-
- help
-
-
- Display help about this program or one of its
- subcommands.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- ironic optional arguments
-
-
- --insecure
-
-
- Explicitly allow client to perform "insecure" TLS
- (https) requests. The server's certificate will not be
- verified against any certificate authorities. This
- option should be used with caution.
-
-
-
-
- --os-cacert <ca-certificate>
-
-
- Specify a CA bundle file to use in verifying a TLS
- (https) server certificate. Defaults to
- env[OS_CACERT].
-
-
-
-
- --os-cert <certificate>
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_CERT].
-
-
-
-
- --os-key <key>
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_KEY].
-
-
-
-
- --timeout <seconds>
-
-
- Set request timeout (in seconds).
-
-
-
-
- --os-user-domain-id OS_USER_DOMAIN_ID
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_USER_DOMAIN_ID].
-
-
-
-
- --os-user-domain-name OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME].
-
-
-
-
- --os-project-id OS_PROJECT_ID
-
-
- Another way to specify tenant ID. This option is
- mutually exclusive with --os-tenant-id. Defaults to
- env[OS_PROJECT_ID].
-
-
-
-
- --os-project-name OS_PROJECT_NAME
-
-
- Another way to specify tenant name. This option is
- mutually exclusive with --os-tenant-name. Defaults to
- env[OS_PROJECT_NAME].
-
-
-
-
- --os-project-domain-id OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_ID
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_ID].
-
-
-
-
- --os-project-domain-name OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_NAME
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_NAME].
-
-
-
-
- --version
-
-
- show program's version number and exit
-
-
-
-
- --debug
-
-
- Defaults to env[IRONICCLIENT_DEBUG]
-
-
-
-
- -v, --verbose
-
-
- Print more verbose output
-
-
-
-
- --cert-file OS_CERT
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Use --os-cert.
-
-
-
-
- --key-file OS_KEY
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Use --os-key.
-
-
-
-
- --ca-file OS_CACERT
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Use --os-cacert.
-
-
-
-
- --os-username OS_USERNAME
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_USERNAME]
-
-
-
-
- --os-password OS_PASSWORD
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_PASSWORD]
-
-
-
-
- --os-tenant-id OS_TENANT_ID
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_TENANT_ID]
-
-
-
-
- --os-tenant-name OS_TENANT_NAME
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_TENANT_NAME]
-
-
-
-
- --os-auth-url OS_AUTH_URL
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_AUTH_URL]
-
-
-
-
- --os-region-name OS_REGION_NAME
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_REGION_NAME]
-
-
-
-
- --os-auth-token OS_AUTH_TOKEN
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_AUTH_TOKEN]
-
-
-
-
- --ironic-url IRONIC_URL
-
-
- Defaults to env[IRONIC_URL]
-
-
-
-
- --ironic-api-version IRONIC_API_VERSION
-
-
- Accepts 1.x (where "x" is microversion) or "latest",
- Defaults to env[IRONIC_API_VERSION] or 1
-
-
-
-
- --os-service-type OS_SERVICE_TYPE
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_SERVICE_TYPE] or "baremetal"
-
-
-
-
- --os-endpoint OS_ENDPOINT
-
-
- Specify an endpoint to use instead of retrieving one
- from the service catalog (via authentication).
- Defaults to env[OS_SERVICE_ENDPOINT].
-
-
-
-
- --os-endpoint-type OS_ENDPOINT_TYPE
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_ENDPOINT_TYPE] or "publicURL"
-
-
-
-
- --max-retries MAX_RETRIES
-
-
- Maximum number of retries in case of conflict error
- (HTTP 409). Defaults to env[IRONIC_MAX_RETRIES] or 5.
- Use 0 to disable retrying.
-
-
-
-
- --retry-interval RETRY_INTERVAL
-
-
- Amount of time (in seconds) between retries in case of
- conflict error (HTTP 409). Defaults to
- env[IRONIC_RETRY_INTERVAL] or 2.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- ironic chassis-create
- usage: ironic chassis-create [-d <description>] [-e <key=value>]
-
-Create a new chassis.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -d <description>, --description <description>
-
-
- Description of the chassis.
-
-
-
-
- -e <key=value>, --extra <key=value>
-
-
- Record arbitrary key/value metadata. Can be specified
- multiple times.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- ironic chassis-delete
- usage: ironic chassis-delete <chassis> [<chassis> ...]
-
-Delete a chassis.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <chassis>
-
-
- UUID of the chassis.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- ironic chassis-list
- usage: ironic chassis-list [--detail] [--limit <limit>] [--marker <chassis>]
- [--sort-key <field>] [--sort-dir <direction>]
- [--fields <field> [<field> ...]]
-
-List the chassis.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --detail
-
-
- Show detailed information about the chassis.
-
-
-
-
- --limit <limit>
-
-
- Maximum number of chassis to return per request, 0 for
- no limit. Default is the maximum number used by the
- Ironic API Service.
-
-
-
-
- --marker <chassis>
-
-
- Chassis UUID (for example, of the last chassis in the
- list from a previous request). Returns the list of
- chassis after this UUID.
-
-
-
-
- --sort-key <field>
-
-
- Chassis field that will be used for sorting.
-
-
-
-
- --sort-dir <direction>
-
-
- Sort direction: "asc" (the default) or "desc".
-
-
-
-
- --fields <field> [<field> ...]
-
-
- One or more chassis fields. Only these fields will be
- fetched from the server. Can not be used when '--
- detail' is specified.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- ironic chassis-node-list
- usage: ironic chassis-node-list [--detail] [--limit <limit>] [--marker <node>]
- [--sort-key <field>] [--sort-dir <direction>]
- [--fields <field> [<field> ...]]
- [--maintenance <boolean>]
- [--associated <boolean>]
- [--provision-state <provision-state>]
- <chassis>
-
-List the nodes contained in a chassis.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <chassis>
-
-
- UUID of the chassis.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --detail
-
-
- Show detailed information about the nodes.
-
-
-
-
- --limit <limit>
-
-
- Maximum number of nodes to return per request, 0 for
- no limit. Default is the maximum number used by the
- Ironic API Service.
-
-
-
-
- --marker <node>
-
-
- Node UUID (for example, of the last node in the list
- from a previous request). Returns the list of nodes
- after this UUID.
-
-
-
-
- --sort-key <field>
-
-
- Node field that will be used for sorting.
-
-
-
-
- --sort-dir <direction>
-
-
- Sort direction: "asc" (the default) or "desc".
-
-
-
-
- --fields <field> [<field> ...]
-
-
- One or more node fields. Only these fields will be
- fetched from the server. Can not be used when '--
- detail' is specified.
-
-
-
-
- --maintenance <boolean>
-
-
- List nodes in maintenance mode: 'true' or 'false'.
-
-
-
-
- --associated <boolean>
-
-
- List nodes by instance association: 'true' or 'false'.
-
-
-
-
- --provision-state <provision-state>
-
-
- List nodes in specified provision state.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- ironic chassis-show
- usage: ironic chassis-show [--fields <field> [<field> ...]] <chassis>
-
-Show detailed information about a chassis.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <chassis>
-
-
- UUID of the chassis.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --fields <field> [<field> ...]
-
-
- One or more chassis fields. Only these fields will be
- fetched from the server.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- ironic chassis-update
- usage: ironic chassis-update <chassis> <op> <path=value> [<path=value> ...]
-
-Update information about a chassis.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <chassis>
-
-
- UUID of the chassis.
-
-
-
-
- <op>
-
-
- Operation: 'add', 'replace', or 'remove'.
-
-
-
-
- <path=value>
-
-
- Attribute to add, replace, or remove. Can be specified
- multiple times. For 'remove', only <path> is necessary.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- ironic driver-get-vendor-passthru-methods
- usage: ironic driver-get-vendor-passthru-methods <driver>
-
-Get the vendor passthru methods for a driver.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <driver>
-
-
- Name of the driver.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- ironic driver-list
- usage: ironic driver-list
-
-List the enabled drivers.
-
-
-
- ironic driver-properties
- usage: ironic driver-properties <driver>
-
-Get properties of a driver.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <driver>
-
-
- Name of the driver.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- ironic driver-show
- usage: ironic driver-show <driver>
-
-Show information about a driver.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <driver>
-
-
- Name of the driver.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- ironic driver-vendor-passthru
- usage: ironic driver-vendor-passthru [--http-method <http-method>]
- <driver> <method>
- [<arg=value> [<arg=value> ...]]
-
-Call a vendor-passthru extension for a driver.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <driver>
-
-
- Name of the driver.
-
-
-
-
- <method>
-
-
- Vendor-passthru method to be called.
-
-
-
-
- <arg=value>
-
-
- Argument to be passed to the vendor-passthru method.
- Can be specified multiple times.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --http-method <http-method>
-
-
- The HTTP method to use in the request. Valid HTTP
- methods are: 'POST', 'PUT', 'GET', 'DELETE', and
- 'PATCH'. Defaults to 'POST'.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- ironic node-create
- usage: ironic node-create [-c <chassis>] -d <driver> [-i <key=value>]
- [-p <key=value>] [-e <key=value>] [-u <uuid>]
- [-n <name>]
-
-Register a new node with the Ironic service.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -c <chassis>, --chassis <chassis>
-
-
- UUID of the chassis that this node belongs to.
-
-
-
-
- -d <driver>, --driver <driver>
-
-
- Driver used to control the node [REQUIRED].
-
-
-
-
- -i <key=value>, --driver-info <key=value>
-
-
- Key/value pair used by the driver, such as out-of-band
- management credentials. Can be specified multiple
- times.
-
-
-
-
- -p <key=value>, --properties <key=value>
-
-
- Key/value pair describing the physical characteristics
- of the node. This is exported to Nova and used by the
- scheduler. Can be specified multiple times.
-
-
-
-
- -e <key=value>, --extra <key=value>
-
-
- Record arbitrary key/value metadata. Can be specified
- multiple times.
-
-
-
-
- -u <uuid>, --uuid <uuid>
-
-
- Unique UUID for the node.
-
-
-
-
- -n <name>, --name <name>
-
-
- Unique name for the node.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- ironic node-delete
- usage: ironic node-delete <node> [<node> ...]
-
-Unregister a node from the Ironic service.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <node>
-
-
- Name or UUID of the node.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- ironic node-get-boot-device
- usage: ironic node-get-boot-device <node>
-
-Get the current boot device for a node.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <node>
-
-
- Name or UUID of the node.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- ironic node-get-console
- usage: ironic node-get-console <node>
-
-Get the connection information for a node's console, if enabled.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <node>
-
-
- Name or UUID of the node.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- ironic node-get-supported-boot-devices
- usage: ironic node-get-supported-boot-devices <node>
-
-Get the supported boot devices for a node.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <node>
-
-
- Name or UUID of the node.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- ironic node-get-vendor-passthru-methods
- usage: ironic node-get-vendor-passthru-methods <node>
-
-Get the vendor passthru methods for a node.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <node>
-
-
- Name or UUID of the node.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- ironic node-list
- usage: ironic node-list [--limit <limit>] [--marker <node>]
- [--sort-key <field>] [--sort-dir <direction>]
- [--maintenance <boolean>] [--associated <boolean>]
- [--provision-state <provision-state>] [--detail]
- [--fields <field> [<field> ...]]
-
-List the nodes which are registered with the Ironic service.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --limit <limit>
-
-
- Maximum number of nodes to return per request, 0 for
- no limit. Default is the maximum number used by the
- Ironic API Service.
-
-
-
-
- --marker <node>
-
-
- Node UUID (for example, of the last node in the list
- from a previous request). Returns the list of nodes
- after this UUID.
-
-
-
-
- --sort-key <field>
-
-
- Node field that will be used for sorting.
-
-
-
-
- --sort-dir <direction>
-
-
- Sort direction: "asc" (the default) or "desc".
-
-
-
-
- --maintenance <boolean>
-
-
- List nodes in maintenance mode: 'true' or 'false'.
-
-
-
-
- --associated <boolean>
-
-
- List nodes by instance association: 'true' or 'false'.
-
-
-
-
- --provision-state <provision-state>
-
-
- List nodes in specified provision state.
-
-
-
-
- --detail
-
-
- Show detailed information about the nodes.
-
-
-
-
- --fields <field> [<field> ...]
-
-
- One or more node fields. Only these fields will be
- fetched from the server. Can not be used when '--
- detail' is specified.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- ironic node-port-list
- usage: ironic node-port-list [--detail] [--limit <limit>] [--marker <port>]
- [--sort-key <field>] [--sort-dir <direction>]
- [--fields <field> [<field> ...]]
- <node>
-
-List the ports associated with a node.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <node>
-
-
- UUID of the node.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --detail
-
-
- Show detailed information about the ports.
-
-
-
-
- --limit <limit>
-
-
- Maximum number of ports to return per request, 0 for
- no limit. Default is the maximum number used by the
- Ironic API Service.
-
-
-
-
- --marker <port>
-
-
- Port UUID (for example, of the last port in the list
- from a previous request). Returns the list of ports
- after this UUID.
-
-
-
-
- --sort-key <field>
-
-
- Port field that will be used for sorting.
-
-
-
-
- --sort-dir <direction>
-
-
- Sort direction: "asc" (the default) or "desc".
-
-
-
-
- --fields <field> [<field> ...]
-
-
- One or more port fields. Only these fields will be
- fetched from the server. Can not be used when '--
- detail' is specified.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- ironic node-set-boot-device
- usage: ironic node-set-boot-device [--persistent] <node> <boot-device>
-
-Set the boot device for a node.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <node>
-
-
- Name or UUID of the node.
-
-
-
-
- <boot-device>
-
-
- 'pxe', 'disk', 'cdrom', 'bios', or 'safe'.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --persistent
-
-
- Make changes persistent for all future boots.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- ironic node-set-console-mode
- usage: ironic node-set-console-mode <node> <enabled>
-
-Enable or disable serial console access for a node.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <node>
-
-
- Name or UUID of the node.
-
-
-
-
- <enabled>
-
-
- Enable or disable console access for a node: 'true' or 'false'.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- ironic node-set-maintenance
- usage: ironic node-set-maintenance [--reason <reason>]
- <node> <maintenance-mode>
-
-Enable or disable maintenance mode for a node.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <node>
-
-
- Name or UUID of the node.
-
-
-
-
- <maintenance-mode>
-
-
- 'true' or 'false'; 'on' or 'off'.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --reason <reason>
-
-
- Reason for setting maintenance mode to 'true' or 'on';
- not valid when setting to 'false' or 'off'.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- ironic node-set-power-state
- usage: ironic node-set-power-state <node> <power-state>
-
-Power a node on or off or reboot.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <node>
-
-
- Name or UUID of the node.
-
-
-
-
- <power-state>
-
-
- 'on', 'off', or 'reboot'.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- ironic node-set-provision-state
- usage: ironic node-set-provision-state [--config-drive <config-drive>]
- <node> <provision-state>
-
-Initiate a provisioning state change for a node.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <node>
-
-
- Name or UUID of the node.
-
-
-
-
- <provision-state>
-
-
- Supported states: 'active', 'deleted', 'rebuild',
- 'inspect', 'provide', 'manage' or 'abort'
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --config-drive <config-drive>
-
-
- A gzipped, base64-encoded configuration drive string
- OR the path to the configuration drive file OR the
- path to a directory containing the config drive files.
- In case it's a directory, a config drive will be
- generated from it. This parameter is only valid when
- setting provision state to 'active'.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- ironic node-show
- usage: ironic node-show [--instance] [--fields <field> [<field> ...]] <id>
-
-Show detailed information about a node.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <id>
-
-
- Name or UUID of the node (or instance UUID if
- --instance is specified).
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --instance <id>
-
-
- is an instance UUID.
-
-
-
-
- --fields <field> [<field> ...]
-
-
- One or more node fields. Only these fields will be
- fetched from the server.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- ironic node-show-states
- usage: ironic node-show-states <node>
-
-Show information about the node's states.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <node>
-
-
- Name or UUID of the node.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- ironic node-update
- usage: ironic node-update <node> <op> <path=value> [<path=value> ...]
-
-Update information about a registered node.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <node>
-
-
- Name or UUID of the node.
-
-
-
-
- <op>
-
-
- Operation: 'add', 'replace', or 'remove'.
-
-
-
-
- <path=value>
-
-
- Attribute to add, replace, or remove. Can be specified
- multiple times. For 'remove', only <path> is necessary.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- ironic node-validate
- usage: ironic node-validate <node>
-
-Validate a node's driver interfaces.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <node>
-
-
- Name or UUID of the node.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- ironic node-vendor-passthru
- usage: ironic node-vendor-passthru [--http-method <http-method>]
- <node> <method>
- [<arg=value> [<arg=value> ...]]
-
-Call a vendor-passthru extension for a node.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <node>
-
-
- Name or UUID of the node.
-
-
-
-
- <method>
-
-
- Vendor-passthru method to be called.
-
-
-
-
- <arg=value>
-
-
- Argument to be passed to the vendor-passthru method.
- Can be specified multiple times.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --http-method <http-method>
-
-
- The HTTP method to use in the request. Valid HTTP
- methods are: 'POST', 'PUT', 'GET', 'DELETE', and
- 'PATCH'. Defaults to 'POST'.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- ironic port-create
- usage: ironic port-create -a <address> -n <node> [-e <key=value>]
-
-Create a new port.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -a <address>, --address <address>
-
-
- MAC address for this port.
-
-
-
-
- -n <node>, --node <node>, --node_uuid <node>
-
-
- UUID of the node that this port belongs to.
-
-
-
-
- -e <key=value>, --extra <key=value>
-
-
- Record arbitrary key/value metadata. Can be specified
- multiple times.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- ironic port-delete
- usage: ironic port-delete <port> [<port> ...]
-
-Delete a port.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <port>
-
-
- UUID of the port.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- ironic port-list
- usage: ironic port-list [--detail] [--address <mac-address>] [--limit <limit>]
- [--marker <port>] [--sort-key <field>]
- [--sort-dir <direction>]
- [--fields <field> [<field> ...]]
-
-List the ports.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --detail
-
-
- Show detailed information about ports.
-
-
-
-
- --address <mac-address>
-
-
- Only show information for the port with this MAC
- address.
-
-
-
-
- --limit <limit>
-
-
- Maximum number of ports to return per request, 0 for
- no limit. Default is the maximum number used by the
- Ironic API Service.
-
-
-
-
- --marker <port>
-
-
- Port UUID (for example, of the last port in the list
- from a previous request). Returns the list of ports
- after this UUID.
-
-
-
-
- --sort-key <field>
-
-
- Port field that will be used for sorting.
-
-
-
-
- --sort-dir <direction>
-
-
- Sort direction: "asc" (the default) or "desc".
-
-
-
-
- --fields <field> [<field> ...]
-
-
- One or more port fields. Only these fields will be
- fetched from the server. Can not be used when '--
- detail' is specified.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- ironic port-show
- usage: ironic port-show [--address] [--fields <field> [<field> ...]] <id>
-
-Show detailed information about a port.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <id>
-
-
- UUID of the port (or MAC address if --address is
- specified).
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --address <id>
-
-
- is the MAC address (instead of the UUID) of the
- port.
-
-
-
-
- --fields <field> [<field> ...]
-
-
- One or more port fields. Only these fields will be
- fetched from the server.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- ironic port-update
- usage: ironic port-update <port> <op> <path=value> [<path=value> ...]
-
-Update information about a port.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <port>
-
-
- UUID of the port.
-
-
-
-
- <op>
-
-
- Operation: 'add', 'replace', or 'remove'.
-
-
-
-
- <path=value>
-
-
- Attribute to add, replace, or remove. Can be specified
- multiple times. For 'remove', only <path> is necessary.
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/doc/cli-reference/generated/ch_cli_keystone_commands.xml b/doc/cli-reference/generated/ch_cli_keystone_commands.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 7200415d2b..0000000000
--- a/doc/cli-reference/generated/ch_cli_keystone_commands.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1389 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Identity service command-line client
-
-
- The keystone CLI is deprecated in favor of
- python-openstackclient. For more information on
- python-openstackclient, please see
- and
- .
- For a Python library, continue
- using python-keystoneclient.
-
-
- The keystone client is the command-line
- interface (CLI) for the Identity service API and its extensions.
-
- This chapter documents keystone version
- 2.0.0.
-
-
- For help on a specific keystone
- command, enter:
-
- $keystoneCOMMAND
-
-
- keystone usage
- usage: keystone [--version] [--debug] [--os-username <auth-user-name>]
- [--os-password <auth-password>]
- [--os-tenant-name <auth-tenant-name>]
- [--os-tenant-id <tenant-id>] [--os-auth-url <auth-url>]
- [--os-region-name <region-name>]
- [--os-identity-api-version <identity-api-version>]
- [--os-token <service-token>]
- [--os-endpoint <service-endpoint>] [--os-cache]
- [--force-new-token] [--stale-duration <seconds>] [--insecure]
- [--os-cacert <ca-certificate>] [--os-cert <certificate>]
- [--os-key <key>] [--timeout <seconds>]
- <subcommand> ...
-
- Subcommands
-
- catalog
-
-
- List service catalog, possibly filtered by
- service.
-
-
-
-
- ec2-credentials-create
-
-
- Create EC2-compatible credentials for user per
- tenant.
-
-
-
-
- ec2-credentials-delete
-
-
- Delete EC2-compatible credentials.
-
-
-
-
- ec2-credentials-get
-
-
- Display EC2-compatible credentials.
-
-
-
-
- ec2-credentials-list
-
-
- List EC2-compatible credentials for a user.
-
-
-
-
- endpoint-create
-
-
- Create a new endpoint associated with a service.
-
-
-
-
- endpoint-delete
-
-
- Delete a service endpoint.
-
-
-
-
- endpoint-get
-
-
- Find endpoint filtered by a specific attribute or
- service type.
-
-
-
-
- endpoint-list
-
-
- List configured service endpoints.
-
-
-
-
- password-update
-
-
- Update own password.
-
-
-
-
- role-create
-
-
- Create new role.
-
-
-
-
- role-delete
-
-
- Delete role.
-
-
-
-
- role-get
-
-
- Display role details.
-
-
-
-
- role-list
-
-
- List all roles.
-
-
-
-
- service-create
-
-
- Add service to Service Catalog.
-
-
-
-
- service-delete
-
-
- Delete service from Service Catalog.
-
-
-
-
- service-get
-
-
- Display service from Service Catalog.
-
-
-
-
- service-list
-
-
- List all services in Service Catalog.
-
-
-
-
- tenant-create
-
-
- Create new tenant.
-
-
-
-
- tenant-delete
-
-
- Delete tenant.
-
-
-
-
- tenant-get
-
-
- Display tenant details.
-
-
-
-
- tenant-list
-
-
- List all tenants.
-
-
-
-
- tenant-update
-
-
- Update tenant name, description, enabled status.
-
-
-
-
- token-get
-
-
- Display the current user token.
-
-
-
-
- user-create
-
-
- Create new user.
-
-
-
-
- user-delete
-
-
- Delete user.
-
-
-
-
- user-get
-
-
- Display user details.
-
-
-
-
- user-list
-
-
- List users.
-
-
-
-
- user-password-update
-
-
- Update user password.
-
-
-
-
- user-role-add
-
-
- Add role to user.
-
-
-
-
- user-role-list
-
-
- List roles granted to a user.
-
-
-
-
- user-role-remove
-
-
- Remove role from user.
-
-
-
-
- user-update
-
-
- Update user's name, email, and enabled status.
-
-
-
-
- discover
-
-
- Discover Keystone servers, supported API versions
- and extensions.
-
-
-
-
- bootstrap
-
-
- Grants a new role to a new user on a new tenant,
- after creating each.
-
-
-
-
- bash-completion
-
-
- Prints all of the commands and options to stdout.
-
-
-
-
- help
-
-
- Display help about this program or one of its
- subcommands.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- keystone optional arguments
-
-
- --version
-
-
- Shows the client version and exits.
-
-
-
-
- --debug
-
-
- Prints debugging output onto the console, this
- includes the curl request and response calls.
- Helpful for debugging and understanding the API
- calls.
-
-
-
-
- --os-username <auth-user-name>
-
-
- Name used for authentication with the OpenStack
- Identity service. Defaults to env[OS_USERNAME].
-
-
-
-
- --os-password <auth-password>
-
-
- Password used for authentication with the
- OpenStack Identity service. Defaults to
- env[OS_PASSWORD].
-
-
-
-
- --os-tenant-name <auth-tenant-name>
-
-
- Tenant to request authorization on. Defaults to
- env[OS_TENANT_NAME].
-
-
-
-
- --os-tenant-id <tenant-id>
-
-
- Tenant to request authorization on. Defaults to
- env[OS_TENANT_ID].
-
-
-
-
- --os-auth-url <auth-url>
-
-
- Specify the Identity endpoint to use for
- authentication. Defaults to env[OS_AUTH_URL].
-
-
-
-
- --os-region-name <region-name>
-
-
- Specify the region to use. Defaults to
- env[OS_REGION_NAME].
-
-
-
-
- --os-identity-api-version <identity-api-version>
-
-
- Specify Identity API version to use. Defaults to
- env[OS_IDENTITY_API_VERSION] or 2.0.
-
-
-
-
- --os-token <service-token>
-
-
- Specify an existing token to use instead of
- retrieving one via authentication (e.g. with
- username & password). Defaults to
- env[OS_SERVICE_TOKEN].
-
-
-
-
- --os-endpoint <service-endpoint>
-
-
- Specify an endpoint to use instead of retrieving
- one from the service catalog (via authentication).
- Defaults to env[OS_SERVICE_ENDPOINT].
-
-
-
-
- --os-cache
-
-
- Use the auth token cache. Defaults to
- env[OS_CACHE].
-
-
-
-
- --force-new-token
-
-
- If the keyring is available and in use, token will
- always be stored and fetched from the keyring
- until the token has expired. Use this option to
- request a new token and replace the existing one
- in the keyring.
-
-
-
-
- --stale-duration <seconds>
-
-
- Stale duration (in seconds) used to determine
- whether a token has expired when retrieving it
- from keyring. This is useful in mitigating process
- or network delays. Default is 30 seconds.
-
-
-
-
- --insecure
-
-
- Explicitly allow client to perform "insecure" TLS
- (https) requests. The server's certificate will
- not be verified against any certificate
- authorities. This option should be used with
- caution.
-
-
-
-
- --os-cacert <ca-certificate>
-
-
- Specify a CA bundle file to use in verifying a TLS
- (https) server certificate. Defaults to
- env[OS_CACERT].
-
-
-
-
- --os-cert <certificate>
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_CERT].
-
-
-
-
- --os-key <key>
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_KEY].
-
-
-
-
- --timeout <seconds>
-
-
- Set request timeout (in seconds).
-
-
-
-
-
-
- keystone bootstrap
- usage: keystone bootstrap [--user-name <user-name>] --pass <password>
- [--role-name <role-name>]
- [--tenant-name <tenant-name>]
-
-Grants a new role to a new user on a new tenant, after creating each.
-
- Arguments
-
- --user-name <user-name>
-
-
- The name of the user to be created (default="admin").
-
-
-
-
- --pass <password>
-
-
- The password for the new user.
-
-
-
-
- --role-name <role-name>
-
-
- The name of the role to be created and granted to the
- user (default="admin").
-
-
-
-
- --tenant-name <tenant-name>
-
-
- The name of the tenant to be created
- (default="admin").
-
-
-
-
-
-
- keystone catalog
- usage: keystone catalog [--service <service-type>]
-
-List service catalog, possibly filtered by service.
-
- Arguments
-
- --service <service-type>
-
-
- Service type to return.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- keystone discover
- usage: keystone discover
-
-Discover Keystone servers, supported API versions and extensions.
-
-
-
- keystone ec2-credentials-create
- usage: keystone ec2-credentials-create [--user-id <user-id>]
- [--tenant-id <tenant-id>]
-
-Create EC2-compatible credentials for user per tenant.
-
- Arguments
-
- --user-id <user-id>
-
-
- User ID for which to create credentials. If not
- specified, the authenticated user will be used.
-
-
-
-
- --tenant-id <tenant-id>
-
-
- Tenant ID for which to create credentials. If not
- specified, the authenticated tenant ID will be used.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- keystone ec2-credentials-delete
- usage: keystone ec2-credentials-delete [--user-id <user-id>] --access
- <access-key>
-
-Delete EC2-compatible credentials.
-
- Arguments
-
- --user-id <user-id>
-
-
- User ID.
-
-
-
-
- --access <access-key>
-
-
- Access Key.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- keystone ec2-credentials-get
- usage: keystone ec2-credentials-get [--user-id <user-id>] --access
- <access-key>
-
-Display EC2-compatible credentials.
-
- Arguments
-
- --user-id <user-id>
-
-
- User ID.
-
-
-
-
- --access <access-key>
-
-
- Access Key.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- keystone ec2-credentials-list
- usage: keystone ec2-credentials-list [--user-id <user-id>]
-
-List EC2-compatible credentials for a user.
-
- Arguments
-
- --user-id <user-id>
-
-
- User ID.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- keystone endpoint-create
- usage: keystone endpoint-create [--region <endpoint-region>] --service
- <service> --publicurl <public-url>
- [--adminurl <admin-url>]
- [--internalurl <internal-url>]
-
-Create a new endpoint associated with a service.
-
- Arguments
-
- --region <endpoint-region>
-
-
- Endpoint region.
-
-
-
-
- --service <service>, --service-id <service>, --service_id <service>
-
-
- Name or ID of service associated with endpoint.
-
-
-
-
- --publicurl <public-url>
-
-
- Public URL endpoint.
-
-
-
-
- --adminurl <admin-url>
-
-
- Admin URL endpoint.
-
-
-
-
- --internalurl <internal-url>
-
-
- Internal URL endpoint.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- keystone endpoint-delete
- usage: keystone endpoint-delete <endpoint-id>
-
-Delete a service endpoint.
-
- Arguments
-
- <endpoint-id>
-
-
- ID of endpoint to delete.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- keystone endpoint-get
- usage: keystone endpoint-get --service <service-type>
- [--endpoint-type <endpoint-type>]
- [--attr <service-attribute>] [--value <value>]
-
-Find endpoint filtered by a specific attribute or service type.
-
- Arguments
-
- --service <service-type>
-
-
- Service type to select.
-
-
-
-
- --endpoint-type <endpoint-type>
-
-
- Endpoint type to select.
-
-
-
-
- --attr <service-attribute>
-
-
- Service attribute to match for selection.
-
-
-
-
- --value <value>
-
-
- Value of attribute to match.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- keystone endpoint-list
- usage: keystone endpoint-list
-
-List configured service endpoints.
-
-
-
- keystone password-update
- usage: keystone password-update [--current-password <current-password>]
- [--new-password <new-password>]
-
-Update own password.
-
- Arguments
-
- --current-password <current-password>
-
-
- Current password, Defaults to the password as set by
- --os-password or env[OS_PASSWORD].
-
-
-
-
- --new-password <new-password>
-
-
- Desired new password.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- keystone role-create
- usage: keystone role-create --name <role-name>
-
-Create new role.
-
- Arguments
-
- --name <role-name>
-
-
- Name of new role.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- keystone role-delete
- usage: keystone role-delete <role>
-
-Delete role.
-
- Arguments
-
- <role>
-
-
- Name or ID of role to delete.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- keystone role-get
- usage: keystone role-get <role>
-
-Display role details.
-
- Arguments
-
- <role>
-
-
- Name or ID of role to display.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- keystone role-list
- usage: keystone role-list
-
-List all roles.
-
-
-
- keystone service-create
- usage: keystone service-create --type <type> [--name <name>]
- [--description <service-description>]
-
-Add service to Service Catalog.
-
- Arguments
-
- --type <type>
-
-
- Service type (one of: identity, compute, network,
- image, object-store, or other service identifier
- string).
-
-
-
-
- --name <name>
-
-
- Name of new service (must be unique).
-
-
-
-
- --description <service-description>
-
-
- Description of service.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- keystone service-delete
- usage: keystone service-delete <service>
-
-Delete service from Service Catalog.
-
- Arguments
-
- <service>
-
-
- Name or ID of service to delete.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- keystone service-get
- usage: keystone service-get <service>
-
-Display service from Service Catalog.
-
- Arguments
-
- <service>
-
-
- Name or ID of service to display.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- keystone service-list
- usage: keystone service-list
-
-List all services in Service Catalog.
-
-
-
- keystone tenant-create
- usage: keystone tenant-create --name <tenant-name>
- [--description <tenant-description>]
- [--enabled <true|false>]
-
-Create new tenant.
-
- Arguments
-
- --name <tenant-name>
-
-
- New tenant name (must be unique).
-
-
-
-
- --description <tenant-description>
-
-
- Description of new tenant. Default is none.
-
-
-
-
- --enabled <true|false>
-
-
- Initial tenant enabled status. Default is true.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- keystone tenant-delete
- usage: keystone tenant-delete <tenant>
-
-Delete tenant.
-
- Arguments
-
- <tenant>
-
-
- Name or ID of tenant to delete.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- keystone tenant-get
- usage: keystone tenant-get <tenant>
-
-Display tenant details.
-
- Arguments
-
- <tenant>
-
-
- Name or ID of tenant to display.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- keystone tenant-list
- usage: keystone tenant-list
-
-List all tenants.
-
-
-
- keystone tenant-update
- usage: keystone tenant-update [--name <tenant_name>]
- [--description <tenant-description>]
- [--enabled <true|false>]
- <tenant>
-
-Update tenant name, description, enabled status.
-
- Arguments
-
- --name <tenant_name>
-
-
- Desired new name of tenant.
-
-
-
-
- --description <tenant-description>
-
-
- Desired new description of tenant.
-
-
-
-
- --enabled <true|false>
-
-
- Enable or disable tenant.
-
-
-
-
- <tenant>
-
-
- Name or ID of tenant to update.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- keystone token-get
- usage: keystone token-get [--wrap <integer>]
-
-Display the current user token.
-
- Arguments
-
- --wrap <integer>
-
-
- Wrap PKI tokens to a specified length, or 0 to disable.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- keystone user-create
- usage: keystone user-create --name <user-name> [--tenant <tenant>]
- [--pass [<pass>]] [--email <email>]
- [--enabled <true|false>]
-
-Create new user.
-
- Arguments
-
- --name <user-name>
-
-
- New user name (must be unique).
-
-
-
-
- --tenant <tenant>, --tenant-id <tenant>
-
-
- New user default tenant.
-
-
-
-
- --pass [<pass>]
-
-
- New user password; required for some auth backends.
-
-
-
-
- --email <email>
-
-
- New user email address.
-
-
-
-
- --enabled <true|false>
-
-
- Initial user enabled status. Default is true.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- keystone user-delete
- usage: keystone user-delete <user>
-
-Delete user.
-
- Arguments
-
- <user>
-
-
- Name or ID of user to delete.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- keystone user-get
- usage: keystone user-get <user>
-
-Display user details.
-
- Arguments
-
- <user>
-
-
- Name or ID of user to display.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- keystone user-list
- usage: keystone user-list [--tenant <tenant>]
-
-List users.
-
- Arguments
-
- --tenant <tenant>, --tenant-id <tenant>
-
-
- Tenant; lists all users if not specified.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- keystone user-password-update
- usage: keystone user-password-update [--pass <password>] <user>
-
-Update user password.
-
- Arguments
-
- --pass <password>
-
-
- Desired new password.
-
-
-
-
- <user>
-
-
- Name or ID of user to update password.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- keystone user-role-add
- usage: keystone user-role-add --user <user> --role <role> [--tenant <tenant>]
-
-Add role to user.
-
- Arguments
-
- --user <user>, --user-id <user>, --user_id <user>
-
-
- Name or ID of user.
-
-
-
-
- --role <role>, --role-id <role>, --role_id <role>
-
-
- Name or ID of role.
-
-
-
-
- --tenant <tenant>, --tenant-id <tenant>
-
-
- Name or ID of tenant.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- keystone user-role-list
- usage: keystone user-role-list [--user <user>] [--tenant <tenant>]
-
-List roles granted to a user.
-
- Arguments
-
- --user <user>, --user-id <user>
-
-
- List roles granted to specified user.
-
-
-
-
- --tenant <tenant>, --tenant-id <tenant>
-
-
- List only roles granted on specified tenant.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- keystone user-role-remove
- usage: keystone user-role-remove --user <user> --role <role>
- [--tenant <tenant>]
-
-Remove role from user.
-
- Arguments
-
- --user <user>, --user-id <user>, --user_id <user>
-
-
- Name or ID of user.
-
-
-
-
- --role <role>, --role-id <role>, --role_id <role>
-
-
- Name or ID of role.
-
-
-
-
- --tenant <tenant>, --tenant-id <tenant>
-
-
- Name or ID of tenant.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- keystone user-update
- usage: keystone user-update [--name <user-name>] [--email <email>]
- [--enabled <true|false>]
- <user>
-
-Update user's name, email, and enabled status.
-
- Arguments
-
- --name <user-name>
-
-
- Desired new user name.
-
-
-
-
- --email <email>
-
-
- Desired new email address.
-
-
-
-
- --enabled <true|false>
-
-
- Enable or disable user.
-
-
-
-
- <user>
-
-
- Name or ID of user to update.
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/doc/cli-reference/generated/ch_cli_magnum_commands.xml b/doc/cli-reference/generated/ch_cli_magnum_commands.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index f011d74892..0000000000
--- a/doc/cli-reference/generated/ch_cli_magnum_commands.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1669 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Containers service command-line client
-
- The magnum client is the command-line
- interface (CLI) for the Containers service API and its extensions.
-
- This chapter documents magnum version
- 1.1.0.
-
-
- For help on a specific magnum
- command, enter:
-
- $magnumCOMMAND
-
-
- magnum usage
- usage: magnum [--version] [--debug] [--os-cache]
- [--os-region-name <region-name>]
- [--os-tenant-id <auth-tenant-id>]
- [--service-type <service-type>]
- [--endpoint-type <endpoint-type>]
- [--magnum-api-version <magnum-api-ver>]
- [--os-cacert <ca-certificate>] [--bypass-url <bypass-url>]
- [--os-auth-system <auth-system>] [--os-username <username>]
- [--os-password <password>] [--os-tenant-name <tenant-name>]
- [--os-token <token>] [--os-auth-url <auth-url>]
- <subcommand> ...
-
- Subcommands
-
- baymodel-create
-
-
- Create a baymodel.
-
-
-
-
- baymodel-delete
-
-
- Delete specified baymodel.
-
-
-
-
- baymodel-list
-
-
- Print a list of bay models.
-
-
-
-
- baymodel-show
-
-
- Show details about the given baymodel.
-
-
-
-
- baymodel-update
-
-
- Updates one or more baymodel attributes.
-
-
-
-
- bay-create
-
-
- Create a bay.
-
-
-
-
- bay-delete
-
-
- Delete specified bay.
-
-
-
-
- bay-list
-
-
- Print a list of available bays.
-
-
-
-
- bay-show
-
-
- Show details about the given bay.
-
-
-
-
- bay-update
-
-
- Update information about the given bay.
-
-
-
-
- ca-show
-
-
- Show details about the CA certificate for a bay.
-
-
-
-
- ca-sign
-
-
- Generate the CA certificate for a bay.
-
-
-
-
- container-create
-
-
- Create a container.
-
-
-
-
- container-delete
-
-
- Delete specified containers.
-
-
-
-
- container-exec
-
-
- Execute command in a container.
-
-
-
-
- container-list
-
-
- Print a list of available containers.
-
-
-
-
- container-logs
-
-
- Get logs of a container.
-
-
-
-
- container-pause
-
-
- Pause specified containers.
-
-
-
-
- container-reboot
-
-
- Reboot specified containers.
-
-
-
-
- container-show
-
-
- Show details of a container.
-
-
-
-
- container-start
-
-
- Start specified containers.
-
-
-
-
- container-stop
-
-
- Stop specified containers.
-
-
-
-
- container-unpause
-
-
- Unpause specified containers.
-
-
-
-
- service-list
-
-
- Print a list of magnum services.
-
-
-
-
- node-create
-
-
- Create a node.
-
-
-
-
- node-list
-
-
- Print a list of configured nodes.
-
-
-
-
- pod-create
-
-
- Create a pod.
-
-
-
-
- pod-delete
-
-
- Delete specified pod.
-
-
-
-
- pod-list
-
-
- Print a list of registered pods.
-
-
-
-
- pod-show
-
-
- Show details about the given pod.
-
-
-
-
- pod-update
-
-
- Update information about the given pod.
-
-
-
-
- rc-create
-
-
- Create a replication controller.
-
-
-
-
- rc-delete
-
-
- Delete specified replication controller.
-
-
-
-
- rc-list
-
-
- Print a list of registered replication controllers.
-
-
-
-
- rc-show
-
-
- Show details about the given replication controller.
-
-
-
-
- rc-update
-
-
- Update information about the given replication
- controller.
-
-
-
-
- coe-service-create
-
-
- Create a coe service.
-
-
-
-
- coe-service-delete
-
-
- Delete specified coe service(s).
-
-
-
-
- coe-service-list
-
-
- Print a list of coe services.
-
-
-
-
- coe-service-show
-
-
- Show details about the given coe service.
-
-
-
-
- coe-service-update
-
-
- Update information about the given coe service.
-
-
-
-
- bash-completion
-
-
- Prints arguments for bash-completion. Prints all of
- the commands and options to stdout so that the
- magnum.bash_completion script doesn't have to hard
- code them.
-
-
-
-
- help
-
-
- Display help about this program or one of its
- subcommands.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- magnum optional arguments
-
-
- --version
-
-
- show program's version number and exit
-
-
-
-
- --debug
-
-
- Print debugging output.
-
-
-
-
- --os-cache
-
-
- Use the auth token cache. Defaults to False if
- env[OS_CACHE] is not set.
-
-
-
-
- --os-region-name <region-name>
-
-
- Region name. Default=env[OS_REGION_NAME].
-
-
-
-
- --os-tenant-id <auth-tenant-id>
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_TENANT_ID].
-
-
-
-
- --service-type <service-type>
-
-
- Defaults to container for all actions.
-
-
-
-
- --endpoint-type <endpoint-type>
-
-
- Defaults to env[MAGNUM_ENDPOINT_TYPE] or publicURL.
-
-
-
-
- --magnum-api-version <magnum-api-ver>
-
-
- Accepts "api", defaults to env[MAGNUM_API_VERSION].
-
-
-
-
- --os-cacert <ca-certificate>
-
-
- Specify a CA bundle file to use in verifying a TLS
- (https) server certificate. Defaults to
- env[OS_CACERT].
-
-
-
-
- --bypass-url <bypass-url>
-
-
- Use this API endpoint instead of the Service Catalog.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- magnum common authentication arguments
-
-
- --os-auth-system <auth-system>
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_AUTH_SYSTEM].
-
-
-
-
- --os-username <username>
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_USERNAME].
-
-
-
-
- --os-password <password>
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_PASSWORD].
-
-
-
-
- --os-tenant-name <tenant-name>
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_TENANT_NAME].
-
-
-
-
- --os-token <token>
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_TOKEN].
-
-
-
-
- --os-auth-url <auth-url>
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_AUTH_URL].
-
-
-
-
-
-
- magnum bay-create
- usage: magnum bay-create [--name <name>] --baymodel <baymodel>
- [--node-count <node-count>]
- [--master-count <master-count>]
- [--discovery-url <discovery-url>]
- [--timeout <timeout>]
-
-Create a bay.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --name <name>
-
-
- Name of the bay to create.
-
-
-
-
- --baymodel <baymodel>
-
-
- ID or name of the baymodel.
-
-
-
-
- --node-count <node-count>
-
-
- The bay node count.
-
-
-
-
- --master-count <master-count>
-
-
- The number of master nodes for the bay.
-
-
-
-
- --discovery-url <discovery-url>
-
-
- Specifies custom discovery url for node discovery.
-
-
-
-
- --timeout <timeout>
-
-
- The timeout for bay creation in minutes. Set to 0 for
- no timeout. The default is no timeout.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- magnum bay-delete
- usage: magnum bay-delete <bay> [<bay> ...]
-
-Delete specified bay.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <bay>
-
-
- ID or name of the (bay)s to delete.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- magnum bay-list
- usage: magnum bay-list
-
-Print a list of available bays.
-
-
-
- magnum bay-show
- usage: magnum bay-show <bay>
-
-Show details about the given bay.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <bay>
-
-
- ID or name of the bay to show.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- magnum bay-update
- usage: magnum bay-update <bay> <op> <path=value> [<path=value> ...]
-
-Update information about the given bay.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <bay>
-
-
- UUID or name of bay
-
-
-
-
- <op>
-
-
- Operations: 'add', 'replace' or 'remove'
-
-
-
-
- <path=value>
-
-
- Attributes to add/replace or remove (only PATH is necessary on
- remove)
-
-
-
-
-
-
- magnum baymodel-create
- usage: magnum baymodel-create [--name <name>] --image-id <image-id>
- --keypair-id <keypair-id> --external-network-id
- <external-network-id> --coe <coe>
- [--fixed-network <fixed-network>]
- [--network-driver <network-driver>]
- [--ssh-authorized-key <ssh-authorized-key>]
- [--dns-nameserver <dns-nameserver>]
- [--flavor-id <flavor-id>]
- [--master-flavor-id <master-flavor-id>]
- [--docker-volume-size <docker-volume-size>]
- [--http-proxy <http-proxy>]
- [--https-proxy <https-proxy>]
- [--no-proxy <no-proxy>]
- [--labels <KEY1=VALUE1,KEY2=VALUE2...>]
- [--tls-disabled] [--public]
-
-Create a baymodel.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --name <name>
-
-
- Name of the bay to create.
-
-
-
-
- --image-id <image-id>
-
-
- The name or UUID of the base image to customize for
- the bay.
-
-
-
-
- --keypair-id <keypair-id>
-
-
- The name or UUID of the SSH keypair to load into the
- Bay nodes.
-
-
-
-
- --external-network-id <external-network-id>
-
-
- The external Neutron network ID to connect to this bay
- model.
-
-
-
-
- --coe <coe>
-
-
- Specify the Container Orchestration Engine to use.
-
-
-
-
- --fixed-network <fixed-network>
-
-
- The private Neutron network name to connect to this
- bay model.
-
-
-
-
- --network-driver <network-driver>
-
-
- The network driver name for instantiating container
- networks.
-
-
-
-
- --ssh-authorized-key <ssh-authorized-key>
-
-
- The SSH authorized key to use
-
-
-
-
- --dns-nameserver <dns-nameserver>
-
-
- The DNS nameserver to use for this Bay.
-
-
-
-
- --flavor-id <flavor-id>
-
-
- The nova flavor id to use when launching the bay.
-
-
-
-
- --master-flavor-id <master-flavor-id>
-
-
- The nova flavor id to use when launching the master
- node of the bay.
-
-
-
-
- --docker-volume-size <docker-volume-size>
-
-
- Specify the number of size in GB for the docker volume
- to use.
-
-
-
-
- --http-proxy <http-proxy>
-
-
- The http_proxy address to use for nodes in bay.
-
-
-
-
- --https-proxy <https-proxy>
-
-
- The https_proxy address to use for nodes in bay.
-
-
-
-
- --no-proxy <no-proxy>
-
-
- The no_proxy address to use for nodes in bay.
-
-
-
-
- --labels <KEY1=VALUE1,KEY2=VALUE2...>
-
-
- Arbitrary labels in the form of key=value pairs to
- associate with a baymodel. May be used multiple times.
-
-
-
-
- --tls-disabled
-
-
- Disable TLS in the Bay.
-
-
-
-
- --public
-
-
- Make baymodel public.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- magnum baymodel-delete
- usage: magnum baymodel-delete <baymodels> [<baymodels> ...]
-
-Delete specified baymodel.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <baymodels>
-
-
- ID or name of the (baymodel)s to delete.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- magnum baymodel-list
- usage: magnum baymodel-list
-
-Print a list of bay models.
-
-
-
- magnum baymodel-show
- usage: magnum baymodel-show <baymodel>
-
-Show details about the given baymodel.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <baymodel>
-
-
- ID of the baymodel to show.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- magnum baymodel-update
- usage: magnum baymodel-update <baymodel> <op> <path=value> [<path=value> ...]
-
-Updates one or more baymodel attributes.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <baymodel>
-
-
- UUID or name of baymodel
-
-
-
-
- <op>
-
-
- Operations: 'add', 'replace' or 'remove'
-
-
-
-
- <path=value>
-
-
- Attributes to add/replace or remove (only PATH is necessary on
- remove)
-
-
-
-
-
-
- magnum ca-show
- usage: magnum ca-show --bay <bay>
-
-Show details about the CA certificate for a bay.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --bay <bay>
-
-
- ID or name of the bay.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- magnum ca-sign
- usage: magnum ca-sign [--csr <csr>] --bay <bay>
-
-Generate the CA certificate for a bay.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --csr <csr>
-
-
- File path of the csr file to send to Magnum to get signed.
-
-
-
-
- --bay <bay>
-
-
- ID or name of the bay.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- magnum coe-service-create
- usage: magnum coe-service-create [--manifest-url <manifest-url>]
- [--manifest <manifest>] --bay <bay>
-
-Create a coe service.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --manifest-url <manifest-url>
-
-
- Name/URL of the serivce file to use for creating
- services.
-
-
-
-
- --manifest <manifest>
-
-
- File path of the service file to use for creating
- services.
-
-
-
-
- --bay <bay>
-
-
- Id or name of the bay.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- magnum coe-service-delete
- usage: magnum coe-service-delete <services> [<services> ...] <bay>
-
-Delete specified coe service(s).
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <services>
-
-
- ID or name of the (service)s to delete.
-
-
-
-
- <bay>
-
-
- UUID or Name of Bay
-
-
-
-
-
-
- magnum coe-service-list
- usage: magnum coe-service-list <bay>
-
-Print a list of coe services.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <bay>
-
-
- UUID or Name of Bay
-
-
-
-
-
-
- magnum coe-service-show
- usage: magnum coe-service-show <service> <bay>
-
-Show details about the given coe service.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <service>
-
-
- ID or name of the service to show.
-
-
-
-
- <bay>
-
-
- UUID or Name of Bay
-
-
-
-
-
-
- magnum coe-service-update
- usage: magnum coe-service-update <service> <bay> <op> <path=value>
- [<path=value> ...]
-
-Update information about the given coe service.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <service>
-
-
- UUID or name of service
-
-
-
-
- <bay>
-
-
- UUID or Name of Bay
-
-
-
-
- <op>
-
-
- Operations: 'add', 'replace' or 'remove'
-
-
-
-
- <path=value>
-
-
- Attributes to add/replace or remove (only PATH is necessary on
- remove)
-
-
-
-
-
-
- magnum container-create
- usage: magnum container-create [--name <name>] --image <image> --bay <bay>
- [--command <command>] [--memory <memory>]
-
-Create a container.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --name <name>
-
-
- name of the container
-
-
-
-
- --image <image>
-
-
- name or ID of the image
-
-
-
-
- --bay <bay>
-
-
- ID or name of the bay.
-
-
-
-
- --command <command>
-
-
- Send command to the container
-
-
-
-
- --memory <memory>
-
-
- The container memory size (format: <number><optional
- unit>, where unit = b, k, m or g)
-
-
-
-
-
-
- magnum container-delete
- usage: magnum container-delete <container> [<container> ...]
-
-Delete specified containers.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <container>
-
-
- ID or name of the (container)s to delete.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- magnum container-exec
- usage: magnum container-exec --command <command> <container>
-
-Execute command in a container.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <container>
-
-
- ID or name of the container to start.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --command <command>
-
-
- The command to execute
-
-
-
-
-
-
- magnum container-list
- usage: magnum container-list
-
-Print a list of available containers.
-
-
-
- magnum container-logs
- usage: magnum container-logs <container>
-
-Get logs of a container.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <container>
-
-
- ID or name of the container to start.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- magnum container-pause
- usage: magnum container-pause <container> [<container> ...]
-
-Pause specified containers.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <container>
-
-
- ID or name of the (container)s to start.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- magnum container-reboot
- usage: magnum container-reboot <container> [<container> ...]
-
-Reboot specified containers.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <container>
-
-
- ID or name of the (container)s to start.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- magnum container-show
- usage: magnum container-show [--json] <container>
-
-Show details of a container.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <container>
-
-
- ID or name of the container to show.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --json
-
-
- Print JSON representation of the container.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- magnum container-start
- usage: magnum container-start <container> [<container> ...]
-
-Start specified containers.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <container>
-
-
- ID of the (container)s to start.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- magnum container-stop
- usage: magnum container-stop <container> [<container> ...]
-
-Stop specified containers.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <container>
-
-
- ID or name of the (container)s to start.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- magnum container-unpause
- usage: magnum container-unpause <container> [<container> ...]
-
-Unpause specified containers.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <container>
-
-
- ID or name of the (container)s to start.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- magnum node-create
- usage: magnum node-create [--type <type>] [--image-id <image-id>]
-
-Create a node.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --type <type>
-
-
- Type of node to create (virt or bare).
-
-
-
-
- --image-id <image-id>
-
-
- The name or UUID of the base image to use for the
- node.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- magnum node-list
- usage: magnum node-list
-
-Print a list of configured nodes.
-
-
-
- magnum pod-create
- usage: magnum pod-create [--manifest-url <manifest-url>]
- [--manifest <manifest>] --bay <bay>
-
-Create a pod.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --manifest-url <manifest-url>
-
-
- Name/URL of the pod file to use for creating PODs.
-
-
-
-
- --manifest <manifest>
-
-
- File path of the pod file to use for creating PODs.
-
-
-
-
- --bay <bay>
-
-
- ID or name of the bay.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- magnum pod-delete
- usage: magnum pod-delete <pods> [<pods> ...] <bay>
-
-Delete specified pod.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <pods>
-
-
- ID or name of the (pod)s to delete.
-
-
-
-
- <bay>
-
-
- UUID or Name of Bay
-
-
-
-
-
-
- magnum pod-list
- usage: magnum pod-list <bay>
-
-Print a list of registered pods.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <bay>
-
-
- UUID or Name of Bay
-
-
-
-
-
-
- magnum pod-show
- usage: magnum pod-show <pod> <bay>
-
-Show details about the given pod.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <pod>
-
-
- ID or name of the pod to show.
-
-
-
-
- <bay>
-
-
- UUID or Name of Bay
-
-
-
-
-
-
- magnum pod-update
- usage: magnum pod-update <pod-id> <bay> <op> <path=value> [<path=value> ...]
-
-Update information about the given pod.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <pod-id>
-
-
- UUID or name of pod
-
-
-
-
- <bay>
-
-
- UUID or Name of Bay
-
-
-
-
- <op>
-
-
- Operations: 'add', 'replace' or 'remove'
-
-
-
-
- <path=value>
-
-
- Attributes to add/replace or remove (only PATH is necessary on
- remove)
-
-
-
-
-
-
- magnum rc-create
- usage: magnum rc-create [--manifest-url <manifest-url>]
- [--manifest <manifest>] --bay <bay>
-
-Create a replication controller.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --manifest-url <manifest-url>
-
-
- Name/URL of the replication controller file to use for
- creating replication controllers.
-
-
-
-
- --manifest <manifest>
-
-
- File path of the replication controller file to use
- for creating replication controllers.
-
-
-
-
- --bay <bay>
-
-
- ID or name of the bay.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- magnum rc-delete
- usage: magnum rc-delete <rcs> [<rcs> ...] <bay>
-
-Delete specified replication controller.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <rcs>
-
-
- ID or name of the replication (controller)s to delete.
-
-
-
-
- <bay>
-
-
- UUID or Name of Bay
-
-
-
-
-
-
- magnum rc-list
- usage: magnum rc-list <bay>
-
-Print a list of registered replication controllers.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <bay>
-
-
- UUID or Name of Bay
-
-
-
-
-
-
- magnum rc-show
- usage: magnum rc-show <rc> <bay>
-
-Show details about the given replication controller.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <rc>
-
-
- ID or name of the replication controller to show.
-
-
-
-
- <bay>
-
-
- UUID or Name of Bay
-
-
-
-
-
-
- magnum rc-update
- usage: magnum rc-update <rc> <bay> <op> <path=value> [<path=value> ...]
-
-Update information about the given replication controller.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <rc>
-
-
- UUID or name of replication controller
-
-
-
-
- <bay>
-
-
- UUID or Name of Bay
-
-
-
-
- <op>
-
-
- Operations: 'add', 'replace' or 'remove'
-
-
-
-
- <path=value>
-
-
- Attributes to add/replace or remove (only PATH is necessary on
- remove)
-
-
-
-
-
-
- magnum service-list
- usage: magnum service-list
-
-Print a list of magnum services.
-
-
-
diff --git a/doc/cli-reference/generated/ch_cli_manila_commands.xml b/doc/cli-reference/generated/ch_cli_manila_commands.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 2c2842b696..0000000000
--- a/doc/cli-reference/generated/ch_cli_manila_commands.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,3884 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Shared file systems command-line client
-
- The manila client is the command-line
- interface (CLI) for the Shared file systems API and its extensions.
-
- This chapter documents manila version
- 1.6.0.
-
-
- For help on a specific manila
- command, enter:
-
- $manilaCOMMAND
-
-
- manila usage
- usage: manila [--version] [-d] [--os-cache] [--os-reset-cache]
- [--os-user-id <auth-user-id>] [--os-username <auth-user-name>]
- [--os-password <auth-password>]
- [--os-tenant-name <auth-tenant-name>]
- [--os-project-name <auth-project-name>]
- [--os-tenant-id <auth-tenant-id>]
- [--os-project-id <auth-project-id>]
- [--os-user-domain-id <auth-user-domain-id>]
- [--os-user-domain-name <auth-user-domain-name>]
- [--os-project-domain-id <auth-project-domain-id>]
- [--os-project-domain-name <auth-project-domain-name>]
- [--os-auth-url <auth-url>] [--os-region-name <region-name>]
- [--service-type <service-type>] [--service-name <service-name>]
- [--share-service-name <share-service-name>]
- [--endpoint-type <endpoint-type>]
- [--os-share-api-version <share-api-ver>]
- [--os-cacert <ca-certificate>] [--retries <retries>]
- [--os-cert <certificate>]
- <subcommand> ...
-
- Subcommands
-
- absolute-limits
-
-
- Print a list of absolute limits for a user.
-
-
-
-
- access-allow
-
-
- Allow access to the share.
-
-
-
-
- access-deny
-
-
- Deny access to a share.
-
-
-
-
- access-list
-
-
- Show access list for share.
-
-
-
-
- api-version
-
-
- Display the API version information.
-
-
-
-
- cg-create
-
-
- Creates a new consistency group.
-
-
-
-
- cg-delete
-
-
- Remove one or more consistency groups.
-
-
-
-
- cg-list
-
-
- List consistency groups with filters.
-
-
-
-
- cg-reset-state
-
-
- Explicitly update the state of a consistency group.
-
-
-
-
- cg-show
-
-
- Show details about a consistency group.
-
-
-
-
- cg-snapshot-create
-
-
- Creates a new consistency group snapshot.
-
-
-
-
- cg-snapshot-delete
-
-
- Remove one or more consistency group snapshots.
-
-
-
-
- cg-snapshot-list
-
-
- List consistency group snapshots with filters.
-
-
-
-
- cg-snapshot-members
-
-
- Get member details for a consistency group snapshot.
-
-
-
-
- cg-snapshot-reset-state
-
-
- Explicitly update the state of a consistency group.
-
-
-
-
- cg-snapshot-show
-
-
- Show details about a consistency group snapshot.
-
-
-
-
- cg-snapshot-update
-
-
- Update a consistency group snapshot.
-
-
-
-
- cg-update
-
-
- Update a consistency group.
-
-
-
-
- create
-
-
- Creates a new share (NFS, CIFS, GlusterFS or HDFS).
-
-
-
-
- credentials
-
-
- Show user credentials returned from auth.
-
-
-
-
- delete
-
-
- Remove one or more shares.
-
-
-
-
- endpoints
-
-
- Discover endpoints that get returned from the
- authenticate services.
-
-
-
-
- extend
-
-
- Increases the size of an existing share.
-
-
-
-
- extra-specs-list
-
-
- Print a list of current 'share types and extra specs'
- (Admin Only).
-
-
-
-
- force-delete
-
-
- Attempt force-delete of share, regardless of state.
-
-
-
-
- list
-
-
- List NAS shares with filters.
-
-
-
-
- manage
-
-
- Manage share not handled by Manila.
-
-
-
-
- metadata
-
-
- Set or delete metadata on a share.
-
-
-
-
- metadata-show
-
-
- Show metadata of given share.
-
-
-
-
- metadata-update-all
-
-
- Update all metadata of a share.
-
-
-
-
- migrate
-
-
- Migrates share to a new host.
-
-
-
-
- pool-list
-
-
- List all backend storage pools known to the scheduler
- (Admin only).
-
-
-
-
- quota-class-show
-
-
- List the quotas for a quota class.
-
-
-
-
- quota-class-update
-
-
- Update the quotas for a quota class.
-
-
-
-
- quota-defaults
-
-
- List the default quotas for a tenant.
-
-
-
-
- quota-delete
-
-
- Delete quota for a tenant/user. The quota will revert
- back to default.
-
-
-
-
- quota-show
-
-
- List the quotas for a tenant/user.
-
-
-
-
- quota-update
-
-
- Update the quotas for a tenant/user.
-
-
-
-
- rate-limits
-
-
- Print a list of rate limits for a user.
-
-
-
-
- reset-state
-
-
- Explicitly update the state of a share.
-
-
-
-
- security-service-create
-
-
- Create security service used by tenant.
-
-
-
-
- security-service-delete
-
-
- Delete security service.
-
-
-
-
- security-service-list
-
-
- Get a list of security services.
-
-
-
-
- security-service-show
-
-
- Show security service.
-
-
-
-
- security-service-update
-
-
- Update security service.
-
-
-
-
- service-disable
-
-
- Disables 'manila-share' or 'manila-scheduler'
- services.
-
-
-
-
- service-enable
-
-
- Enables 'manila-share' or 'manila-scheduler' services.
-
-
-
-
- service-list
-
-
- List all services.
-
-
-
-
- share-instance-force-delete
-
-
- Attempt force-delete of share instance, regardless of
- state.
-
-
-
-
- share-instance-list
-
-
- List share instances.
-
-
-
-
- share-instance-reset-state
-
-
- Explicitly update the state of a share instance.
-
-
-
-
- share-instance-show
-
-
- Show details about a share instance.
-
-
-
-
- share-network-create
-
-
- Create description for network used by the tenant.
-
-
-
-
- share-network-delete
-
-
- Delete share network.
-
-
-
-
- share-network-list
-
-
- Get a list of network info.
-
-
-
-
- share-network-security-service-add
-
-
- Associate security service with share network.
-
-
-
-
- share-network-security-service-list
-
-
- Get list of security services associated with a given
- share network.
-
-
-
-
- share-network-security-service-remove
-
-
- Dissociate security service from share network.
-
-
-
-
- share-network-show
-
-
- Get a description for network used by the tenant.
-
-
-
-
- share-network-update
-
-
- Update share network data.
-
-
-
-
- share-server-delete
-
-
- Delete share server.
-
-
-
-
- share-server-details
-
-
- Show share server details.
-
-
-
-
- share-server-list
-
-
- List all share servers.
-
-
-
-
- share-server-show
-
-
- Show share server info.
-
-
-
-
- show
-
-
- Show details about a NAS share.
-
-
-
-
- shrink
-
-
- Decreases the size of an existing share.
-
-
-
-
- snapshot-create
-
-
- Add a new snapshot.
-
-
-
-
- snapshot-delete
-
-
- Remove a snapshot.
-
-
-
-
- snapshot-force-delete
-
-
- Attempt force-delete of snapshot, regardless of state.
-
-
-
-
- snapshot-list
-
-
- List all the snapshots.
-
-
-
-
- snapshot-rename
-
-
- Rename a snapshot.
-
-
-
-
- snapshot-reset-state
-
-
- Explicitly update the state of a snapshot.
-
-
-
-
- snapshot-show
-
-
- Show details about a snapshot.
-
-
-
-
- type-access-add
-
-
- Adds share type access for the given project.
-
-
-
-
- type-access-list
-
-
- Print access information about the given share type.
-
-
-
-
- type-access-remove
-
-
- Removes share type access for the given project.
-
-
-
-
- type-create
-
-
- Create a new share type.
-
-
-
-
- type-delete
-
-
- Delete a specific share type.
-
-
-
-
- type-key
-
-
- Set or unset extra_spec for a share type.
-
-
-
-
- type-list
-
-
- Print a list of available 'share types'.
-
-
-
-
- unmanage
-
-
- Unmanage share.
-
-
-
-
- update
-
-
- Rename a share.
-
-
-
-
- bash-completion
-
-
- Print arguments for bash_completion. Prints all of the
- commands and options to stdout so that the
- manila.bash_completion script doesn't have to hard
- code them.
-
-
-
-
- help
-
-
- Display help about this program or one of its
- subcommands.
-
-
-
-
- list-extensions
-
-
- List all the os-api extensions that are available.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- manila optional arguments
-
-
- --version
-
-
- show program's version number and exit
-
-
-
-
- -d, --debug
-
-
- Print debugging output.
-
-
-
-
- --os-cache
-
-
- Use the auth token cache. Defaults to env[OS_CACHE].
-
-
-
-
- --os-reset-cache
-
-
- Delete cached password and auth token.
-
-
-
-
- --os-user-id <auth-user-id>
-
-
- Defaults to env [OS_USER_ID].
-
-
-
-
- --os-username <auth-user-name>
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_USERNAME].
-
-
-
-
- --os-password <auth-password>
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_PASSWORD].
-
-
-
-
- --os-tenant-name <auth-tenant-name>
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_TENANT_NAME].
-
-
-
-
- --os-project-name <auth-project-name>
-
-
- Another way to specify tenant name. This option is
- mutually exclusive with --os-tenant-name. Defaults to
- env[OS_PROJECT_NAME].
-
-
-
-
- --os-tenant-id <auth-tenant-id>
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_TENANT_ID].
-
-
-
-
- --os-project-id <auth-project-id>
-
-
- Another way to specify tenant ID. This option is
- mutually exclusive with --os-tenant-id. Defaults to
- env[OS_PROJECT_ID].
-
-
-
-
- --os-user-domain-id <auth-user-domain-id>
-
-
- OpenStack user domain ID. Defaults to
- env[OS_USER_DOMAIN_ID].
-
-
-
-
- --os-user-domain-name <auth-user-domain-name>
-
-
- OpenStack user domain name. Defaults to
- env[OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME].
-
-
-
-
- --os-project-domain-id <auth-project-domain-id>
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_ID].
-
-
-
-
- --os-project-domain-name <auth-project-domain-name>
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_NAME].
-
-
-
-
- --os-auth-url <auth-url>
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_AUTH_URL].
-
-
-
-
- --os-region-name <region-name>
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_REGION_NAME].
-
-
-
-
- --service-type <service-type>
-
-
- Defaults to compute for most actions.
-
-
-
-
- --service-name <service-name>
-
-
- Defaults to env[MANILA_SERVICE_NAME].
-
-
-
-
- --share-service-name <share-service-name>
-
-
- Defaults to env[MANILA_share_service_name].
-
-
-
-
- --endpoint-type <endpoint-type>
-
-
- Defaults to env[MANILA_ENDPOINT_TYPE] or publicURL.
-
-
-
-
- --os-share-api-version <share-api-ver>
-
-
- Accepts 1.x to override default to
- env[OS_SHARE_API_VERSION].
-
-
-
-
- --os-cacert <ca-certificate>
-
-
- Specify a CA bundle file to use in verifying a TLS
- (https) server certificate. Defaults to
- env[OS_CACERT].
-
-
-
-
- --retries <retries>
-
-
- Number of retries.
-
-
-
-
- --os-cert <certificate>
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_CERT].
-
-
-
-
-
-
- manila absolute-limits
- usage: manila absolute-limits
-
-Print a list of absolute limits for a user.
-
-
-
- manila access-allow
- usage: manila access-allow [--access-level <access_level>]
- <share> <access_type> <access_to>
-
-Allow access to the share.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <share>
-
-
- Name or ID of the NAS share to modify.
-
-
-
-
- <access_type>
-
-
- Access rule type (only "ip", "user"(user or group),
- and "cert" are supported).
-
-
-
-
- <access_to>
-
-
- Value that defines access.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --access-level <access_level>, --access_level <access_level>
-
-
- Share access level ("rw" and "ro" access levels are
- supported). Defaults to None.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- manila access-deny
- usage: manila access-deny <share> <id>
-
-Deny access to a share.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <share>
-
-
- Name or ID of the NAS share to modify.
-
-
-
-
- <id>
-
-
- ID of the access rule to be deleted.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- manila access-list
- usage: manila access-list <share>
-
-Show access list for share.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <share>
-
-
- Name or ID of the share.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- manila api-version
- usage: manila api-version
-
-Display the API version information.
-
-
-
- manila cg-create
- usage: manila cg-create [--name <name>] [--description <description>]
- [--share-types <share_types>]
- [--share-network <share_network>]
- [--source-cgsnapshot-id <source_cgsnapshot_id>]
-
-Creates a new consistency group.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --name <name>
-
-
- Optional consistency group name. (Default=None)
-
-
-
-
- --description <description>
-
-
- Optional consistency group description. (Default=None)
-
-
-
-
- --share-types <share_types>, --share_types <share_types>
-
-
- Optional list of share types. (Default=None)
-
-
-
-
- --share-network <share_network>, --share_network <share_network>
-
-
- Specify share-network name or id.
-
-
-
-
- --source-cgsnapshot-id <source_cgsnapshot_id>, --source_cgsnapshot_id <source_cgsnapshot_id>
-
-
- Optional snapshot ID to create the share from.
- (Default=None)
-
-
-
-
-
-
- manila cg-delete
- usage: manila cg-delete [--force]
- <consistency_group> [<consistency_group> ...]
-
-Remove one or more consistency groups.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <consistency_group>
-
-
- Name or ID of the consistency group(s).
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --force
-
-
- Attempt to force delete the consistency group
- (Default=False).
-
-
-
-
-
-
- manila cg-list
- usage: manila cg-list [--all-tenants [<0|1>]] [--limit <limit>]
- [--offset <offset>]
-
-List consistency groups with filters.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --all-tenants [<0|1>]
-
-
- Display information from all tenants (Admin only).
-
-
-
-
- --limit <limit>
-
-
- Maximum number of consistency groups to return.
- (Default=None)
-
-
-
-
- --offset <offset>
-
-
- Start position of consistency group listing.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- manila cg-reset-state
- usage: manila cg-reset-state [--state <state>] <consistency_group>
-
-Explicitly update the state of a consistency group.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <consistency_group>
-
-
- Name or ID of the consistency group state to modify.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --state <state>
-
-
- Indicate which state to assign the consistency group.
- Options include available, error, creating, deleting,
- error_deleting. If no state is provided, available will
- be used.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- manila cg-show
- usage: manila cg-show <consistency_group>
-
-Show details about a consistency group.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <consistency_group>
-
-
- Name or ID of the consistency group.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- manila cg-snapshot-create
- usage: manila cg-snapshot-create [--name <name>] [--description <description>]
- <consistency_group>
-
-Creates a new consistency group snapshot.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <consistency_group>
-
-
- Name or ID of the consistency group.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --name <name>
-
-
- Optional consistency group snapshot name.
- (Default=None)
-
-
-
-
- --description <description>
-
-
- Optional consistency group snapshot description.
- (Default=None)
-
-
-
-
-
-
- manila cg-snapshot-delete
- usage: manila cg-snapshot-delete [--force] <cg_snapshot> [<cg_snapshot> ...]
-
-Remove one or more consistency group snapshots.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <cg_snapshot>
-
-
- Name or ID of the consistency group snapshot.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --force
-
-
- Attempt to force delete the cg snapshot(s) (Default=False).
-
-
-
-
-
-
- manila cg-snapshot-list
- usage: manila cg-snapshot-list [--all-tenants [<0|1>]] [--limit <limit>]
- [--offset <offset>] [--detailed DETAILED]
-
-List consistency group snapshots with filters.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --all-tenants [<0|1>]
-
-
- Display information from all tenants (Admin only).
-
-
-
-
- --limit <limit>
-
-
- Maximum number of consistency group snapshots to
- return.(Default=None)
-
-
-
-
- --offset <offset>
-
-
- Start position of consistency group snapshot listing.
-
-
-
-
- --detailed DETAILED
-
-
- Show detailed information about snapshots.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- manila cg-snapshot-members
- usage: manila cg-snapshot-members [--limit <limit>] [--offset <offset>]
- <cg_snapshot>
-
-Get member details for a consistency group snapshot.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <cg_snapshot>
-
-
- Name or ID of the consistency group snapshot.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --limit <limit>
-
-
- Maximum number of shares to return. (Default=None)
-
-
-
-
- --offset <offset>
-
-
- Start position of security services listing.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- manila cg-snapshot-reset-state
- usage: manila cg-snapshot-reset-state [--state <state>] <cg_snapshot>
-
-Explicitly update the state of a consistency group.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <cg_snapshot>
-
-
- Name or ID of the consistency group snapshot.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --state <state>
-
-
- Indicate which state to assign the consistency group.
- Options include available, error, creating, deleting,
- error_deleting. If no state is provided, available will be
- used.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- manila cg-snapshot-show
- usage: manila cg-snapshot-show <cg_snapshot>
-
-Show details about a consistency group snapshot.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <cg_snapshot>
-
-
- Name or ID of the consistency group snapshot.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- manila cg-snapshot-update
- usage: manila cg-snapshot-update [--name <name>] [--description <description>]
- <cg_snapshot>
-
-Update a consistency group snapshot.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <cg_snapshot>
-
-
- Name or ID of the cg snapshot to update.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --name <name>
-
-
- Optional new name for the cg snapshot. (Default=None
-
-
-
-
- --description <description>
-
-
- Optional cg snapshot description. (Default=None)
-
-
-
-
-
-
- manila cg-update
- usage: manila cg-update [--name <name>] [--description <description>]
- <consistency_group>
-
-Update a consistency group.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <consistency_group>
-
-
- Name or ID of the consistency group to update.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --name <name>
-
-
- Optional new name for the consistency group.
- (Default=None)
-
-
-
-
- --description <description>
-
-
- Optional consistency group description. (Default=None)
-
-
-
-
-
-
- manila create
- usage: manila create [--snapshot-id <snapshot-id>] [--name <name>]
- [--metadata [<key=value> [<key=value> ...]]]
- [--share-network <network-info>]
- [--description <description>] [--share-type <share-type>]
- [--public] [--availability-zone <availability-zone>]
- [--consistency-group <consistency-group>]
- <share_protocol> <size>
-
-Creates a new share (NFS, CIFS, GlusterFS or HDFS).
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <share_protocol>
-
-
- Share type (NFS, CIFS, GlusterFS or HDFS).
-
-
-
-
- <size>
-
-
- Share size in GiB.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --snapshot-id <snapshot-id>
-
-
- Optional snapshot ID to create the share from.
- (Default=None)
-
-
-
-
- --name <name>
-
-
- Optional share name. (Default=None)
-
-
-
-
- --metadata [<key=value> [<key=value> ...]]
-
-
- Metadata key=value pairs (Optional, Default=None).
-
-
-
-
- --share-network <network-info>
-
-
- Optional network info ID or name.
-
-
-
-
- --description <description>
-
-
- Optional share description. (Default=None)
-
-
-
-
- --share-type <share-type>, --share_type <share-type>, --volume-type <share-type>, --volume_type <share-type>
-
-
- Optional share type. Use of optional volume type is
- deprecated(Default=None)
-
-
-
-
- --public
-
-
- Level of visibility for share. Defines whether other
- tenants are able to see it or not.
-
-
-
-
- --availability-zone <availability-zone>, --availability_zone <availability-zone>, --az <availability-zone>
-
-
- Availability zone in which share should be created.
-
-
-
-
- --consistency-group <consistency-group>, --consistency_group <consistency-group>, --cg <consistency-group>
-
-
- Optional consistency group name or ID in which to
- create the share. (Default=None)
-
-
-
-
-
-
- manila credentials
- usage: manila credentials
-
-Show user credentials returned from auth.
-
-
-
- manila delete
- usage: manila delete [--consistency-group <consistency-group>]
- <share> [<share> ...]
-
-Remove one or more shares.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <share>
-
-
- Name or ID of the share(s).
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --consistency-group <consistency-group>, --consistency_group <consistency-group>, --cg <consistency-group>
-
-
- Optional consistency group name or ID which contains
- the share. (Default=None)
-
-
-
-
-
-
- manila endpoints
- usage: manila endpoints
-
-Discover endpoints that get returned from the authenticate services.
-
-
-
- manila extend
- usage: manila extend <share> <new_size>
-
-Increases the size of an existing share.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <share>
-
-
- Name or ID of share to extend.
-
-
-
-
- <new_size>
-
-
- New size of share, in GiBs.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- manila extra-specs-list
- usage: manila extra-specs-list
-
-Print a list of current 'share types and extra specs' (Admin Only).
-
-
-
- manila force-delete
- usage: manila force-delete <share> [<share> ...]
-
-Attempt force-delete of share, regardless of state.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <share>
-
-
- Name or ID of the share(s) to force delete.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- manila list
- usage: manila list [--all-tenants [<0|1>]] [--name <name>] [--status <status>]
- [--share-server-id <share_server_id>]
- [--metadata [<key=value> [<key=value> ...]]]
- [--extra-specs [<key=value> [<key=value> ...]]]
- [--share-type <share_type>] [--limit <limit>]
- [--offset <offset>] [--sort-key <sort_key>]
- [--sort-dir <sort_dir>] [--snapshot <snapshot>]
- [--host <host>] [--share-network <share_network>]
- [--project-id <project_id>] [--public]
- [--consistency-group <consistency_group>]
- [--columns <columns>]
-
-List NAS shares with filters.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --all-tenants [<0|1>]
-
-
- Display information from all tenants (Admin only).
-
-
-
-
- --name <name>
-
-
- Filter results by name.
-
-
-
-
- --status <status>
-
-
- Filter results by status.
-
-
-
-
- --share-server-id <share_server_id>, --share-server_id <share_server_id>, --share_server-id <share_server_id>, --share_server_id <share_server_id>
-
-
- Filter results by share server ID.
-
-
-
-
- --metadata [<key=value> [<key=value> ...]]
-
-
- Filters results by a metadata key and value. OPTIONAL:
- Default=None
-
-
-
-
- --extra-specs [<key=value> [<key=value> ...]], --extra_specs [<key=value> [<key=value> ...]]
-
-
- Filters results by a extra specs key and value of
- share type that was used for share creation. OPTIONAL:
- Default=None
-
-
-
-
- --share-type <share_type>, --volume-type--share_type <share_type>, --share-type-id <share_type>, --volume-type-id <share_type>, --share-type_id <share_type>, --share_type-id <share_type>, --share_type_id <share_type>, --volume_type <share_type>, --volume_type_id <share_type>
-
-
- Filter results by a share type id or name that was
- used for share creation.
-
-
-
-
- --limit <limit>
-
-
- Maximum number of shares to return. OPTIONAL:
- Default=None.
-
-
-
-
- --offset <offset>
-
-
- Set offset to define start point of share listing.
- OPTIONAL: Default=None.
-
-
-
-
- --sort-key <sort_key>, --sort_key <sort_key>
-
-
- Key to be sorted, available keys are ('id', 'status',
- 'size', 'host', 'share_proto', 'export_location',
- 'availability_zone', 'user_id', 'project_id',
- 'created_at', 'updated_at', 'display_name', 'name',
- 'share_type_id', 'share_type', 'share_network_id',
- 'share_network', 'snapshot_id', 'snapshot'). OPTIONAL:
- Default=None.
-
-
-
-
- --sort-dir <sort_dir>, --sort_dir <sort_dir>
-
-
- Sort direction, available values are ('asc', 'desc').
- OPTIONAL: Default=None.
-
-
-
-
- --snapshot <snapshot>
-
-
- Filer results by snapshot name or id, that was used
- for share.
-
-
-
-
- --host <host>
-
-
- Filter results by host.
-
-
-
-
- --share-network <share_network>, --share_network <share_network>
-
-
- Filter results by share-network name or id.
-
-
-
-
- --project-id <project_id>, --project_id <project_id>
-
-
- Filter results by project id. Useful with set key
- '--all-tenants'.
-
-
-
-
- --public
-
-
- Add public shares from all tenants to result.
-
-
-
-
- --consistency-group <consistency_group>, --consistency_group <consistency_group>, --cg <consistency_group>
-
-
- Filter results by consistency group name or ID.
-
-
-
-
- --columns <columns>
-
-
- Comma separated list of columns to be displayed e.g.
- --columns "export_location,is public"
-
-
-
-
-
-
- manila list-extensions
- usage: manila list-extensions
-
-List all the os-api extensions that are available.
-
-
-
- manila manage
- usage: manila manage [--name <name>] [--description <description>]
- [--share_type <share-type>]
- [--driver_options [<key=value> [<key=value> ...]]]
- [--public]
- <service_host> <protocol> <export_path>
-
-Manage share not handled by Manila.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <service_host>
-
-
- manage-share service host: some.host@driver#pool
-
-
-
-
- <protocol>
-
-
- Protocol of the share to manage, such as NFS or CIFS.
-
-
-
-
- <export_path>
-
-
- Share export path, NFS share such as:
- 10.0.0.1:/foo_path, CIFS share such as:
- \\10.0.0.1\foo_name_of_cifs_share
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --name <name>
-
-
- Optional share name. (Default=None)
-
-
-
-
- --description <description>
-
-
- Optional share description. (Default=None)
-
-
-
-
- --share_type <share-type>, --share-type <share-type>
-
-
- Optional share type assigned to share. (Default=None)
-
-
-
-
- --driver_options [<key=value> [<key=value> ...]], --driver-options [<key=value> [<key=value> ...]]
-
-
- Driver option key=value pairs (Optional,
- Default=None).
-
-
-
-
- --public
-
-
- Level of visibility for share. Defines whether other
- tenants are able to see it or not. Available only for
- microversion >= 2.8
-
-
-
-
-
-
- manila metadata
- usage: manila metadata <share> <action> <key=value> [<key=value> ...]
-
-Set or delete metadata on a share.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <share>
-
-
- Name or ID of the share to update metadata on.
-
-
-
-
- <action>
-
-
- Actions: 'set' or 'unset'.
-
-
-
-
- <key=value>
-
-
- Metadata to set or unset (key is only necessary on unset).
-
-
-
-
-
-
- manila metadata-show
- usage: manila metadata-show <share>
-
-Show metadata of given share.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <share>
-
-
- Name or ID of the share.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- manila metadata-update-all
- usage: manila metadata-update-all <share> <key=value> [<key=value> ...]
-
-Update all metadata of a share.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <share>
-
-
- Name or ID of the share to update metadata on.
-
-
-
-
- <key=value>
-
-
- Metadata entry or entries to update.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- manila migrate
- usage: manila migrate [--force-host-copy <True|False>] <share> <host#pool>
-
-Migrates share to a new host.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <share>
-
-
- Name or ID of share to migrate.
-
-
-
-
- <host#pool>
-
-
- Destination host and pool.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --force-host-copy <True|False>
-
-
- Enables or disables generic host-based force-
- migration, which bypasses driver optimizations.
- Default=False.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- manila pool-list
- usage: manila pool-list [--host <host>] [--backend <backend>] [--pool <pool>]
-
-List all backend storage pools known to the scheduler (Admin only).
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --host <host>
-
-
- Filter results by host name. Regular expressions are
- supported.
-
-
-
-
- --backend <backend>
-
-
- Filter results by backend name. Regular expressions are
- supported.
-
-
-
-
- --pool <pool>
-
-
- Filter results by pool name. Regular expressions are
- supported.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- manila quota-class-show
- usage: manila quota-class-show <class>
-
-List the quotas for a quota class.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <class>
-
-
- Name of quota class to list the quotas for.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- manila quota-class-update
- usage: manila quota-class-update [--shares <shares>] [--snapshots <snapshots>]
- [--gigabytes <gigabytes>]
- [--snapshot-gigabytes <snapshot_gigabytes>]
- [--share-networks <share-networks>]
- <class-name>
-
-Update the quotas for a quota class.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <class-name>
-
-
- Name of quota class to set the quotas for.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --shares <shares>
-
-
- New value for the "shares" quota.
-
-
-
-
- --snapshots <snapshots>
-
-
- New value for the "snapshots" quota.
-
-
-
-
- --gigabytes <gigabytes>
-
-
- New value for the "gigabytes" quota.
-
-
-
-
- --snapshot-gigabytes <snapshot_gigabytes>, --snapshot_gigabytes <snapshot_gigabytes>
-
-
- New value for the "snapshot_gigabytes" quota.
-
-
-
-
- --share-networks <share-networks>, --share_networks <share-networks>
-
-
- New value for the "share_networks" quota.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- manila quota-defaults
- usage: manila quota-defaults [--tenant <tenant-id>]
-
-List the default quotas for a tenant.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --tenant <tenant-id>
-
-
- ID of tenant to list the default quotas for.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- manila quota-delete
- usage: manila quota-delete [--tenant <tenant-id>] [--user <user-id>]
-
-Delete quota for a tenant/user. The quota will revert back to default.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --tenant <tenant-id>
-
-
- ID of tenant to delete quota for.
-
-
-
-
- --user <user-id>
-
-
- ID of user to delete quota for.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- manila quota-show
- usage: manila quota-show [--tenant <tenant-id>] [--user <user-id>]
-
-List the quotas for a tenant/user.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --tenant <tenant-id>
-
-
- ID of tenant to list the quotas for.
-
-
-
-
- --user <user-id>
-
-
- ID of user to list the quotas for.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- manila quota-update
- usage: manila quota-update [--user <user-id>] [--shares <shares>]
- [--snapshots <snapshots>] [--gigabytes <gigabytes>]
- [--snapshot-gigabytes <snapshot_gigabytes>]
- [--share-networks <share-networks>] [--force]
- <tenant_id>
-
-Update the quotas for a tenant/user.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <tenant_id>
-
-
- UUID of tenant to set the quotas for.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --user <user-id>
-
-
- ID of user to set the quotas for.
-
-
-
-
- --shares <shares>
-
-
- New value for the "shares" quota.
-
-
-
-
- --snapshots <snapshots>
-
-
- New value for the "snapshots" quota.
-
-
-
-
- --gigabytes <gigabytes>
-
-
- New value for the "gigabytes" quota.
-
-
-
-
- --snapshot-gigabytes <snapshot_gigabytes>, --snapshot_gigabytes <snapshot_gigabytes>
-
-
- New value for the "snapshot_gigabytes" quota.
-
-
-
-
- --share-networks <share-networks>
-
-
- New value for the "share_networks" quota.
-
-
-
-
- --force
-
-
- Whether force update the quota even if the already
- used and reserved exceeds the new quota.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- manila rate-limits
- usage: manila rate-limits
-
-Print a list of rate limits for a user.
-
-
-
- manila reset-state
- usage: manila reset-state [--state <state>] <share>
-
-Explicitly update the state of a share.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <share>
-
-
- Name or ID of the share to modify.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --state <state>
-
-
- Indicate which state to assign the share. Options include
- available, error, creating, deleting, error_deleting. If no
- state is provided, available will be used.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- manila security-service-create
- usage: manila security-service-create [--dns-ip <dns_ip>] [--server <server>]
- [--domain <domain>] [--user <user>]
- [--password <password>] [--name <name>]
- [--description <description>]
- <type>
-
-Create security service used by tenant.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <type>
-
-
- Security service type: 'ldap', 'kerberos' or
- 'active_directory'.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --dns-ip <dns_ip>
-
-
- DNS IP address used inside tenant's network.
-
-
-
-
- --server <server>
-
-
- Security service IP address or hostname.
-
-
-
-
- --domain <domain>
-
-
- Security service domain.
-
-
-
-
- --user <user>
-
-
- Security service user or group used by tenant.
-
-
-
-
- --password <password>
-
-
- Password used by user.
-
-
-
-
- --name <name>
-
-
- Security service name.
-
-
-
-
- --description <description>
-
-
- Security service description.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- manila security-service-delete
- usage: manila security-service-delete <security-service>
-
-Delete security service.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <security-service>
-
-
- Security service name or ID to delete.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- manila security-service-list
- usage: manila security-service-list [--all-tenants [<0|1>]]
- [--share-network <share_network>]
- [--status <status>] [--name <name>]
- [--type <type>] [--user <user>]
- [--dns-ip <dns_ip>] [--server <server>]
- [--domain <domain>] [--detailed [<0|1>]]
- [--offset <offset>] [--limit <limit>]
-
-Get a list of security services.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --all-tenants [<0|1>]
-
-
- Display information from all tenants (Admin only).
-
-
-
-
- --share-network <share_network>, --share_network <share_network>
-
-
- Filter results by share network id or name.
-
-
-
-
- --status <status>
-
-
- Filter results by status.
-
-
-
-
- --name <name>
-
-
- Filter results by name.
-
-
-
-
- --type <type>
-
-
- Filter results by type.
-
-
-
-
- --user <user>
-
-
- Filter results by user or group used by tenant.
-
-
-
-
- --dns-ip <dns_ip>, --dns_ip <dns_ip>
-
-
- Filter results by DNS IP address used inside tenant's
- network.
-
-
-
-
- --server <server>
-
-
- Filter results by security service IP address or
- hostname.
-
-
-
-
- --domain <domain>
-
-
- Filter results by domain.
-
-
-
-
- --detailed [<0|1>]
-
-
- Show detailed information about filtered security
- services.
-
-
-
-
- --offset <offset>
-
-
- Start position of security services listing.
-
-
-
-
- --limit <limit>
-
-
- Number of security services to return per request.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- manila security-service-show
- usage: manila security-service-show <security-service>
-
-Show security service.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <security-service>
-
-
- Security service name or ID to show.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- manila security-service-update
- usage: manila security-service-update [--dns-ip <dns-ip>] [--server <server>]
- [--domain <domain>] [--user <user>]
- [--password <password>] [--name <name>]
- [--description <description>]
- <security-service>
-
-Update security service.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <security-service>
-
-
- Security service name or ID to update.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --dns-ip <dns-ip>
-
-
- DNS IP address used inside tenant's network.
-
-
-
-
- --server <server>
-
-
- Security service IP address or hostname.
-
-
-
-
- --domain <domain>
-
-
- Security service domain.
-
-
-
-
- --user <user>
-
-
- Security service user or group used by tenant.
-
-
-
-
- --password <password>
-
-
- Password used by user.
-
-
-
-
- --name <name>
-
-
- Security service name.
-
-
-
-
- --description <description>
-
-
- Security service description.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- manila service-disable
- usage: manila service-disable <hostname> <binary>
-
-Disables 'manila-share' or 'manila-scheduler' services.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <hostname>
-
-
- Host name as 'foo_host@bar_backend'.
-
-
-
-
- <binary>
-
-
- Service binary, could be 'manila-share' or 'manila-scheduler'.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- manila service-enable
- usage: manila service-enable <hostname> <binary>
-
-Enables 'manila-share' or 'manila-scheduler' services.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <hostname>
-
-
- Host name as 'foo_host@bar_backend'.
-
-
-
-
- <binary>
-
-
- Service binary, could be 'manila-share' or 'manila-scheduler'.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- manila service-list
- usage: manila service-list [--host <hostname>] [--binary <binary>]
- [--status <status>] [--state <state>]
- [--zone <zone>]
-
-List all services.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --host <hostname>
-
-
- Name of host.
-
-
-
-
- --binary <binary>
-
-
- Service binary.
-
-
-
-
- --status <status>
-
-
- Filter results by status.
-
-
-
-
- --state <state>
-
-
- Filter results by state.
-
-
-
-
- --zone <zone>
-
-
- Availability zone.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- manila share-instance-force-delete
- usage: manila share-instance-force-delete <instance> [<instance> ...]
-
-Attempt force-delete of share instance, regardless of state.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <instance>
-
-
- Name or ID of the instance(s) to force delete.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- manila share-instance-list
- usage: manila share-instance-list [--share-id <share_id>]
-
-List share instances.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --share-id <share_id>, --share_id <share_id>
-
-
- Filter results by share ID.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- manila share-instance-reset-state
- usage: manila share-instance-reset-state [--state <state>] <instance>
-
-Explicitly update the state of a share instance.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <instance>
-
-
- Name or ID of the share instance to modify.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --state <state>
-
-
- Indicate which state to assign the instance. Options
- include available, error, creating, deleting,
- error_deleting. If no state is provided, available will be
- used.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- manila share-instance-show
- usage: manila share-instance-show <instance>
-
-Show details about a share instance.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <instance>
-
-
- Name or ID of the share instance.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- manila share-network-create
- usage: manila share-network-create [--nova-net-id <nova-net-id>]
- [--neutron-net-id <neutron-net-id>]
- [--neutron-subnet-id <neutron-subnet-id>]
- [--name <name>]
- [--description <description>]
-
-Create description for network used by the tenant.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --nova-net-id <nova-net-id>, --nova-net_id <nova-net-id>, --nova_net_id <nova-net-id>, --nova_net-id <nova-net-id>
-
-
- Nova net ID. Used to set up network for share servers.
-
-
-
-
- --neutron-net-id <neutron-net-id>, --neutron-net_id <neutron-net-id>, --neutron_net_id <neutron-net-id>, --neutron_net-id <neutron-net-id>
-
-
- Neutron network ID. Used to set up network for share
- servers.
-
-
-
-
- --neutron-subnet-id <neutron-subnet-id>, --neutron-subnet_id <neutron-subnet-id>, --neutron_subnet_id <neutron-subnet-id>, --neutron_subnet-id <neutron-subnet-id>
-
-
- Neutron subnet ID. Used to set up network for share
- servers. This subnet should belong to specified
- neutron network.
-
-
-
-
- --name <name>
-
-
- Share network name.
-
-
-
-
- --description <description>
-
-
- Share network description.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- manila share-network-delete
- usage: manila share-network-delete <share-network>
-
-Delete share network.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <share-network>
-
-
- Name or ID of share network to be deleted.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- manila share-network-list
- usage: manila share-network-list [--all-tenants [<0|1>]]
- [--project-id <project_id>] [--name <name>]
- [--created-since <created_since>]
- [--created-before <created_before>]
- [--security-service <security_service>]
- [--nova-net-id <nova_net_id>]
- [--neutron-net-id <neutron_net_id>]
- [--neutron-subnet-id <neutron_subnet_id>]
- [--network-type <network_type>]
- [--segmentation-id <segmentation_id>]
- [--cidr <cidr>] [--ip-version <ip_version>]
- [--offset <offset>] [--limit <limit>]
-
-Get a list of network info.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --all-tenants [<0|1>]
-
-
- Display information from all tenants (Admin only).
-
-
-
-
- --project-id <project_id>, --project_id <project_id>
-
-
- Filter results by project ID.
-
-
-
-
- --name <name>
-
-
- Filter results by name.
-
-
-
-
- --created-since <created_since>, --created_since <created_since>
-
-
- Return only share networks created since given date.
- The date is in the format 'yyyy-mm-dd'.
-
-
-
-
- --created-before <created_before>, --created_before <created_before>
-
-
- Return only share networks created until given date.
- The date is in the format 'yyyy-mm-dd'.
-
-
-
-
- --security-service <security_service>, --security_service <security_service>
-
-
- Filter results by attached security service.
-
-
-
-
- --nova-net-id <nova_net_id>, --nova_net_id <nova_net_id>, --nova_net-id <nova_net_id>, --nova-net_id <nova_net_id>
-
-
- Filter results by Nova net ID.
-
-
-
-
- --neutron-net-id <neutron_net_id>, --neutron_net_id <neutron_net_id>, --neutron_net-id <neutron_net_id>, --neutron-net_id <neutron_net_id>
-
-
- Filter results by neutron net ID.
-
-
-
-
- --neutron-subnet-id <neutron_subnet_id>, --neutron_subnet_id <neutron_subnet_id>, --neutron-subnet_id <neutron_subnet_id>, --neutron_subnet-id <neutron_subnet_id>
-
-
- Filter results by neutron subnet ID.
-
-
-
-
- --network-type <network_type>, --network_type <network_type>
-
-
- Filter results by network type.
-
-
-
-
- --segmentation-id <segmentation_id>, --segmentation_id <segmentation_id>
-
-
- Filter results by segmentation ID.
-
-
-
-
- --cidr <cidr>
-
-
- Filter results by CIDR.
-
-
-
-
- --ip-version <ip_version>, --ip_version <ip_version>
-
-
- Filter results by IP version.
-
-
-
-
- --offset <offset>
-
-
- Start position of share networks listing.
-
-
-
-
- --limit <limit>
-
-
- Number of share networks to return per request.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- manila share-network-security-service-add
- usage: manila share-network-security-service-add <share-network>
- <security-service>
-
-Associate security service with share network.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <share-network>
-
-
- Share network name or ID.
-
-
-
-
- <security-service>
-
-
- Security service name or ID to associate with.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- manila share-network-security-service-list
- usage: manila share-network-security-service-list <share-network>
-
-Get list of security services associated with a given share network.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <share-network>
-
-
- Share network name or ID.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- manila share-network-security-service-remove
- usage: manila share-network-security-service-remove <share-network>
- <security-service>
-
-Dissociate security service from share network.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <share-network>
-
-
- Share network name or ID.
-
-
-
-
- <security-service>
-
-
- Security service name or ID to dissociate.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- manila share-network-show
- usage: manila share-network-show <share-network>
-
-Get a description for network used by the tenant.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <share-network>
-
-
- Name or ID of the share network to show.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- manila share-network-update
- usage: manila share-network-update [--nova-net-id <nova-net-id>]
- [--neutron-net-id <neutron-net-id>]
- [--neutron-subnet-id <neutron-subnet-id>]
- [--name <name>]
- [--description <description>]
- <share-network>
-
-Update share network data.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <share-network>
-
-
- Name or ID of share network to update.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --nova-net-id <nova-net-id>, --nova-net_id <nova-net-id>, --nova_net_id <nova-net-id>, --nova_net-id <nova-net-id>
-
-
- Nova net ID. Used to set up network for share servers.
-
-
-
-
- --neutron-net-id <neutron-net-id>, --neutron-net_id <neutron-net-id>, --neutron_net_id <neutron-net-id>, --neutron_net-id <neutron-net-id>
-
-
- Neutron network ID. Used to set up network for share
- servers.
-
-
-
-
- --neutron-subnet-id <neutron-subnet-id>, --neutron-subnet_id <neutron-subnet-id>, --neutron_subnet_id <neutron-subnet-id>, --neutron_subnet-id <neutron-subnet-id>
-
-
- Neutron subnet ID. Used to set up network for share
- servers. This subnet should belong to specified
- neutron network.
-
-
-
-
- --name <name>
-
-
- Share network name.
-
-
-
-
- --description <description>
-
-
- Share network description.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- manila share-server-delete
- usage: manila share-server-delete <id>
-
-Delete share server.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <id>
-
-
- ID of share server.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- manila share-server-details
- usage: manila share-server-details <id>
-
-Show share server details.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <id>
-
-
- ID of share server.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- manila share-server-list
- usage: manila share-server-list [--host <hostname>] [--status <status>]
- [--share-network <share_network>]
- [--project-id <project_id>]
-
-List all share servers.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --host <hostname>
-
-
- Filter results by name of host.
-
-
-
-
- --status <status>
-
-
- Filter results by status.
-
-
-
-
- --share-network <share_network>
-
-
- Filter results by share network.
-
-
-
-
- --project-id <project_id>
-
-
- Filter results by project ID.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- manila share-server-show
- usage: manila share-server-show <id>
-
-Show share server info.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <id>
-
-
- ID of share server.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- manila show
- usage: manila show <share>
-
-Show details about a NAS share.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <share>
-
-
- Name or ID of the NAS share.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- manila shrink
- usage: manila shrink <share> <new_size>
-
-Decreases the size of an existing share.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <share>
-
-
- Name or ID of share to shrink.
-
-
-
-
- <new_size>
-
-
- New size of share, in GiBs.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- manila snapshot-create
- usage: manila snapshot-create [--force <True|False>] [--name <name>]
- [--description <description>]
- <share>
-
-Add a new snapshot.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <share>
-
-
- Name or ID of the share to snapshot.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --force <True|False>
-
-
- Optional flag to indicate whether to snapshot a share
- even if it's busy. (Default=False)
-
-
-
-
- --name <name>
-
-
- Optional snapshot name. (Default=None)
-
-
-
-
- --description <description>
-
-
- Optional snapshot description. (Default=None)
-
-
-
-
-
-
- manila snapshot-delete
- usage: manila snapshot-delete <snapshot>
-
-Remove a snapshot.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <snapshot>
-
-
- Name or ID of the snapshot to delete.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- manila snapshot-force-delete
- usage: manila snapshot-force-delete <snapshot>
-
-Attempt force-delete of snapshot, regardless of state.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <snapshot>
-
-
- Name or ID of the snapshot to force delete.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- manila snapshot-list
- usage: manila snapshot-list [--all-tenants [<0|1>]] [--name <name>]
- [--status <status>] [--share-id <share_id>]
- [--usage [any|used|unused]] [--limit <limit>]
- [--offset <offset>] [--sort-key <sort_key>]
- [--sort-dir <sort_dir>]
-
-List all the snapshots.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --all-tenants [<0|1>]
-
-
- Display information from all tenants (Admin only).
-
-
-
-
- --name <name>
-
-
- Filter results by name.
-
-
-
-
- --status <status>
-
-
- Filter results by status.
-
-
-
-
- --share-id <share_id>, --share_id <share_id>
-
-
- Filter results by source share ID.
-
-
-
-
- --usage [any|used|unused]
-
-
- Either filter or not snapshots by its usage. OPTIONAL:
- Default=any.
-
-
-
-
- --limit <limit>
-
-
- Maximum number of share snapshots to return. OPTIONAL:
- Default=None.
-
-
-
-
- --offset <offset>
-
-
- Set offset to define start point of share snapshots
- listing. OPTIONAL: Default=None.
-
-
-
-
- --sort-key <sort_key>, --sort_key <sort_key>
-
-
- Key to be sorted, available keys are ('id', 'status',
- 'size', 'share_id', 'user_id', 'project_id',
- 'progress', 'name', 'display_name'). Default=None.
-
-
-
-
- --sort-dir <sort_dir>, --sort_dir <sort_dir>
-
-
- Sort direction, available values are ('asc', 'desc').
- OPTIONAL: Default=None.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- manila snapshot-rename
- usage: manila snapshot-rename [--description <description>]
- <snapshot> [<name>]
-
-Rename a snapshot.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <snapshot>
-
-
- Name or ID of the snapshot to rename.
-
-
-
-
- <name>
-
-
- New name for the snapshot.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --description <description>
-
-
- Optional snapshot description. (Default=None)
-
-
-
-
-
-
- manila snapshot-reset-state
- usage: manila snapshot-reset-state [--state <state>] <snapshot>
-
-Explicitly update the state of a snapshot.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <snapshot>
-
-
- Name or ID of the snapshot to modify.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --state <state>
-
-
- Indicate which state to assign the snapshot. Options
- include available, error, creating, deleting,
- error_deleting. If no state is provided, available will be
- used.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- manila snapshot-show
- usage: manila snapshot-show <snapshot>
-
-Show details about a snapshot.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <snapshot>
-
-
- Name or ID of the snapshot.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- manila type-access-add
- usage: manila type-access-add <share_type> <project_id>
-
-Adds share type access for the given project.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <share_type>
-
-
- Share type name or ID to add access for the given project.
-
-
-
-
- <project_id>
-
-
- Project ID to add share type access for.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- manila type-access-list
- usage: manila type-access-list <share_type>
-
-Print access information about the given share type.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <share_type>
-
-
- Filter results by share type name or ID.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- manila type-access-remove
- usage: manila type-access-remove <share_type> <project_id>
-
-Removes share type access for the given project.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <share_type>
-
-
- Share type name or ID to remove access for the given project.
-
-
-
-
- <project_id>
-
-
- Project ID to remove share type access for.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- manila type-create
- usage: manila type-create [--snapshot_support <snapshot_support>]
- [--is_public <is_public>]
- <name> <spec_driver_handles_share_servers>
-
-Create a new share type.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <name>
-
-
- Name of the new share type.
-
-
-
-
- <spec_driver_handles_share_servers>
-
-
- Required extra specification. Valid values are
- 'true'/'1' and 'false'/'0'
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --snapshot_support <snapshot_support>, --snapshot-support <snapshot_support>
-
-
- Boolean extra spec that used for filtering of back
- ends by their capability to create share snapshots.
- (Default is True).
-
-
-
-
- --is_public <is_public>, --is-public <is_public>
-
-
- Make type accessible to the public (default true).
-
-
-
-
-
-
- manila type-delete
- usage: manila type-delete <id>
-
-Delete a specific share type.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <id>
-
-
- Name or ID of the share type to delete.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- manila type-key
- usage: manila type-key <stype> <action> [<key=value> [<key=value> ...]]
-
-Set or unset extra_spec for a share type.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <stype>
-
-
- Name or ID of the share type.
-
-
-
-
- <action>
-
-
- Actions: 'set' or 'unset'.
-
-
-
-
- <key=value>
-
-
- Extra_specs to set or unset (key is only necessary on unset).
-
-
-
-
-
-
- manila type-list
- usage: manila type-list [--all]
-
-Print a list of available 'share types'.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --all
-
-
- Display all share types (Admin only).
-
-
-
-
-
-
- manila unmanage
- usage: manila unmanage <share>
-
-Unmanage share.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <share>
-
-
- Name or ID of the share(s).
-
-
-
-
-
-
- manila update
- usage: manila update [--name <name>] [--description <description>]
- [--is-public <is_public>]
- <share>
-
-Rename a share.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <share>
-
-
- Name or ID of the share to rename.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --name <name>
-
-
- New name for the share.
-
-
-
-
- --description <description>
-
-
- Optional share description. (Default=None)
-
-
-
-
- --is-public <is_public>, --is_public <is_public>
-
-
- Public share is visible for all tenants.
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/doc/cli-reference/generated/ch_cli_mistral_commands.xml b/doc/cli-reference/generated/ch_cli_mistral_commands.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 8bf6af21e1..0000000000
--- a/doc/cli-reference/generated/ch_cli_mistral_commands.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1808 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Workflow service command-line client
-
- The mistral client is the command-line
- interface (CLI) for the Workflow service API and its extensions.
-
- This chapter documents mistral version
- 1.2.0.
-
-
- For help on a specific mistral
- command, enter:
-
- $mistralCOMMAND
-
-
- mistral usage
- usage: mistral [--version] [-v] [--log-file LOG_FILE] [-q] [-h] [--debug]
- [--os-mistral-url MISTRAL_URL]
- [--os-mistral-version MISTRAL_VERSION]
- [--os-mistral-service-type SERVICE_TYPE]
- [--os-mistral-endpoint-type ENDPOINT_TYPE]
- [--os-username USERNAME] [--os-password PASSWORD]
- [--os-tenant-id TENANT_ID] [--os-tenant-name TENANT_NAME]
- [--os-auth-token TOKEN] [--os-auth-url AUTH_URL]
- [--os-cacert CACERT] [--insecure]
-
-
- mistral optional arguments
-
-
- --version
-
-
- Show program's version number and exit.
-
-
-
-
- -v, --verbose
-
-
- Increase verbosity of output. Can be repeated.
-
-
-
-
- --log-file LOG_FILE
-
-
- Specify a file to log output. Disabled by
- default.
-
-
-
-
- -q, --quiet
-
-
- Suppress output except warnings and errors.
-
-
-
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- Show this help message and exit.
-
-
-
-
- --debug
-
-
- Show tracebacks on errors.
-
-
-
-
- --os-mistral-url MISTRAL_URL
-
-
- Mistral API host (Env: OS_MISTRAL_URL)
-
-
-
-
- --os-mistral-version MISTRAL_VERSION
-
-
- Mistral API version (default = v2) (Env:
- OS_MISTRAL_VERSION)
-
-
-
-
- --os-mistral-service-type SERVICE_TYPE
-
-
- Mistral service-type (should be the same name
- as in keystone-endpoint) (default =
- workflowv2) (Env: OS_MISTRAL_SERVICE_TYPE)
-
-
-
-
- --os-mistral-endpoint-type ENDPOINT_TYPE
-
-
- Mistral endpoint-type (should be the same name
- as in keystone-endpoint) (default = publicURL)
- (Env: OS_MISTRAL_ENDPOINT_TYPE)
-
-
-
-
- --os-username USERNAME
-
-
- Authentication username (Env: OS_USERNAME)
-
-
-
-
- --os-password PASSWORD
-
-
- Authentication password (Env: OS_PASSWORD)
-
-
-
-
- --os-tenant-id TENANT_ID
-
-
- Authentication tenant identifier (Env:
- OS_TENANT_ID)
-
-
-
-
- --os-tenant-name TENANT_NAME
-
-
- Authentication tenant name (Env:
- OS_TENANT_NAME)
-
-
-
-
- --os-auth-token TOKEN
-
-
- Authentication token (Env: OS_AUTH_TOKEN)
-
-
-
-
- --os-auth-url AUTH_URL
-
-
- Authentication URL (Env: OS_AUTH_URL)
-
-
-
-
- --os-cacert CACERT
-
-
- Authentication CA Certificate (Env: OS_CACERT)
-
-
-
-
- --insecure
-
-
- Disables SSL/TLS certificate verification
- (Env: MISTRALCLIENT_INSECURE)
-
-
-
-
-
-
- mistral action-create
- usage: mistral action-create [-h] [-f {csv,json,table,value,yaml}] [-c COLUMN]
- [--max-width <integer>] [--noindent]
- [--quote {all,minimal,none,nonnumeric}]
- [--public]
- definition
-
-Create new action.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- definition
-
-
- Action definition file
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --public
-
-
- With this flag action will be marked as "public".
-
-
-
-
-
-
- mistral action-delete
- usage: mistral action-delete [-h] name [name ...]
-
-Delete action.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- name
-
-
- Name of action(s).
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- mistral action-execution-delete
- usage: mistral action-execution-delete [-h] id [id ...]
-
-Delete action execution.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- id
-
-
- Id of action execution identifier(s).
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- mistral action-execution-get
- usage: mistral action-execution-get [-h] [-f {json,shell,table,value,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
- id
-
-Show specific Action execution.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- id
-
-
- Action execution ID.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- mistral action-execution-get-input
- usage: mistral action-execution-get-input [-h] id
-
-Show Action execution input data.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- id
-
-
- Action execution ID.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- mistral action-execution-get-output
- usage: mistral action-execution-get-output [-h] id
-
-Show Action execution output data.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- id
-
-
- Action execution ID.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- mistral action-execution-list
- usage: mistral action-execution-list [-h] [-f {csv,json,table,value,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent]
- [--quote {all,minimal,none,nonnumeric}]
- [task_execution_id]
-
-List all Action executions.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- task_execution_id
-
-
- Task execution ID.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- mistral action-execution-update
- usage: mistral action-execution-update [-h] [-f {json,shell,table,value,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
- [--state {IDLE,RUNNING,SUCCESS,ERROR}]
- [--output OUTPUT]
- id
-
-Update specific Action execution.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- id
-
-
- Action execution ID.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --state {IDLE,RUNNING,SUCCESS,ERROR}
-
-
- Action execution state
-
-
-
-
- --output OUTPUT
-
-
- Action execution output
-
-
-
-
-
-
- mistral action-get
- usage: mistral action-get [-h] [-f {json,shell,table,value,yaml}] [-c COLUMN]
- [--max-width <integer>] [--noindent]
- [--prefix PREFIX]
- name
-
-Show specific action.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- name
-
-
- Action name
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- mistral action-get-definition
- usage: mistral action-get-definition [-h] name
-
-Show action definition.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- name
-
-
- Action name
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- mistral action-list
- usage: mistral action-list [-h] [-f {csv,json,table,value,yaml}] [-c COLUMN]
- [--max-width <integer>] [--noindent]
- [--quote {all,minimal,none,nonnumeric}]
-
-List all actions.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- mistral action-update
- usage: mistral action-update [-h] [-f {csv,json,table,value,yaml}] [-c COLUMN]
- [--max-width <integer>] [--noindent]
- [--quote {all,minimal,none,nonnumeric}]
- [--public]
- definition
-
-Update action.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- definition
-
-
- Action definition file
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --public
-
-
- With this flag action will be marked as "public".
-
-
-
-
-
-
- mistral cron-trigger-create
- usage: mistral cron-trigger-create [-h] [-f {json,shell,table,value,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
- [--params PARAMS] [--pattern <* * * * *>]
- [--first-time <YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM>]
- [--count <integer>]
- name workflow_name [workflow_input]
-
-Create new trigger.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- name
-
-
- Cron trigger name
-
-
-
-
- workflow_name
-
-
- Workflow name
-
-
-
-
- workflow_input
-
-
- Workflow input
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --params PARAMS
-
-
- Workflow params
-
-
-
-
- --pattern <* * * * *>
-
-
- Cron trigger pattern
-
-
-
-
- --first-time <YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM>
-
-
- Date and time of the first execution
-
-
-
-
- --count <integer>
-
-
- Number of wanted executions
-
-
-
-
-
-
- mistral cron-trigger-delete
- usage: mistral cron-trigger-delete [-h] name [name ...]
-
-Delete trigger.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- name
-
-
- Name of cron trigger(s).
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- mistral cron-trigger-get
- usage: mistral cron-trigger-get [-h] [-f {json,shell,table,value,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
- name
-
-Show specific cron trigger.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- name
-
-
- Cron trigger name
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- mistral cron-trigger-list
- usage: mistral cron-trigger-list [-h] [-f {csv,json,table,value,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent]
- [--quote {all,minimal,none,nonnumeric}]
-
-List all cron triggers.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- mistral environment-create
- usage: mistral environment-create [-h] [-f {json,shell,table,value,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
- file
-
-Create new environment.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- file
-
-
- Environment configuration file in JSON or YAML
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- mistral environment-delete
- usage: mistral environment-delete [-h] name [name ...]
-
-Delete environment.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- name
-
-
- Name of environment(s).
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- mistral environment-get
- usage: mistral environment-get [-h] [-f {json,shell,table,value,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
- name
-
-Show specific environment.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- name
-
-
- Environment name
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- mistral environment-list
- usage: mistral environment-list [-h] [-f {csv,json,table,value,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent]
- [--quote {all,minimal,none,nonnumeric}]
-
-List all environments.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- mistral environment-update
- usage: mistral environment-update [-h] [-f {json,shell,table,value,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
- file
-
-Update environment.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- file
-
-
- Environment configuration file in JSON or YAML
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- mistral execution-create
- usage: mistral execution-create [-h] [-f {json,shell,table,value,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
- [-d DESCRIPTION]
- workflow_name [workflow_input] [params]
-
-Create new execution.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- workflow_name
-
-
- Workflow name
-
-
-
-
- workflow_input
-
-
- Workflow input
-
-
-
-
- params
-
-
- Workflow additional parameters
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- -d DESCRIPTION, --description DESCRIPTION
-
-
- Execution description
-
-
-
-
-
-
- mistral execution-delete
- usage: mistral execution-delete [-h] id [id ...]
-
-Delete execution.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- id
-
-
- Id of execution identifier(s).
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- mistral execution-get
- usage: mistral execution-get [-h] [-f {json,shell,table,value,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>] [--noindent]
- [--prefix PREFIX]
- id
-
-Show specific execution.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- id
-
-
- Execution identifier
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- mistral execution-get-input
- usage: mistral execution-get-input [-h] id
-
-Show execution input data.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- id
-
-
- Execution ID
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- mistral execution-get-output
- usage: mistral execution-get-output [-h] id
-
-Show execution output data.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- id
-
-
- Execution ID
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- mistral execution-list
- usage: mistral execution-list [-h] [-f {csv,json,table,value,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>] [--noindent]
- [--quote {all,minimal,none,nonnumeric}]
- [--marker [MARKER]] [--limit [LIMIT]]
- [--sort_keys [SORT_KEYS]]
- [--sort_dirs [SORT_DIRS]]
-
-List all executions.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --marker [MARKER]
-
-
- The last execution uuid of the previous page, displays
- list of executions after "marker".
-
-
-
-
- --limit [LIMIT]
-
-
- Maximum number of executions to return in a single
- result.
-
-
-
-
- --sort_keys [SORT_KEYS]
-
-
- Comma-separated list of sort keys to sort results by.
- Default: created_at. Example: mistral execution-list
- --sort_keys=id,description
-
-
-
-
- --sort_dirs [SORT_DIRS]
-
-
- Comma-separated list of sort directions. Default: asc.
- Example: mistral execution-list
- --sort_keys=id,description --sort_dirs=asc,desc
-
-
-
-
-
-
- mistral execution-update
- usage: mistral execution-update [-h] [-f {json,shell,table,value,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
- (-s {RUNNING,PAUSED,SUCCESS,ERROR} | -d DESCRIPTION)
- id
-
-Update execution.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- id
-
-
- Execution identifier
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- -s {RUNNING,PAUSED,SUCCESS,ERROR}, --state {RUNNING,PAUSED,SUCCESS,ERROR}
-
-
- Execution state
-
-
-
-
- -d DESCRIPTION, --description DESCRIPTION
-
-
- Execution description
-
-
-
-
-
-
- mistral run-action
- usage: mistral run-action [-h] [-f {json,shell,table,value,yaml}] [-c COLUMN]
- [--max-width <integer>] [--noindent]
- [--prefix PREFIX] [-s] [-t TARGET]
- name [input]
-
-Create new Action execution or just run specific action.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- name
-
-
- Action name to execute.
-
-
-
-
- input
-
-
- Action input.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- -s, --save-result
-
-
- Save the result into DB.
-
-
-
-
- -t TARGET, --target TARGET
-
-
- Action will be executed on <target> executor.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- mistral service-list
- usage: mistral service-list [-h] [-f {csv,json,table,value,yaml}] [-c COLUMN]
- [--max-width <integer>] [--noindent]
- [--quote {all,minimal,none,nonnumeric}]
-
-List all services.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- mistral task-get
- usage: mistral task-get [-h] [-f {json,shell,table,value,yaml}] [-c COLUMN]
- [--max-width <integer>] [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
- id
-
-Show specific task.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- id
-
-
- Task identifier
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- mistral task-get-published
- usage: mistral task-get-published [-h] id
-
-Show task published variables.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- id
-
-
- Task ID
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- mistral task-get-result
- usage: mistral task-get-result [-h] id
-
-Show task output data.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- id
-
-
- Task ID
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- mistral task-list
- usage: mistral task-list [-h] [-f {csv,json,table,value,yaml}] [-c COLUMN]
- [--max-width <integer>] [--noindent]
- [--quote {all,minimal,none,nonnumeric}]
- [workflow_execution]
-
-List all tasks.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- workflow_execution
-
-
- Workflow execution ID associated with list of Tasks.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- mistral task-rerun
- usage: mistral task-rerun [-h] [-f {json,shell,table,value,yaml}] [-c COLUMN]
- [--max-width <integer>] [--noindent]
- [--prefix PREFIX] [--resume]
- id
-
-Rerun an existing task.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- id
-
-
- Task identifier
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --resume
-
-
- rerun only failed or unstarted action executions for
- with-items task
-
-
-
-
-
-
- mistral workbook-create
- usage: mistral workbook-create [-h] [-f {json,shell,table,value,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
- definition
-
-Create new workbook.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- definition
-
-
- Workbook definition file
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- mistral workbook-delete
- usage: mistral workbook-delete [-h] name [name ...]
-
-Delete workbook.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- name
-
-
- Name of workbook(s).
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- mistral workbook-get
- usage: mistral workbook-get [-h] [-f {json,shell,table,value,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>] [--noindent]
- [--prefix PREFIX]
- name
-
-Show specific workbook.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- name
-
-
- Workbook name
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- mistral workbook-get-definition
- usage: mistral workbook-get-definition [-h] name
-
-Show workbook definition.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- name
-
-
- Workbook name
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- mistral workbook-list
- usage: mistral workbook-list [-h] [-f {csv,json,table,value,yaml}] [-c COLUMN]
- [--max-width <integer>] [--noindent]
- [--quote {all,minimal,none,nonnumeric}]
-
-List all workbooks.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- mistral workbook-update
- usage: mistral workbook-update [-h] [-f {json,shell,table,value,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
- definition
-
-Update workbook.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- definition
-
-
- Workbook definition file
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- mistral workbook-validate
- usage: mistral workbook-validate [-h] [-f {json,shell,table,value,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
- definition
-
-Validate workbook.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- definition
-
-
- Workbook definition file
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- mistral workflow-create
- usage: mistral workflow-create [-h] [-f {csv,json,table,value,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent]
- [--quote {all,minimal,none,nonnumeric}]
- [--public]
- definition
-
-Create new workflow.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- definition
-
-
- Workflow definition file
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --public
-
-
- With this flag workflow will be marked as "public".
-
-
-
-
-
-
- mistral workflow-delete
- usage: mistral workflow-delete [-h] name [name ...]
-
-Delete workflow.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- name
-
-
- Name of workflow(s).
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- mistral workflow-get
- usage: mistral workflow-get [-h] [-f {json,shell,table,value,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>] [--noindent]
- [--prefix PREFIX]
- name
-
-Show specific workflow.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- name
-
-
- Workflow name
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- mistral workflow-get-definition
- usage: mistral workflow-get-definition [-h] name
-
-Show workflow definition.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- name
-
-
- Workflow name
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- mistral workflow-list
- usage: mistral workflow-list [-h] [-f {csv,json,table,value,yaml}] [-c COLUMN]
- [--max-width <integer>] [--noindent]
- [--quote {all,minimal,none,nonnumeric}]
-
-List all workflows.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- mistral workflow-update
- usage: mistral workflow-update [-h] [-f {csv,json,table,value,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent]
- [--quote {all,minimal,none,nonnumeric}]
- [--public]
- definition
-
-Update workflow.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- definition
-
-
- Workflow definition
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --public
-
-
- With this flag workflow will be marked as "public".
-
-
-
-
-
-
- mistral workflow-validate
- usage: mistral workflow-validate [-h] [-f {json,shell,table,value,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
- definition
-
-Validate workflow.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- definition
-
-
- Workflow definition file
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/doc/cli-reference/generated/ch_cli_monasca_commands.xml b/doc/cli-reference/generated/ch_cli_monasca_commands.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index eedfefe4b7..0000000000
--- a/doc/cli-reference/generated/ch_cli_monasca_commands.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1443 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Monitoring command-line client
-
- The monasca client is the command-line
- interface (CLI) for the Monitoring API and its extensions.
-
- This chapter documents monasca version
- 1.0.24.
-
-
- For help on a specific monasca
- command, enter:
-
- $monascaCOMMAND
-
-
- monasca usage
- usage: monasca [-j] [--version] [-d] [-v] [-k] [--cert-file CERT_FILE]
- [--key-file KEY_FILE] [--os-cacert OS_CACERT]
- [--keystone_timeout KEYSTONE_TIMEOUT]
- [--os-username OS_USERNAME] [--os-password OS_PASSWORD]
- [--os-user-domain-id OS_USER_DOMAIN_ID]
- [--os-user-domain-name OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME]
- [--os-project-id OS_PROJECT_ID]
- [--os-project-name OS_PROJECT_NAME]
- [--os-domain-id OS_DOMAIN_ID] [--os-domain-name OS_DOMAIN_NAME]
- [--os-auth-url OS_AUTH_URL] [--os-region-name OS_REGION_NAME]
- [--os-auth-token OS_AUTH_TOKEN] [--os-no-client-auth]
- [--monasca-api-url MONASCA_API_URL]
- [--monasca-api-version MONASCA_API_VERSION]
- [--os-service-type OS_SERVICE_TYPE]
- [--os-endpoint-type OS_ENDPOINT_TYPE]
- <subcommand> ...
- <subcommand>
- alarm-definition-create Create an alarm definition.
- alarm-definition-delete Delete the alarm definition.
- alarm-definition-list List alarm definitions for this tenant.
- alarm-definition-patch Patch the alarm definition.
- alarm-definition-show Describe the alarm definition.
- alarm-definition-update Update the alarm definition.
- alarm-delete Delete the alarm.
- alarm-history Alarm state transition history.
- alarm-history-list List alarms state history.
- alarm-list List alarms for this tenant.
- alarm-patch Patch the alarm state.
- alarm-show Describe the alarm.
- alarm-update Update the alarm state.
- measurement-list List measurements for the specified metric.
- metric-create Create metric.
- metric-create-raw Create metric from raw json body.
- metric-list List metrics for this tenant.
- metric-statistics List measurement statistics for the specified
- metric.
- notification-create Create notification.
- notification-delete Delete notification.
- notification-list List notifications for this tenant.
- notification-show Describe the notification.
- notification-update Update notification.
- bash-completion Prints all of the commands and options to stdout.
- help Display help about this program or one of its
- subcommands.
-
-
- monasca optional arguments
-
-
- -j, --json
-
-
- output raw json response
-
-
-
-
- --version
-
-
- Shows the client version and exits.
-
-
-
-
- -d, --debug
-
-
- Defaults to env[MONASCA_DEBUG].
-
-
-
-
- -v, --verbose
-
-
- Print more verbose output.
-
-
-
-
- -k, --insecure
-
-
- Explicitly allow the client to perform "insecure"
- SSL (https) requests. The server's certificate
- will not be verified against any certificate
- authorities. This option should be used with
- caution.
-
-
-
-
- --cert-file CERT_FILE
-
-
- Path of certificate file to use in SSL
- connection. This file can optionally be prepended
- with the private key.
-
-
-
-
- --key-file KEY_FILE
-
-
- Path of client key to use in SSL connection. This
- option is not necessary if your key is prepended
- to your cert file.
-
-
-
-
- --os-cacert OS_CACERT
-
-
- Specify a CA bundle file to use in verifying a
- TLS (https) server certificate. Defaults to
- env[OS_CACERT]. Without either of these, the
- client looks for the default system CA
- certificates.
-
-
-
-
- --keystone_timeout KEYSTONE_TIMEOUT
-
-
- Number of seconds to wait for a response from
- keystone.
-
-
-
-
- --os-username OS_USERNAME
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_USERNAME].
-
-
-
-
- --os-password OS_PASSWORD
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_PASSWORD].
-
-
-
-
- --os-user-domain-id OS_USER_DOMAIN_ID
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_USER_DOMAIN_ID].
-
-
-
-
- --os-user-domain-name OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME].
-
-
-
-
- --os-project-id OS_PROJECT_ID
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_PROJECT_ID].
-
-
-
-
- --os-project-name OS_PROJECT_NAME
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_PROJECT_NAME].
-
-
-
-
- --os-domain-id OS_DOMAIN_ID
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_DOMAIN_ID].
-
-
-
-
- --os-domain-name OS_DOMAIN_NAME
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_DOMAIN_NAME].
-
-
-
-
- --os-auth-url OS_AUTH_URL
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_AUTH_URL].
-
-
-
-
- --os-region-name OS_REGION_NAME
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_REGION_NAME].
-
-
-
-
- --os-auth-token OS_AUTH_TOKEN
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_AUTH_TOKEN].
-
-
-
-
- --os-no-client-auth
-
-
- Do not contact keystone for a token. Defaults to
- env[OS_NO_CLIENT_AUTH].
-
-
-
-
- --monasca-api-url MONASCA_API_URL
-
-
- Defaults to env[MONASCA_API_URL].
-
-
-
-
- --monasca-api-version MONASCA_API_VERSION
-
-
- Defaults to env[MONASCA_API_VERSION] or 2_0
-
-
-
-
- --os-service-type OS_SERVICE_TYPE
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_SERVICE_TYPE].
-
-
-
-
- --os-endpoint-type OS_ENDPOINT_TYPE
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_ENDPOINT_TYPE].
-
-
-
-
-
-
- monasca alarm-definition-create
- usage: monasca alarm-definition-create [--description <DESCRIPTION>]
- [--severity <SEVERITY>]
- [--match-by <DIMENSION_KEY1,DIMENSION_KEY2,...>]
- [--alarm-actions <NOTIFICATION-ID>]
- [--ok-actions <NOTIFICATION-ID>]
- [--undetermined-actions <NOTIFICATION-ID>]
- <ALARM_DEFINITION_NAME> <EXPRESSION>
-
-Create an alarm definition.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <ALARM_DEFINITION_NAME>
-
-
- Name of the alarm definition to create.
-
-
-
-
- <EXPRESSION>
-
-
- The alarm expression to evaluate. Quoted.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --description <DESCRIPTION>
-
-
- Description of the alarm.
-
-
-
-
- --severity <SEVERITY>
-
-
- Severity is one of [LOW, MEDIUM, HIGH, CRITICAL].
-
-
-
-
- --match-by <DIMENSION_KEY1,DIMENSION_KEY2,...>
-
-
- The metric dimensions to match to the alarm
- dimensions. One or more dimension key names separated
- by a comma. Key names need quoting when they contain
- special chars [&,(,),{,},>,<] that confuse the CLI
- parser.
-
-
-
-
- --alarm-actions <NOTIFICATION-ID>
-
-
- The notification method to use when an alarm state is
- ALARM. This param may be specified multiple times.
-
-
-
-
- --ok-actions <NOTIFICATION-ID>
-
-
- The notification method to use when an alarm state is
- OK. This param may be specified multiple times.
-
-
-
-
- --undetermined-actions <NOTIFICATION-ID>
-
-
- The notification method to use when an alarm state is
- UNDETERMINED. This param may be specified multiple
- times.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- monasca alarm-definition-delete
- usage: monasca alarm-definition-delete <ALARM_DEFINITION_ID>
-
-Delete the alarm definition.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <ALARM_DEFINITION_ID>
-
-
- The ID of the alarm definition.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- monasca alarm-definition-list
- usage: monasca alarm-definition-list [--name <ALARM_DEFINITION_NAME>]
- [--dimensions <KEY1=VALUE1,KEY2=VALUE2...>]
- [--offset <OFFSET LOCATION>]
- [--limit <RETURN LIMIT>]
-
-List alarm definitions for this tenant.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --name <ALARM_DEFINITION_NAME>
-
-
- Name of the alarm definition.
-
-
-
-
- --dimensions <KEY1=VALUE1,KEY2=VALUE2...>
-
-
- key value pair used to specify a metric dimension.
- This can be specified multiple times, or once with
- parameters separated by a comma. Dimensions need
- quoting when they contain special chars
- [&,(,),{,},>,<] that confuse the CLI parser.
-
-
-
-
- --offset <OFFSET LOCATION>
-
-
- The offset used to paginate the return data.
-
-
-
-
- --limit <RETURN LIMIT>
-
-
- The amount of data to be returned up to the API
- maximum limit.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- monasca alarm-definition-patch
- usage: monasca alarm-definition-patch [--name <ALARM_DEFINITION_NAME>]
- [--description <DESCRIPTION>]
- [--expression <EXPRESSION>]
- [--alarm-actions <NOTIFICATION-ID>]
- [--ok-actions <NOTIFICATION-ID>]
- [--undetermined-actions <NOTIFICATION-ID>]
- [--actions-enabled <ACTIONS-ENABLED>]
- [--severity <SEVERITY>]
- <ALARM_DEFINITION_ID>
-
-Patch the alarm definition.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <ALARM_DEFINITION_ID>
-
-
- The ID of the alarm definition.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --name <ALARM_DEFINITION_NAME>
-
-
- Name of the alarm definition.
-
-
-
-
- --description <DESCRIPTION>
-
-
- Description of the alarm.
-
-
-
-
- --expression <EXPRESSION>
-
-
- The alarm expression to evaluate. Quoted.
-
-
-
-
- --alarm-actions <NOTIFICATION-ID>
-
-
- The notification method to use when an alarm state is
- ALARM. This param may be specified multiple times.
-
-
-
-
- --ok-actions <NOTIFICATION-ID>
-
-
- The notification method to use when an alarm state is
- OK. This param may be specified multiple times.
-
-
-
-
- --undetermined-actions <NOTIFICATION-ID>
-
-
- The notification method to use when an alarm state is
- UNDETERMINED. This param may be specified multiple
- times.
-
-
-
-
- --actions-enabled <ACTIONS-ENABLED>
-
-
- The actions-enabled boolean is one of [true,false]
-
-
-
-
- --severity <SEVERITY>
-
-
- Severity is one of [LOW, MEDIUM, HIGH, CRITICAL].
-
-
-
-
-
-
- monasca alarm-definition-show
- usage: monasca alarm-definition-show <ALARM_DEFINITION_ID>
-
-Describe the alarm definition.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <ALARM_DEFINITION_ID>
-
-
- The ID of the alarm definition.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- monasca alarm-definition-update
- usage: monasca alarm-definition-update [--description <DESCRIPTION>]
- [--alarm-actions <NOTIFICATION-ID>]
- [--ok-actions <NOTIFICATION-ID>]
- [--undetermined-actions <NOTIFICATION-ID>]
- [--match-by <DIMENSION_KEY1,DIMENSION_KEY2,...>]
- [--severity <SEVERITY>]
- <ALARM_DEFINITION_ID>
- <ALARM_DEFINITION_NAME> <EXPRESSION>
- <ACTIONS-ENABLED>
-
-Update the alarm definition.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <ALARM_DEFINITION_ID>
-
-
- The ID of the alarm definition.
-
-
-
-
- <ALARM_DEFINITION_NAME>
-
-
- Name of the alarm definition.
-
-
-
-
- <EXPRESSION>
-
-
- The alarm expression to evaluate. Quoted.
-
-
-
-
- <ACTIONS-ENABLED>
-
-
- The actions-enabled boolean is one of [true,false]
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --description <DESCRIPTION>
-
-
- Description of the alarm.
-
-
-
-
- --alarm-actions <NOTIFICATION-ID>
-
-
- The notification method to use when an alarm state is
- ALARM. This param may be specified multiple times.
-
-
-
-
- --ok-actions <NOTIFICATION-ID>
-
-
- The notification method to use when an alarm state is
- OK. This param may be specified multiple times.
-
-
-
-
- --undetermined-actions <NOTIFICATION-ID>
-
-
- The notification method to use when an alarm state is
- UNDETERMINED. This param may be specified multiple
- times.
-
-
-
-
- --match-by <DIMENSION_KEY1,DIMENSION_KEY2,...>
-
-
- The metric dimensions to match to the alarm
- dimensions. One or more dimension key names separated
- by a comma. Key names need quoting when they contain
- special chars [&,(,),{,},>,<] that confuse the CLI
- parser.
-
-
-
-
- --severity <SEVERITY>
-
-
- Severity is one of [LOW, MEDIUM, HIGH, CRITICAL].
-
-
-
-
-
-
- monasca alarm-delete
- usage: monasca alarm-delete <ALARM_ID>
-
-Delete the alarm.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <ALARM_ID>
-
-
- The ID of the alarm.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- monasca alarm-history
- usage: monasca alarm-history [--offset <OFFSET LOCATION>]
- [--limit <RETURN LIMIT>]
- <ALARM_ID>
-
-Alarm state transition history.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <ALARM_ID>
-
-
- The ID of the alarm.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --offset <OFFSET LOCATION>
-
-
- The offset used to paginate the return data.
-
-
-
-
- --limit <RETURN LIMIT>
-
-
- The amount of data to be returned up to the API
- maximum limit.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- monasca alarm-history-list
- usage: monasca alarm-history-list [--dimensions <KEY1=VALUE1,KEY2=VALUE2...>]
- [--starttime <UTC_START_TIME>]
- [--endtime <UTC_END_TIME>]
- [--offset <OFFSET LOCATION>]
- [--limit <RETURN LIMIT>]
-
-List alarms state history.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --dimensions <KEY1=VALUE1,KEY2=VALUE2...>
-
-
- key value pair used to specify a metric dimension.
- This can be specified multiple times, or once with
- parameters separated by a comma. Dimensions need
- quoting when they contain special chars
- [&,(,),{,},>,<] that confuse the CLI parser.
-
-
-
-
- --starttime <UTC_START_TIME>
-
-
- measurements >= UTC time. format:
- 2014-01-01T00:00:00Z. OR format: -120 (for previous 2
- hours)
-
-
-
-
- --endtime <UTC_END_TIME>
-
-
- measurements <= UTC time. format:
- 2014-01-01T00:00:00Z.
-
-
-
-
- --offset <OFFSET LOCATION>
-
-
- The offset used to paginate the return data.
-
-
-
-
- --limit <RETURN LIMIT>
-
-
- The amount of data to be returned up to the API
- maximum limit.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- monasca alarm-list
- usage: monasca alarm-list [--alarm-definition-id <ALARM_DEFINITION_ID>]
- [--metric-name <METRIC_NAME>]
- [--metric-dimensions <KEY1=VALUE1,KEY2=VALUE2...>]
- [--state <ALARM_STATE>]
- [--state-updated-start-time <UTC_STATE_UPDATED_START>]
- [--lifecycle-state <LIFECYCLE_STATE>]
- [--link <LINK>] [--offset <OFFSET LOCATION>]
- [--limit <RETURN LIMIT>]
-
-List alarms for this tenant.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --alarm-definition-id <ALARM_DEFINITION_ID>
-
-
- The ID of the alarm definition.
-
-
-
-
- --metric-name <METRIC_NAME>
-
-
- Name of the metric.
-
-
-
-
- --metric-dimensions <KEY1=VALUE1,KEY2=VALUE2...>
-
-
- key value pair used to specify a metric dimension.
- This can be specified multiple times, or once with
- parameters separated by a comma. Dimensions need
- quoting when they contain special chars
- [&,(,),{,},>,<] that confuse the CLI parser.
-
-
-
-
- --state <ALARM_STATE>
-
-
- ALARM_STATE is one of [UNDETERMINED, OK, ALARM].
-
-
-
-
- --state-updated-start-time <UTC_STATE_UPDATED_START>
-
-
- Return all alarms whose state was updated on or after
- the time specified
-
-
-
-
- --lifecycle-state <LIFECYCLE_STATE>
-
-
- The lifecycle state of the alarm
-
-
-
-
- --link <LINK>
-
-
- The link to external data associated with the alarm
-
-
-
-
- --offset <OFFSET LOCATION>
-
-
- The offset used to paginate the return data.
-
-
-
-
- --limit <RETURN LIMIT>
-
-
- The amount of data to be returned up to the API
- maximum limit.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- monasca alarm-patch
- usage: monasca alarm-patch [--state <ALARM_STATE>]
- [--lifecycle-state <LIFECYCLE_STATE>]
- [--link <LINK>]
- <ALARM_ID>
-
-Patch the alarm state.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <ALARM_ID>
-
-
- The ID of the alarm.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --state <ALARM_STATE>
-
-
- ALARM_STATE is one of [UNDETERMINED, OK, ALARM].
-
-
-
-
- --lifecycle-state <LIFECYCLE_STATE>
-
-
- The lifecycle state of the alarm
-
-
-
-
- --link <LINK>
-
-
- A link to an external resource with information about
- the alarm
-
-
-
-
-
-
- monasca alarm-show
- usage: monasca alarm-show <ALARM_ID>
-
-Describe the alarm.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <ALARM_ID>
-
-
- The ID of the alarm.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- monasca alarm-update
- usage: monasca alarm-update <ALARM_ID> <ALARM_STATE> <LIFECYCLE_STATE> <LINK>
-
-Update the alarm state.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <ALARM_ID>
-
-
- The ID of the alarm.
-
-
-
-
- <ALARM_STATE>
-
-
- ALARM_STATE is one of [UNDETERMINED, OK, ALARM].
-
-
-
-
- <LIFECYCLE_STATE>
-
-
- The lifecycle state of the alarm
-
-
-
-
- <LINK>
-
-
- A link to an external resource with information about the
- alarm
-
-
-
-
-
-
- monasca measurement-list
- usage: monasca measurement-list [--dimensions <KEY1=VALUE1,KEY2=VALUE2...>]
- [--endtime <UTC_END_TIME>]
- [--offset <OFFSET LOCATION>]
- [--limit <RETURN LIMIT>] [--merge_metrics]
- <METRIC_NAME> <UTC_START_TIME>
-
-List measurements for the specified metric.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <METRIC_NAME>
-
-
- Name of the metric to list measurements.
-
-
-
-
- <UTC_START_TIME>
-
-
- measurements >= UTC time. format:
- 2014-01-01T00:00:00Z. OR Format: -120 (previous 120
- minutes
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --dimensions <KEY1=VALUE1,KEY2=VALUE2...>
-
-
- key value pair used to specify a metric dimension.
- This can be specified multiple times, or once with
- parameters separated by a comma. Dimensions need
- quoting when they contain special chars
- [&,(,),{,},>,<] that confuse the CLI parser.
-
-
-
-
- --endtime <UTC_END_TIME>
-
-
- measurements <= UTC time. format:
- 2014-01-01T00:00:00Z.
-
-
-
-
- --offset <OFFSET LOCATION>
-
-
- The offset used to paginate the return data.
-
-
-
-
- --limit <RETURN LIMIT>
-
-
- The amount of data to be returned up to the API
- maximum limit.
-
-
-
-
- --merge_metrics
-
-
- Merge multiple metrics into a single result.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- monasca metric-create
- usage: monasca metric-create [--dimensions <KEY1=VALUE1,KEY2=VALUE2...>]
- [--value-meta <KEY1=VALUE1,KEY2=VALUE2...>]
- [--time <UNIX_TIMESTAMP>]
- [--project-id <CROSS_PROJECT_ID>]
- <METRIC_NAME> <METRIC_VALUE>
-
-Create metric.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <METRIC_NAME>
-
-
- Name of the metric to create.
-
-
-
-
- <METRIC_VALUE>
-
-
- Metric value.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --dimensions <KEY1=VALUE1,KEY2=VALUE2...>
-
-
- key value pair used to create a metric dimension. This
- can be specified multiple times, or once with
- parameters separated by a comma. Dimensions need
- quoting when they contain special chars
- [&,(,),{,},>,<] that confuse the CLI parser.
-
-
-
-
- --value-meta <KEY1=VALUE1,KEY2=VALUE2...>
-
-
- key value pair for extra information about a value.
- This can be specified multiple times, or once with
- parameters separated by a comma. value_meta need
- quoting when they contain special chars
- [&,(,),{,},>,<] that confuse the CLI parser.
-
-
-
-
- --time <UNIX_TIMESTAMP>
-
-
- Metric timestamp in milliseconds. Default: current
- timestamp.
-
-
-
-
- --project-id <CROSS_PROJECT_ID>
-
-
- The Project ID to create metric on behalf of. Requires
- monitoring-delegate role in keystone.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- monasca metric-create-raw
- usage: monasca metric-create-raw <JSON_BODY>
-
-Create metric from raw json body.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <JSON_BODY>
-
-
- The raw JSON body in single quotes. See api doc.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- monasca metric-list
- usage: monasca metric-list [--name <METRIC_NAME>]
- [--dimensions <KEY1=VALUE1,KEY2=VALUE2...>]
- [--offset <OFFSET LOCATION>]
- [--limit <RETURN LIMIT>]
-
-List metrics for this tenant.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --name <METRIC_NAME>
-
-
- Name of the metric to list.
-
-
-
-
- --dimensions <KEY1=VALUE1,KEY2=VALUE2...>
-
-
- key value pair used to specify a metric dimension.
- This can be specified multiple times, or once with
- parameters separated by a comma. Dimensions need
- quoting when they contain special chars
- [&,(,),{,},>,<] that confuse the CLI parser.
-
-
-
-
- --offset <OFFSET LOCATION>
-
-
- The offset used to paginate the return data.
-
-
-
-
- --limit <RETURN LIMIT>
-
-
- The amount of data to be returned up to the API
- maximum limit.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- monasca metric-statistics
- usage: monasca metric-statistics [--dimensions <KEY1=VALUE1,KEY2=VALUE2...>]
- [--endtime <UTC_END_TIME>]
- [--period <PERIOD>]
- [--offset <OFFSET LOCATION>]
- [--limit <RETURN LIMIT>] [--merge_metrics]
- <METRIC_NAME> <STATISTICS> <UTC_START_TIME>
-
-List measurement statistics for the specified metric.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <METRIC_NAME>
-
-
- Name of the metric to report measurement statistics.
-
-
-
-
- <STATISTICS>
-
-
- Statistics is one or more (separated by commas) of
- [AVG, MIN, MAX, COUNT, SUM].
-
-
-
-
- <UTC_START_TIME>
-
-
- measurements >= UTC time. format:
- 2014-01-01T00:00:00Z. OR Format: -120 (previous 120
- minutes
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --dimensions <KEY1=VALUE1,KEY2=VALUE2...>
-
-
- key value pair used to specify a metric dimension.
- This can be specified multiple times, or once with
- parameters separated by a comma. Dimensions need
- quoting when they contain special chars
- [&,(,),{,},>,<] that confuse the CLI parser.
-
-
-
-
- --endtime <UTC_END_TIME>
-
-
- measurements <= UTC time. format:
- 2014-01-01T00:00:00Z.
-
-
-
-
- --period <PERIOD>
-
-
- number of seconds per interval (default is 300)
-
-
-
-
- --offset <OFFSET LOCATION>
-
-
- The offset used to paginate the return data.
-
-
-
-
- --limit <RETURN LIMIT>
-
-
- The amount of data to be returned up to the API
- maximum limit.
-
-
-
-
- --merge_metrics
-
-
- Merge multiple metrics into a single result.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- monasca notification-create
- usage: monasca notification-create <NOTIFICATION_NAME> <TYPE> <ADDRESS>
-
-Create notification.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <NOTIFICATION_NAME>
-
-
- Name of the notification to create.
-
-
-
-
- <TYPE>
-
-
- The notification type. Type must be EMAIL, WEBHOOK, or
- PAGERDUTY.
-
-
-
-
- <ADDRESS>
-
-
- A valid EMAIL Address, URL, or SERVICE KEY
-
-
-
-
-
-
- monasca notification-delete
- usage: monasca notification-delete <NOTIFICATION_ID>
-
-Delete notification.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <NOTIFICATION_ID>
-
-
- The ID of the notification.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- monasca notification-list
- usage: monasca notification-list [--offset <OFFSET LOCATION>]
- [--limit <RETURN LIMIT>]
-
-List notifications for this tenant.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --offset <OFFSET LOCATION>
-
-
- The offset used to paginate the return data.
-
-
-
-
- --limit <RETURN LIMIT>
-
-
- The amount of data to be returned up to the API
- maximum limit.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- monasca notification-show
- usage: monasca notification-show <NOTIFICATION_ID>
-
-Describe the notification.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <NOTIFICATION_ID>
-
-
- The ID of the notification. If not specified returns all.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- monasca notification-update
- usage: monasca notification-update <NOTIFICATION_ID> <NOTIFICATION_NAME>
- <TYPE> <ADDRESS>
-
-Update notification.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <NOTIFICATION_ID>
-
-
- The ID of the notification.
-
-
-
-
- <NOTIFICATION_NAME>
-
-
- Name of the notification.
-
-
-
-
- <TYPE>
-
-
- The notification type. Type must be either EMAIL,
- WEBHOOK, or PAGERDUTY.
-
-
-
-
- <ADDRESS>
-
-
- A valid EMAIL Address, URL, or SERVICE KEY
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/doc/cli-reference/generated/ch_cli_murano_commands.xml b/doc/cli-reference/generated/ch_cli_murano_commands.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index f66ef2ca7b..0000000000
--- a/doc/cli-reference/generated/ch_cli_murano_commands.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1663 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Application Catalog service command-line client
-
- The murano client is the command-line
- interface (CLI) for the Application Catalog service API and its extensions.
-
- This chapter documents murano version
- 0.8.0.
-
-
- For help on a specific murano
- command, enter:
-
- $muranoCOMMAND
-
-
- murano usage
- usage: murano [--version] [-d] [-v] [--cert-file OS_CERT] [--key-file OS_KEY]
- [--ca-file OS_CACERT] [--api-timeout API_TIMEOUT]
- [--os-tenant-id OS_TENANT_ID] [--os-tenant-name OS_TENANT_NAME]
- [--os-region-name OS_REGION_NAME]
- [--os-auth-token OS_AUTH_TOKEN] [--os-no-client-auth]
- [--murano-url MURANO_URL] [--glance-url GLANCE_URL]
- [--murano-api-version MURANO_API_VERSION]
- [--os-service-type OS_SERVICE_TYPE]
- [--os-endpoint-type OS_ENDPOINT_TYPE] [--include-password]
- [--murano-repo-url MURANO_REPO_URL] [--insecure]
- [--os-cacert <ca-certificate>] [--os-cert <certificate>]
- [--os-key <key>] [--timeout <seconds>]
- [--os-auth-url OS_AUTH_URL] [--os-domain-id OS_DOMAIN_ID]
- [--os-domain-name OS_DOMAIN_NAME]
- [--os-project-id OS_PROJECT_ID]
- [--os-project-name OS_PROJECT_NAME]
- [--os-project-domain-id OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_ID]
- [--os-project-domain-name OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_NAME]
- [--os-trust-id OS_TRUST_ID] [--os-user-id OS_USER_ID]
- [--os-username OS_USERNAME]
- [--os-user-domain-id OS_USER_DOMAIN_ID]
- [--os-user-domain-name OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME]
- [--os-password OS_PASSWORD]
- <subcommand> ...
-
- Subcommands
-
- app-show
-
-
- List applications, added to specified environment.
-
-
-
-
- bundle-import
-
-
- Import a bundle.
-
-
-
-
- bundle-save
-
-
- Save a bundle.
-
-
-
-
- category-create
-
-
- Create a category.
-
-
-
-
- category-delete
-
-
- Delete a category.
-
-
-
-
- category-list
-
-
- List all available categories.
-
-
-
-
- category-show
-
-
- Display category details.
-
-
-
-
- deployment-list
-
-
- List deployments for an environment.
-
-
-
-
- env-template-add-app
-
-
- Add application to the environment template.
-
-
-
-
- env-template-create
-
-
- Create an environment template.
-
-
-
-
- env-template-create-env
-
-
- Create a new environment from template.
-
-
-
-
- env-template-del-app
-
-
- Delete application from the environment template.
-
-
-
-
- env-template-delete
-
-
- Delete an environment template.
-
-
-
-
- env-template-list
-
-
- List the environments templates.
-
-
-
-
- env-template-show
-
-
- Display environment template details.
-
-
-
-
- env-template-update
-
-
- Update an environment template.
-
-
-
-
- environment-action-call
-
-
- Call action `ACTION` in environment `ID`.
-
-
-
-
- environment-action-get-result
-
-
- Get result of `TASK` in environment `ID`.
-
-
-
-
- environment-apps-edit
-
-
- Edit environment's object model.
-
-
-
-
- environment-create
-
-
- Create an environment.
-
-
-
-
- environment-delete
-
-
- Delete an environment.
-
-
-
-
- environment-deploy
-
-
- Start deployment of a murano environment session.
-
-
-
-
- environment-list
-
-
- List the environments.
-
-
-
-
- environment-rename
-
-
- Rename an environment.
-
-
-
-
- environment-session-create
-
-
- Creates a new configuration session for environment
- ID.
-
-
-
-
- environment-show
-
-
- Display environment details.
-
-
-
-
- package-create
-
-
- Create an application package.
-
-
-
-
- package-delete
-
-
- Delete a package.
-
-
-
-
- package-download
-
-
- Download a package to a filename or stdout.
-
-
-
-
- package-import
-
-
- Import a package.
-
-
-
-
- package-list
-
-
- List available packages.
-
-
-
-
- package-save
-
-
- Save a package.
-
-
-
-
- package-show
-
-
- Display details for a package.
-
-
-
-
- package-update
-
-
- Edit the package in question
-
-
-
-
- bash-completion
-
-
- Prints all of the commands and options to stdout.
-
-
-
-
- help
-
-
- Display help about this program or one of its
- subcommands.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- murano optional arguments
-
-
- --version
-
-
- Show program's version number and exit.
-
-
-
-
- -d, --debug
-
-
- Defaults to env[MURANOCLIENT_DEBUG].
-
-
-
-
- -v, --verbose
-
-
- Print more verbose output.
-
-
-
-
- --cert-file OS_CERT
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Use --os-cert.
-
-
-
-
- --key-file OS_KEY
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Use --os-key.
-
-
-
-
- --ca-file OS_CACERT
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Use --os-cacert.
-
-
-
-
- --api-timeout API_TIMEOUT
-
-
- Number of seconds to wait for an API response,
- defaults to system socket timeout.
-
-
-
-
- --os-tenant-id OS_TENANT_ID
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_TENANT_ID].
-
-
-
-
- --os-tenant-name OS_TENANT_NAME
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_TENANT_NAME].
-
-
-
-
- --os-region-name OS_REGION_NAME
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_REGION_NAME].
-
-
-
-
- --os-auth-token OS_AUTH_TOKEN
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_AUTH_TOKEN].
-
-
-
-
- --os-no-client-auth
-
-
- Do not contact keystone for a token. Defaults to
- env[OS_NO_CLIENT_AUTH].
-
-
-
-
- --murano-url MURANO_URL
-
-
- Defaults to env[MURANO_URL].
-
-
-
-
- --glance-url GLANCE_URL
-
-
- Defaults to env[GLANCE_URL].
-
-
-
-
- --murano-api-version MURANO_API_VERSION
-
-
- Defaults to env[MURANO_API_VERSION] or 1.
-
-
-
-
- --os-service-type OS_SERVICE_TYPE
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_SERVICE_TYPE].
-
-
-
-
- --os-endpoint-type OS_ENDPOINT_TYPE
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_ENDPOINT_TYPE].
-
-
-
-
- --include-password
-
-
- Send os-username and os-password to murano.
-
-
-
-
- --murano-repo-url MURANO_REPO_URL
-
-
- Defaults to env[MURANO_REPO_URL] or
- http://apps.openstack.org/api/v1/murano_repo/liberty/
-
-
-
-
- --insecure
-
-
- Explicitly allow client to perform "insecure" TLS
- (https) requests. The server's certificate will not be
- verified against any certificate authorities. This
- option should be used with caution.
-
-
-
-
- --os-cacert <ca-certificate>
-
-
- Specify a CA bundle file to use in verifying a TLS
- (https) server certificate. Defaults to
- env[OS_CACERT].
-
-
-
-
- --os-cert <certificate>
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_CERT].
-
-
-
-
- --os-key <key>
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_KEY].
-
-
-
-
- --timeout <seconds>
-
-
- Set request timeout (in seconds).
-
-
-
-
- --os-auth-url OS_AUTH_URL
-
-
- Authentication URL
-
-
-
-
- --os-domain-id OS_DOMAIN_ID
-
-
- Domain ID to scope to
-
-
-
-
- --os-domain-name OS_DOMAIN_NAME
-
-
- Domain name to scope to
-
-
-
-
- --os-project-id OS_PROJECT_ID
-
-
- Project ID to scope to
-
-
-
-
- --os-project-name OS_PROJECT_NAME
-
-
- Project name to scope to
-
-
-
-
- --os-project-domain-id OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_ID
-
-
- Domain ID containing project
-
-
-
-
- --os-project-domain-name OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_NAME
-
-
- Domain name containing project
-
-
-
-
- --os-trust-id OS_TRUST_ID
-
-
- Trust ID
-
-
-
-
- --os-user-id OS_USER_ID
-
-
- User ID
-
-
-
-
- --os-username OS_USERNAME, --os-user_name OS_USERNAME
-
-
- Username
-
-
-
-
- --os-user-domain-id OS_USER_DOMAIN_ID
-
-
- User's domain id
-
-
-
-
- --os-user-domain-name OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME
-
-
- User's domain name
-
-
-
-
- --os-password OS_PASSWORD
-
-
- User's password
-
-
-
-
-
-
- murano app-show
- usage: murano app-show [-p <PATH>] <ID>
-
-List applications, added to specified environment.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <ID>
-
-
- Environment ID to show applications from.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -p <PATH>, --path <PATH>
-
-
- Level of detalization to show. Leave empty to browse
- all applications in the environment.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- murano bundle-import
- usage: murano bundle-import [--is-public] [--exists-action {a,s,u}]
- <FILE> [<FILE> ...]
-
-Import a bundle. `FILE` can be either a path to a zip file, URL, or name from
-repo. If `FILE` is a local file, treat names of packages in a bundle as file
-names, relative to location of the bundle file. Requirements are first
-searched in the same directory.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <FILE>
-
-
- Bundle URL, bundle name, or path to the bundle file.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --is-public
-
-
- Make packages available to users from other tenants.
-
-
-
-
- --exists-action {a,s,u}
-
-
- Default action when a package already exists.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- murano bundle-save
- usage: murano bundle-save [-p <PATH>] [--no-images] <BUNDLE>
-
-Save a bundle. This will download a bundle of packages with all dependencies
-to specified path. If path doesn't exist it will be created.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <BUNDLE>
-
-
- Bundle URL, bundle name, or path to the bundle file.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -p <PATH>, --path <PATH>
-
-
- Path to the directory to store packages. If not set
- will use current directory.
-
-
-
-
- --no-images
-
-
- If set will skip images downloading.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- murano category-create
- usage: murano category-create <CATEGORY_NAME>
-
-Create a category.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <CATEGORY_NAME>
-
-
- Category name.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- murano category-delete
- usage: murano category-delete <ID> [<ID> ...]
-
-Delete a category.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <ID>
-
-
- ID of a category(ies) to delete.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- murano category-list
- usage: murano category-list
-
-List all available categories.
-
-
-
- murano category-show
- usage: murano category-show <ID>
-
-Display category details.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <ID>
-
-
- ID of a category(s) to show.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- murano deployment-list
- usage: murano deployment-list <ID>
-
-List deployments for an environment.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <ID>
-
-
- Environment ID for which to list deployments.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- murano env-template-add-app
- usage: murano env-template-add-app <ENV_TEMPLATE_NAME> <FILE>
-
-Add application to the environment template.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <ENV_TEMPLATE_NAME>
-
-
- Environment template name.
-
-
-
-
- <FILE>
-
-
- Path to the template.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- murano env-template-create
- usage: murano env-template-create <ENV_TEMPLATE_NAME>
-
-Create an environment template.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <ENV_TEMPLATE_NAME>
-
-
- Environment template name.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- murano env-template-create-env
- usage: murano env-template-create-env <ID> <ENV_TEMPLATE_NAME>
-
-Create a new environment from template.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <ID>
-
-
- Environment template ID.
-
-
-
-
- <ENV_TEMPLATE_NAME>
-
-
- New environment name.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- murano env-template-del-app
- usage: murano env-template-del-app <ENV_TEMPLATE_ID> <ENV_TEMPLATE_APP_ID>
-
-Delete application from the environment template.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <ENV_TEMPLATE_ID>
-
-
- Environment template ID.
-
-
-
-
- <ENV_TEMPLATE_APP_ID>
-
-
- Application ID.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- murano env-template-delete
- usage: murano env-template-delete <ID> [<ID> ...]
-
-Delete an environment template.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <ID>
-
-
- ID of environment(s) template to delete.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- murano env-template-list
- usage: murano env-template-list
-
-List the environments templates.
-
-
-
- murano env-template-show
- usage: murano env-template-show <ID>
-
-Display environment template details.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <ID>
-
-
- Environment template ID.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- murano env-template-update
- usage: murano env-template-update <ID> <ENV_TEMPLATE_NAME>
-
-Update an environment template.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <ID>
-
-
- Environment template ID.
-
-
-
-
- <ENV_TEMPLATE_NAME>
-
-
- Environment template name.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- murano environment-action-call
- usage: murano environment-action-call --action-id <ACTION>
- [--arguments [<KEY=VALUE> [<KEY=VALUE> ...]]]
- id
-
-Call action `ACTION` in environment `ID`. Returns id of an asynchronous task,
-that executes the action. Actions can only be called on a `deployed`
-environment. To view actions available in a given environment use
-`environment-show` command.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- id
-
-
- ID of Environment to call action against.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --action-id <ACTION>
-
-
- ID of action to run.
-
-
-
-
- --arguments [<KEY=VALUE> [<KEY=VALUE> ...]]
-
-
- Action arguments.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- murano environment-action-get-result
- usage: murano environment-action-get-result --task-id <TASK> <ID>
-
-Get result of `TASK` in environment `ID`.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <ID>
-
-
- ID of Environment where task is being executed.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --task-id <TASK>
-
-
- ID of action to run.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- murano environment-apps-edit
- usage: murano environment-apps-edit --session-id <SESSION_ID> <ID> [FILE]
-
-Edit environment's object model. `FILE` is path to a file, that contains
-jsonpatch, that describes changes to be made to environment's object-model. [
-{ "op": "add", "path": "/-", "value": { ... your-app object model here ... }
-}, { "op": "replace", "path": "/0/?/name", "value": "new_name" }, ] NOTE:
-Values '===id1===', '===id2===', etc. in the resulting object-model will be
-substituted with uuids. For more info on jsonpatch see RFC 6902
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <ID>
-
-
- ID of Environment to edit.
-
-
-
-
- FILE
-
-
- File to read jsonpatch from (defaults to stdin).
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --session-id <SESSION_ID>
-
-
- Id of a config session.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- murano environment-create
- usage: murano environment-create [--join-net-id <NET_ID>]
- [--join-subnet-id <SUBNET_ID>]
- <ENVIRONMENT_NAME>
-
-Create an environment.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <ENVIRONMENT_NAME>
-
-
- Environment name.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --join-net-id <NET_ID>
-
-
- Network id to join.
-
-
-
-
- --join-subnet-id <SUBNET_ID>
-
-
- Subnetwork id to join.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- murano environment-delete
- usage: murano environment-delete [--abandon] <NAME or ID> [<NAME or ID> ...]
-
-Delete an environment.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <NAME or ID>
-
-
- Id or name of environment(s) to delete.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --abandon
-
-
- If set will abandon environment without deleting any of its
- resources.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- murano environment-deploy
- usage: murano environment-deploy --session-id <SESSION> <ID>
-
-Start deployment of a murano environment session.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <ID>
-
-
- ID of Environment to deploy.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --session-id <SESSION>
-
-
- ID of configuration session to deploy.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- murano environment-list
- usage: murano environment-list [--all-tenants]
-
-List the environments.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --all-tenants
-
-
- Allows to list environments from all tenants (admin only).
-
-
-
-
-
-
- murano environment-rename
- usage: murano environment-rename <NAME or ID> <ENVIRONMENT_NAME>
-
-Rename an environment.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <NAME or ID>
-
-
- Environment ID or name.
-
-
-
-
- <ENVIRONMENT_NAME>
-
-
- A name to which the environment will be renamed.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- murano environment-session-create
- usage: murano environment-session-create <ID>
-
-Creates a new configuration session for environment ID.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <ID>
-
-
- ID of Environment to add session to.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- murano environment-show
- usage: murano environment-show [--session-id <SESSION_ID>] [--only-apps]
- <NAME or ID>
-
-Display environment details.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <NAME or ID>
-
-
- Environment ID or name.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --session-id <SESSION_ID>
-
-
- Id of a config session.
-
-
-
-
- --only-apps
-
-
- Only print apps of the environment (useful for
- automation).
-
-
-
-
-
-
- murano package-create
- usage: murano package-create [-t <HEAT_TEMPLATE>] [-c <CLASSES_DIRECTORY>]
- [-r <RESOURCES_DIRECTORY>] [-n <DISPLAY_NAME>]
- [-f <full-name>] [-a <AUTHOR>]
- [--tags [<TAG1 TAG2> [<TAG1 TAG2> ...]]]
- [-d <DESCRIPTION>] [-o <PACKAGE_NAME>]
- [-u <UI_DEFINITION>] [--type TYPE] [-l <LOGO>]
-
-Create an application package.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -t <HEAT_TEMPLATE>, --template <HEAT_TEMPLATE>
-
-
- Path to the Heat template to import as an Application
- Definition.
-
-
-
-
- -c <CLASSES_DIRECTORY>, --classes-dir <CLASSES_DIRECTORY>
-
-
- Path to the directory containing application classes.
-
-
-
-
- -r <RESOURCES_DIRECTORY>, --resources-dir <RESOURCES_DIRECTORY>
-
-
- Path to the directory containing application
- resources.
-
-
-
-
- -n <DISPLAY_NAME>, --name <DISPLAY_NAME>
-
-
- Display name of the Application in Catalog.
-
-
-
-
- -f <full-name>, --full-name <full-name>
-
-
- Fully-qualified name of the Application in Catalog.
-
-
-
-
- -a <AUTHOR>, --author <AUTHOR>
-
-
- Name of the publisher.
-
-
-
-
- --tags [<TAG1 TAG2> [<TAG1 TAG2> ...]]
-
-
- A list of keywords connected to the application.
-
-
-
-
- -d <DESCRIPTION>, --description <DESCRIPTION>
-
-
- Detailed description for the Application in Catalog.
-
-
-
-
- -o <PACKAGE_NAME>, --output <PACKAGE_NAME>
-
-
- The name of the output file archive to save locally.
-
-
-
-
- -u <UI_DEFINITION>, --ui <UI_DEFINITION>
-
-
- Dynamic UI form definition.
-
-
-
-
- --type TYPE
-
-
- Package type. Possible values: Application or Library.
-
-
-
-
- -l <LOGO>, --logo <LOGO>
-
-
- Path to the package logo.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- murano package-delete
- usage: murano package-delete <ID> [<ID> ...]
-
-Delete a package.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <ID>
-
-
- Package ID to delete.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- murano package-download
- usage: murano package-download <ID> [file]
-
-Download a package to a filename or stdout.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <ID>
-
-
- Package ID to download.
-
-
-
-
- file
-
-
- Filename to save package to. If it is not specified and there is no
- stdout redirection the package won't be saved.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- murano package-import
- usage: murano package-import [-c [<CATEGORY> [<CATEGORY> ...]]] [--is-public]
- [--version VERSION] [--exists-action {a,s,u}]
- <FILE> [<FILE> ...]
-
-Import a package. `FILE` can be either a path to a zip file, url or a FQPN.
-You can use `--` to separate `FILE`s from other arguments. Categories have to
-be separated with a space and have to be already present in murano.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <FILE>
-
-
- URL of the murano zip package, FQPN, or path to zip
- package.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -c [<CATEGORY> [<CATEGORY> ...]], --categories [<CATEGORY> [<CATEGORY> ...]]
-
-
- Category list to attach.
-
-
-
-
- --is-public
-
-
- Make the package available for users from other
- tenants.
-
-
-
-
- --version VERSION
-
-
- Version of the package to use from repository (ignored
- when importing with multiple packages).
-
-
-
-
- --exists-action {a,s,u}
-
-
- Default action when a package already exists.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- murano package-list
- usage: murano package-list [--limit LIMIT] [--include-disabled]
-
-List available packages.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --limit LIMIT
-
-
-
-
-
-
- --include-disabled
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- murano package-save
- usage: murano package-save [-p <PATH>] [--version VERSION] [--no-images]
- <PACKAGE> [<PACKAGE> ...]
-
-Save a package. This will download package(s) with all dependencies to
-specified path. If path doesn't exist it will be created.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <PACKAGE>
-
-
- Package URL or name.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -p <PATH>, --path <PATH>
-
-
- Path to the directory to store package. If not set
- will use current directory.
-
-
-
-
- --version VERSION
-
-
- Version of the package to use from repository (ignored
- when saving with multiple packages).
-
-
-
-
- --no-images
-
-
- If set will skip images downloading.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- murano package-show
- usage: murano package-show <ID>
-
-Display details for a package.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <ID>
-
-
- Package ID to show.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- murano package-update
- usage: murano package-update [--is-public {true|false}]
- [--enabled {true|false}] [--name NAME]
- [--description DESCRIPTION]
- [--tags [<TAG> [<TAG> ...]]]
- <ID>
-
-Edit the package in question
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <ID>
-
-
- Package ID to update.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --is-public {true|false}
-
-
- Make package available to users from other tenants.
-
-
-
-
- --enabled {true|false}
-
-
- Make package active and available for deployments.
-
-
-
-
- --name NAME
-
-
- New name for the package.
-
-
-
-
- --description DESCRIPTION
-
-
- New package description.
-
-
-
-
- --tags [<TAG> [<TAG> ...]]
-
-
- A list of keywords connected to the application.
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/doc/cli-reference/generated/ch_cli_neutron_commands.xml b/doc/cli-reference/generated/ch_cli_neutron_commands.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 2258817bba..0000000000
--- a/doc/cli-reference/generated/ch_cli_neutron_commands.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,11921 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Networking service command-line client
-
- The neutron client is the command-line
- interface (CLI) for the Networking service API and its extensions.
-
- This chapter documents neutron version
- 4.0.0.
-
-
- For help on a specific neutron
- command, enter:
-
- $neutronCOMMAND
-
-
- neutron usage
- usage: neutron [--version] [-v] [-q] [-h] [-r NUM]
- [--os-service-type <os-service-type>]
- [--os-endpoint-type <os-endpoint-type>]
- [--service-type <service-type>]
- [--endpoint-type <endpoint-type>]
- [--os-auth-strategy <auth-strategy>] [--os-cloud <cloud>]
- [--os-auth-url <auth-url>]
- [--os-tenant-name <auth-tenant-name> | --os-project-name <auth-project-name>]
- [--os-tenant-id <auth-tenant-id> | --os-project-id <auth-project-id>]
- [--os-username <auth-username>] [--os-user-id <auth-user-id>]
- [--os-user-domain-id <auth-user-domain-id>]
- [--os-user-domain-name <auth-user-domain-name>]
- [--os-project-domain-id <auth-project-domain-id>]
- [--os-project-domain-name <auth-project-domain-name>]
- [--os-cert <certificate>] [--os-cacert <ca-certificate>]
- [--os-key <key>] [--os-password <auth-password>]
- [--os-region-name <auth-region-name>] [--os-token <token>]
- [--http-timeout <seconds>] [--os-url <url>] [--insecure]
-
-
- neutron optional arguments
-
-
- --version
-
-
- show program's version number and exit
-
-
-
-
- -v, --verbose, --debug
-
-
- Increase verbosity of output and show tracebacks on
- errors. You can repeat this option.
-
-
-
-
- -q, --quiet
-
-
- Suppress output except warnings and errors.
-
-
-
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- Show this help message and exit.
-
-
-
-
- -r NUM, --retries NUM
-
-
- How many times the request to the Neutron server
- should be retried if it fails.
-
-
-
-
- --os-service-type <os-service-type>
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_NETWORK_SERVICE_TYPE] or network.
-
-
-
-
- --os-endpoint-type <os-endpoint-type>
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_ENDPOINT_TYPE] or public.
-
-
-
-
- --service-type <service-type>
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Use --os-service-type.
-
-
-
-
- --endpoint-type <endpoint-type>
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Use --os-endpoint-type.
-
-
-
-
- --os-auth-strategy <auth-strategy>
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only keystone is supported.
-
-
-
-
- --os-cloud <cloud>
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_CLOUD].
-
-
-
-
- --os-auth-url <auth-url>
-
-
- Authentication URL, defaults to env[OS_AUTH_URL].
-
-
-
-
- --os-tenant-name <auth-tenant-name>
-
-
- Authentication tenant name, defaults to
- env[OS_TENANT_NAME].
-
-
-
-
- --os-project-name <auth-project-name>
-
-
- Another way to specify tenant name. This option is
- mutually exclusive with --os-tenant-name. Defaults to
- env[OS_PROJECT_NAME].
-
-
-
-
- --os-tenant-id <auth-tenant-id>
-
-
- Authentication tenant ID, defaults to
- env[OS_TENANT_ID].
-
-
-
-
- --os-project-id <auth-project-id>
-
-
- Another way to specify tenant ID. This option is
- mutually exclusive with --os-tenant-id. Defaults to
- env[OS_PROJECT_ID].
-
-
-
-
- --os-username <auth-username>
-
-
- Authentication username, defaults to env[OS_USERNAME].
-
-
-
-
- --os-user-id <auth-user-id>
-
-
- Authentication user ID (Env: OS_USER_ID)
-
-
-
-
- --os-user-domain-id <auth-user-domain-id>
-
-
- OpenStack user domain ID. Defaults to
- env[OS_USER_DOMAIN_ID].
-
-
-
-
- --os-user-domain-name <auth-user-domain-name>
-
-
- OpenStack user domain name. Defaults to
- env[OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME].
-
-
-
-
- --os-project-domain-id <auth-project-domain-id>
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_ID].
-
-
-
-
- --os-project-domain-name <auth-project-domain-name>
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_NAME].
-
-
-
-
- --os-cert <certificate>
-
-
- Path of certificate file to use in SSL connection.
- This file can optionally be prepended with the private
- key. Defaults to env[OS_CERT].
-
-
-
-
- --os-cacert <ca-certificate>
-
-
- Specify a CA bundle file to use in verifying a TLS
- (https) server certificate. Defaults to
- env[OS_CACERT].
-
-
-
-
- --os-key <key>
-
-
- Path of client key to use in SSL connection. This
- option is not necessary if your key is prepended to
- your certificate file. Defaults to env[OS_KEY].
-
-
-
-
- --os-password <auth-password>
-
-
- Authentication password, defaults to env[OS_PASSWORD].
-
-
-
-
- --os-region-name <auth-region-name>
-
-
- Authentication region name, defaults to
- env[OS_REGION_NAME].
-
-
-
-
- --os-token <token>
-
-
- Authentication token, defaults to env[OS_TOKEN].
-
-
-
-
- --http-timeout <seconds>
-
-
- Timeout in seconds to wait for an HTTP response.
- Defaults to env[OS_NETWORK_TIMEOUT] or None if not
- specified.
-
-
-
-
- --os-url <url>
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_URL].
-
-
-
-
- --insecure
-
-
- Explicitly allow neutronclient to perform "insecure"
- SSL (https) requests. The server's certificate will
- not be verified against any certificate authorities.
- This option should be used with caution.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron API v2.0 commands
-
-
- address-scope-create
-
-
- Create an address scope for a given tenant.
-
-
-
-
- address-scope-delete
-
-
- Delete an address scope.
-
-
-
-
- address-scope-list
-
-
- List address scopes that belong to a given tenant.
-
-
-
-
- address-scope-show
-
-
- Show information about an address scope.
-
-
-
-
- address-scope-update
-
-
- Update an address scope.
-
-
-
-
- agent-delete
-
-
- Delete a given agent.
-
-
-
-
- agent-list
-
-
- List agents.
-
-
-
-
- agent-show
-
-
- Show information of a given agent.
-
-
-
-
- agent-update
-
-
- Updates the admin status and description for a specified agent.
-
-
-
-
- availability-zone-list
-
-
- List availability zones.
-
-
-
-
- bash-completion
-
-
- Prints all of the commands and options for bash-completion.
-
-
-
-
- dhcp-agent-list-hosting-net
-
-
- List DHCP agents hosting a network.
-
-
-
-
- dhcp-agent-network-add
-
-
- Add a network to a DHCP agent.
-
-
-
-
- dhcp-agent-network-remove
-
-
- Remove a network from a DHCP agent.
-
-
-
-
- ext-list
-
-
- List all extensions.
-
-
-
-
- ext-show
-
-
- Show information of a given resource.
-
-
-
-
- firewall-create
-
-
- Create a firewall.
-
-
-
-
- firewall-delete
-
-
- Delete a given firewall.
-
-
-
-
- firewall-list
-
-
- List firewalls that belong to a given tenant.
-
-
-
-
- firewall-policy-create
-
-
- Create a firewall policy.
-
-
-
-
- firewall-policy-delete
-
-
- Delete a given firewall policy.
-
-
-
-
- firewall-policy-insert-rule
-
-
- Insert a rule into a given firewall policy.
-
-
-
-
- firewall-policy-list
-
-
- List firewall policies that belong to a given tenant.
-
-
-
-
- firewall-policy-remove-rule
-
-
- Remove a rule from a given firewall policy.
-
-
-
-
- firewall-policy-show
-
-
- Show information of a given firewall policy.
-
-
-
-
- firewall-policy-update
-
-
- Update a given firewall policy.
-
-
-
-
- firewall-rule-create
-
-
- Create a firewall rule.
-
-
-
-
- firewall-rule-delete
-
-
- Delete a given firewall rule.
-
-
-
-
- firewall-rule-list
-
-
- List firewall rules that belong to a given tenant.
-
-
-
-
- firewall-rule-show
-
-
- Show information of a given firewall rule.
-
-
-
-
- firewall-rule-update
-
-
- Update a given firewall rule.
-
-
-
-
- firewall-show
-
-
- Show information of a given firewall.
-
-
-
-
- firewall-update
-
-
- Update a given firewall.
-
-
-
-
- flavor-associate
-
-
- Associate a Neutron service flavor with a flavor profile.
-
-
-
-
- flavor-create
-
-
- Create a Neutron service flavor.
-
-
-
-
- flavor-delete
-
-
- Delete a given Neutron service flavor.
-
-
-
-
- flavor-disassociate
-
-
- Disassociate a Neutron service flavor from a flavor profile.
-
-
-
-
- flavor-list
-
-
- List Neutron service flavors.
-
-
-
-
- flavor-profile-create
-
-
- Create a Neutron service flavor profile.
-
-
-
-
- flavor-profile-delete
-
-
- Delete a given Neutron service flavor profile.
-
-
-
-
- flavor-profile-list
-
-
- List Neutron service flavor profiles.
-
-
-
-
- flavor-profile-show
-
-
- Show information about a given Neutron service flavor profile.
-
-
-
-
- flavor-profile-update
-
-
- Update a given Neutron service flavor profile.
-
-
-
-
- flavor-show
-
-
- Show information about a given Neutron service flavor.
-
-
-
-
- flavor-update
-
-
- Update a Neutron service flavor.
-
-
-
-
- floatingip-associate
-
-
- Create a mapping between a floating IP and a fixed IP.
-
-
-
-
- floatingip-create
-
-
- Create a floating IP for a given tenant.
-
-
-
-
- floatingip-delete
-
-
- Delete a given floating IP.
-
-
-
-
- floatingip-disassociate
-
-
- Remove a mapping from a floating IP to a fixed IP.
-
-
-
-
- floatingip-list
-
-
- List floating IPs that belong to a given tenant.
-
-
-
-
- floatingip-show
-
-
- Show information of a given floating IP.
-
-
-
-
- gateway-device-create
-
-
- Create a network gateway device.
-
-
-
-
- gateway-device-delete
-
-
- Delete a given network gateway device.
-
-
-
-
- gateway-device-list
-
-
- List network gateway devices for a given tenant.
-
-
-
-
- gateway-device-show
-
-
- Show information for a given network gateway device.
-
-
-
-
- gateway-device-update
-
-
- Update a network gateway device.
-
-
-
-
- help
-
-
- print detailed help for another command
-
-
-
-
- ipsec-site-connection-create
-
-
- Create an IPsec site connection.
-
-
-
-
- ipsec-site-connection-delete
-
-
- Delete a given IPsec site connection.
-
-
-
-
- ipsec-site-connection-list
-
-
- List IPsec site connections that belong to a given tenant.
-
-
-
-
- ipsec-site-connection-show
-
-
- Show information of a given IPsec site connection.
-
-
-
-
- ipsec-site-connection-update
-
-
- Update a given IPsec site connection.
-
-
-
-
- l3-agent-list-hosting-router
-
-
- List L3 agents hosting a router.
-
-
-
-
- l3-agent-router-add
-
-
- Add a router to a L3 agent.
-
-
-
-
- l3-agent-router-remove
-
-
- Remove a router from a L3 agent.
-
-
-
-
- lb-agent-hosting-pool
-
-
- Get loadbalancer agent hosting a pool.
-
-
-
-
- lb-healthmonitor-associate
-
-
- Create a mapping between a health monitor and a pool.
-
-
-
-
- lb-healthmonitor-create
-
-
- Create a health monitor.
-
-
-
-
- lb-healthmonitor-delete
-
-
- Delete a given health monitor.
-
-
-
-
- lb-healthmonitor-disassociate
-
-
- Remove a mapping from a health monitor to a pool.
-
-
-
-
- lb-healthmonitor-list
-
-
- List health monitors that belong to a given tenant.
-
-
-
-
- lb-healthmonitor-show
-
-
- Show information of a given health monitor.
-
-
-
-
- lb-healthmonitor-update
-
-
- Update a given health monitor.
-
-
-
-
- lb-member-create
-
-
- Create a member.
-
-
-
-
- lb-member-delete
-
-
- Delete a given member.
-
-
-
-
- lb-member-list
-
-
- List members that belong to a given tenant.
-
-
-
-
- lb-member-show
-
-
- Show information of a given member.
-
-
-
-
- lb-member-update
-
-
- Update a given member.
-
-
-
-
- lb-pool-create
-
-
- Create a pool.
-
-
-
-
- lb-pool-delete
-
-
- Delete a given pool.
-
-
-
-
- lb-pool-list
-
-
- List pools that belong to a given tenant.
-
-
-
-
- lb-pool-list-on-agent
-
-
- List the pools on a loadbalancer agent.
-
-
-
-
- lb-pool-show
-
-
- Show information of a given pool.
-
-
-
-
- lb-pool-stats
-
-
- Retrieve stats for a given pool.
-
-
-
-
- lb-pool-update
-
-
- Update a given pool.
-
-
-
-
- lb-vip-create
-
-
- Create a vip.
-
-
-
-
- lb-vip-delete
-
-
- Delete a given vip.
-
-
-
-
- lb-vip-list
-
-
- List vips that belong to a given tenant.
-
-
-
-
- lb-vip-show
-
-
- Show information of a given vip.
-
-
-
-
- lb-vip-update
-
-
- Update a given vip.
-
-
-
-
- lbaas-agent-hosting-loadbalancer
-
-
- Get lbaas v2 agent hosting a loadbalancer.
-
-
-
-
- lbaas-healthmonitor-create
-
-
- LBaaS v2 Create a healthmonitor.
-
-
-
-
- lbaas-healthmonitor-delete
-
-
- LBaaS v2 Delete a given healthmonitor.
-
-
-
-
- lbaas-healthmonitor-list
-
-
- LBaaS v2 List healthmonitors that belong to a given tenant.
-
-
-
-
- lbaas-healthmonitor-show
-
-
- LBaaS v2 Show information of a given healthmonitor.
-
-
-
-
- lbaas-healthmonitor-update
-
-
- LBaaS v2 Update a given healthmonitor.
-
-
-
-
- lbaas-listener-create
-
-
- LBaaS v2 Create a listener.
-
-
-
-
- lbaas-listener-delete
-
-
- LBaaS v2 Delete a given listener.
-
-
-
-
- lbaas-listener-list
-
-
- LBaaS v2 List listeners that belong to a given tenant.
-
-
-
-
- lbaas-listener-show
-
-
- LBaaS v2 Show information of a given listener.
-
-
-
-
- lbaas-listener-update
-
-
- LBaaS v2 Update a given listener.
-
-
-
-
- lbaas-loadbalancer-create
-
-
- LBaaS v2 Create a loadbalancer.
-
-
-
-
- lbaas-loadbalancer-delete
-
-
- LBaaS v2 Delete a given loadbalancer.
-
-
-
-
- lbaas-loadbalancer-list
-
-
- LBaaS v2 List loadbalancers that belong to a given tenant.
-
-
-
-
- lbaas-loadbalancer-list-on-agent
-
-
- List the loadbalancers on a loadbalancer v2 agent.
-
-
-
-
- lbaas-loadbalancer-show
-
-
- LBaaS v2 Show information of a given loadbalancer.
-
-
-
-
- lbaas-loadbalancer-stats
-
-
- Retrieve stats for a given loadbalancer.
-
-
-
-
- lbaas-loadbalancer-update
-
-
- LBaaS v2 Update a given loadbalancer.
-
-
-
-
- lbaas-member-create
-
-
- LBaaS v2 Create a member.
-
-
-
-
- lbaas-member-delete
-
-
- LBaaS v2 Delete a given member.
-
-
-
-
- lbaas-member-list
-
-
- LBaaS v2 List members that belong to a given pool.
-
-
-
-
- lbaas-member-show
-
-
- LBaaS v2 Show information of a given member.
-
-
-
-
- lbaas-member-update
-
-
- LBaaS v2 Update a given member.
-
-
-
-
- lbaas-pool-create
-
-
- LBaaS v2 Create a pool.
-
-
-
-
- lbaas-pool-delete
-
-
- LBaaS v2 Delete a given pool.
-
-
-
-
- lbaas-pool-list
-
-
- LBaaS v2 List pools that belong to a given tenant.
-
-
-
-
- lbaas-pool-show
-
-
- LBaaS v2 Show information of a given pool.
-
-
-
-
- lbaas-pool-update
-
-
- LBaaS v2 Update a given pool.
-
-
-
-
- meter-label-create
-
-
- Create a metering label for a given tenant.
-
-
-
-
- meter-label-delete
-
-
- Delete a given metering label.
-
-
-
-
- meter-label-list
-
-
- List metering labels that belong to a given tenant.
-
-
-
-
- meter-label-rule-create
-
-
- Create a metering label rule for a given label.
-
-
-
-
- meter-label-rule-delete
-
-
- Delete a given metering label.
-
-
-
-
- meter-label-rule-list
-
-
- List metering labels that belong to a given label.
-
-
-
-
- meter-label-rule-show
-
-
- Show information of a given metering label rule.
-
-
-
-
- meter-label-show
-
-
- Show information of a given metering label.
-
-
-
-
- net-create
-
-
- Create a network for a given tenant.
-
-
-
-
- net-delete
-
-
- Delete a given network.
-
-
-
-
- net-external-list
-
-
- List external networks that belong to a given tenant.
-
-
-
-
- net-gateway-connect
-
-
- Add an internal network interface to a router.
-
-
-
-
- net-gateway-create
-
-
- Create a network gateway.
-
-
-
-
- net-gateway-delete
-
-
- Delete a given network gateway.
-
-
-
-
- net-gateway-disconnect
-
-
- Remove a network from a network gateway.
-
-
-
-
- net-gateway-list
-
-
- List network gateways for a given tenant.
-
-
-
-
- net-gateway-show
-
-
- Show information of a given network gateway.
-
-
-
-
- net-gateway-update
-
-
- Update the name for a network gateway.
-
-
-
-
- net-list
-
-
- List networks that belong to a given tenant.
-
-
-
-
- net-list-on-dhcp-agent
-
-
- List the networks on a DHCP agent.
-
-
-
-
- net-show
-
-
- Show information of a given network.
-
-
-
-
- net-update
-
-
- Update network's information.
-
-
-
-
- port-create
-
-
- Create a port for a given tenant.
-
-
-
-
- port-delete
-
-
- Delete a given port.
-
-
-
-
- port-list
-
-
- List ports that belong to a given tenant.
-
-
-
-
- port-show
-
-
- Show information of a given port.
-
-
-
-
- port-update
-
-
- Update port's information.
-
-
-
-
- qos-available-rule-types
-
-
- List available qos rule types.
-
-
-
-
- qos-bandwidth-limit-rule-create
-
-
- Create a qos bandwidth limit rule.
-
-
-
-
- qos-bandwidth-limit-rule-delete
-
-
- Delete a given qos bandwidth limit rule.
-
-
-
-
- qos-bandwidth-limit-rule-list
-
-
- List all qos bandwidth limit rules belonging to the specified policy.
-
-
-
-
- qos-bandwidth-limit-rule-show
-
-
- Show information about the given qos bandwidth limit rule.
-
-
-
-
- qos-bandwidth-limit-rule-update
-
-
- Update the given qos bandwidth limit rule.
-
-
-
-
- qos-policy-create
-
-
- Create a qos policy.
-
-
-
-
- qos-policy-delete
-
-
- Delete a given qos policy.
-
-
-
-
- qos-policy-list
-
-
- List QoS policies that belong to a given tenant connection.
-
-
-
-
- qos-policy-show
-
-
- Show information of a given qos policy.
-
-
-
-
- qos-policy-update
-
-
- Update a given qos policy.
-
-
-
-
- queue-create
-
-
- Create a queue.
-
-
-
-
- queue-delete
-
-
- Delete a given queue.
-
-
-
-
- queue-list
-
-
- List queues that belong to a given tenant.
-
-
-
-
- queue-show
-
-
- Show information of a given queue.
-
-
-
-
- quota-delete
-
-
- Delete defined quotas of a given tenant.
-
-
-
-
- quota-list
-
-
- List quotas of all tenants who have non-default quota values.
-
-
-
-
- quota-show
-
-
- Show quotas of a given tenant.
-
-
-
-
- quota-update
-
-
- Define tenant's quotas not to use defaults.
-
-
-
-
- rbac-create
-
-
- Create a RBAC policy for a given tenant.
-
-
-
-
- rbac-delete
-
-
- Delete a RBAC policy.
-
-
-
-
- rbac-list
-
-
- List RBAC policies that belong to a given tenant.
-
-
-
-
- rbac-show
-
-
- Show information of a given RBAC policy.
-
-
-
-
- rbac-update
-
-
- Update RBAC policy for given tenant.
-
-
-
-
- router-create
-
-
- Create a router for a given tenant.
-
-
-
-
- router-delete
-
-
- Delete a given router.
-
-
-
-
- router-gateway-clear
-
-
- Remove an external network gateway from a router.
-
-
-
-
- router-gateway-set
-
-
- Set the external network gateway for a router.
-
-
-
-
- router-interface-add
-
-
- Add an internal network interface to a router.
-
-
-
-
- router-interface-delete
-
-
- Remove an internal network interface from a router.
-
-
-
-
- router-list
-
-
- List routers that belong to a given tenant.
-
-
-
-
- router-list-on-l3-agent
-
-
- List the routers on a L3 agent.
-
-
-
-
- router-port-list
-
-
- List ports that belong to a given tenant, with specified router.
-
-
-
-
- router-show
-
-
- Show information of a given router.
-
-
-
-
- router-update
-
-
- Update router's information.
-
-
-
-
- security-group-create
-
-
- Create a security group.
-
-
-
-
- security-group-delete
-
-
- Delete a given security group.
-
-
-
-
- security-group-list
-
-
- List security groups that belong to a given tenant.
-
-
-
-
- security-group-rule-create
-
-
- Create a security group rule.
-
-
-
-
- security-group-rule-delete
-
-
- Delete a given security group rule.
-
-
-
-
- security-group-rule-list
-
-
- List security group rules that belong to a given tenant.
-
-
-
-
- security-group-rule-show
-
-
- Show information of a given security group rule.
-
-
-
-
- security-group-show
-
-
- Show information of a given security group.
-
-
-
-
- security-group-update
-
-
- Update a given security group.
-
-
-
-
- service-provider-list
-
-
- List service providers.
-
-
-
-
- subnet-create
-
-
- Create a subnet for a given tenant.
-
-
-
-
- subnet-delete
-
-
- Delete a given subnet.
-
-
-
-
- subnet-list
-
-
- List subnets that belong to a given tenant.
-
-
-
-
- subnet-show
-
-
- Show information of a given subnet.
-
-
-
-
- subnet-update
-
-
- Update subnet's information.
-
-
-
-
- subnetpool-create
-
-
- Create a subnetpool for a given tenant.
-
-
-
-
- subnetpool-delete
-
-
- Delete a given subnetpool.
-
-
-
-
- subnetpool-list
-
-
- List subnetpools that belong to a given tenant.
-
-
-
-
- subnetpool-show
-
-
- Show information of a given subnetpool.
-
-
-
-
- subnetpool-update
-
-
- Update subnetpool's information.
-
-
-
-
- vpn-endpoint-group-create
-
-
- Create a VPN endpoint group.
-
-
-
-
- vpn-endpoint-group-delete
-
-
- Delete a given VPN endpoint group.
-
-
-
-
- vpn-endpoint-group-list
-
-
- List VPN endpoint groups that belong to a given tenant.
-
-
-
-
- vpn-endpoint-group-show
-
-
- Show a specific VPN endpoint group.
-
-
-
-
- vpn-endpoint-group-update
-
-
- Update a given VPN endpoint group.
-
-
-
-
- vpn-ikepolicy-create
-
-
- Create an IKE policy.
-
-
-
-
- vpn-ikepolicy-delete
-
-
- Delete a given IKE policy.
-
-
-
-
- vpn-ikepolicy-list
-
-
- List IKE policies that belong to a tenant.
-
-
-
-
- vpn-ikepolicy-show
-
-
- Show information of a given IKE policy.
-
-
-
-
- vpn-ikepolicy-update
-
-
- Update a given IKE policy.
-
-
-
-
- vpn-ipsecpolicy-create
-
-
- Create an IPsec policy.
-
-
-
-
- vpn-ipsecpolicy-delete
-
-
- Delete a given IPsec policy.
-
-
-
-
- vpn-ipsecpolicy-list
-
-
- List IPsec policies that belong to a given tenant connection.
-
-
-
-
- vpn-ipsecpolicy-show
-
-
- Show information of a given IPsec policy.
-
-
-
-
- vpn-ipsecpolicy-update
-
-
- Update a given IPsec policy.
-
-
-
-
- vpn-service-create
-
-
- Create a VPN service.
-
-
-
-
- vpn-service-delete
-
-
- Delete a given VPN service.
-
-
-
-
- vpn-service-list
-
-
- List VPN service configurations that belong to a given tenant.
-
-
-
-
- vpn-service-show
-
-
- Show information of a given VPN service.
-
-
-
-
- vpn-service-update
-
-
- Update a given VPN service.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron address-scope-create
- usage: neutron address-scope-create [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
- [--request-format {json}]
- [--tenant-id TENANT_ID] [--shared]
- name
-
-Create an address scope for a given tenant.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- name
-
-
- Specify the name of the address scope.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
- --tenant-id TENANT_ID
-
-
- The owner tenant ID.
-
-
-
-
- --shared
-
-
- Set the address scope as shared.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron address-scope-delete
- usage: neutron address-scope-delete [-h] [--request-format {json}]
- ADDRESS_SCOPE
-
-Delete an address scope.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- ADDRESS_SCOPE
-
-
- ID or name of address_scope to delete.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron address-scope-show
- usage: neutron address-scope-show [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
- [--request-format {json}] [-D] [-F FIELD]
- ADDRESS_SCOPE
-
-Show information about an address scope.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- ADDRESS_SCOPE
-
-
- ID or name of address_scope to look up.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
- -D, --show-details
-
-
- Show detailed information.
-
-
-
-
- -F FIELD, --field FIELD
-
-
- Specify the field(s) to be returned by server. You can
- repeat this option.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron address-scope-update
- usage: neutron address-scope-update [-h] [--request-format {json}]
- [--name NAME]
- ADDRESS_SCOPE
-
-Update an address scope.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- ADDRESS_SCOPE
-
-
- ID or name of address_scope to update.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
- --name NAME
-
-
- Name of the address scope to update.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron agent-delete
- usage: neutron agent-delete [-h] [--request-format {json}] AGENT
-
-Delete a given agent.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- AGENT
-
-
- ID of agent to delete.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron agent-show
- usage: neutron agent-show [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>] [--noindent]
- [--prefix PREFIX] [--request-format {json}] [-D]
- [-F FIELD]
- AGENT
-
-Show information of a given agent.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- AGENT
-
-
- ID of agent to look up.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
- -D, --show-details
-
-
- Show detailed information.
-
-
-
-
- -F FIELD, --field FIELD
-
-
- Specify the field(s) to be returned by server. You can
- repeat this option.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron agent-update
- usage: neutron agent-update [-h] [--request-format {json}]
- [--admin-state-down] [--description DESCRIPTION]
- AGENT
-
-Updates the admin status and description for a specified agent.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- AGENT
-
-
- ID of agent to update.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
- --admin-state-down
-
-
- Set admin state up of the agent to false.
-
-
-
-
- --description DESCRIPTION
-
-
- Description for the agent.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron dhcp-agent-list-hosting-net
- usage: neutron dhcp-agent-list-hosting-net [-h]
- [-f {csv,html,json,json,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent]
- [--quote {all,minimal,none,nonnumeric}]
- [--request-format {json}] [-D]
- [-F FIELD]
- network
-
-List DHCP agents hosting a network.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- network
-
-
- Network to query.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
- -D, --show-details
-
-
- Show detailed information.
-
-
-
-
- -F FIELD, --field FIELD
-
-
- Specify the field(s) to be returned by server. You can
- repeat this option.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron dhcp-agent-network-add
- usage: neutron dhcp-agent-network-add [-h] [--request-format {json}]
- dhcp_agent network
-
-Add a network to a DHCP agent.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- dhcp_agent
-
-
- ID of the DHCP agent.
-
-
-
-
- network
-
-
- Network to add.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron dhcp-agent-network-remove
- usage: neutron dhcp-agent-network-remove [-h] [--request-format {json}]
- dhcp_agent network
-
-Remove a network from a DHCP agent.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- dhcp_agent
-
-
- ID of the DHCP agent.
-
-
-
-
- network
-
-
- Network to remove.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron ext-show
- usage: neutron ext-show [-h] [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>] [--noindent]
- [--prefix PREFIX] [--request-format {json}] [-D]
- [-F FIELD]
- EXTENSION
-
-Show information of a given resource.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- EXTENSION
-
-
- ID of extension to look up.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
- -D, --show-details
-
-
- Show detailed information.
-
-
-
-
- -F FIELD, --field FIELD
-
-
- Specify the field(s) to be returned by server. You can
- repeat this option.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron firewall-create
- usage: neutron firewall-create [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
- [--request-format {json}]
- [--tenant-id TENANT_ID] [--name NAME]
- [--description DESCRIPTION]
- [--admin-state-down] [--router ROUTER]
- POLICY
-
-Create a firewall.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- POLICY
-
-
- Firewall policy name or ID.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
- --tenant-id TENANT_ID
-
-
- The owner tenant ID.
-
-
-
-
- --name NAME
-
-
- Name for the firewall.
-
-
-
-
- --description DESCRIPTION
-
-
- Description for the firewall rule.
-
-
-
-
- --admin-state-down
-
-
- Set admin state up to false.
-
-
-
-
- --router ROUTER
-
-
- Firewall associated router names or IDs (requires
- FWaaS router insertion extension, this option can be
- repeated)
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron firewall-delete
- usage: neutron firewall-delete [-h] [--request-format {json}] FIREWALL
-
-Delete a given firewall.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- FIREWALL
-
-
- ID or name of firewall to delete.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron firewall-policy-create
- usage: neutron firewall-policy-create [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
- [--request-format {json}]
- [--tenant-id TENANT_ID]
- [--description DESCRIPTION] [--shared]
- [--firewall-rules FIREWALL_RULES]
- [--audited]
- NAME
-
-Create a firewall policy.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- NAME
-
-
- Name for the firewall policy.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
- --tenant-id TENANT_ID
-
-
- The owner tenant ID.
-
-
-
-
- --description DESCRIPTION
-
-
- Description for the firewall policy.
-
-
-
-
- --shared
-
-
- Create a shared policy.
-
-
-
-
- --firewall-rules FIREWALL_RULES
-
-
- Ordered list of whitespace-delimited firewall rule
- names or IDs; e.g., --firewall-rules "rule1 rule2"
-
-
-
-
- --audited
-
-
- Sets audited to True.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron firewall-policy-delete
- usage: neutron firewall-policy-delete [-h] [--request-format {json}]
- FIREWALL_POLICY
-
-Delete a given firewall policy.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- FIREWALL_POLICY
-
-
- ID or name of firewall_policy to delete.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron firewall-policy-insert-rule
- usage: neutron firewall-policy-insert-rule [-h] [--request-format {json}]
- [--insert-before FIREWALL_RULE]
- [--insert-after FIREWALL_RULE]
- FIREWALL_POLICY FIREWALL_RULE
-
-Insert a rule into a given firewall policy.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- FIREWALL_POLICY
-
-
- ID or name of firewall_policy to update.
-
-
-
-
- FIREWALL_RULE
-
-
- New rule to insert.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
- --insert-before FIREWALL_RULE
-
-
- Insert before this rule.
-
-
-
-
- --insert-after FIREWALL_RULE
-
-
- Insert after this rule.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron firewall-policy-remove-rule
- usage: neutron firewall-policy-remove-rule [-h] [--request-format {json}]
- FIREWALL_POLICY FIREWALL_RULE
-
-Remove a rule from a given firewall policy.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- FIREWALL_POLICY
-
-
- ID or name of firewall_policy to update.
-
-
-
-
- FIREWALL_RULE
-
-
- Firewall rule to remove from policy.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron firewall-policy-show
- usage: neutron firewall-policy-show [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
- [--request-format {json}] [-D] [-F FIELD]
- FIREWALL_POLICY
-
-Show information of a given firewall policy.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- FIREWALL_POLICY
-
-
- ID or name of firewall_policy to look up.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
- -D, --show-details
-
-
- Show detailed information.
-
-
-
-
- -F FIELD, --field FIELD
-
-
- Specify the field(s) to be returned by server. You can
- repeat this option.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron firewall-policy-update
- usage: neutron firewall-policy-update [-h] [--request-format {json}]
- [--firewall-rules FIREWALL_RULES]
- FIREWALL_POLICY
-
-Update a given firewall policy.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- FIREWALL_POLICY
-
-
- ID or name of firewall_policy to update.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
- --firewall-rules FIREWALL_RULES
-
-
- Ordered list of whitespace-delimited firewall rule
- names or IDs; e.g., --firewall-rules "rule1 rule2"
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron firewall-rule-delete
- usage: neutron firewall-rule-delete [-h] [--request-format {json}]
- FIREWALL_RULE
-
-Delete a given firewall rule.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- FIREWALL_RULE
-
-
- ID or name of firewall_rule to delete.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron firewall-rule-show
- usage: neutron firewall-rule-show [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
- [--request-format {json}] [-D] [-F FIELD]
- FIREWALL_RULE
-
-Show information of a given firewall rule.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- FIREWALL_RULE
-
-
- ID or name of firewall_rule to look up.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
- -D, --show-details
-
-
- Show detailed information.
-
-
-
-
- -F FIELD, --field FIELD
-
-
- Specify the field(s) to be returned by server. You can
- repeat this option.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron firewall-rule-update
- usage: neutron firewall-rule-update [-h] [--request-format {json}]
- [--protocol {tcp,udp,icmp,any}]
- FIREWALL_RULE
-
-Update a given firewall rule.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- FIREWALL_RULE
-
-
- ID or name of firewall_rule to update.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
- --protocol {tcp,udp,icmp,any}
-
-
- Protocol for the firewall rule.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron firewall-show
- usage: neutron firewall-show [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>] [--noindent]
- [--prefix PREFIX] [--request-format {json}] [-D]
- [-F FIELD]
- FIREWALL
-
-Show information of a given firewall.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- FIREWALL
-
-
- ID or name of firewall to look up.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
- -D, --show-details
-
-
- Show detailed information.
-
-
-
-
- -F FIELD, --field FIELD
-
-
- Specify the field(s) to be returned by server. You can
- repeat this option.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron firewall-update
- usage: neutron firewall-update [-h] [--request-format {json}]
- [--policy POLICY]
- [--router ROUTER | --no-routers]
- FIREWALL
-
-Update a given firewall.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- FIREWALL
-
-
- ID or name of firewall to update.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
- --policy POLICY
-
-
- Firewall policy name or ID.
-
-
-
-
- --router ROUTER
-
-
- Firewall associated router names or IDs (requires
- FWaaS router insertion extension, this option can be
- repeated)
-
-
-
-
- --no-routers
-
-
- Associate no routers with the firewall (requires FWaaS
- router insertion extension)
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron flavor-associate
- usage: neutron flavor-associate [-h] [--request-format {json}]
- FLAVOR FLAVOR_PROFILE
-
-Associate a Neutron service flavor with a flavor profile.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- FLAVOR
-
-
- Name or ID of the flavor to associate.
-
-
-
-
- FLAVOR_PROFILE
-
-
- ID of the flavor profile to be associated with the
- flavor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron flavor-create
- usage: neutron flavor-create [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>] [--noindent]
- [--prefix PREFIX] [--request-format {json}]
- [--tenant-id TENANT_ID]
- [--description DESCRIPTION]
- [--enabled {True,False}]
- NAME SERVICE_TYPE
-
-Create a Neutron service flavor.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- NAME
-
-
- Name for the flavor.
-
-
-
-
- SERVICE_TYPE
-
-
- Service type to which the flavor applies to: e.g. VPN.
- (See service-provider-list for loaded examples.)
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
- --tenant-id TENANT_ID
-
-
- The owner tenant ID.
-
-
-
-
- --description DESCRIPTION
-
-
- Description for the flavor.
-
-
-
-
- --enabled {True,False}
-
-
- Sets enabled flag.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron flavor-delete
- usage: neutron flavor-delete [-h] [--request-format {json}] FLAVOR
-
-Delete a given Neutron service flavor.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- FLAVOR
-
-
- ID or name of flavor to delete.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron flavor-disassociate
- usage: neutron flavor-disassociate [-h] [--request-format {json}]
- FLAVOR FLAVOR_PROFILE
-
-Disassociate a Neutron service flavor from a flavor profile.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- FLAVOR
-
-
- Name or ID of the flavor.
-
-
-
-
- FLAVOR_PROFILE
-
-
- ID of the flavor profile to be disassociated from the
- flavor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron flavor-profile-delete
- usage: neutron flavor-profile-delete [-h] [--request-format {json}]
- SERVICE_PROFILE
-
-Delete a given Neutron service flavor profile.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- SERVICE_PROFILE
-
-
- ID or name of service_profile to delete.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron flavor-profile-show
- usage: neutron flavor-profile-show [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
- [--request-format {json}] [-D] [-F FIELD]
- SERVICE_PROFILE
-
-Show information about a given Neutron service flavor profile.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- SERVICE_PROFILE
-
-
- ID or name of service_profile to look up.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
- -D, --show-details
-
-
- Show detailed information.
-
-
-
-
- -F FIELD, --field FIELD
-
-
- Specify the field(s) to be returned by server. You can
- repeat this option.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron flavor-profile-update
- usage: neutron flavor-profile-update [-h] [--request-format {json}]
- [--description DESCRIPTION]
- [--driver DRIVER] [--metainfo METAINFO]
- [--enabled {True,False}]
- SERVICE_PROFILE
-
-Update a given Neutron service flavor profile.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- SERVICE_PROFILE
-
-
- ID or name of service_profile to update.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
- --description DESCRIPTION
-
-
- Description for the flavor profile.
-
-
-
-
- --driver DRIVER
-
-
- Python module path to driver.
-
-
-
-
- --metainfo METAINFO
-
-
- Metainfo for the flavor profile.
-
-
-
-
- --enabled {True,False}
-
-
- Sets enabled flag.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron flavor-show
- usage: neutron flavor-show [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>] [--noindent]
- [--prefix PREFIX] [--request-format {json}] [-D]
- [-F FIELD]
- FLAVOR
-
-Show information about a given Neutron service flavor.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- FLAVOR
-
-
- ID or name of flavor to look up.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
- -D, --show-details
-
-
- Show detailed information.
-
-
-
-
- -F FIELD, --field FIELD
-
-
- Specify the field(s) to be returned by server. You can
- repeat this option.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron flavor-update
- usage: neutron flavor-update [-h] [--request-format {json}] [--name NAME]
- [--description DESCRIPTION]
- [--enabled {True,False}]
- FLAVOR
-
-Update a Neutron service flavor.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- FLAVOR
-
-
- ID or name of flavor to update.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
- --name NAME
-
-
- Name for the flavor.
-
-
-
-
- --description DESCRIPTION
-
-
- Description for the flavor.
-
-
-
-
- --enabled {True,False}
-
-
- Sets enabled flag.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron floatingip-associate
- usage: neutron floatingip-associate [-h] [--request-format {json}]
- [--fixed-ip-address FIXED_IP_ADDRESS]
- FLOATINGIP_ID PORT
-
-Create a mapping between a floating IP and a fixed IP.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- FLOATINGIP_ID
-
-
- ID of the floating IP to associate.
-
-
-
-
- PORT
-
-
- ID or name of the port to be associated with the
- floating IP.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
- --fixed-ip-address FIXED_IP_ADDRESS
-
-
- IP address on the port (only required if port has
- multiple IPs).
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron floatingip-create
- usage: neutron floatingip-create [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
- [--request-format {json}]
- [--tenant-id TENANT_ID] [--port-id PORT_ID]
- [--fixed-ip-address FIXED_IP_ADDRESS]
- [--floating-ip-address FLOATING_IP_ADDRESS]
- [--subnet SUBNET_ID]
- FLOATING_NETWORK
-
-Create a floating IP for a given tenant.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- FLOATING_NETWORK
-
-
- Network name or ID to allocate floating IP from.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
- --tenant-id TENANT_ID
-
-
- The owner tenant ID.
-
-
-
-
- --port-id PORT_ID
-
-
- ID of the port to be associated with the floating IP.
-
-
-
-
- --fixed-ip-address FIXED_IP_ADDRESS
-
-
- IP address on the port (only required if port has
- multiple IPs).
-
-
-
-
- --floating-ip-address FLOATING_IP_ADDRESS
-
-
- IP address of the floating IP
-
-
-
-
- --subnet SUBNET_ID
-
-
- Subnet ID on which you want to create the floating IP.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron floatingip-delete
- usage: neutron floatingip-delete [-h] [--request-format {json}] FLOATINGIP
-
-Delete a given floating IP.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- FLOATINGIP
-
-
- ID of floatingip to delete.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron floatingip-disassociate
- usage: neutron floatingip-disassociate [-h] [--request-format {json}]
- FLOATINGIP_ID
-
-Remove a mapping from a floating IP to a fixed IP.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- FLOATINGIP_ID
-
-
- ID of the floating IP to disassociate.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron floatingip-show
- usage: neutron floatingip-show [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
- [--request-format {json}] [-D] [-F FIELD]
- FLOATINGIP
-
-Show information of a given floating IP.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- FLOATINGIP
-
-
- ID of floatingip to look up.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
- -D, --show-details
-
-
- Show detailed information.
-
-
-
-
- -F FIELD, --field FIELD
-
-
- Specify the field(s) to be returned by server. You can
- repeat this option.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron gateway-device-create
- usage: neutron gateway-device-create [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
- [--request-format {json}]
- [--tenant-id TENANT_ID]
- [--connector-type {stt,gre,ipsecgre,ipsecstt,bridge,ipsec_gre,ipsec_stt}]
- --connector-ip CONNECTOR_IP
- (--client-certificate CERT_DATA | --client-certificate-file CERT_FILE)
- NAME
-
-Create a network gateway device.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- NAME
-
-
- Name of network gateway device to create.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
- --tenant-id TENANT_ID
-
-
- The owner tenant ID.
-
-
-
-
- --connector-type {stt,gre,ipsecgre,ipsecstt,bridge,ipsec_gre,ipsec_stt}
-
-
- Type of the transport zone connector to use for this
- device. Valid values are gre, stt, ipsec_gre,
- ipsec_stt, and bridge. Defaults to stt. ipsecgre and
- ipsecstt are also accepted as alternative names
-
-
-
-
- --connector-ip CONNECTOR_IP
-
-
- IP address for this device's transport connector. It
- must correspond to the IP address of the interface
- used for tenant traffic on the NSX gateway node.
-
-
-
-
- --client-certificate CERT_DATA
-
-
- PEM certificate used by the NSX gateway transport node
- to authenticate with the NSX controller.
-
-
-
-
- --client-certificate-file CERT_FILE
-
-
- File containing the PEM certificate used by the NSX
- gateway transport node to authenticate with the NSX
- controller.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron gateway-device-delete
- usage: neutron gateway-device-delete [-h] [--request-format {json}]
- GATEWAY_DEVICE
-
-Delete a given network gateway device.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- GATEWAY_DEVICE
-
-
- ID or name of gateway_device to delete.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron gateway-device-show
- usage: neutron gateway-device-show [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
- [--request-format {json}] [-D] [-F FIELD]
- GATEWAY_DEVICE
-
-Show information for a given network gateway device.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- GATEWAY_DEVICE
-
-
- ID or name of gateway_device to look up.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
- -D, --show-details
-
-
- Show detailed information.
-
-
-
-
- -F FIELD, --field FIELD
-
-
- Specify the field(s) to be returned by server. You can
- repeat this option.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron gateway-device-update
- usage: neutron gateway-device-update [-h] [--request-format {json}]
- [--name NAME]
- [--connector-type {stt,gre,ipsecgre,ipsecstt,bridge,ipsec_gre,ipsec_stt}]
- [--connector-ip CONNECTOR_IP]
- [--client-certificate CERT_DATA | --client-certificate-file CERT_FILE]
- GATEWAY_DEVICE
-
-Update a network gateway device.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- GATEWAY_DEVICE
-
-
- ID or name of gateway_device to update.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
- --name NAME
-
-
- New name for network gateway device.
-
-
-
-
- --connector-type {stt,gre,ipsecgre,ipsecstt,bridge,ipsec_gre,ipsec_stt}
-
-
- Type of the transport zone connector to use for this
- device. Valid values are gre, stt, ipsec_gre,
- ipsec_stt, and bridge. Defaults to stt. ipsecgre and
- ipsecstt are also accepted as alternative names
-
-
-
-
- --connector-ip CONNECTOR_IP
-
-
- IP address for this device's transport connector. It
- must correspond to the IP address of the interface
- used for tenant traffic on the NSX gateway node.
-
-
-
-
- --client-certificate CERT_DATA
-
-
- PEM certificate used by the NSX gateway transport node
- to authenticate with the NSX controller.
-
-
-
-
- --client-certificate-file CERT_FILE
-
-
- File containing the PEM certificate used by the NSX
- gateway transport node to authenticate with the NSX
- controller.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron ipsec-site-connection-delete
- usage: neutron ipsec-site-connection-delete [-h] [--request-format {json}]
- IPSEC_SITE_CONNECTION
-
-Delete a given IPsec site connection.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- IPSEC_SITE_CONNECTION
-
-
- ID or name of ipsec_site_connection to delete.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron ipsec-site-connection-show
- usage: neutron ipsec-site-connection-show [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
- [--request-format {json}] [-D]
- [-F FIELD]
- IPSEC_SITE_CONNECTION
-
-Show information of a given IPsec site connection.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- IPSEC_SITE_CONNECTION
-
-
- ID or name of ipsec_site_connection to look up.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
- -D, --show-details
-
-
- Show detailed information.
-
-
-
-
- -F FIELD, --field FIELD
-
-
- Specify the field(s) to be returned by server. You can
- repeat this option.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron ipsec-site-connection-update
- usage: neutron ipsec-site-connection-update [-h] [--request-format {json}]
- [--dpd action=ACTION,interval=INTERVAL,timeout=TIMEOUT]
- [--local-ep-group LOCAL_EP_GROUP]
- [--peer-ep-group PEER_EP_GROUP]
- IPSEC_SITE_CONNECTION
-
-Update a given IPsec site connection.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- IPSEC_SITE_CONNECTION
-
-
- ID or name of ipsec_site_connection to update.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
- --dpd
-
-
- action=ACTION,interval=INTERVAL,timeout=TIMEOUT
- Ipsec connection. Dead Peer Detection attributes.
- 'action'-hold,clear,disabled,restart,restart-by-peer.
- 'interval' and 'timeout' are non negative integers.
- 'interval' should be less than 'timeout' value.
- 'action', default:hold 'interval', default:30,
- 'timeout', default:120.
-
-
-
-
- --local-ep-group LOCAL_EP_GROUP
-
-
- Local endpoint group ID/name with subnet(s) for IPSec
- connection.
-
-
-
-
- --peer-ep-group PEER_EP_GROUP
-
-
- Peer endpoint group ID/name with CIDR(s) for IPsec
- connection.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron l3-agent-list-hosting-router
- usage: neutron l3-agent-list-hosting-router [-h]
- [-f {csv,html,json,json,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN]
- [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent]
- [--quote {all,minimal,none,nonnumeric}]
- [--request-format {json}] [-D]
- [-F FIELD]
- router
-
-List L3 agents hosting a router.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- router
-
-
- Router to query.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
- -D, --show-details
-
-
- Show detailed information.
-
-
-
-
- -F FIELD, --field FIELD
-
-
- Specify the field(s) to be returned by server. You can
- repeat this option.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron l3-agent-router-add
- usage: neutron l3-agent-router-add [-h] [--request-format {json}]
- l3_agent router
-
-Add a router to a L3 agent.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- l3_agent
-
-
- ID of the L3 agent.
-
-
-
-
- router
-
-
- Router to add.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron l3-agent-router-remove
- usage: neutron l3-agent-router-remove [-h] [--request-format {json}]
- l3_agent router
-
-Remove a router from a L3 agent.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- l3_agent
-
-
- ID of the L3 agent.
-
-
-
-
- router
-
-
- Router to remove.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron lb-agent-hosting-pool
- usage: neutron lb-agent-hosting-pool [-h]
- [-f {csv,html,json,json,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent]
- [--quote {all,minimal,none,nonnumeric}]
- [--request-format {json}] [-D] [-F FIELD]
- pool
-
-Get loadbalancer agent hosting a pool. Deriving from ListCommand though server
-will return only one agent to keep common output format for all agent
-schedulers
-
- Positional arguments
-
- pool
-
-
- Pool to query.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
- -D, --show-details
-
-
- Show detailed information.
-
-
-
-
- -F FIELD, --field FIELD
-
-
- Specify the field(s) to be returned by server. You can
- repeat this option.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron lb-healthmonitor-associate
- usage: neutron lb-healthmonitor-associate [-h] [--request-format {json}]
- HEALTH_MONITOR_ID POOL
-
-Create a mapping between a health monitor and a pool.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- HEALTH_MONITOR_ID
-
-
- Health monitor to associate.
-
-
-
-
- POOL
-
-
- ID of the pool to be associated with the health
- monitor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron lb-healthmonitor-delete
- usage: neutron lb-healthmonitor-delete [-h] [--request-format {json}]
- HEALTH_MONITOR
-
-Delete a given health monitor.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- HEALTH_MONITOR
-
-
- ID of health_monitor to delete.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron lb-healthmonitor-disassociate
- usage: neutron lb-healthmonitor-disassociate [-h] [--request-format {json}]
- HEALTH_MONITOR_ID POOL
-
-Remove a mapping from a health monitor to a pool.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- HEALTH_MONITOR_ID
-
-
- Health monitor to associate.
-
-
-
-
- POOL
-
-
- ID of the pool to be associated with the health
- monitor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron lb-healthmonitor-show
- usage: neutron lb-healthmonitor-show [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
- [--request-format {json}] [-D] [-F FIELD]
- HEALTH_MONITOR
-
-Show information of a given health monitor.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- HEALTH_MONITOR
-
-
- ID of health_monitor to look up.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
- -D, --show-details
-
-
- Show detailed information.
-
-
-
-
- -F FIELD, --field FIELD
-
-
- Specify the field(s) to be returned by server. You can
- repeat this option.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron lb-healthmonitor-update
- usage: neutron lb-healthmonitor-update [-h] [--request-format {json}]
- HEALTH_MONITOR
-
-Update a given health monitor.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- HEALTH_MONITOR
-
-
- ID of health_monitor to update.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron lb-member-create
- usage: neutron lb-member-create [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
- [--request-format {json}]
- [--tenant-id TENANT_ID] [--admin-state-down]
- [--weight WEIGHT] --address ADDRESS
- --protocol-port PROTOCOL_PORT
- POOL
-
-Create a member.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- POOL
-
-
- Pool ID or name this vip belongs to.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
- --tenant-id TENANT_ID
-
-
- The owner tenant ID.
-
-
-
-
- --admin-state-down
-
-
- Set admin state up to false.
-
-
-
-
- --weight WEIGHT
-
-
- Weight of pool member in the pool (default:1,
- [0..256]).
-
-
-
-
- --address ADDRESS
-
-
- IP address of the pool member on the pool network.
-
-
-
-
- --protocol-port PROTOCOL_PORT
-
-
- Port on which the pool member listens for requests or
- connections.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron lb-member-delete
- usage: neutron lb-member-delete [-h] [--request-format {json}] MEMBER
-
-Delete a given member.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- MEMBER
-
-
- ID or name of member to delete.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron lb-member-show
- usage: neutron lb-member-show [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>] [--noindent]
- [--prefix PREFIX] [--request-format {json}] [-D]
- [-F FIELD]
- MEMBER
-
-Show information of a given member.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- MEMBER
-
-
- ID of member to look up.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
- -D, --show-details
-
-
- Show detailed information.
-
-
-
-
- -F FIELD, --field FIELD
-
-
- Specify the field(s) to be returned by server. You can
- repeat this option.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron lb-member-update
- usage: neutron lb-member-update [-h] [--request-format {json}] MEMBER
-
-Update a given member.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- MEMBER
-
-
- ID or name of member to update.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron lb-pool-delete
- usage: neutron lb-pool-delete [-h] [--request-format {json}] POOL
-
-Delete a given pool.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- POOL
-
-
- ID or name of pool to delete.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron lb-pool-list-on-agent
- usage: neutron lb-pool-list-on-agent [-h]
- [-f {csv,html,json,json,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent]
- [--quote {all,minimal,none,nonnumeric}]
- [--request-format {json}] [-D] [-F FIELD]
- lbaas_agent
-
-List the pools on a loadbalancer agent.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- lbaas_agent
-
-
- ID of the loadbalancer agent to query.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
- -D, --show-details
-
-
- Show detailed information.
-
-
-
-
- -F FIELD, --field FIELD
-
-
- Specify the field(s) to be returned by server. You can
- repeat this option.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron lb-pool-show
- usage: neutron lb-pool-show [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>] [--noindent]
- [--prefix PREFIX] [--request-format {json}] [-D]
- [-F FIELD]
- POOL
-
-Show information of a given pool.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- POOL
-
-
- ID or name of pool to look up.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
- -D, --show-details
-
-
- Show detailed information.
-
-
-
-
- -F FIELD, --field FIELD
-
-
- Specify the field(s) to be returned by server. You can
- repeat this option.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron lb-pool-stats
- usage: neutron lb-pool-stats [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>] [--noindent]
- [--prefix PREFIX] [--request-format {json}] [-D]
- [-F FIELD]
- POOL
-
-Retrieve stats for a given pool.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- POOL
-
-
- ID or name of pool to look up.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
- -D, --show-details
-
-
- Show detailed information.
-
-
-
-
- -F FIELD, --field FIELD
-
-
- Specify the field(s) to be returned by server. You can
- repeat this option.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron lb-pool-update
- usage: neutron lb-pool-update [-h] [--request-format {json}] POOL
-
-Update a given pool.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- POOL
-
-
- ID or name of pool to update.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron lb-vip-create
- usage: neutron lb-vip-create [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>] [--noindent]
- [--prefix PREFIX] [--request-format {json}]
- [--tenant-id TENANT_ID] [--address ADDRESS]
- [--admin-state-down]
- [--connection-limit CONNECTION_LIMIT]
- [--description DESCRIPTION] --name NAME
- --protocol-port PROTOCOL_PORT --protocol
- {TCP,HTTP,HTTPS} --subnet-id SUBNET
- POOL
-
-Create a vip.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- POOL
-
-
- Pool ID or name this vip belongs to.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
- --tenant-id TENANT_ID
-
-
- The owner tenant ID.
-
-
-
-
- --address ADDRESS
-
-
- IP address of the vip.
-
-
-
-
- --admin-state-down
-
-
- Set admin state up to false.
-
-
-
-
- --connection-limit CONNECTION_LIMIT
-
-
- The maximum number of connections per second allowed
- for the vip. Positive integer or -1 for unlimited
- (default).
-
-
-
-
- --description DESCRIPTION
-
-
- Description of the vip.
-
-
-
-
- --name NAME
-
-
- Name of the vip.
-
-
-
-
- --protocol-port PROTOCOL_PORT
-
-
- TCP port on which to listen for client traffic that is
- associated with the vip address.
-
-
-
-
- --protocol {TCP,HTTP,HTTPS}
-
-
- Protocol for balancing.
-
-
-
-
- --subnet-id SUBNET
-
-
- The subnet on which to allocate the vip address.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron lb-vip-delete
- usage: neutron lb-vip-delete [-h] [--request-format {json}] VIP
-
-Delete a given vip.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- VIP
-
-
- ID or name of vip to delete.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron lb-vip-show
- usage: neutron lb-vip-show [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>] [--noindent]
- [--prefix PREFIX] [--request-format {json}] [-D]
- [-F FIELD]
- VIP
-
-Show information of a given vip.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- VIP
-
-
- ID or name of vip to look up.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
- -D, --show-details
-
-
- Show detailed information.
-
-
-
-
- -F FIELD, --field FIELD
-
-
- Specify the field(s) to be returned by server. You can
- repeat this option.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron lb-vip-update
- usage: neutron lb-vip-update [-h] [--request-format {json}] VIP
-
-Update a given vip.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- VIP
-
-
- ID or name of vip to update.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron lbaas-agent-hosting-loadbalancer
- usage: neutron lbaas-agent-hosting-loadbalancer [-h]
- [-f {csv,html,json,json,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN]
- [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent]
- [--quote {all,minimal,none,nonnumeric}]
- [--request-format {json}] [-D]
- [-F FIELD]
- loadbalancer
-
-Get lbaas v2 agent hosting a loadbalancer. Deriving from ListCommand though
-server will return only one agent to keep common output format for all agent
-schedulers
-
- Positional arguments
-
- loadbalancer
-
-
- LoadBalancer to query.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
- -D, --show-details
-
-
- Show detailed information.
-
-
-
-
- -F FIELD, --field FIELD
-
-
- Specify the field(s) to be returned by server. You can
- repeat this option.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron lbaas-healthmonitor-delete
- usage: neutron lbaas-healthmonitor-delete [-h] [--request-format {json}]
- HEALTHMONITOR
-
-LBaaS v2 Delete a given healthmonitor.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- HEALTHMONITOR
-
-
- ID or name of healthmonitor to delete.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron lbaas-healthmonitor-show
- usage: neutron lbaas-healthmonitor-show [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
- [--request-format {json}] [-D]
- [-F FIELD]
- HEALTHMONITOR
-
-LBaaS v2 Show information of a given healthmonitor.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- HEALTHMONITOR
-
-
- ID or name of healthmonitor to look up.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
- -D, --show-details
-
-
- Show detailed information.
-
-
-
-
- -F FIELD, --field FIELD
-
-
- Specify the field(s) to be returned by server. You can
- repeat this option.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron lbaas-healthmonitor-update
- usage: neutron lbaas-healthmonitor-update [-h] [--request-format {json}]
- [--name NAME]
- HEALTHMONITOR
-
-LBaaS v2 Update a given healthmonitor.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- HEALTHMONITOR
-
-
- ID or name of healthmonitor to update.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
- --name NAME
-
-
- Updated name of the health monitor.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron lbaas-listener-delete
- usage: neutron lbaas-listener-delete [-h] [--request-format {json}] LISTENER
-
-LBaaS v2 Delete a given listener.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- LISTENER
-
-
- ID or name of listener to delete.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron lbaas-listener-show
- usage: neutron lbaas-listener-show [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
- [--request-format {json}] [-D] [-F FIELD]
- LISTENER
-
-LBaaS v2 Show information of a given listener.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- LISTENER
-
-
- ID or name of listener to look up.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
- -D, --show-details
-
-
- Show detailed information.
-
-
-
-
- -F FIELD, --field FIELD
-
-
- Specify the field(s) to be returned by server. You can
- repeat this option.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron lbaas-listener-update
- usage: neutron lbaas-listener-update [-h] [--request-format {json}] LISTENER
-
-LBaaS v2 Update a given listener.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- LISTENER
-
-
- ID of listener to update.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron lbaas-loadbalancer-create
- usage: neutron lbaas-loadbalancer-create [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
- [--request-format {json}]
- [--tenant-id TENANT_ID]
- [--description DESCRIPTION]
- [--admin-state-down] [--name NAME]
- [--provider PROVIDER]
- [--flavor FLAVOR]
- [--vip-address VIP_ADDRESS]
- VIP_SUBNET
-
-LBaaS v2 Create a loadbalancer.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- VIP_SUBNET
-
-
- Load balancer VIP subnet.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
- --tenant-id TENANT_ID
-
-
- The owner tenant ID.
-
-
-
-
- --description DESCRIPTION
-
-
- Description of the load balancer.
-
-
-
-
- --admin-state-down
-
-
- Set admin state up to false.
-
-
-
-
- --name NAME
-
-
- Name of the load balancer.
-
-
-
-
- --provider PROVIDER
-
-
- Provider name of load balancer service.
-
-
-
-
- --flavor FLAVOR
-
-
- ID or name of flavor.
-
-
-
-
- --vip-address VIP_ADDRESS
-
-
- VIP address for the load balancer.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron lbaas-loadbalancer-delete
- usage: neutron lbaas-loadbalancer-delete [-h] [--request-format {json}]
- LOADBALANCER
-
-LBaaS v2 Delete a given loadbalancer.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- LOADBALANCER
-
-
- ID or name of loadbalancer to delete.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron lbaas-loadbalancer-list-on-agent
- usage: neutron lbaas-loadbalancer-list-on-agent [-h]
- [-f {csv,html,json,json,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN]
- [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent]
- [--quote {all,minimal,none,nonnumeric}]
- [--request-format {json}] [-D]
- [-F FIELD]
- lbaas_agent
-
-List the loadbalancers on a loadbalancer v2 agent.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- lbaas_agent
-
-
- ID of the loadbalancer agent to query.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
- -D, --show-details
-
-
- Show detailed information.
-
-
-
-
- -F FIELD, --field FIELD
-
-
- Specify the field(s) to be returned by server. You can
- repeat this option.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron lbaas-loadbalancer-show
- usage: neutron lbaas-loadbalancer-show [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
- [--request-format {json}] [-D]
- [-F FIELD]
- LOADBALANCER
-
-LBaaS v2 Show information of a given loadbalancer.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- LOADBALANCER
-
-
- ID or name of loadbalancer to look up.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
- -D, --show-details
-
-
- Show detailed information.
-
-
-
-
- -F FIELD, --field FIELD
-
-
- Specify the field(s) to be returned by server. You can
- repeat this option.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron lbaas-loadbalancer-stats
- usage: neutron lbaas-loadbalancer-stats [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
- [--request-format {json}] [-D]
- [-F FIELD]
- LOADBALANCER
-
-Retrieve stats for a given loadbalancer.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- LOADBALANCER
-
-
- ID or name of loadbalancer to look up.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
- -D, --show-details
-
-
- Show detailed information.
-
-
-
-
- -F FIELD, --field FIELD
-
-
- Specify the field(s) to be returned by server. You can
- repeat this option.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron lbaas-loadbalancer-update
- usage: neutron lbaas-loadbalancer-update [-h] [--request-format {json}]
- LOADBALANCER
-
-LBaaS v2 Update a given loadbalancer.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- LOADBALANCER
-
-
- ID or name of loadbalancer to update.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron lbaas-member-create
- usage: neutron lbaas-member-create [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
- [--request-format {json}]
- [--tenant-id TENANT_ID]
- [--admin-state-down] [--weight WEIGHT]
- [--name NAME] --subnet SUBNET --address
- ADDRESS --protocol-port PROTOCOL_PORT
- POOL
-
-LBaaS v2 Create a member.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- POOL
-
-
- ID or name of the pool that this member belongs to.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
- --tenant-id TENANT_ID
-
-
- The owner tenant ID.
-
-
-
-
- --admin-state-down
-
-
- Set admin state up to false
-
-
-
-
- --weight WEIGHT
-
-
- Weight of member in the pool (default:1, [0..256]).
-
-
-
-
- --name NAME
-
-
- Name of the member to be created.
-
-
-
-
- --subnet SUBNET
-
-
- Subnet ID or name for the member.
-
-
-
-
- --address ADDRESS
-
-
- IP address of the pool member in the pool.
-
-
-
-
- --protocol-port PROTOCOL_PORT
-
-
- Port on which the pool member listens for requests or
- connections.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron lbaas-member-delete
- usage: neutron lbaas-member-delete [-h] [--request-format {json}] MEMBER POOL
-
-LBaaS v2 Delete a given member.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- MEMBER
-
-
- ID or name of member to delete.
-
-
-
-
- POOL
-
-
- ID or name of the pool that this member belongs to.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron lbaas-member-list
- usage: neutron lbaas-member-list [-h]
- [-f {csv,html,json,json,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent]
- [--quote {all,minimal,none,nonnumeric}]
- [--request-format {json}] [-D] [-F FIELD]
- [-P SIZE] [--sort-key FIELD]
- [--sort-dir {asc,desc}]
- POOL
-
-LBaaS v2 List members that belong to a given pool.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- POOL
-
-
- ID or name of the pool that this member belongs to.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
- -D, --show-details
-
-
- Show detailed information.
-
-
-
-
- -F FIELD, --field FIELD
-
-
- Specify the field(s) to be returned by server. You can
- repeat this option.
-
-
-
-
- -P SIZE, --page-size SIZE
-
-
- Specify retrieve unit of each request, then split one
- request to several requests.
-
-
-
-
- --sort-key FIELD
-
-
- Sorts the list by the specified fields in the
- specified directions. You can repeat this option, but
- you must specify an equal number of sort_dir and
- sort_key values. Extra sort_dir options are ignored.
- Missing sort_dir options use the default asc value.
-
-
-
-
- --sort-dir {asc,desc}
-
-
- Sorts the list in the specified direction. You can
- repeat this option.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron lbaas-member-show
- usage: neutron lbaas-member-show [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
- [--request-format {json}] [-D] [-F FIELD]
- MEMBER POOL
-
-LBaaS v2 Show information of a given member.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- MEMBER
-
-
- ID or name of member to look up.
-
-
-
-
- POOL
-
-
- ID or name of the pool that this member belongs to.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
- -D, --show-details
-
-
- Show detailed information.
-
-
-
-
- -F FIELD, --field FIELD
-
-
- Specify the field(s) to be returned by server. You can
- repeat this option.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron lbaas-member-update
- usage: neutron lbaas-member-update [-h] [--request-format {json}]
- [--admin-state-down] [--weight WEIGHT]
- [--name NAME]
- MEMBER POOL
-
-LBaaS v2 Update a given member.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- MEMBER
-
-
- ID or name of member to update.
-
-
-
-
- POOL
-
-
- ID or name of the pool that this member belongs to
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
- --admin-state-down
-
-
- Set admin state up to false
-
-
-
-
- --weight WEIGHT
-
-
- Weight of member in the pool (default:1, [0..256])
-
-
-
-
- --name NAME
-
-
- Updated name of the member.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron lbaas-pool-delete
- usage: neutron lbaas-pool-delete [-h] [--request-format {json}] POOL
-
-LBaaS v2 Delete a given pool.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- POOL
-
-
- ID or name of pool to delete.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron lbaas-pool-show
- usage: neutron lbaas-pool-show [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
- [--request-format {json}] [-D] [-F FIELD]
- POOL
-
-LBaaS v2 Show information of a given pool.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- POOL
-
-
- ID or name of pool to look up.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
- -D, --show-details
-
-
- Show detailed information.
-
-
-
-
- -F FIELD, --field FIELD
-
-
- Specify the field(s) to be returned by server. You can
- repeat this option.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron lbaas-pool-update
- usage: neutron lbaas-pool-update [-h] [--request-format {json}] POOL
-
-LBaaS v2 Update a given pool.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- POOL
-
-
- ID or name of pool to update.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron meter-label-create
- usage: neutron meter-label-create [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
- [--request-format {json}]
- [--tenant-id TENANT_ID]
- [--description DESCRIPTION] [--shared]
- NAME
-
-Create a metering label for a given tenant.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- NAME
-
-
- Name of metering label to create.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
- --tenant-id TENANT_ID
-
-
- The owner tenant ID.
-
-
-
-
- --description DESCRIPTION
-
-
- Description of metering label to create.
-
-
-
-
- --shared
-
-
- Set the label as shared.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron meter-label-delete
- usage: neutron meter-label-delete [-h] [--request-format {json}]
- METERING_LABEL
-
-Delete a given metering label.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- METERING_LABEL
-
-
- ID or name of metering_label to delete.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron meter-label-rule-create
- usage: neutron meter-label-rule-create [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
- [--request-format {json}]
- [--tenant-id TENANT_ID]
- [--direction {ingress,egress}]
- [--excluded]
- LABEL REMOTE_IP_PREFIX
-
-Create a metering label rule for a given label.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- LABEL
-
-
- Id or Name of the label.
-
-
-
-
- REMOTE_IP_PREFIX
-
-
- CIDR to match on.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
- --tenant-id TENANT_ID
-
-
- The owner tenant ID.
-
-
-
-
- --direction {ingress,egress}
-
-
- Direction of traffic, default: ingress.
-
-
-
-
- --excluded
-
-
- Exclude this CIDR from the label, default: not
- excluded.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron meter-label-rule-delete
- usage: neutron meter-label-rule-delete [-h] [--request-format {json}]
- METERING_LABEL_RULE
-
-Delete a given metering label.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- METERING_LABEL_RULE
-
-
- ID or name of metering_label_rule to delete.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron meter-label-rule-show
- usage: neutron meter-label-rule-show [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
- [--request-format {json}] [-D] [-F FIELD]
- METERING_LABEL_RULE
-
-Show information of a given metering label rule.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- METERING_LABEL_RULE
-
-
- ID or name of metering_label_rule to look up.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
- -D, --show-details
-
-
- Show detailed information.
-
-
-
-
- -F FIELD, --field FIELD
-
-
- Specify the field(s) to be returned by server. You can
- repeat this option.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron meter-label-show
- usage: neutron meter-label-show [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
- [--request-format {json}] [-D] [-F FIELD]
- METERING_LABEL
-
-Show information of a given metering label.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- METERING_LABEL
-
-
- ID or name of metering_label to look up.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
- -D, --show-details
-
-
- Show detailed information.
-
-
-
-
- -F FIELD, --field FIELD
-
-
- Specify the field(s) to be returned by server. You can
- repeat this option.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron net-create
- usage: neutron net-create [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>] [--noindent]
- [--prefix PREFIX] [--request-format {json}]
- [--tenant-id TENANT_ID] [--admin-state-down]
- [--shared] [--provider:network_type <network_type>]
- [--provider:physical_network <physical_network_name>]
- [--provider:segmentation_id <segmentation_id>]
- [--vlan-transparent {True,False}]
- [--qos-policy QOS_POLICY]
- [--availability-zone-hint AVAILABILITY_ZONE]
- NAME
-
-Create a network for a given tenant.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- NAME
-
-
- Name of network to create.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
- --tenant-id TENANT_ID
-
-
- The owner tenant ID.
-
-
-
-
- --admin-state-down
-
-
- Set admin state up to false.
-
-
-
-
- --shared
-
-
- Set the network as shared.
-
-
-
-
- --provider:network_type <network_type>
-
-
- The physical mechanism by which the virtual network is
- implemented.
-
-
-
-
- --provider:physical_network <physical_network_name>
-
-
- Name of the physical network over which the virtual
- network is implemented.
-
-
-
-
- --provider:segmentation_id <segmentation_id>
-
-
- VLAN ID for VLAN networks or tunnel-id for GRE/VXLAN
- networks.
-
-
-
-
- --vlan-transparent {True,False}
-
-
- Create a vlan transparent network.
-
-
-
-
- --qos-policy QOS_POLICY
-
-
- Attach QoS policy ID or name to the resource.
-
-
-
-
- --availability-zone-hint AVAILABILITY_ZONE
-
-
- Availability Zone for the network (requires
- availability zone extension, this option can be
- repeated).
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron net-delete
- usage: neutron net-delete [-h] [--request-format {json}] NETWORK
-
-Delete a given network.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- NETWORK
-
-
- ID or name of network to delete.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron net-gateway-connect
- usage: neutron net-gateway-connect [-h] [--request-format {json}]
- [--segmentation-type SEGMENTATION_TYPE]
- [--segmentation-id SEGMENTATION_ID]
- NET-GATEWAY-ID NETWORK-ID
-
-Add an internal network interface to a router.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- NET-GATEWAY-ID
-
-
- ID of the network gateway.
-
-
-
-
- NETWORK-ID
-
-
- ID of the internal network to connect on the gateway.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
- --segmentation-type SEGMENTATION_TYPE
-
-
- L2 segmentation strategy on the external side of the
- gateway (e.g.: VLAN, FLAT).
-
-
-
-
- --segmentation-id SEGMENTATION_ID
-
-
- Identifier for the L2 segment on the external side of
- the gateway.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron net-gateway-create
- usage: neutron net-gateway-create [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
- [--request-format {json}]
- [--tenant-id TENANT_ID]
- [--device id=ID,interface_name=NAME_OR_ID]
- NAME
-
-Create a network gateway.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- NAME
-
-
- Name of network gateway to create.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
- --tenant-id TENANT_ID
-
-
- The owner tenant ID.
-
-
-
-
- --device
-
-
- id=ID,interface_name=NAME_OR_ID
- Device info for this gateway. You can repeat this
- option for multiple devices for HA gateways.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron net-gateway-delete
- usage: neutron net-gateway-delete [-h] [--request-format {json}]
- NETWORK_GATEWAY
-
-Delete a given network gateway.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- NETWORK_GATEWAY
-
-
- ID or name of network_gateway to delete.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron net-gateway-disconnect
- usage: neutron net-gateway-disconnect [-h] [--request-format {json}]
- [--segmentation-type SEGMENTATION_TYPE]
- [--segmentation-id SEGMENTATION_ID]
- NET-GATEWAY-ID NETWORK-ID
-
-Remove a network from a network gateway.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- NET-GATEWAY-ID
-
-
- ID of the network gateway.
-
-
-
-
- NETWORK-ID
-
-
- ID of the internal network to connect on the gateway.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
- --segmentation-type SEGMENTATION_TYPE
-
-
- L2 segmentation strategy on the external side of the
- gateway (e.g.: VLAN, FLAT).
-
-
-
-
- --segmentation-id SEGMENTATION_ID
-
-
- Identifier for the L2 segment on the external side of
- the gateway.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron net-gateway-show
- usage: neutron net-gateway-show [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
- [--request-format {json}] [-D] [-F FIELD]
- NETWORK_GATEWAY
-
-Show information of a given network gateway.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- NETWORK_GATEWAY
-
-
- ID or name of network_gateway to look up.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
- -D, --show-details
-
-
- Show detailed information.
-
-
-
-
- -F FIELD, --field FIELD
-
-
- Specify the field(s) to be returned by server. You can
- repeat this option.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron net-gateway-update
- usage: neutron net-gateway-update [-h] [--request-format {json}]
- NETWORK_GATEWAY
-
-Update the name for a network gateway.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- NETWORK_GATEWAY
-
-
- ID or name of network_gateway to update.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron net-list-on-dhcp-agent
- usage: neutron net-list-on-dhcp-agent [-h]
- [-f {csv,html,json,json,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent]
- [--quote {all,minimal,none,nonnumeric}]
- [--request-format {json}] [-D]
- [-F FIELD] [-P SIZE] [--sort-key FIELD]
- [--sort-dir {asc,desc}]
- dhcp_agent
-
-List the networks on a DHCP agent.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- dhcp_agent
-
-
- ID of the DHCP agent.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
- -D, --show-details
-
-
- Show detailed information.
-
-
-
-
- -F FIELD, --field FIELD
-
-
- Specify the field(s) to be returned by server. You can
- repeat this option.
-
-
-
-
- -P SIZE, --page-size SIZE
-
-
- Specify retrieve unit of each request, then split one
- request to several requests.
-
-
-
-
- --sort-key FIELD
-
-
- Sorts the list by the specified fields in the
- specified directions. You can repeat this option, but
- you must specify an equal number of sort_dir and
- sort_key values. Extra sort_dir options are ignored.
- Missing sort_dir options use the default asc value.
-
-
-
-
- --sort-dir {asc,desc}
-
-
- Sorts the list in the specified direction. You can
- repeat this option.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron net-show
- usage: neutron net-show [-h] [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>] [--noindent]
- [--prefix PREFIX] [--request-format {json}] [-D]
- [-F FIELD]
- NETWORK
-
-Show information of a given network.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- NETWORK
-
-
- ID or name of network to look up.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
- -D, --show-details
-
-
- Show detailed information.
-
-
-
-
- -F FIELD, --field FIELD
-
-
- Specify the field(s) to be returned by server. You can
- repeat this option.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron net-update
- usage: neutron net-update [-h] [--request-format {json}]
- [--qos-policy QOS_POLICY | --no-qos-policy]
- NETWORK
-
-Update network's information.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- NETWORK
-
-
- ID or name of network to update.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
- --qos-policy QOS_POLICY
-
-
- Attach QoS policy ID or name to the resource.
-
-
-
-
- --no-qos-policy
-
-
- Detach QoS policy from the resource.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron port-create
- usage: neutron port-create [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>] [--noindent]
- [--prefix PREFIX] [--request-format {json}]
- [--tenant-id TENANT_ID] [--name NAME]
- [--fixed-ip subnet_id=SUBNET,ip_address=IP_ADDR]
- [--device-id DEVICE_ID]
- [--device-owner DEVICE_OWNER] [--admin-state-down]
- [--mac-address MAC_ADDRESS]
- [--vnic-type <direct | direct-physical | macvtap | normal | baremetal>]
- [--binding-profile BINDING_PROFILE]
- [--security-group SECURITY_GROUP | --no-security-groups]
- [--extra-dhcp-opt EXTRA_DHCP_OPTS]
- [--qos-policy QOS_POLICY]
- [--allowed-address-pair ip_address=IP_ADDR[,mac_address=MAC_ADDR]
- | --no-allowed-address-pairs]
- NETWORK
-
-Create a port for a given tenant.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- NETWORK
-
-
- Network ID or name this port belongs to.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
- --tenant-id TENANT_ID
-
-
- The owner tenant ID.
-
-
-
-
- --name NAME
-
-
- Name of this port.
-
-
-
-
- --fixed-ip
-
-
- subnet_id=SUBNET,ip_address=IP_ADDR
- Desired IP and/or subnet for this port:
- subnet_id=<name_or_id>,ip_address=<ip>. You can repeat
- this option.
-
-
-
-
- --device-id DEVICE_ID
-
-
- Device ID of this port.
-
-
-
-
- --device-owner DEVICE_OWNER
-
-
- Device owner of this port.
-
-
-
-
- --admin-state-down
-
-
- Set admin state up to false.
-
-
-
-
- --mac-address MAC_ADDRESS
-
-
- MAC address of this port.
-
-
-
-
- --vnic-type <direct | direct-physical | macvtap | normal | baremetal>
-
-
- VNIC type for this port.
-
-
-
-
- --binding-profile BINDING_PROFILE
-
-
- Custom data to be passed as binding:profile.
-
-
-
-
- --security-group SECURITY_GROUP
-
-
- Security group associated with the port. You can
- repeat this option.
-
-
-
-
- --no-security-groups
-
-
- Associate no security groups with the port.
-
-
-
-
- --extra-dhcp-opt EXTRA_DHCP_OPTS
-
-
- Extra dhcp options to be assigned to this port: opt_na
- me=<dhcp_option_name>,opt_value=<value>,ip_version={4,
- 6}. You can repeat this option.
-
-
-
-
- --qos-policy QOS_POLICY
-
-
- Attach QoS policy ID or name to the resource.
-
-
-
-
- --allowed-address-pair
-
-
- ip_address=IP_ADDR[,mac_address=MAC_ADDR]
- Allowed address pair associated with the port.You can
- repeat this option.
-
-
-
-
- --no-allowed-address-pairs
-
-
- Associate no allowed address pairs with the port.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron port-delete
- usage: neutron port-delete [-h] [--request-format {json}] PORT
-
-Delete a given port.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- PORT
-
-
- ID or name of port to delete.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron port-show
- usage: neutron port-show [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>] [--noindent]
- [--prefix PREFIX] [--request-format {json}] [-D]
- [-F FIELD]
- PORT
-
-Show information of a given port.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- PORT
-
-
- ID or name of port to look up.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
- -D, --show-details
-
-
- Show detailed information.
-
-
-
-
- -F FIELD, --field FIELD
-
-
- Specify the field(s) to be returned by server. You can
- repeat this option.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron port-update
- usage: neutron port-update [-h] [--request-format {json}] [--name NAME]
- [--fixed-ip subnet_id=SUBNET,ip_address=IP_ADDR]
- [--device-id DEVICE_ID]
- [--device-owner DEVICE_OWNER]
- [--admin-state-up {True,False}]
- [--security-group SECURITY_GROUP | --no-security-groups]
- [--extra-dhcp-opt EXTRA_DHCP_OPTS]
- [--qos-policy QOS_POLICY | --no-qos-policy]
- [--allowed-address-pair ip_address=IP_ADDR[,mac_address=MAC_ADDR]
- | --no-allowed-address-pairs]
- PORT
-
-Update port's information.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- PORT
-
-
- ID or name of port to update.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
- --name NAME
-
-
- Name of this port.
-
-
-
-
- --fixed-ip
-
-
- subnet_id=SUBNET,ip_address=IP_ADDR
- Desired IP and/or subnet for this port:
- subnet_id=<name_or_id>,ip_address=<ip>. You can repeat
- this option.
-
-
-
-
- --device-id DEVICE_ID
-
-
- Device ID of this port.
-
-
-
-
- --device-owner DEVICE_OWNER
-
-
- Device owner of this port.
-
-
-
-
- --admin-state-up {True,False}
-
-
- Set admin state up for the port.
-
-
-
-
- --security-group SECURITY_GROUP
-
-
- Security group associated with the port. You can
- repeat this option.
-
-
-
-
- --no-security-groups
-
-
- Associate no security groups with the port.
-
-
-
-
- --extra-dhcp-opt EXTRA_DHCP_OPTS
-
-
- Extra dhcp options to be assigned to this port: opt_na
- me=<dhcp_option_name>,opt_value=<value>,ip_version={4,
- 6}. You can repeat this option.
-
-
-
-
- --qos-policy QOS_POLICY
-
-
- Attach QoS policy ID or name to the resource.
-
-
-
-
- --no-qos-policy
-
-
- Detach QoS policy from the resource.
-
-
-
-
- --allowed-address-pair
-
-
- ip_address=IP_ADDR[,mac_address=MAC_ADDR]
- Allowed address pair associated with the port.You can
- repeat this option.
-
-
-
-
- --no-allowed-address-pairs
-
-
- Associate no allowed address pairs with the port.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron qos-bandwidth-limit-rule-create
- usage: neutron qos-bandwidth-limit-rule-create [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN]
- [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
- [--request-format {json}]
- [--tenant-id TENANT_ID]
- [--max-kbps MAX_KBPS]
- [--max-burst-kbps MAX_BURST_KBPS]
- QOS_POLICY
-
-Create a qos bandwidth limit rule.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- QOS_POLICY
-
-
- ID or name of the QoS policy.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
- --tenant-id TENANT_ID
-
-
- The owner tenant ID.
-
-
-
-
- --max-kbps MAX_KBPS
-
-
- max bandwidth in kbps.
-
-
-
-
- --max-burst-kbps MAX_BURST_KBPS
-
-
- max burst bandwidth in kbps.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron qos-bandwidth-limit-rule-delete
- usage: neutron qos-bandwidth-limit-rule-delete [-h] [--request-format {json}]
- BANDWIDTH_LIMIT_RULE QOS_POLICY
-
-Delete a given qos bandwidth limit rule.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- BANDWIDTH_LIMIT_RULE
-
-
- ID of bandwidth_limit_rule to delete.
-
-
-
-
- QOS_POLICY
-
-
- ID or name of the QoS policy.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron qos-bandwidth-limit-rule-list
- usage: neutron qos-bandwidth-limit-rule-list [-h]
- [-f {csv,html,json,json,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN]
- [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent]
- [--quote {all,minimal,none,nonnumeric}]
- [--request-format {json}] [-D]
- [-F FIELD] [-P SIZE]
- [--sort-key FIELD]
- [--sort-dir {asc,desc}]
- QOS_POLICY
-
-List all qos bandwidth limit rules belonging to the specified policy.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- QOS_POLICY
-
-
- ID or name of the QoS policy.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
- -D, --show-details
-
-
- Show detailed information.
-
-
-
-
- -F FIELD, --field FIELD
-
-
- Specify the field(s) to be returned by server. You can
- repeat this option.
-
-
-
-
- -P SIZE, --page-size SIZE
-
-
- Specify retrieve unit of each request, then split one
- request to several requests.
-
-
-
-
- --sort-key FIELD
-
-
- Sorts the list by the specified fields in the
- specified directions. You can repeat this option, but
- you must specify an equal number of sort_dir and
- sort_key values. Extra sort_dir options are ignored.
- Missing sort_dir options use the default asc value.
-
-
-
-
- --sort-dir {asc,desc}
-
-
- Sorts the list in the specified direction. You can
- repeat this option.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron qos-bandwidth-limit-rule-show
- usage: neutron qos-bandwidth-limit-rule-show [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN]
- [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
- [--request-format {json}] [-D]
- [-F FIELD]
- BANDWIDTH_LIMIT_RULE QOS_POLICY
-
-Show information about the given qos bandwidth limit rule.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- BANDWIDTH_LIMIT_RULE
-
-
- ID of bandwidth_limit_rule to look up.
-
-
-
-
- QOS_POLICY
-
-
- ID or name of the QoS policy.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
- -D, --show-details
-
-
- Show detailed information.
-
-
-
-
- -F FIELD, --field FIELD
-
-
- Specify the field(s) to be returned by server. You can
- repeat this option.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron qos-bandwidth-limit-rule-update
- usage: neutron qos-bandwidth-limit-rule-update [-h] [--request-format {json}]
- [--max-kbps MAX_KBPS]
- [--max-burst-kbps MAX_BURST_KBPS]
- BANDWIDTH_LIMIT_RULE QOS_POLICY
-
-Update the given qos bandwidth limit rule.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- BANDWIDTH_LIMIT_RULE
-
-
- ID of bandwidth_limit_rule to update.
-
-
-
-
- QOS_POLICY
-
-
- ID or name of the QoS policy.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
- --max-kbps MAX_KBPS
-
-
- max bandwidth in kbps.
-
-
-
-
- --max-burst-kbps MAX_BURST_KBPS
-
-
- max burst bandwidth in kbps.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron qos-policy-create
- usage: neutron qos-policy-create [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
- [--request-format {json}]
- [--tenant-id TENANT_ID]
- [--description DESCRIPTION] [--shared]
- NAME
-
-Create a qos policy.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- NAME
-
-
- Name of QoS policy to create.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
- --tenant-id TENANT_ID
-
-
- The owner tenant ID.
-
-
-
-
- --description DESCRIPTION
-
-
- Description of the QoS policy.
-
-
-
-
- --shared
-
-
- Accessible by other tenants. Set shared to True
- (default is False).
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron qos-policy-delete
- usage: neutron qos-policy-delete [-h] [--request-format {json}] POLICY
-
-Delete a given qos policy.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- POLICY
-
-
- ID or name of policy to delete.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron qos-policy-show
- usage: neutron qos-policy-show [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
- [--request-format {json}] [-D] [-F FIELD]
- POLICY
-
-Show information of a given qos policy.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- POLICY
-
-
- ID or name of policy to look up.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
- -D, --show-details
-
-
- Show detailed information.
-
-
-
-
- -F FIELD, --field FIELD
-
-
- Specify the field(s) to be returned by server. You can
- repeat this option.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron qos-policy-update
- usage: neutron qos-policy-update [-h] [--request-format {json}] [--name NAME]
- [--description DESCRIPTION] [--shared]
- POLICY
-
-Update a given qos policy.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- POLICY
-
-
- ID or name of policy to update.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
- --name NAME
-
-
- Name of QoS policy.
-
-
-
-
- --description DESCRIPTION
-
-
- Description of the QoS policy.
-
-
-
-
- --shared
-
-
- Accessible by other tenants. Set shared to True
- (default is False).
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron queue-create
- usage: neutron queue-create [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>] [--noindent]
- [--prefix PREFIX] [--request-format {json}]
- [--tenant-id TENANT_ID] [--min MIN] [--max MAX]
- [--qos-marking QOS_MARKING] [--default DEFAULT]
- [--dscp DSCP]
- NAME
-
-Create a queue.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- NAME
-
-
- Name of queue.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
- --tenant-id TENANT_ID
-
-
- The owner tenant ID.
-
-
-
-
- --min MIN
-
-
- Minimum rate.
-
-
-
-
- --max MAX
-
-
- Maximum rate.
-
-
-
-
- --qos-marking QOS_MARKING
-
-
- QOS marking as untrusted or trusted.
-
-
-
-
- --default DEFAULT
-
-
- If true all created ports will be the size of this
- queue, if queue is not specified
-
-
-
-
- --dscp DSCP
-
-
- Differentiated Services Code Point.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron queue-delete
- usage: neutron queue-delete [-h] [--request-format {json}] QOS_QUEUE
-
-Delete a given queue.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- QOS_QUEUE
-
-
- ID or name of qos_queue to delete.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron queue-show
- usage: neutron queue-show [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>] [--noindent]
- [--prefix PREFIX] [--request-format {json}] [-D]
- [-F FIELD]
- QOS_QUEUE
-
-Show information of a given queue.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- QOS_QUEUE
-
-
- ID or name of qos_queue to look up.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
- -D, --show-details
-
-
- Show detailed information.
-
-
-
-
- -F FIELD, --field FIELD
-
-
- Specify the field(s) to be returned by server. You can
- repeat this option.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron rbac-create
- usage: neutron rbac-create [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>] [--noindent]
- [--prefix PREFIX] [--request-format {json}]
- [--tenant-id TENANT_ID] --type {network}
- [--target-tenant TARGET_TENANT] --action
- {access_as_external,access_as_shared}
- RBAC_OBJECT
-
-Create a RBAC policy for a given tenant.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- RBAC_OBJECT
-
-
- ID or name of the RBAC object.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
- --tenant-id TENANT_ID
-
-
- The owner tenant ID.
-
-
-
-
- --type {network}
-
-
- Type of the object that RBAC policy affects.
-
-
-
-
- --target-tenant TARGET_TENANT
-
-
- ID of the tenant to which the RBAC policy will be
- enforced.
-
-
-
-
- --action {access_as_external,access_as_shared}
-
-
- Action for the RBAC policy.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron rbac-delete
- usage: neutron rbac-delete [-h] [--request-format {json}] RBAC_POLICY
-
-Delete a RBAC policy.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- RBAC_POLICY
-
-
- ID of rbac_policy to delete.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron rbac-show
- usage: neutron rbac-show [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>] [--noindent]
- [--prefix PREFIX] [--request-format {json}] [-D]
- [-F FIELD]
- RBAC_POLICY
-
-Show information of a given RBAC policy.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- RBAC_POLICY
-
-
- ID of rbac_policy to look up.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
- -D, --show-details
-
-
- Show detailed information.
-
-
-
-
- -F FIELD, --field FIELD
-
-
- Specify the field(s) to be returned by server. You can
- repeat this option.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron rbac-update
- usage: neutron rbac-update [-h] [--request-format {json}]
- [--target-tenant TARGET_TENANT]
- RBAC_POLICY
-
-Update RBAC policy for given tenant.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- RBAC_POLICY
-
-
- ID of rbac_policy to update.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
- --target-tenant TARGET_TENANT
-
-
- ID of the tenant to which the RBAC policy will be
- enforced.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron router-create
- usage: neutron router-create [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>] [--noindent]
- [--prefix PREFIX] [--request-format {json}]
- [--tenant-id TENANT_ID] [--admin-state-down]
- [--distributed {True,False}] [--ha {True,False}]
- [--availability-zone-hint AVAILABILITY_ZONE]
- NAME
-
-Create a router for a given tenant.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- NAME
-
-
- Name of router to create.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
- --tenant-id TENANT_ID
-
-
- The owner tenant ID.
-
-
-
-
- --admin-state-down
-
-
- Set admin state up to false.
-
-
-
-
- --distributed {True,False}
-
-
- Create a distributed router.
-
-
-
-
- --ha {True,False}
-
-
- Create a highly available router.
-
-
-
-
- --availability-zone-hint AVAILABILITY_ZONE
-
-
- Availability Zone for the router (requires
- availability zone extension, this option can be
- repeated).
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron router-delete
- usage: neutron router-delete [-h] [--request-format {json}] ROUTER
-
-Delete a given router.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- ROUTER
-
-
- ID or name of router to delete.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron router-gateway-clear
- usage: neutron router-gateway-clear [-h] [--request-format {json}] ROUTER
-
-Remove an external network gateway from a router.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- ROUTER
-
-
- ID or name of the router.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron router-gateway-set
- usage: neutron router-gateway-set [-h] [--request-format {json}]
- [--disable-snat] [--fixed-ip FIXED_IP]
- ROUTER EXTERNAL-NETWORK
-
-Set the external network gateway for a router.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- ROUTER
-
-
- ID or name of the router.
-
-
-
-
- EXTERNAL-NETWORK
-
-
- ID or name of the external network for the gateway.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
- --disable-snat
-
-
- Disable source NAT on the router gateway.
-
-
-
-
- --fixed-ip FIXED_IP
-
-
- Desired IP and/or subnet on external network:
- subnet_id=<name_or_id>,ip_address=<ip>. You can repeat
- this option.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron router-interface-add
- usage: neutron router-interface-add [-h] [--request-format {json}]
- ROUTER INTERFACE
-
-Add an internal network interface to a router.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- ROUTER
-
-
- ID or name of the router.
-
-
-
-
- INTERFACE
-
-
- The format is "SUBNET|subnet=SUBNET|port=PORT". Either
- a subnet or port must be specified. Both ID and name
- are accepted as SUBNET or PORT. Note that "subnet="
- can be omitted when specifying a subnet.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron router-interface-delete
- usage: neutron router-interface-delete [-h] [--request-format {json}]
- ROUTER INTERFACE
-
-Remove an internal network interface from a router.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- ROUTER
-
-
- ID or name of the router.
-
-
-
-
- INTERFACE
-
-
- The format is "SUBNET|subnet=SUBNET|port=PORT". Either
- a subnet or port must be specified. Both ID and name
- are accepted as SUBNET or PORT. Note that "subnet="
- can be omitted when specifying a subnet.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron router-list-on-l3-agent
- usage: neutron router-list-on-l3-agent [-h]
- [-f {csv,html,json,json,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent]
- [--quote {all,minimal,none,nonnumeric}]
- [--request-format {json}] [-D]
- [-F FIELD]
- l3_agent
-
-List the routers on a L3 agent.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- l3_agent
-
-
- ID of the L3 agent to query.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
- -D, --show-details
-
-
- Show detailed information.
-
-
-
-
- -F FIELD, --field FIELD
-
-
- Specify the field(s) to be returned by server. You can
- repeat this option.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron router-port-list
- usage: neutron router-port-list [-h]
- [-f {csv,html,json,json,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent]
- [--quote {all,minimal,none,nonnumeric}]
- [--request-format {json}] [-D] [-F FIELD]
- [-P SIZE] [--sort-key FIELD]
- [--sort-dir {asc,desc}]
- router
-
-List ports that belong to a given tenant, with specified router.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- router
-
-
- ID or name of router to look up.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
- -D, --show-details
-
-
- Show detailed information.
-
-
-
-
- -F FIELD, --field FIELD
-
-
- Specify the field(s) to be returned by server. You can
- repeat this option.
-
-
-
-
- -P SIZE, --page-size SIZE
-
-
- Specify retrieve unit of each request, then split one
- request to several requests.
-
-
-
-
- --sort-key FIELD
-
-
- Sorts the list by the specified fields in the
- specified directions. You can repeat this option, but
- you must specify an equal number of sort_dir and
- sort_key values. Extra sort_dir options are ignored.
- Missing sort_dir options use the default asc value.
-
-
-
-
- --sort-dir {asc,desc}
-
-
- Sorts the list in the specified direction. You can
- repeat this option.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron router-show
- usage: neutron router-show [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>] [--noindent]
- [--prefix PREFIX] [--request-format {json}] [-D]
- [-F FIELD]
- ROUTER
-
-Show information of a given router.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- ROUTER
-
-
- ID or name of router to look up.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
- -D, --show-details
-
-
- Show detailed information.
-
-
-
-
- -F FIELD, --field FIELD
-
-
- Specify the field(s) to be returned by server. You can
- repeat this option.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron router-update
- usage: neutron router-update [-h] [--request-format {json}] [--name NAME]
- [--admin-state-up {True,False}]
- [--distributed {True,False}]
- [--route destination=CIDR,nexthop=IP_ADDR | --no-routes]
- ROUTER
-
-Update router's information.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- ROUTER
-
-
- ID or name of router to update.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
- --name NAME
-
-
- Name of this router.
-
-
-
-
- --admin-state-up {True,False}
-
-
- Specify the administrative state of the router (True
- meaning "Up")
-
-
-
-
- --distributed {True,False}
-
-
- True means this router should operate in distributed
- mode.
-
-
-
-
- --route
-
-
- destination=CIDR,nexthop=IP_ADDR
- Route to associate with the router. You can repeat
- this option.
-
-
-
-
- --no-routes
-
-
- Remove routes associated with the router.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron security-group-create
- usage: neutron security-group-create [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
- [--request-format {json}]
- [--tenant-id TENANT_ID]
- [--description DESCRIPTION]
- NAME
-
-Create a security group.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- NAME
-
-
- Name of security group.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
- --tenant-id TENANT_ID
-
-
- The owner tenant ID.
-
-
-
-
- --description DESCRIPTION
-
-
- Description of security group.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron security-group-delete
- usage: neutron security-group-delete [-h] [--request-format {json}]
- SECURITY_GROUP
-
-Delete a given security group.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- SECURITY_GROUP
-
-
- ID or name of security_group to delete.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron security-group-rule-create
- usage: neutron security-group-rule-create [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
- [--request-format {json}]
- [--tenant-id TENANT_ID]
- [--direction {ingress,egress}]
- [--ethertype ETHERTYPE]
- [--protocol PROTOCOL]
- [--port-range-min PORT_RANGE_MIN]
- [--port-range-max PORT_RANGE_MAX]
- [--remote-ip-prefix REMOTE_IP_PREFIX]
- [--remote-group-id REMOTE_GROUP]
- SECURITY_GROUP
-
-Create a security group rule.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- SECURITY_GROUP
-
-
- Security group name or ID to add rule.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
- --tenant-id TENANT_ID
-
-
- The owner tenant ID.
-
-
-
-
- --direction {ingress,egress}
-
-
- Direction of traffic: ingress/egress.
-
-
-
-
- --ethertype ETHERTYPE
-
-
- IPv4/IPv6
-
-
-
-
- --protocol PROTOCOL
-
-
- Protocol of packet. Allowed values are [icmp, icmpv6,
- tcp, udp] and integer representations [0-255]
-
-
-
-
- --port-range-min PORT_RANGE_MIN
-
-
- Starting port range. For ICMP it is type.
-
-
-
-
- --port-range-max PORT_RANGE_MAX
-
-
- Ending port range. For ICMP it is code.
-
-
-
-
- --remote-ip-prefix REMOTE_IP_PREFIX
-
-
- CIDR to match on.
-
-
-
-
- --remote-group-id REMOTE_GROUP
-
-
- Remote security group name or ID to apply rule.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron security-group-rule-delete
- usage: neutron security-group-rule-delete [-h] [--request-format {json}]
- SECURITY_GROUP_RULE
-
-Delete a given security group rule.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- SECURITY_GROUP_RULE
-
-
- ID of security_group_rule to delete.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron security-group-rule-show
- usage: neutron security-group-rule-show [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
- [--request-format {json}] [-D]
- [-F FIELD]
- SECURITY_GROUP_RULE
-
-Show information of a given security group rule.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- SECURITY_GROUP_RULE
-
-
- ID of security_group_rule to look up.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
- -D, --show-details
-
-
- Show detailed information.
-
-
-
-
- -F FIELD, --field FIELD
-
-
- Specify the field(s) to be returned by server. You can
- repeat this option.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron security-group-show
- usage: neutron security-group-show [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
- [--request-format {json}] [-D] [-F FIELD]
- SECURITY_GROUP
-
-Show information of a given security group.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- SECURITY_GROUP
-
-
- ID or name of security_group to look up.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
- -D, --show-details
-
-
- Show detailed information.
-
-
-
-
- -F FIELD, --field FIELD
-
-
- Specify the field(s) to be returned by server. You can
- repeat this option.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron security-group-update
- usage: neutron security-group-update [-h] [--request-format {json}]
- [--name NAME] [--description DESCRIPTION]
- SECURITY_GROUP
-
-Update a given security group.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- SECURITY_GROUP
-
-
- ID or name of security_group to update.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
- --name NAME
-
-
- Name of security group.
-
-
-
-
- --description DESCRIPTION
-
-
- Description of security group.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron subnet-create
- usage: neutron subnet-create [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>] [--noindent]
- [--prefix PREFIX] [--request-format {json}]
- [--tenant-id TENANT_ID] [--name NAME]
- [--gateway GATEWAY_IP | --no-gateway]
- [--allocation-pool start=IP_ADDR,end=IP_ADDR]
- [--host-route destination=CIDR,nexthop=IP_ADDR]
- [--dns-nameserver DNS_NAMESERVER]
- [--disable-dhcp] [--enable-dhcp]
- [--ip-version {4,6}]
- [--ipv6-ra-mode {dhcpv6-stateful,dhcpv6-stateless,slaac}]
- [--ipv6-address-mode {dhcpv6-stateful,dhcpv6-stateless,slaac}]
- [--subnetpool SUBNETPOOL]
- [--prefixlen PREFIX_LENGTH]
- NETWORK [CIDR]
-
-Create a subnet for a given tenant.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- NETWORK
-
-
- Network ID or name this subnet belongs to.
-
-
-
-
- CIDR
-
-
- CIDR of subnet to create.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
- --tenant-id TENANT_ID
-
-
- The owner tenant ID.
-
-
-
-
- --name NAME
-
-
- Name of this subnet.
-
-
-
-
- --gateway GATEWAY_IP
-
-
- Gateway IP of this subnet.
-
-
-
-
- --no-gateway
-
-
- No distribution of gateway.
-
-
-
-
- --allocation-pool
-
-
- start=IP_ADDR,end=IP_ADDR
- Allocation pool IP addresses for this subnet (This
- option can be repeated).
-
-
-
-
- --host-route
-
-
- destination=CIDR,nexthop=IP_ADDR
- Additional route (This option can be repeated).
-
-
-
-
- --dns-nameserver DNS_NAMESERVER
-
-
- DNS name server for this subnet (This option can be
- repeated).
-
-
-
-
- --disable-dhcp
-
-
- Disable DHCP for this subnet.
-
-
-
-
- --enable-dhcp
-
-
- Enable DHCP for this subnet.
-
-
-
-
- --ip-version {4,6} IP
-
-
- version to use, default is 4. Note that when
- subnetpool is specified, IP version is determined from
- the subnetpool and this option is ignored.
-
-
-
-
- --ipv6-ra-mode {dhcpv6-stateful,dhcpv6-stateless,slaac}
-
-
- IPv6 RA (Router Advertisement) mode.
-
-
-
-
- --ipv6-address-mode {dhcpv6-stateful,dhcpv6-stateless,slaac}
-
-
- IPv6 address mode.
-
-
-
-
- --subnetpool SUBNETPOOL
-
-
- ID or name of subnetpool from which this subnet will
- obtain a CIDR.
-
-
-
-
- --prefixlen PREFIX_LENGTH
-
-
- Prefix length for subnet allocation from subnetpool.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron subnet-delete
- usage: neutron subnet-delete [-h] [--request-format {json}] SUBNET
-
-Delete a given subnet.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- SUBNET
-
-
- ID or name of subnet to delete.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron subnet-show
- usage: neutron subnet-show [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>] [--noindent]
- [--prefix PREFIX] [--request-format {json}] [-D]
- [-F FIELD]
- SUBNET
-
-Show information of a given subnet.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- SUBNET
-
-
- ID or name of subnet to look up.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
- -D, --show-details
-
-
- Show detailed information.
-
-
-
-
- -F FIELD, --field FIELD
-
-
- Specify the field(s) to be returned by server. You can
- repeat this option.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron subnet-update
- usage: neutron subnet-update [-h] [--request-format {json}] [--name NAME]
- [--gateway GATEWAY_IP | --no-gateway]
- [--allocation-pool start=IP_ADDR,end=IP_ADDR]
- [--host-route destination=CIDR,nexthop=IP_ADDR]
- [--dns-nameserver DNS_NAMESERVER]
- [--disable-dhcp] [--enable-dhcp]
- SUBNET
-
-Update subnet's information.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- SUBNET
-
-
- ID or name of subnet to update.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
- --name NAME
-
-
- Name of this subnet.
-
-
-
-
- --gateway GATEWAY_IP
-
-
- Gateway IP of this subnet.
-
-
-
-
- --no-gateway
-
-
- No distribution of gateway.
-
-
-
-
- --allocation-pool
-
-
- start=IP_ADDR,end=IP_ADDR
- Allocation pool IP addresses for this subnet (This
- option can be repeated).
-
-
-
-
- --host-route
-
-
- destination=CIDR,nexthop=IP_ADDR
- Additional route (This option can be repeated).
-
-
-
-
- --dns-nameserver DNS_NAMESERVER
-
-
- DNS name server for this subnet (This option can be
- repeated).
-
-
-
-
- --disable-dhcp
-
-
- Disable DHCP for this subnet.
-
-
-
-
- --enable-dhcp
-
-
- Enable DHCP for this subnet.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron subnetpool-create
- usage: neutron subnetpool-create [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
- [--request-format {json}]
- [--tenant-id TENANT_ID]
- [--min-prefixlen MIN_PREFIXLEN]
- [--max-prefixlen MAX_PREFIXLEN]
- [--default-prefixlen DEFAULT_PREFIXLEN]
- [--pool-prefix PREFIXES] [--shared]
- [--address-scope ADDRSCOPE]
- name
-
-Create a subnetpool for a given tenant.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- name
-
-
- Name of subnetpool to create.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
- --tenant-id TENANT_ID
-
-
- The owner tenant ID.
-
-
-
-
- --min-prefixlen MIN_PREFIXLEN
-
-
- Subnetpool minimum prefix length.
-
-
-
-
- --max-prefixlen MAX_PREFIXLEN
-
-
- Subnetpool maximum prefix length.
-
-
-
-
- --default-prefixlen DEFAULT_PREFIXLEN
-
-
- Subnetpool default prefix length.
-
-
-
-
- --pool-prefix PREFIXES
-
-
- Subnetpool prefixes (This option can be repeated).
-
-
-
-
- --shared
-
-
- Set the subnetpool as shared.
-
-
-
-
- --address-scope ADDRSCOPE
-
-
- ID or name of the address scope with which the
- subnetpool is associated. Prefixes must be unique
- across address scopes
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron subnetpool-delete
- usage: neutron subnetpool-delete [-h] [--request-format {json}] SUBNETPOOL
-
-Delete a given subnetpool.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- SUBNETPOOL
-
-
- ID or name of subnetpool to delete.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron subnetpool-show
- usage: neutron subnetpool-show [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
- [--request-format {json}] [-D] [-F FIELD]
- SUBNETPOOL
-
-Show information of a given subnetpool.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- SUBNETPOOL
-
-
- ID or name of subnetpool to look up.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
- -D, --show-details
-
-
- Show detailed information.
-
-
-
-
- -F FIELD, --field FIELD
-
-
- Specify the field(s) to be returned by server. You can
- repeat this option.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron subnetpool-update
- usage: neutron subnetpool-update [-h] [--request-format {json}]
- [--min-prefixlen MIN_PREFIXLEN]
- [--max-prefixlen MAX_PREFIXLEN]
- [--default-prefixlen DEFAULT_PREFIXLEN]
- [--pool-prefix PREFIXES] [--name NAME]
- [--address-scope ADDRSCOPE | --no-address-scope]
- SUBNETPOOL
-
-Update subnetpool's information.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- SUBNETPOOL
-
-
- ID or name of subnetpool to update.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
- --min-prefixlen MIN_PREFIXLEN
-
-
- Subnetpool minimum prefix length.
-
-
-
-
- --max-prefixlen MAX_PREFIXLEN
-
-
- Subnetpool maximum prefix length.
-
-
-
-
- --default-prefixlen DEFAULT_PREFIXLEN
-
-
- Subnetpool default prefix length.
-
-
-
-
- --pool-prefix PREFIXES
-
-
- Subnetpool prefixes (This option can be repeated).
-
-
-
-
- --name NAME
-
-
- Name of subnetpool to update.
-
-
-
-
- --address-scope ADDRSCOPE
-
-
- ID or name of the address scope with which the
- subnetpool is associated. Prefixes must be unique
- across address scopes
-
-
-
-
- --no-address-scope
-
-
- Detach subnetpool from the address scope
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron vpn-endpoint-group-delete
- usage: neutron vpn-endpoint-group-delete [-h] [--request-format {json}]
- ENDPOINT_GROUP
-
-Delete a given VPN endpoint group.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- ENDPOINT_GROUP
-
-
- ID or name of endpoint_group to delete.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron vpn-endpoint-group-show
- usage: neutron vpn-endpoint-group-show [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
- [--request-format {json}] [-D]
- [-F FIELD]
- ENDPOINT_GROUP
-
-Show a specific VPN endpoint group.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- ENDPOINT_GROUP
-
-
- ID or name of endpoint_group to look up.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
- -D, --show-details
-
-
- Show detailed information.
-
-
-
-
- -F FIELD, --field FIELD
-
-
- Specify the field(s) to be returned by server. You can
- repeat this option.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron vpn-endpoint-group-update
- usage: neutron vpn-endpoint-group-update [-h] [--request-format {json}]
- [--name NAME]
- [--description DESCRIPTION]
- ENDPOINT_GROUP
-
-Update a given VPN endpoint group.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- ENDPOINT_GROUP
-
-
- ID or name of endpoint_group to update.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
- --name NAME
-
-
- Set a name for the endpoint group.
-
-
-
-
- --description DESCRIPTION
-
-
- Set a description for the endpoint group.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron vpn-ikepolicy-create
- usage: neutron vpn-ikepolicy-create [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
- [--request-format {json}]
- [--tenant-id TENANT_ID]
- [--description DESCRIPTION]
- [--auth-algorithm {sha1}]
- [--encryption-algorithm ENCRYPTION_ALGORITHM]
- [--phase1-negotiation-mode {main}]
- [--ike-version {v1,v2}]
- [--pfs {group2,group5,group14}]
- [--lifetime units=UNITS,value=VALUE]
- NAME
-
-Create an IKE policy.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- NAME
-
-
- Name of the IKE policy.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
- --tenant-id TENANT_ID
-
-
- The owner tenant ID.
-
-
-
-
- --description DESCRIPTION
-
-
- Description of the IKE policy
-
-
-
-
- --auth-algorithm {sha1}
-
-
- Authentication algorithm in lowercase. Default:sha1
-
-
-
-
- --encryption-algorithm ENCRYPTION_ALGORITHM
-
-
- Encryption algorithm in lowercase, default:aes-128
-
-
-
-
- --phase1-negotiation-mode {main}
-
-
- IKE Phase1 negotiation mode in lowercase, default:main
-
-
-
-
- --ike-version {v1,v2}
-
-
- IKE version in lowercase, default:v1
-
-
-
-
- --pfs {group2,group5,group14}
-
-
- Perfect Forward Secrecy in lowercase, default:group5
-
-
-
-
- --lifetime
-
-
- units=UNITS,value=VALUE
- IKE lifetime attributes. 'units'-seconds,
- default:seconds. 'value'-non negative integer,
- default:3600.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron vpn-ikepolicy-delete
- usage: neutron vpn-ikepolicy-delete [-h] [--request-format {json}] IKEPOLICY
-
-Delete a given IKE policy.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- IKEPOLICY
-
-
- ID or name of ikepolicy to delete.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron vpn-ikepolicy-show
- usage: neutron vpn-ikepolicy-show [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
- [--request-format {json}] [-D] [-F FIELD]
- IKEPOLICY
-
-Show information of a given IKE policy.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- IKEPOLICY
-
-
- ID or name of ikepolicy to look up.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
- -D, --show-details
-
-
- Show detailed information.
-
-
-
-
- -F FIELD, --field FIELD
-
-
- Specify the field(s) to be returned by server. You can
- repeat this option.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron vpn-ikepolicy-update
- usage: neutron vpn-ikepolicy-update [-h] [--request-format {json}]
- [--lifetime units=UNITS,value=VALUE]
- IKEPOLICY
-
-Update a given IKE policy.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- IKEPOLICY
-
-
- ID or name of ikepolicy to update.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
- --lifetime
-
-
- units=UNITS,value=VALUE
- IKE lifetime attributes. 'units'-seconds,
- default:seconds. 'value'-non negative integer,
- default:3600.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron vpn-ipsecpolicy-create
- usage: neutron vpn-ipsecpolicy-create [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
- [--request-format {json}]
- [--tenant-id TENANT_ID]
- [--description DESCRIPTION]
- [--transform-protocol {esp,ah,ah-esp}]
- [--auth-algorithm {sha1}]
- [--encryption-algorithm ENCRYPTION_ALGORITHM]
- [--encapsulation-mode {tunnel,transport}]
- [--pfs {group2,group5,group14}]
- [--lifetime units=UNITS,value=VALUE]
- NAME
-
-Create an IPsec policy.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- NAME
-
-
- Name of the IPsec policy.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
- --tenant-id TENANT_ID
-
-
- The owner tenant ID.
-
-
-
-
- --description DESCRIPTION
-
-
- Description of the IPsec policy.
-
-
-
-
- --transform-protocol {esp,ah,ah-esp}
-
-
- Transform protocol in lowercase, default:esp
-
-
-
-
- --auth-algorithm {sha1}
-
-
- Authentication algorithm in lowercase, default:sha1
-
-
-
-
- --encryption-algorithm ENCRYPTION_ALGORITHM
-
-
- Encryption algorithm in lowercase, default:aes-128
-
-
-
-
- --encapsulation-mode {tunnel,transport}
-
-
- Encapsulation mode in lowercase, default:tunnel
-
-
-
-
- --pfs {group2,group5,group14}
-
-
- Perfect Forward Secrecy in lowercase, default:group5
-
-
-
-
- --lifetime
-
-
- units=UNITS,value=VALUE
- IPsec lifetime attributes. 'units'-seconds,
- default:seconds. 'value'-non negative integer,
- default:3600.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron vpn-ipsecpolicy-delete
- usage: neutron vpn-ipsecpolicy-delete [-h] [--request-format {json}]
- IPSECPOLICY
-
-Delete a given IPsec policy.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- IPSECPOLICY
-
-
- ID or name of ipsecpolicy to delete.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron vpn-ipsecpolicy-show
- usage: neutron vpn-ipsecpolicy-show [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
- [--request-format {json}] [-D] [-F FIELD]
- IPSECPOLICY
-
-Show information of a given IPsec policy.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- IPSECPOLICY
-
-
- ID or name of ipsecpolicy to look up.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
- -D, --show-details
-
-
- Show detailed information.
-
-
-
-
- -F FIELD, --field FIELD
-
-
- Specify the field(s) to be returned by server. You can
- repeat this option.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron vpn-ipsecpolicy-update
- usage: neutron vpn-ipsecpolicy-update [-h] [--request-format {json}]
- [--lifetime units=UNITS,value=VALUE]
- IPSECPOLICY
-
-Update a given IPsec policy.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- IPSECPOLICY
-
-
- ID or name of ipsecpolicy to update.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
- --lifetime
-
-
- units=UNITS,value=VALUE
- IPsec lifetime attributes. 'units'-seconds,
- default:seconds. 'value'-non negative integer,
- default:3600.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron vpn-service-create
- usage: neutron vpn-service-create [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
- [--request-format {json}]
- [--tenant-id TENANT_ID] [--admin-state-down]
- [--name NAME] [--description DESCRIPTION]
- ROUTER [SUBNET]
-
-Create a VPN service.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- ROUTER
-
-
- Router unique identifier for the VPN service.
-
-
-
-
- SUBNET
-
-
- [DEPRECATED in Mitaka] Unique identifier for the local
- private subnet.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
- --tenant-id TENANT_ID
-
-
- The owner tenant ID.
-
-
-
-
- --admin-state-down
-
-
- Set admin state up to false.
-
-
-
-
- --name NAME
-
-
- Set a name for the VPN service.
-
-
-
-
- --description DESCRIPTION
-
-
- Set a description for the VPN service.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron vpn-service-delete
- usage: neutron vpn-service-delete [-h] [--request-format {json}] VPNSERVICE
-
-Delete a given VPN service.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- VPNSERVICE
-
-
- ID or name of vpnservice to delete.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron vpn-service-show
- usage: neutron vpn-service-show [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
- [--request-format {json}] [-D] [-F FIELD]
- VPNSERVICE
-
-Show information of a given VPN service.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- VPNSERVICE
-
-
- ID or name of vpnservice to look up.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
- -D, --show-details
-
-
- Show detailed information.
-
-
-
-
- -F FIELD, --field FIELD
-
-
- Specify the field(s) to be returned by server. You can
- repeat this option.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- neutron vpn-service-update
- usage: neutron vpn-service-update [-h] [--request-format {json}] VPNSERVICE
-
-Update a given VPN service.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- VPNSERVICE
-
-
- ID or name of vpnservice to update.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-format {json}
-
-
- DEPRECATED! Only JSON request format is supported.
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/doc/cli-reference/generated/ch_cli_nova_commands.xml b/doc/cli-reference/generated/ch_cli_nova_commands.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index f77d5c6c3d..0000000000
--- a/doc/cli-reference/generated/ch_cli_nova_commands.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,7415 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Compute command-line client
-
- The nova client is the command-line
- interface (CLI) for the OpenStack Compute API and its extensions.
-
- This chapter documents nova version
- 3.2.0.
-
-
- For help on a specific nova
- command, enter:
-
- $novaCOMMAND
-
-
- nova usage
- usage: nova [--version] [--debug] [--os-cache] [--timings]
- [--os-region-name <region-name>] [--service-type <service-type>]
- [--service-name <service-name>]
- [--volume-service-name <volume-service-name>]
- [--os-endpoint-type <endpoint-type>]
- [--os-compute-api-version <compute-api-ver>]
- [--bypass-url <bypass-url>] [--insecure]
- [--os-cacert <ca-certificate>] [--os-cert <certificate>]
- [--os-key <key>] [--timeout <seconds>] [--os-auth-type <name>]
- [--os-auth-url OS_AUTH_URL] [--os-domain-id OS_DOMAIN_ID]
- [--os-domain-name OS_DOMAIN_NAME] [--os-project-id OS_PROJECT_ID]
- [--os-project-name OS_PROJECT_NAME]
- [--os-project-domain-id OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_ID]
- [--os-project-domain-name OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_NAME]
- [--os-trust-id OS_TRUST_ID]
- [--os-default-domain-id OS_DEFAULT_DOMAIN_ID]
- [--os-default-domain-name OS_DEFAULT_DOMAIN_NAME]
- [--os-user-id OS_USER_ID] [--os-user-name OS_USERNAME]
- [--os-user-domain-id OS_USER_DOMAIN_ID]
- [--os-user-domain-name OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME]
- [--os-password OS_PASSWORD]
- <subcommand> ...
-
- Subcommands
-
- absolute-limits
-
-
- DEPRECATED, use limits instead.
-
-
-
-
- add-fixed-ip
-
-
- Add new IP address on a network to server.
-
-
-
-
- add-floating-ip
-
-
- DEPRECATED, use floating-ip-associate instead.
-
-
-
-
- add-secgroup
-
-
- Add a Security Group to a server.
-
-
-
-
- agent-create
-
-
- Create new agent build.
-
-
-
-
- agent-delete
-
-
- Delete existing agent build.
-
-
-
-
- agent-list
-
-
- List all builds.
-
-
-
-
- agent-modify
-
-
- Modify existing agent build.
-
-
-
-
- aggregate-add-host
-
-
- Add the host to the specified aggregate.
-
-
-
-
- aggregate-create
-
-
- Create a new aggregate with the specified
- details.
-
-
-
-
- aggregate-delete
-
-
- Delete the aggregate.
-
-
-
-
- aggregate-details
-
-
- Show details of the specified aggregate.
-
-
-
-
- aggregate-list
-
-
- Print a list of all aggregates.
-
-
-
-
- aggregate-remove-host
-
-
- Remove the specified host from the specified
- aggregate.
-
-
-
-
- aggregate-set-metadata
-
-
- Update the metadata associated with the
- aggregate.
-
-
-
-
- aggregate-update
-
-
- Update the aggregate's name and optionally
- availability zone.
-
-
-
-
- availability-zone-list
-
-
- List all the availability zones.
-
-
-
-
- backup
-
-
- Backup a server by creating a 'backup' type
- snapshot.
-
-
-
-
- boot
-
-
- Boot a new server.
-
-
-
-
- clear-password
-
-
- Clear the admin password for a server.
-
-
-
-
- cloudpipe-configure
-
-
- Update the VPN IP/port of a cloudpipe
- instance.
-
-
-
-
- cloudpipe-create
-
-
- Create a cloudpipe instance for the given
- project.
-
-
-
-
- cloudpipe-list
-
-
- Print a list of all cloudpipe instances.
-
-
-
-
- console-log
-
-
- Get console log output of a server.
-
-
-
-
- credentials
-
-
- Show user credentials returned from auth.
-
-
-
-
- delete
-
-
- Immediately shut down and delete specified
- server(s).
-
-
-
-
- diagnostics
-
-
- Retrieve server diagnostics.
-
-
-
-
- dns-create
-
-
- Create a DNS entry for domain, name, and IP.
-
-
-
-
- dns-create-private-domain
-
-
- Create the specified DNS domain.
-
-
-
-
- dns-create-public-domain
-
-
- Create the specified DNS domain.
-
-
-
-
- dns-delete
-
-
- Delete the specified DNS entry.
-
-
-
-
- dns-delete-domain
-
-
- Delete the specified DNS domain.
-
-
-
-
- dns-domains
-
-
- Print a list of available dns domains.
-
-
-
-
- dns-list
-
-
- List current DNS entries for domain and IP or
- domain and name.
-
-
-
-
- endpoints
-
-
- Discover endpoints that get returned from the
- authenticate services.
-
-
-
-
- evacuate
-
-
- Evacuate server from failed host.
-
-
-
-
- fixed-ip-get
-
-
- Retrieve info on a fixed IP.
-
-
-
-
- fixed-ip-reserve
-
-
- Reserve a fixed IP.
-
-
-
-
- fixed-ip-unreserve
-
-
- Unreserve a fixed IP.
-
-
-
-
- flavor-access-add
-
-
- Add flavor access for the given tenant.
-
-
-
-
- flavor-access-list
-
-
- Print access information about the given
- flavor.
-
-
-
-
- flavor-access-remove
-
-
- Remove flavor access for the given tenant.
-
-
-
-
- flavor-create
-
-
- Create a new flavor.
-
-
-
-
- flavor-delete
-
-
- Delete a specific flavor
-
-
-
-
- flavor-key
-
-
- Set or unset extra_spec for a flavor.
-
-
-
-
- flavor-list
-
-
- Print a list of available 'flavors' (sizes of
- servers).
-
-
-
-
- flavor-show
-
-
- Show details about the given flavor.
-
-
-
-
- floating-ip-associate
-
-
- Associate a floating IP address to a server.
-
-
-
-
- floating-ip-bulk-create
-
-
- Bulk create floating IPs by range (nova-
- network only).
-
-
-
-
- floating-ip-bulk-delete
-
-
- Bulk delete floating IPs by range (nova-
- network only).
-
-
-
-
- floating-ip-bulk-list
-
-
- List all floating IPs (nova-network only).
-
-
-
-
- floating-ip-create
-
-
- Allocate a floating IP for the current tenant.
-
-
-
-
- floating-ip-delete
-
-
- De-allocate a floating IP.
-
-
-
-
- floating-ip-disassociate
-
-
- Disassociate a floating IP address from a
- server.
-
-
-
-
- floating-ip-list
-
-
- List floating IPs.
-
-
-
-
- floating-ip-pool-list
-
-
- List all floating IP pools.
-
-
-
-
- get-mks-console
-
-
- Get a serial console to a server. (Supported
- by API versions '2.8' - '2.latest') [hint: use
- '--os-compute-api-version' flag to show help
- message for proper version]
-
-
-
-
- get-password
-
-
- Get the admin password for a server.
-
-
-
-
- get-rdp-console
-
-
- Get a rdp console to a server.
-
-
-
-
- get-serial-console
-
-
- Get a serial console to a server.
-
-
-
-
- get-spice-console
-
-
- Get a spice console to a server.
-
-
-
-
- get-vnc-console
-
-
- Get a vnc console to a server.
-
-
-
-
- host-action
-
-
- Perform a power action on a host.
-
-
-
-
- host-describe
-
-
- Describe a specific host.
-
-
-
-
- host-list
-
-
- List all hosts by service.
-
-
-
-
- host-update
-
-
- Update host settings.
-
-
-
-
- hypervisor-list
-
-
- List hypervisors.
-
-
-
-
- hypervisor-servers
-
-
- List servers belonging to specific
- hypervisors.
-
-
-
-
- hypervisor-show
-
-
- Display the details of the specified
- hypervisor.
-
-
-
-
- hypervisor-stats
-
-
- Get hypervisor statistics over all compute
- nodes.
-
-
-
-
- hypervisor-uptime
-
-
- Display the uptime of the specified
- hypervisor.
-
-
-
-
- image-create
-
-
- Create a new image by taking a snapshot of a
- running server.
-
-
-
-
- image-delete
-
-
- Delete specified image(s).
-
-
-
-
- image-list
-
-
- Print a list of available images to boot from.
-
-
-
-
- image-meta
-
-
- Set or delete metadata on an image.
-
-
-
-
- image-show
-
-
- Show details about the given image.
-
-
-
-
- interface-attach
-
-
- Attach a network interface to a server.
-
-
-
-
- interface-detach
-
-
- Detach a network interface from a server.
-
-
-
-
- interface-list
-
-
- List interfaces attached to a server.
-
-
-
-
- keypair-add
-
-
- Create a new key pair for use with servers.
-
-
-
-
- keypair-delete
-
-
- Delete keypair given by its name. (Supported
- by API versions '2.0' - '2.latest') [hint: use
- '--os-compute-api-version' flag to show help
- message for proper version]
-
-
-
-
- keypair-list
-
-
- Print a list of keypairs for a user (Supported
- by API versions '2.0' - '2.latest') [hint: use
- '--os-compute-api-version' flag to show help
- message for proper version]
-
-
-
-
- keypair-show
-
-
- Show details about the given keypair.
- (Supported by API versions '2.0' - '2.latest')
- [hint: use '--os-compute-api-version' flag to
- show help message for proper version]
-
-
-
-
- limits
-
-
- Print rate and absolute limits.
-
-
-
-
- list
-
-
- List active servers.
-
-
-
-
- list-secgroup
-
-
- List Security Group(s) of a server.
-
-
-
-
- live-migration
-
-
- Migrate running server to a new machine.
-
-
-
-
- lock
-
-
- Lock a server. A normal (non-admin) user will
- not be able to execute actions on a locked
- server.
-
-
-
-
- meta
-
-
- Set or delete metadata on a server.
-
-
-
-
- migrate
-
-
- Migrate a server. The new host will be
- selected by the scheduler.
-
-
-
-
- network-associate-host
-
-
- Associate host with network.
-
-
-
-
- network-associate-project
-
-
- Associate project with network.
-
-
-
-
- network-create
-
-
- Create a network.
-
-
-
-
- network-delete
-
-
- Delete network by label or id.
-
-
-
-
- network-disassociate
-
-
- Disassociate host and/or project from the
- given network.
-
-
-
-
- network-list
-
-
- Print a list of available networks.
-
-
-
-
- network-show
-
-
- Show details about the given network.
-
-
-
-
- pause
-
-
- Pause a server.
-
-
-
-
- quota-class-show
-
-
- List the quotas for a quota class.
-
-
-
-
- quota-class-update
-
-
- Update the quotas for a quota class.
-
-
-
-
- quota-defaults
-
-
- List the default quotas for a tenant.
-
-
-
-
- quota-delete
-
-
- Delete quota for a tenant/user so their quota
- will Revert back to default.
-
-
-
-
- quota-show
-
-
- List the quotas for a tenant/user.
-
-
-
-
- quota-update
-
-
- Update the quotas for a tenant/user.
-
-
-
-
- rate-limits
-
-
- DEPRECATED, use limits instead.
-
-
-
-
- reboot
-
-
- Reboot a server.
-
-
-
-
- rebuild
-
-
- Shutdown, re-image, and re-boot a server.
-
-
-
-
- refresh-network
-
-
- Refresh server network information.
-
-
-
-
- remove-fixed-ip
-
-
- Remove an IP address from a server.
-
-
-
-
- remove-floating-ip
-
-
- DEPRECATED, use floating-ip-disassociate
- instead.
-
-
-
-
- remove-secgroup
-
-
- Remove a Security Group from a server.
-
-
-
-
- rename
-
-
- Rename a server.
-
-
-
-
- rescue
-
-
- Reboots a server into rescue mode, which
- starts the machine from either the initial
- image or a specified image, attaching the
- current boot disk as secondary.
-
-
-
-
- reset-network
-
-
- Reset network of a server.
-
-
-
-
- reset-state
-
-
- Reset the state of a server.
-
-
-
-
- resize
-
-
- Resize a server.
-
-
-
-
- resize-confirm
-
-
- Confirm a previous resize.
-
-
-
-
- resize-revert
-
-
- Revert a previous resize (and return to the
- previous VM).
-
-
-
-
- resume
-
-
- Resume a server.
-
-
-
-
- root-password
-
-
- DEPRECATED, use set-password instead.
-
-
-
-
- scrub
-
-
- Delete networks and security groups associated
- with a project.
-
-
-
-
- secgroup-add-default-rule
-
-
- Add a rule to the set of rules that will be
- added to the 'default' security group for new
- tenants (nova-network only).
-
-
-
-
- secgroup-add-group-rule
-
-
- Add a source group rule to a security group.
-
-
-
-
- secgroup-add-rule
-
-
- Add a rule to a security group.
-
-
-
-
- secgroup-create
-
-
- Create a security group.
-
-
-
-
- secgroup-delete
-
-
- Delete a security group.
-
-
-
-
- secgroup-delete-default-rule
-
-
- Delete a rule from the set of rules that will
- be added to the 'default' security group for
- new tenants (nova-network only).
-
-
-
-
- secgroup-delete-group-rule
-
-
- Delete a source group rule from a security
- group.
-
-
-
-
- secgroup-delete-rule
-
-
- Delete a rule from a security group.
-
-
-
-
- secgroup-list
-
-
- List security groups for the current tenant.
-
-
-
-
- secgroup-list-default-rules
-
-
- List rules that will be added to the 'default'
- security group for new tenants.
-
-
-
-
- secgroup-list-rules
-
-
- List rules for a security group.
-
-
-
-
- secgroup-update
-
-
- Update a security group.
-
-
-
-
- server-group-create
-
-
- Create a new server group with the specified
- details.
-
-
-
-
- server-group-delete
-
-
- Delete specific server group(s).
-
-
-
-
- server-group-get
-
-
- Get a specific server group.
-
-
-
-
- server-group-list
-
-
- Print a list of all server groups.
-
-
-
-
- service-delete
-
-
- Delete the service.
-
-
-
-
- service-disable
-
-
- Disable the service.
-
-
-
-
- service-enable
-
-
- Enable the service.
-
-
-
-
- service-force-down
-
-
- Force service to down. (Supported by API
- versions '2.11' - '2.latest') [hint: use
- '--os-compute-api-version' flag to show help
- message for proper version]
-
-
-
-
- service-list
-
-
- Show a list of all running services. Filter by
- host & binary.
-
-
-
-
- set-password
-
-
- Change the admin password for a server.
-
-
-
-
- shelve
-
-
- Shelve a server.
-
-
-
-
- shelve-offload
-
-
- Remove a shelved server from the compute node.
-
-
-
-
- show
-
-
- Show details about the given server.
-
-
-
-
- ssh
-
-
- SSH into a server.
-
-
-
-
- start
-
-
- Start the server(s).
-
-
-
-
- stop
-
-
- Stop the server(s).
-
-
-
-
- suspend
-
-
- Suspend a server.
-
-
-
-
- unlock
-
-
- Unlock a server.
-
-
-
-
- unpause
-
-
- Unpause a server.
-
-
-
-
- unrescue
-
-
- Restart the server from normal boot disk
- again.
-
-
-
-
- unshelve
-
-
- Unshelve a server.
-
-
-
-
- usage
-
-
- Show usage data for a single tenant.
-
-
-
-
- usage-list
-
-
- List usage data for all tenants.
-
-
-
-
- version-list
-
-
- List all API versions.
-
-
-
-
- virtual-interface-list
-
-
- Show virtual interface info about the given
- server.
-
-
-
-
- volume-attach
-
-
- Attach a volume to a server.
-
-
-
-
- volume-attachments
-
-
- List all the volumes attached to a server.
-
-
-
-
- volume-create
-
-
- DEPRECATED: Add a new volume.
-
-
-
-
- volume-delete
-
-
- DEPRECATED: Remove volume(s).
-
-
-
-
- volume-detach
-
-
- Detach a volume from a server.
-
-
-
-
- volume-list
-
-
- DEPRECATED: List all the volumes.
-
-
-
-
- volume-show
-
-
- DEPRECATED: Show details about a volume.
-
-
-
-
- volume-snapshot-create
-
-
- DEPRECATED: Add a new snapshot.
-
-
-
-
- volume-snapshot-delete
-
-
- DEPRECATED: Remove a snapshot.
-
-
-
-
- volume-snapshot-list
-
-
- DEPRECATED: List all the snapshots.
-
-
-
-
- volume-snapshot-show
-
-
- DEPRECATED: Show details about a snapshot.
-
-
-
-
- volume-type-create
-
-
- DEPRECATED: Create a new volume type.
-
-
-
-
- volume-type-delete
-
-
- DEPRECATED: Delete a specific volume type.
-
-
-
-
- volume-type-list
-
-
- DEPRECATED: Print a list of available 'volume
- types'.
-
-
-
-
- volume-update
-
-
- Update volume attachment.
-
-
-
-
- x509-create-cert
-
-
- Create x509 cert for a user in tenant.
-
-
-
-
- x509-get-root-cert
-
-
- Fetch the x509 root cert.
-
-
-
-
- bash-completion
-
-
- Prints all of the commands and options to
- stdout so that the nova.bash_completion script
- doesn't have to hard code them.
-
-
-
-
- help
-
-
- Display help about this program or one of its
- subcommands.
-
-
-
-
- host-evacuate-live
-
-
- Live migrate all instances of the specified
- host to other available hosts.
-
-
-
-
- cell-capacities
-
-
- Get cell capacities for all cells or a given
- cell.
-
-
-
-
- cell-show
-
-
- Show details of a given cell.
-
-
-
-
- migration-list
-
-
- Print a list of migrations.
-
-
-
-
- instance-action
-
-
- Show an action.
-
-
-
-
- instance-action-list
-
-
- List actions on a server.
-
-
-
-
- net
-
-
- DEPRECATED, use tenant-network-show instead.
-
-
-
-
- net-create
-
-
- DEPRECATED, use tenant-network-create instead.
-
-
-
-
- net-delete
-
-
- DEPRECATED, use tenant-network-delete instead.
-
-
-
-
- net-list
-
-
- DEPRECATED, use tenant-network-list instead.
-
-
-
-
- tenant-network-create
-
-
- Create a tenant network.
-
-
-
-
- tenant-network-delete
-
-
- Delete a tenant network.
-
-
-
-
- tenant-network-list
-
-
- List tenant networks.
-
-
-
-
- tenant-network-show
-
-
- Show a tenant network.
-
-
-
-
- host-servers-migrate
-
-
- Migrate all instances of the specified host to
- other available hosts.
-
-
-
-
- host-evacuate
-
-
- Evacuate all instances from failed host.
-
-
-
-
- host-meta
-
-
- Set or Delete metadata on all instances of a
- host.
-
-
-
-
- list-extensions
-
-
- List all the os-api extensions that are
- available.
-
-
-
-
- force-delete
-
-
- Force delete a server.
-
-
-
-
- restore
-
-
- Restore a soft-deleted server.
-
-
-
-
- baremetal-interface-add
-
-
- Add a network interface to a baremetal node.
-
-
-
-
- baremetal-interface-list
-
-
- List network interfaces associated with a
- baremetal node.
-
-
-
-
- baremetal-interface-remove
-
-
- Remove a network interface from a baremetal
- node.
-
-
-
-
- baremetal-node-create
-
-
- Create a baremetal node.
-
-
-
-
- baremetal-node-delete
-
-
- Remove a baremetal node and any associated
- interfaces.
-
-
-
-
- baremetal-node-list
-
-
- Print list of available baremetal nodes.
-
-
-
-
- baremetal-node-show
-
-
- Show information about a baremetal node.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova optional arguments
-
-
- --version
-
-
- show program's version number and exit
-
-
-
-
- --debug
-
-
- Print debugging output.
-
-
-
-
- --os-cache
-
-
- Use the auth token cache. Defaults to False if
- env[OS_CACHE] is not set.
-
-
-
-
- --timings
-
-
- Print call timing info.
-
-
-
-
- --os-region-name <region-name>
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_REGION_NAME].
-
-
-
-
- --service-type <service-type>
-
-
- Defaults to compute for most actions.
-
-
-
-
- --service-name <service-name>
-
-
- Defaults to env[NOVA_SERVICE_NAME].
-
-
-
-
- --volume-service-name <volume-service-name>
-
-
- Defaults to env[NOVA_VOLUME_SERVICE_NAME].
-
-
-
-
- --os-endpoint-type <endpoint-type>
-
-
- Defaults to env[NOVA_ENDPOINT_TYPE],
- env[OS_ENDPOINT_TYPE] or publicURL.
-
-
-
-
- --os-compute-api-version <compute-api-ver>
-
-
- Accepts X, X.Y (where X is major and Y is
- minor part) or "X.latest", defaults to
- env[OS_COMPUTE_API_VERSION].
-
-
-
-
- --bypass-url <bypass-url>
-
-
- Use this API endpoint instead of the Service
- Catalog. Defaults to
- env[NOVACLIENT_BYPASS_URL].
-
-
-
-
- --os-auth-type <name>, --os-auth-plugin <name>
-
-
- Authentication type to use
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova add-fixed-ip
- usage: nova add-fixed-ip <server> <network-id>
-
-Add new IP address on a network to server.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <server>
-
-
- Name or ID of server.
-
-
-
-
- <network-id>
-
-
- Network ID.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova add-secgroup
- usage: nova add-secgroup <server> <secgroup>
-
-Add a Security Group to a server.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <server>
-
-
- Name or ID of server.
-
-
-
-
- <secgroup>
-
-
- Name of Security Group.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova agent-create
- usage: nova agent-create <os> <architecture> <version> <url> <md5hash>
- <hypervisor>
-
-Create new agent build.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <os>
-
-
- Type of OS.
-
-
-
-
- <architecture>
-
-
- Type of architecture.
-
-
-
-
- <version>
-
-
- Version.
-
-
-
-
- <url>
-
-
- URL.
-
-
-
-
- <md5hash>
-
-
- MD5 hash.
-
-
-
-
- <hypervisor>
-
-
- Type of hypervisor.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova agent-delete
- usage: nova agent-delete <id>
-
-Delete existing agent build.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <id>
-
-
- ID of the agent-build.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova agent-list
- usage: nova agent-list [--hypervisor <hypervisor>]
-
-List all builds.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --hypervisor <hypervisor>
-
-
- Type of hypervisor.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova agent-modify
- usage: nova agent-modify <id> <version> <url> <md5hash>
-
-Modify existing agent build.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <id>
-
-
- ID of the agent-build.
-
-
-
-
- <version>
-
-
- Version.
-
-
-
-
- <url>
-
-
- URL
-
-
-
-
- <md5hash>
-
-
- MD5 hash.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova aggregate-add-host
- usage: nova aggregate-add-host <aggregate> <host>
-
-Add the host to the specified aggregate.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <aggregate>
-
-
- Name or ID of aggregate.
-
-
-
-
- <host>
-
-
- The host to add to the aggregate.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova aggregate-create
- usage: nova aggregate-create <name> [<availability-zone>]
-
-Create a new aggregate with the specified details.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <name>
-
-
- Name of aggregate.
-
-
-
-
- <availability-zone>
-
-
- The availability zone of the aggregate (optional).
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova aggregate-delete
- usage: nova aggregate-delete <aggregate>
-
-Delete the aggregate.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <aggregate>
-
-
- Name or ID of aggregate to delete.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova aggregate-details
- usage: nova aggregate-details <aggregate>
-
-Show details of the specified aggregate.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <aggregate>
-
-
- Name or ID of aggregate.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova aggregate-list
- usage: nova aggregate-list
-
-Print a list of all aggregates.
-
-
-
- nova aggregate-remove-host
- usage: nova aggregate-remove-host <aggregate> <host>
-
-Remove the specified host from the specified aggregate.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <aggregate>
-
-
- Name or ID of aggregate.
-
-
-
-
- <host>
-
-
- The host to remove from the aggregate.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova aggregate-set-metadata
- usage: nova aggregate-set-metadata <aggregate> <key=value> [<key=value> ...]
-
-Update the metadata associated with the aggregate.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <aggregate>
-
-
- Name or ID of aggregate to update.
-
-
-
-
- <key=value>
-
-
- Metadata to add/update to aggregate. Specify only the key to
- delete a metadata item.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova aggregate-update
- usage: nova aggregate-update <aggregate> <name> [<availability-zone>]
-
-Update the aggregate's name and optionally availability zone.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <aggregate>
-
-
- Name or ID of aggregate to update.
-
-
-
-
- <name>
-
-
- Name of aggregate.
-
-
-
-
- <availability-zone>
-
-
- The availability zone of the aggregate.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova availability-zone-list
- usage: nova availability-zone-list
-
-List all the availability zones.
-
-
-
- nova backup
- usage: nova backup <server> <name> <backup-type> <rotation>
-
-Backup a server by creating a 'backup' type snapshot.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <server>
-
-
- Name or ID of server.
-
-
-
-
- <name>
-
-
- Name of the backup image.
-
-
-
-
- <backup-type>
-
-
- The backup type, like "daily" or "weekly".
-
-
-
-
- <rotation>
-
-
- Int parameter representing how many backups to keep around.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova baremetal-interface-add
- usage: nova baremetal-interface-add [--datapath_id <datapath_id>]
- [--port_no <port_no>]
- <node> <address>
-
-Add a network interface to a baremetal node.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <node>
-
-
- ID of node
-
-
-
-
- <address>
-
-
- MAC address of interface
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --datapath_id <datapath_id>
-
-
- OpenFlow Datapath ID of interface
-
-
-
-
- --port_no <port_no>
-
-
- OpenFlow port number of interface
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova baremetal-interface-list
- usage: nova baremetal-interface-list <node>
-
-List network interfaces associated with a baremetal node.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <node>
-
-
- ID of node
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova baremetal-interface-remove
- usage: nova baremetal-interface-remove <node> <address>
-
-Remove a network interface from a baremetal node.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <node>
-
-
- ID of node
-
-
-
-
- <address>
-
-
- MAC address of interface
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova baremetal-node-create
- usage: nova baremetal-node-create [--pm_address <pm_address>]
- [--pm_user <pm_user>]
- [--pm_password <pm_password>]
- [--terminal_port <terminal_port>]
- <service_host> <cpus> <memory_mb> <local_gb>
- <prov_mac_address>
-
-Create a baremetal node.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <service_host>
-
-
- Name of nova compute host which will control
- this baremetal node
-
-
-
-
- <cpus>
-
-
- Number of CPUs in the node
-
-
-
-
- <memory_mb>
-
-
- Megabytes of RAM in the node
-
-
-
-
- <local_gb>
-
-
- Gigabytes of local storage in the node
-
-
-
-
- <prov_mac_address>
-
-
- MAC address to provision the node
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --pm_address <pm_address>
-
-
- Power management IP for the node
-
-
-
-
- --pm_user <pm_user>
-
-
- Username for the node's power management
-
-
-
-
- --pm_password <pm_password>
-
-
- Password for the node's power management
-
-
-
-
- --terminal_port <terminal_port>
-
-
- ShellInABox port?
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova baremetal-node-delete
- usage: nova baremetal-node-delete <node>
-
-Remove a baremetal node and any associated interfaces.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <node>
-
-
- ID of the node to delete.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova baremetal-node-list
- usage: nova baremetal-node-list
-
-Print list of available baremetal nodes.
-
-
-
- nova baremetal-node-show
- usage: nova baremetal-node-show <node>
-
-Show information about a baremetal node.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <node>
-
-
- ID of node
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova boot
- usage: nova boot [--flavor <flavor>] [--image <image>]
- [--image-with <key=value>] [--boot-volume <volume_id>]
- [--snapshot <snapshot_id>] [--min-count <number>]
- [--max-count <number>] [--meta <key=value>]
- [--file <dst-path=src-path>] [--key-name <key-name>]
- [--user-data <user-data>]
- [--availability-zone <availability-zone>]
- [--security-groups <security-groups>]
- [--block-device-mapping <dev-name=mapping>]
- [--block-device key1=value1[,key2=value2...]]
- [--swap <swap_size>]
- [--ephemeral size=<size>[,format=<format>]]
- [--hint <key=value>]
- [--nic <net-id=net-uuid,v4-fixed-ip=ip-addr,v6-fixed-ip=ip-addr,port-id=port-uuid>]
- [--config-drive <value>] [--poll] [--admin-pass <value>]
- [--access-ip-v4 <value>] [--access-ip-v6 <value>]
- <name>
-
-Boot a new server.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <name>
-
-
- Name for the new server.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --flavor <flavor>
-
-
- Name or ID of flavor (see 'nova flavor-list').
-
-
-
-
- --image <image>
-
-
- Name or ID of image (see 'nova image-list').
-
-
-
-
- --image-with <key=value>
-
-
- Image metadata property (see 'nova image-
- show').
-
-
-
-
- --boot-volume <volume_id>
-
-
- Volume ID to boot from.
-
-
-
-
- --snapshot <snapshot_id>
-
-
- Snapshot ID to boot from (will create a
- volume).
-
-
-
-
- --min-count <number>
-
-
- Boot at least <number> servers (limited by
- quota).
-
-
-
-
- --max-count <number>
-
-
- Boot up to <number> servers (limited by
- quota).
-
-
-
-
- --meta <key=value>
-
-
- Record arbitrary key/value metadata to
- /meta_data.json on the metadata server. Can be
- specified multiple times.
-
-
-
-
- --file <dst-path=src-path>
-
-
- Store arbitrary files from <src-path> locally
- to <dst-path> on the new server. Limited by
- the injected_files quota value.
-
-
-
-
- --key-name <key-name>
-
-
- Key name of keypair that should be created
- earlier with the command keypair-add.
-
-
-
-
- --user-data <user-data>
-
-
- user data file to pass to be exposed by the
- metadata server.
-
-
-
-
- --availability-zone <availability-zone>
-
-
- The availability zone for server placement.
-
-
-
-
- --security-groups <security-groups>
-
-
- Comma separated list of security group names.
-
-
-
-
- --block-device-mapping <dev-name=mapping>
-
-
- Block device mapping in the format <dev-
- name>=<id>:<type>:<size(GB)>:<delete-on-
- terminate>.
-
-
-
-
- --block-device
-
-
- key1=value1[,key2=value2...]
- Block device mapping with the keys: id=UUID
- (image_id, snapshot_id or volume_id only if
- using source image, snapshot or volume)
- source=source type (image, snapshot, volume or
- blank), dest=destination type of the block
- device (volume or local), bus=device's bus
- (e.g. uml, lxc, virtio, ...; if omitted,
- hypervisor driver chooses a suitable default,
- honoured only if device type is supplied)
- type=device type (e.g. disk, cdrom, ...;
- defaults to 'disk') device=name of the device
- (e.g. vda, xda, ...; if omitted, hypervisor
- driver chooses suitable device depending on
- selected bus; note the libvirt driver always
- uses default device names), size=size of the
- block device in MB(for swap) and in GB(for
- other formats) (if omitted, hypervisor driver
- calculates size), format=device will be
- formatted (e.g. swap, ntfs, ...; optional),
- bootindex=integer used for ordering the boot
- disks (for image backed instances it is equal
- to 0, for others need to be specified) and
- shutdown=shutdown behaviour (either preserve
- or remove, for local destination set to
- remove).
-
-
-
-
- --swap <swap_size>
-
-
- Create and attach a local swap block device of
- <swap_size> MB.
-
-
-
-
- --ephemeral
-
-
- size=<size>[,format=<format>]
- Create and attach a local ephemeral block
- device of <size> GB and format it to <format>.
-
-
-
-
- --hint <key=value>
-
-
- Send arbitrary key/value pairs to the
- scheduler for custom use.
-
-
-
-
- --nic <net-id=net-uuid,v4-fixed-ip=ip-addr,v6-fixed-ip=ip-addr,port-id=port-uuid>
-
-
- Create a NIC on the server. Specify option
- multiple times to create multiple NICs. net-
- id: attach NIC to network with this UUID
- (either port-id or net-id must be provided),
- v4-fixed-ip: IPv4 fixed address for NIC
- (optional), v6-fixed-ip: IPv6 fixed address
- for NIC (optional), port-id: attach NIC to
- port with this UUID (either port-id or net-id
- must be provided).
-
-
-
-
- --config-drive <value>
-
-
- Enable config drive.
-
-
-
-
- --poll
-
-
- Report the new server boot progress until it
- completes.
-
-
-
-
- --admin-pass <value>
-
-
- Admin password for the instance.
-
-
-
-
- --access-ip-v4 <value>
-
-
- Alternative access IPv4 of the instance.
-
-
-
-
- --access-ip-v6 <value>
-
-
- Alternative access IPv6 of the instance.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova cell-capacities
- usage: nova cell-capacities [--cell <cell-name>]
-
-Get cell capacities for all cells or a given cell.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --cell <cell-name>
-
-
- Name of the cell to get the capacities.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova cell-show
- usage: nova cell-show <cell-name>
-
-Show details of a given cell.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <cell-name>
-
-
- Name of the cell.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova clear-password
- usage: nova clear-password <server>
-
-Clear the admin password for a server.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <server>
-
-
- Name or ID of server.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova cloudpipe-configure
- usage: nova cloudpipe-configure <ip address> <port>
-
-Update the VPN IP/port of a cloudpipe instance.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <ip address>
-
-
- New IP Address.
-
-
-
-
- <port>
-
-
- New Port.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova cloudpipe-create
- usage: nova cloudpipe-create <project_id>
-
-Create a cloudpipe instance for the given project.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <project_id>
-
-
- UUID of the project to create the cloudpipe for.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova cloudpipe-list
- usage: nova cloudpipe-list
-
-Print a list of all cloudpipe instances.
-
-
-
- nova console-log
- usage: nova console-log [--length <length>] <server>
-
-Get console log output of a server.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <server>
-
-
- Name or ID of server.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --length <length>
-
-
- Length in lines to tail.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova credentials
- usage: nova credentials [--wrap <integer>]
-
-Show user credentials returned from auth.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --wrap <integer>
-
-
- Wrap PKI tokens to a specified length, or 0 to disable.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova delete
- usage: nova delete [--all-tenants] <server> [<server> ...]
-
-Immediately shut down and delete specified server(s).
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <server>
-
-
- Name or ID of server(s).
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --all-tenants
-
-
- Delete server(s) in another tenant by name (Admin only).
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova diagnostics
- usage: nova diagnostics <server>
-
-Retrieve server diagnostics.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <server>
-
-
- Name or ID of server.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova dns-create
- usage: nova dns-create [--type <type>] <ip> <name> <domain>
-
-Create a DNS entry for domain, name, and IP.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <ip>
-
-
- IP address.
-
-
-
-
- <name>
-
-
- DNS name.
-
-
-
-
- <domain>
-
-
- DNS domain.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --type <type>
-
-
- DNS type (e.g. "A")
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova dns-create-private-domain
- usage: nova dns-create-private-domain
- [--availability-zone <availability-zone>]
- <domain>
-
-Create the specified DNS domain.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <domain>
-
-
- DNS domain.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --availability-zone <availability-zone>
-
-
- Limit access to this domain to servers in the
- specified availability zone.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova dns-create-public-domain
- usage: nova dns-create-public-domain [--project <project>] <domain>
-
-Create the specified DNS domain.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <domain>
-
-
- DNS domain.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --project <project>
-
-
- Limit access to this domain to users of the specified
- project.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova dns-delete
- usage: nova dns-delete <domain> <name>
-
-Delete the specified DNS entry.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <domain>
-
-
- DNS domain.
-
-
-
-
- <name>
-
-
- DNS name.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova dns-delete-domain
- usage: nova dns-delete-domain <domain>
-
-Delete the specified DNS domain.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <domain>
-
-
- DNS domain.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova dns-domains
- usage: nova dns-domains
-
-Print a list of available dns domains.
-
-
-
- nova dns-list
- usage: nova dns-list [--ip <ip>] [--name <name>] <domain>
-
-List current DNS entries for domain and IP or domain and name.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <domain>
-
-
- DNS domain.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --ip <ip>
-
-
- IP address.
-
-
-
-
- --name <name>
-
-
- DNS name.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova endpoints
- usage: nova endpoints
-
-Discover endpoints that get returned from the authenticate services.
-
-
-
- nova evacuate
- usage: nova evacuate [--password <password>] [--on-shared-storage]
- <server> [<host>]
-
-Evacuate server from failed host.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <server>
-
-
- Name or ID of server.
-
-
-
-
- <host>
-
-
- Name or ID of the target host. If no host is
- specified, the scheduler will choose one.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --password <password>
-
-
- Set the provided admin password on the evacuated
- server. Not applicable with on-shared-storage flag.
-
-
-
-
- --on-shared-storage
-
-
- Specifies whether server files are located on shared
- storage.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova fixed-ip-get
- usage: nova fixed-ip-get <fixed_ip>
-
-Retrieve info on a fixed IP.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <fixed_ip>
-
-
- Fixed IP Address.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova fixed-ip-reserve
- usage: nova fixed-ip-reserve <fixed_ip>
-
-Reserve a fixed IP.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <fixed_ip>
-
-
- Fixed IP Address.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova fixed-ip-unreserve
- usage: nova fixed-ip-unreserve <fixed_ip>
-
-Unreserve a fixed IP.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <fixed_ip>
-
-
- Fixed IP Address.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova flavor-access-add
- usage: nova flavor-access-add <flavor> <tenant_id>
-
-Add flavor access for the given tenant.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <flavor>
-
-
- Flavor name or ID to add access for the given tenant.
-
-
-
-
- <tenant_id>
-
-
- Tenant ID to add flavor access for.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova flavor-access-list
- usage: nova flavor-access-list [--flavor <flavor>] [--tenant <tenant_id>]
-
-Print access information about the given flavor.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --flavor <flavor>
-
-
- Filter results by flavor name or ID.
-
-
-
-
- --tenant <tenant_id>
-
-
- Filter results by tenant ID.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova flavor-access-remove
- usage: nova flavor-access-remove <flavor> <tenant_id>
-
-Remove flavor access for the given tenant.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <flavor>
-
-
- Flavor name or ID to remove access for the given tenant.
-
-
-
-
- <tenant_id>
-
-
- Tenant ID to remove flavor access for.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova flavor-create
- usage: nova flavor-create [--ephemeral <ephemeral>] [--swap <swap>]
- [--rxtx-factor <factor>] [--is-public <is-public>]
- <name> <id> <ram> <disk> <vcpus>
-
-Create a new flavor.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <name>
-
-
- Unique name of the new flavor.
-
-
-
-
- <id>
-
-
- Unique ID of the new flavor. Specifying 'auto' will
- generated a UUID for the ID.
-
-
-
-
- <ram>
-
-
- Memory size in MB.
-
-
-
-
- <disk>
-
-
- Disk size in GB.
-
-
-
-
- <vcpus>
-
-
- Number of vcpus
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --ephemeral <ephemeral>
-
-
- Ephemeral space size in GB (default 0).
-
-
-
-
- --swap <swap>
-
-
- Swap space size in MB (default 0).
-
-
-
-
- --rxtx-factor <factor>
-
-
- RX/TX factor (default 1).
-
-
-
-
- --is-public <is-public>
-
-
- Make flavor accessible to the public (default
- true).
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova flavor-delete
- usage: nova flavor-delete <flavor>
-
-Delete a specific flavor
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <flavor>
-
-
- Name or ID of the flavor to delete.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova flavor-key
- usage: nova flavor-key <flavor> <action> <key=value> [<key=value> ...]
-
-Set or unset extra_spec for a flavor.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <flavor>
-
-
- Name or ID of flavor.
-
-
-
-
- <action>
-
-
- Actions: 'set' or 'unset'.
-
-
-
-
- <key=value>
-
-
- Extra_specs to set/unset (only key is necessary on unset).
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova flavor-list
- usage: nova flavor-list [--extra-specs] [--all] [--marker <marker>]
- [--limit <limit>]
-
-Print a list of available 'flavors' (sizes of servers).
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --extra-specs
-
-
- Get extra-specs of each flavor.
-
-
-
-
- --all
-
-
- Display all flavors (Admin only).
-
-
-
-
- --marker <marker>
-
-
- The last flavor ID of the previous page; displays list of
- flavors after "marker".
-
-
-
-
- --limit <limit>
-
-
- Maximum number of flavors to display. If limit == -1, all
- flavors will be displayed. If limit is bigger than
- 'osapi_max_limit' option of Nova API, limit
- 'osapi_max_limit' will be used instead.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova flavor-show
- usage: nova flavor-show <flavor>
-
-Show details about the given flavor.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <flavor>
-
-
- Name or ID of flavor.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova floating-ip-associate
- usage: nova floating-ip-associate [--fixed-address <fixed_address>]
- <server> <address>
-
-Associate a floating IP address to a server.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <server>
-
-
- Name or ID of server.
-
-
-
-
- <address>
-
-
- IP Address.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --fixed-address <fixed_address>
-
-
- Fixed IP Address to associate with.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova floating-ip-bulk-create
- usage: nova floating-ip-bulk-create [--pool <pool>] [--interface <interface>]
- <range>
-
-Bulk create floating IPs by range (nova-network only).
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <range>
-
-
- Address range to create.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --pool <pool>
-
-
- Pool for new Floating IPs.
-
-
-
-
- --interface <interface>
-
-
- Interface for new Floating IPs.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova floating-ip-bulk-delete
- usage: nova floating-ip-bulk-delete <range>
-
-Bulk delete floating IPs by range (nova-network only).
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <range>
-
-
- Address range to delete.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova floating-ip-bulk-list
- usage: nova floating-ip-bulk-list [--host <host>]
-
-List all floating IPs (nova-network only).
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --host <host>
-
-
- Filter by host.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova floating-ip-create
- usage: nova floating-ip-create [<floating-ip-pool>]
-
-Allocate a floating IP for the current tenant.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <floating-ip-pool>
-
-
- Name of Floating IP Pool. (Optional)
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova floating-ip-delete
- usage: nova floating-ip-delete <address>
-
-De-allocate a floating IP.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <address>
-
-
- IP of Floating IP.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova floating-ip-disassociate
- usage: nova floating-ip-disassociate <server> <address>
-
-Disassociate a floating IP address from a server.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <server>
-
-
- Name or ID of server.
-
-
-
-
- <address>
-
-
- IP Address.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova floating-ip-list
- usage: nova floating-ip-list
-
-List floating IPs.
-
-
-
- nova floating-ip-pool-list
- usage: nova floating-ip-pool-list
-
-List all floating IP pools.
-
-
-
- nova force-delete
- usage: nova force-delete <server>
-
-Force delete a server.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <server>
-
-
- Name or ID of server.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova get-mks-console
- usage: nova get-mks-console <server>
-
-Get a serial console to a server. (Supported by API versions '2.8' -
-'2.latest') [hint: use '--os-compute-api-version' flag to show help message
-for proper version]
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <server>
-
-
- Name or ID of server.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova get-password
- usage: nova get-password <server> [<private-key>]
-
-Get the admin password for a server.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <server>
-
-
- Name or ID of server.
-
-
-
-
- <private-key>
-
-
- Private key (used locally to decrypt password) (Optional).
- When specified, the command displays the clear (decrypted) VM
- password. When not specified, the ciphered VM password is
- displayed.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova get-rdp-console
- usage: nova get-rdp-console <server> <console-type>
-
-Get a rdp console to a server.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <server>
-
-
- Name or ID of server.
-
-
-
-
- <console-type>
-
-
- Type of rdp console ("rdp-html5").
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova get-serial-console
- usage: nova get-serial-console [--console_type CONSOLE_TYPE] <server>
-
-Get a serial console to a server.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <server>
-
-
- Name or ID of server.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --console_type CONSOLE_TYPE
-
-
- Type of serial console, default="serial".
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova get-spice-console
- usage: nova get-spice-console <server> <console-type>
-
-Get a spice console to a server.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <server>
-
-
- Name or ID of server.
-
-
-
-
- <console-type>
-
-
- Type of spice console ("spice-html5").
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova get-vnc-console
- usage: nova get-vnc-console <server> <console-type>
-
-Get a vnc console to a server.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <server>
-
-
- Name or ID of server.
-
-
-
-
- <console-type>
-
-
- Type of vnc console ("novnc" or "xvpvnc").
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova host-action
- usage: nova host-action [--action <action>] <hostname>
-
-Perform a power action on a host.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <hostname>
-
-
- Name of host.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --action <action>
-
-
- A power action: startup, reboot, or shutdown.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova host-describe
- usage: nova host-describe <hostname>
-
-Describe a specific host.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <hostname>
-
-
- Name of host.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova host-evacuate
- usage: nova host-evacuate [--target_host <target_host>] [--on-shared-storage]
- <host>
-
-Evacuate all instances from failed host.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <host>
-
-
- Name of host.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --target_host <target_host>
-
-
- Name of target host. If no host is specified
- the scheduler will select a target.
-
-
-
-
- --on-shared-storage
-
-
- Specifies whether all instances files are on
- shared storage
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova host-evacuate-live
- usage: nova host-evacuate-live [--target-host <target_host>] [--block-migrate]
- [--disk-over-commit]
- [--max-servers <max_servers>]
- <host>
-
-Live migrate all instances of the specified host to other available hosts.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <host>
-
-
- Name of host.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --target-host <target_host>
-
-
- Name of target host.
-
-
-
-
- --block-migrate
-
-
- Enable block migration.
-
-
-
-
- --disk-over-commit
-
-
- Enable disk overcommit.
-
-
-
-
- --max-servers <max_servers>
-
-
- Maximum number of servers to live migrate
- simultaneously
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova host-list
- usage: nova host-list [--zone <zone>]
-
-List all hosts by service.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --zone <zone>
-
-
- Filters the list, returning only those hosts in the
- availability zone <zone>.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova host-meta
- usage: nova host-meta <host> <action> <key=value> [<key=value> ...]
-
-Set or Delete metadata on all instances of a host.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <host>
-
-
- Name of host.
-
-
-
-
- <action>
-
-
- Actions: 'set' or 'delete'
-
-
-
-
- <key=value>
-
-
- Metadata to set or delete (only key is necessary on delete)
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova host-servers-migrate
- usage: nova host-servers-migrate <host>
-
-Migrate all instances of the specified host to other available hosts.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <host>
-
-
- Name of host.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova host-update
- usage: nova host-update [--status <enable|disable>]
- [--maintenance <enable|disable>]
- <hostname>
-
-Update host settings.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <hostname>
-
-
- Name of host.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --status <enable|disable>
-
-
- Either enable or disable a host.
-
-
-
-
- --maintenance <enable|disable>
-
-
- Either put or resume host to/from maintenance.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova hypervisor-list
- usage: nova hypervisor-list [--matching <hostname>]
-
-List hypervisors.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --matching <hostname>
-
-
- List hypervisors matching the given <hostname>.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova hypervisor-servers
- usage: nova hypervisor-servers <hostname>
-
-List servers belonging to specific hypervisors.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <hostname>
-
-
- The hypervisor hostname (or pattern) to search for.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova hypervisor-show
- usage: nova hypervisor-show [--wrap <integer>] <hypervisor>
-
-Display the details of the specified hypervisor.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <hypervisor>
-
-
- Name or ID of the hypervisor to show the details of.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --wrap <integer>
-
-
- Wrap the output to a specified length. Default is 40 or 0
- to disable
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova hypervisor-stats
- usage: nova hypervisor-stats
-
-Get hypervisor statistics over all compute nodes.
-
-
-
- nova hypervisor-uptime
- usage: nova hypervisor-uptime <hypervisor>
-
-Display the uptime of the specified hypervisor.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <hypervisor>
-
-
- Name or ID of the hypervisor to show the uptime of.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova image-create
- usage: nova image-create [--metadata <key=value>] [--show] [--poll]
- <server> <name>
-
-Create a new image by taking a snapshot of a running server.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <server>
-
-
- Name or ID of server.
-
-
-
-
- <name>
-
-
- Name of snapshot.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --metadata <key=value>
-
-
- Record arbitrary key/value metadata to
- /meta_data.json on the metadata server. Can be
- specified multiple times.
-
-
-
-
- --show
-
-
- Print image info.
-
-
-
-
- --poll
-
-
- Report the snapshot progress and poll until image
- creation is complete.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova image-delete
- usage: nova image-delete <image> [<image> ...]
-
-Delete specified image(s).
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <image>
-
-
- Name or ID of image(s).
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova image-list
- usage: nova image-list [--limit <limit>]
-
-Print a list of available images to boot from.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --limit <limit>
-
-
- Number of images to return per request.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova image-meta
- usage: nova image-meta <image> <action> <key=value> [<key=value> ...]
-
-Set or delete metadata on an image.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <image>
-
-
- Name or ID of image.
-
-
-
-
- <action>
-
-
- Actions: 'set' or 'delete'.
-
-
-
-
- <key=value>
-
-
- Metadata to add/update or delete (only key is necessary on
- delete).
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova image-show
- usage: nova image-show <image>
-
-Show details about the given image.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <image>
-
-
- Name or ID of image.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova instance-action
- usage: nova instance-action <server> <request_id>
-
-Show an action.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <server>
-
-
- Name or UUID of the server to show an action for.
-
-
-
-
- <request_id>
-
-
- Request ID of the action to get.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova instance-action-list
- usage: nova instance-action-list <server>
-
-List actions on a server.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <server>
-
-
- Name or UUID of the server to list actions for.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova interface-attach
- usage: nova interface-attach [--port-id <port_id>] [--net-id <net_id>]
- [--fixed-ip <fixed_ip>]
- <server>
-
-Attach a network interface to a server.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <server>
-
-
- Name or ID of server.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --port-id <port_id>
-
-
- Port ID.
-
-
-
-
- --net-id <net_id>
-
-
- Network ID
-
-
-
-
- --fixed-ip <fixed_ip>
-
-
- Requested fixed IP.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova interface-detach
- usage: nova interface-detach <server> <port_id>
-
-Detach a network interface from a server.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <server>
-
-
- Name or ID of server.
-
-
-
-
- <port_id>
-
-
- Port ID.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova interface-list
- usage: nova interface-list <server>
-
-List interfaces attached to a server.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <server>
-
-
- Name or ID of server.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova keypair-add
- usage: nova keypair-add [--pub-key <pub-key>] [--key-type <key-type>]
- [--user <user-id>]
- <name>
-
-Create a new key pair for use with servers.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <name>
-
-
- Name of key.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --pub-key <pub-key>
-
-
- Path to a public ssh key.
-
-
-
-
- --key-type <key-type>
-
-
- Keypair type. Can be ssh or x509. (Supported by API
- versions '2.2' - '2.latest')
-
-
-
-
- --user <user-id>
-
-
- ID of user to whom to add key-pair (Admin only).
- (Supported by API versions '2.10' - '2.latest')
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova keypair-delete
- usage: nova keypair-delete [--user <user-id>] <name>
-
-Delete keypair given by its name. (Supported by API versions '2.0' -
-'2.latest') [hint: use '--os-compute-api-version' flag to show help message
-for proper version]
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <name>
-
-
- Keypair name to delete.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --user <user-id>
-
-
- ID of key-pair owner (Admin only).
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova keypair-list
- usage: nova keypair-list [--user <user-id>]
-
-Print a list of keypairs for a user (Supported by API versions '2.0' -
-'2.latest') [hint: use '--os-compute-api-version' flag to show help message
-for proper version]
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --user <user-id>
-
-
- List key-pairs of specified user ID (Admin only).
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova keypair-show
- usage: nova keypair-show [--user <user-id>] <keypair>
-
-Show details about the given keypair. (Supported by API versions '2.0' -
-'2.latest') [hint: use '--os-compute-api-version' flag to show help message
-for proper version]
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <keypair>
-
-
- Name of keypair.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --user <user-id>
-
-
- ID of key-pair owner (Admin only).
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova limits
- usage: nova limits [--tenant [<tenant>]] [--reserved]
-
-Print rate and absolute limits.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --tenant [<tenant>]
-
-
- Display information from single tenant (Admin only).
-
-
-
-
- --reserved
-
-
- Include reservations count.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova list
- usage: nova list [--reservation-id <reservation-id>] [--ip <ip-regexp>]
- [--ip6 <ip6-regexp>] [--name <name-regexp>]
- [--instance-name <name-regexp>] [--status <status>]
- [--flavor <flavor>] [--image <image>] [--host <hostname>]
- [--all-tenants [<0|1>]] [--tenant [<tenant>]]
- [--user [<user>]] [--deleted] [--fields <fields>] [--minimal]
- [--sort <key>[:<direction>]] [--marker <marker>]
- [--limit <limit>]
-
-List active servers.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --reservation-id <reservation-id>
-
-
- Only return servers that match reservation-id.
-
-
-
-
- --ip <ip-regexp>
-
-
- Search with regular expression match by IP
- address.
-
-
-
-
- --ip6 <ip6-regexp>
-
-
- Search with regular expression match by IPv6
- address.
-
-
-
-
- --name <name-regexp>
-
-
- Search with regular expression match by name.
-
-
-
-
- --instance-name <name-regexp>
-
-
- Search with regular expression match by server
- name.
-
-
-
-
- --status <status>
-
-
- Search by server status.
-
-
-
-
- --flavor <flavor>
-
-
- Search by flavor name or ID.
-
-
-
-
- --image <image>
-
-
- Search by image name or ID.
-
-
-
-
- --host <hostname>
-
-
- Search servers by hostname to which they are
- assigned (Admin only).
-
-
-
-
- --all-tenants [<0|1>]
-
-
- Display information from all tenants (Admin
- only).
-
-
-
-
- --tenant [<tenant>]
-
-
- Display information from single tenant (Admin
- only).
-
-
-
-
- --user [<user>]
-
-
- Display information from single user (Admin
- only).
-
-
-
-
- --deleted
-
-
- Only display deleted servers (Admin only).
-
-
-
-
- --fields <fields>
-
-
- Comma-separated list of fields to display. Use
- the show command to see which fields are
- available.
-
-
-
-
- --minimal
-
-
- Get only UUID and name.
-
-
-
-
- --sort <key>[:<direction>]
-
-
- Comma-separated list of sort keys and
- directions in the form of <key>[:<asc|desc>].
- The direction defaults to descending if not
- specified.
-
-
-
-
- --marker <marker>
-
-
- The last server UUID of the previous page;
- displays list of servers after "marker".
-
-
-
-
- --limit <limit>
-
-
- Maximum number of servers to display. If limit
- == -1, all servers will be displayed. If limit
- is bigger than 'osapi_max_limit' option of
- Nova API, limit 'osapi_max_limit' will be used
- instead.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova list-extensions
- usage: nova list-extensions
-
-List all the os-api extensions that are available.
-
-
-
- nova list-secgroup
- usage: nova list-secgroup <server>
-
-List Security Group(s) of a server.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <server>
-
-
- Name or ID of server.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova live-migration
- usage: nova live-migration [--block-migrate] [--disk-over-commit]
- <server> [<host>]
-
-Migrate running server to a new machine.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <server>
-
-
- Name or ID of server.
-
-
-
-
- <host>
-
-
- Destination host name.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --block-migrate
-
-
- True in case of block_migration.
- (Default=False:live_migration)
-
-
-
-
- --disk-over-commit
-
-
- Allow overcommit. (Default=False)
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova lock
- usage: nova lock <server>
-
-Lock a server. A normal (non-admin) user will not be able to execute actions
-on a locked server.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <server>
-
-
- Name or ID of server.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova meta
- usage: nova meta <server> <action> <key=value> [<key=value> ...]
-
-Set or delete metadata on a server.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <server>
-
-
- Name or ID of server.
-
-
-
-
- <action>
-
-
- Actions: 'set' or 'delete'.
-
-
-
-
- <key=value>
-
-
- Metadata to set or delete (only key is necessary on delete).
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova migrate
- usage: nova migrate [--poll] <server>
-
-Migrate a server. The new host will be selected by the scheduler.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <server>
-
-
- Name or ID of server.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --poll
-
-
- Report the server migration progress until it completes.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova migration-list
- usage: nova migration-list [--host <host>] [--status <status>]
- [--cell_name <cell_name>]
-
-Print a list of migrations.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --host <host>
-
-
- Fetch migrations for the given host.
-
-
-
-
- --status <status>
-
-
- Fetch migrations for the given status.
-
-
-
-
- --cell_name <cell_name>
-
-
- Fetch migrations for the given cell_name.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova network-associate-host
- usage: nova network-associate-host <network> <host>
-
-Associate host with network.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <network>
-
-
- UUID of network.
-
-
-
-
- <host>
-
-
- Name of host
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova network-associate-project
- usage: nova network-associate-project <network>
-
-Associate project with network.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <network>
-
-
- UUID of network.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova network-create
- usage: nova network-create [--fixed-range-v4 <x.x.x.x/yy>]
- [--fixed-range-v6 CIDR_V6] [--vlan <vlan id>]
- [--vlan-start <vlan start>] [--vpn <vpn start>]
- [--gateway GATEWAY] [--gateway-v6 GATEWAY_V6]
- [--bridge <bridge>]
- [--bridge-interface <bridge interface>]
- [--multi-host <'T'|'F'>] [--dns1 <DNS Address>]
- [--dns2 <DNS Address>] [--uuid <network uuid>]
- [--fixed-cidr <x.x.x.x/yy>]
- [--project-id <project id>] [--priority <number>]
- [--mtu MTU] [--enable-dhcp <'T'|'F'>]
- [--dhcp-server DHCP_SERVER]
- [--share-address <'T'|'F'>]
- [--allowed-start ALLOWED_START]
- [--allowed-end ALLOWED_END]
- <network_label>
-
-Create a network.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <network_label>
-
-
- Label for network
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --fixed-range-v4 <x.x.x.x/yy>
-
-
- IPv4 subnet (ex: 10.0.0.0/8)
-
-
-
-
- --fixed-range-v6
-
-
- CIDR_V6 IPv6 subnet (ex: fe80::/64
-
-
-
-
- --vlan <vlan id>
-
-
- The vlan ID to be assigned to the project.
-
-
-
-
- --vlan-start <vlan start>
-
-
- First vlan ID to be assigned to the project.
- Subsequent vlan IDs will be assigned
- incrementally.
-
-
-
-
- --vpn <vpn start>
-
-
- vpn start
-
-
-
-
- --gateway GATEWAY
-
-
- gateway
-
-
-
-
- --gateway-v6
-
-
- GATEWAY_V6 IPv6 gateway
-
-
-
-
- --bridge <bridge>
-
-
- VIFs on this network are connected to this
- bridge.
-
-
-
-
- --bridge-interface <bridge interface>
-
-
- The bridge is connected to this interface.
-
-
-
-
- --multi-host <'T'|'F'>
-
-
- Multi host
-
-
-
-
- --dns1 <DNS Address>
-
-
- First DNS.
-
-
-
-
- --dns2 <DNS Address>
-
-
- Second DNS.
-
-
-
-
- --uuid <network uuid>
-
-
- Network UUID.
-
-
-
-
- --fixed-cidr <x.x.x.x/yy>
-
-
- IPv4 subnet for fixed IPs (ex: 10.20.0.0/16).
-
-
-
-
- --project-id <project id>
-
-
- Project ID.
-
-
-
-
- --priority <number>
-
-
- Network interface priority.
-
-
-
-
- --mtu MTU
-
-
- MTU for network.
-
-
-
-
- --enable-dhcp <'T'|'F'>
-
-
- Enable DHCP.
-
-
-
-
- --dhcp-server DHCP_SERVER
-
-
- DHCP-server address (defaults to gateway
- address)
-
-
-
-
- --share-address <'T'|'F'>
-
-
- Share address
-
-
-
-
- --allowed-start ALLOWED_START
-
-
- Start of allowed addresses for instances.
-
-
-
-
- --allowed-end ALLOWED_END
-
-
- End of allowed addresses for instances.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova network-delete
- usage: nova network-delete <network>
-
-Delete network by label or id.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <network>
-
-
- UUID or label of network.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova network-disassociate
- usage: nova network-disassociate [--host-only [<0|1>]]
- [--project-only [<0|1>]]
- <network>
-
-Disassociate host and/or project from the given network.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <network>
-
-
- UUID of network.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --host-only [<0|1>]
-
-
-
-
-
-
- --project-only [<0|1>]
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova network-list
- usage: nova network-list [--fields <fields>]
-
-Print a list of available networks.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --fields <fields>
-
-
- Comma-separated list of fields to display. Use the show
- command to see which fields are available.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova network-show
- usage: nova network-show <network>
-
-Show details about the given network.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <network>
-
-
- UUID or label of network.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova pause
- usage: nova pause <server>
-
-Pause a server.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <server>
-
-
- Name or ID of server.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova quota-class-show
- usage: nova quota-class-show <class>
-
-List the quotas for a quota class.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <class>
-
-
- Name of quota class to list the quotas for.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova quota-class-update
- usage: nova quota-class-update [--instances <instances>] [--cores <cores>]
- [--ram <ram>] [--floating-ips <floating-ips>]
- [--fixed-ips <fixed-ips>]
- [--metadata-items <metadata-items>]
- [--injected-files <injected-files>]
- [--injected-file-content-bytes <injected-file-content-bytes>]
- [--injected-file-path-bytes <injected-file-path-bytes>]
- [--key-pairs <key-pairs>]
- [--security-groups <security-groups>]
- [--security-group-rules <security-group-rules>]
- [--server-groups <server-groups>]
- [--server-group-members <server-group-members>]
- <class>
-
-Update the quotas for a quota class.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <class>
-
-
- Name of quota class to set the quotas for.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --instances <instances>
-
-
- New value for the "instances" quota.
-
-
-
-
- --cores <cores>
-
-
- New value for the "cores" quota.
-
-
-
-
- --ram <ram>
-
-
- New value for the "ram" quota.
-
-
-
-
- --floating-ips <floating-ips>
-
-
- New value for the "floating-ips" quota.
-
-
-
-
- --fixed-ips <fixed-ips>
-
-
- New value for the "fixed-ips" quota.
-
-
-
-
- --metadata-items <metadata-items>
-
-
- New value for the "metadata-items" quota.
-
-
-
-
- --injected-files <injected-files>
-
-
- New value for the "injected-files" quota.
-
-
-
-
- --injected-file-content-bytes <injected-file-content-bytes>
-
-
- New value for the "injected-file-content-
- bytes" quota.
-
-
-
-
- --injected-file-path-bytes <injected-file-path-bytes>
-
-
- New value for the "injected-file-path-bytes"
- quota.
-
-
-
-
- --key-pairs <key-pairs>
-
-
- New value for the "key-pairs" quota.
-
-
-
-
- --security-groups <security-groups>
-
-
- New value for the "security-groups" quota.
-
-
-
-
- --security-group-rules <security-group-rules>
-
-
- New value for the "security-group-rules"
- quota.
-
-
-
-
- --server-groups <server-groups>
-
-
- New value for the "server-groups" quota.
-
-
-
-
- --server-group-members <server-group-members>
-
-
- New value for the "server-group-members"
- quota.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova quota-defaults
- usage: nova quota-defaults [--tenant <tenant-id>]
-
-List the default quotas for a tenant.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --tenant <tenant-id>
-
-
- ID of tenant to list the default quotas for.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova quota-delete
- usage: nova quota-delete --tenant <tenant-id> [--user <user-id>]
-
-Delete quota for a tenant/user so their quota will Revert back to default.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --tenant <tenant-id>
-
-
- ID of tenant to delete quota for.
-
-
-
-
- --user <user-id>
-
-
- ID of user to delete quota for.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova quota-show
- usage: nova quota-show [--tenant <tenant-id>] [--user <user-id>]
-
-List the quotas for a tenant/user.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --tenant <tenant-id>
-
-
- ID of tenant to list the quotas for.
-
-
-
-
- --user <user-id>
-
-
- ID of user to list the quotas for.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova quota-update
- usage: nova quota-update [--user <user-id>] [--instances <instances>]
- [--cores <cores>] [--ram <ram>]
- [--floating-ips <floating-ips>]
- [--fixed-ips <fixed-ips>]
- [--metadata-items <metadata-items>]
- [--injected-files <injected-files>]
- [--injected-file-content-bytes <injected-file-content-bytes>]
- [--injected-file-path-bytes <injected-file-path-bytes>]
- [--key-pairs <key-pairs>]
- [--security-groups <security-groups>]
- [--security-group-rules <security-group-rules>]
- [--server-groups <server-groups>]
- [--server-group-members <server-group-members>]
- [--force]
- <tenant-id>
-
-Update the quotas for a tenant/user.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <tenant-id>
-
-
- ID of tenant to set the quotas for.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --user <user-id>
-
-
- ID of user to set the quotas for.
-
-
-
-
- --instances <instances>
-
-
- New value for the "instances" quota.
-
-
-
-
- --cores <cores>
-
-
- New value for the "cores" quota.
-
-
-
-
- --ram <ram>
-
-
- New value for the "ram" quota.
-
-
-
-
- --floating-ips <floating-ips>
-
-
- New value for the "floating-ips" quota.
-
-
-
-
- --fixed-ips <fixed-ips>
-
-
- New value for the "fixed-ips" quota.
-
-
-
-
- --metadata-items <metadata-items>
-
-
- New value for the "metadata-items" quota.
-
-
-
-
- --injected-files <injected-files>
-
-
- New value for the "injected-files" quota.
-
-
-
-
- --injected-file-content-bytes <injected-file-content-bytes>
-
-
- New value for the "injected-file-content-
- bytes" quota.
-
-
-
-
- --injected-file-path-bytes <injected-file-path-bytes>
-
-
- New value for the "injected-file-path-bytes"
- quota.
-
-
-
-
- --key-pairs <key-pairs>
-
-
- New value for the "key-pairs" quota.
-
-
-
-
- --security-groups <security-groups>
-
-
- New value for the "security-groups" quota.
-
-
-
-
- --security-group-rules <security-group-rules>
-
-
- New value for the "security-group-rules"
- quota.
-
-
-
-
- --server-groups <server-groups>
-
-
- New value for the "server-groups" quota.
-
-
-
-
- --server-group-members <server-group-members>
-
-
- New value for the "server-group-members"
- quota.
-
-
-
-
- --force
-
-
- Whether force update the quota even if the
- already used and reserved exceeds the new
- quota.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova reboot
- usage: nova reboot [--hard] [--poll] <server> [<server> ...]
-
-Reboot a server.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <server>
-
-
- Name or ID of server(s).
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --hard
-
-
- Perform a hard reboot (instead of a soft one).
-
-
-
-
- --poll
-
-
- Poll until reboot is complete.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova rebuild
- usage: nova rebuild [--rebuild-password <rebuild-password>] [--poll]
- [--minimal] [--preserve-ephemeral] [--name <name>]
- [--meta <key=value>] [--file <dst-path=src-path>]
- <server> <image>
-
-Shutdown, re-image, and re-boot a server.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <server>
-
-
- Name or ID of server.
-
-
-
-
- <image>
-
-
- Name or ID of new image.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --rebuild-password <rebuild-password>
-
-
- Set the provided admin password on the rebuilt
- server.
-
-
-
-
- --poll
-
-
- Report the server rebuild progress until it
- completes.
-
-
-
-
- --minimal
-
-
- Skips flavor/image lookups when showing
- servers.
-
-
-
-
- --preserve-ephemeral
-
-
- Preserve the default ephemeral storage
- partition on rebuild.
-
-
-
-
- --name <name>
-
-
- Name for the new server.
-
-
-
-
- --meta <key=value>
-
-
- Record arbitrary key/value metadata to
- /meta_data.json on the metadata server. Can be
- specified multiple times.
-
-
-
-
- --file <dst-path=src-path>
-
-
- Store arbitrary files from <src-path> locally
- to <dst-path> on the new server. You may store
- up to 5 files.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova refresh-network
- usage: nova refresh-network <server>
-
-Refresh server network information.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <server>
-
-
- Name or ID of a server for which the network cache should be
- refreshed from neutron (Admin only).
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova remove-fixed-ip
- usage: nova remove-fixed-ip <server> <address>
-
-Remove an IP address from a server.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <server>
-
-
- Name or ID of server.
-
-
-
-
- <address>
-
-
- IP Address.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova remove-secgroup
- usage: nova remove-secgroup <server> <secgroup>
-
-Remove a Security Group from a server.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <server>
-
-
- Name or ID of server.
-
-
-
-
- <secgroup>
-
-
- Name of Security Group.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova rename
- usage: nova rename <server> <name>
-
-Rename a server.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <server>
-
-
- Name (old name) or ID of server.
-
-
-
-
- <name>
-
-
- New name for the server.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova rescue
- usage: nova rescue [--password <password>] [--image <image>] <server>
-
-Reboots a server into rescue mode, which starts the machine from either the
-initial image or a specified image, attaching the current boot disk as
-secondary.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <server>
-
-
- Name or ID of server.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --password <password>
-
-
- The admin password to be set in the rescue
- environment.
-
-
-
-
- --image <image>
-
-
- The image to rescue with.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova reset-network
- usage: nova reset-network <server>
-
-Reset network of a server.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <server>
-
-
- Name or ID of server.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova reset-state
- usage: nova reset-state [--all-tenants] [--active] <server> [<server> ...]
-
-Reset the state of a server.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <server>
-
-
- Name or ID of server(s).
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --all-tenants
-
-
- Reset state server(s) in another tenant by name (Admin only).
-
-
-
-
- --active
-
-
- Request the server be reset to "active" state instead of
- "error" state (the default).
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova resize
- usage: nova resize [--poll] <server> <flavor>
-
-Resize a server.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <server>
-
-
- Name or ID of server.
-
-
-
-
- <flavor>
-
-
- Name or ID of new flavor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --poll
-
-
- Report the server resize progress until it completes.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova resize-confirm
- usage: nova resize-confirm <server>
-
-Confirm a previous resize.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <server>
-
-
- Name or ID of server.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova resize-revert
- usage: nova resize-revert <server>
-
-Revert a previous resize (and return to the previous VM).
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <server>
-
-
- Name or ID of server.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova restore
- usage: nova restore <server>
-
-Restore a soft-deleted server.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <server>
-
-
- Name or ID of server.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova resume
- usage: nova resume <server>
-
-Resume a server.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <server>
-
-
- Name or ID of server.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova scrub
- usage: nova scrub <project_id>
-
-Delete networks and security groups associated with a project.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <project_id>
-
-
- The ID of the project.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova secgroup-add-default-rule
- usage: nova secgroup-add-default-rule <ip-proto> <from-port> <to-port> <cidr>
-
-Add a rule to the set of rules that will be added to the 'default' security
-group for new tenants (nova-network only).
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <ip-proto>
-
-
- IP protocol (icmp, tcp, udp).
-
-
-
-
- <from-port>
-
-
- Port at start of range.
-
-
-
-
- <to-port>
-
-
- Port at end of range.
-
-
-
-
- <cidr>
-
-
- CIDR for address range.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova secgroup-add-group-rule
- usage: nova secgroup-add-group-rule <secgroup> <source-group> <ip-proto>
- <from-port> <to-port>
-
-Add a source group rule to a security group.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <secgroup>
-
-
- ID or name of security group.
-
-
-
-
- <source-group>
-
-
- ID or name of source group.
-
-
-
-
- <ip-proto>
-
-
- IP protocol (icmp, tcp, udp).
-
-
-
-
- <from-port>
-
-
- Port at start of range.
-
-
-
-
- <to-port>
-
-
- Port at end of range.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova secgroup-add-rule
- usage: nova secgroup-add-rule <secgroup> <ip-proto> <from-port> <to-port>
- <cidr>
-
-Add a rule to a security group.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <secgroup>
-
-
- ID or name of security group.
-
-
-
-
- <ip-proto>
-
-
- IP protocol (icmp, tcp, udp).
-
-
-
-
- <from-port>
-
-
- Port at start of range.
-
-
-
-
- <to-port>
-
-
- Port at end of range.
-
-
-
-
- <cidr>
-
-
- CIDR for address range.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova secgroup-create
- usage: nova secgroup-create <name> <description>
-
-Create a security group.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <name>
-
-
- Name of security group.
-
-
-
-
- <description>
-
-
- Description of security group.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova secgroup-delete
- usage: nova secgroup-delete <secgroup>
-
-Delete a security group.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <secgroup>
-
-
- ID or name of security group.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova secgroup-delete-default-rule
- usage: nova secgroup-delete-default-rule <ip-proto> <from-port> <to-port>
- <cidr>
-
-Delete a rule from the set of rules that will be added to the 'default'
-security group for new tenants (nova-network only).
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <ip-proto>
-
-
- IP protocol (icmp, tcp, udp).
-
-
-
-
- <from-port>
-
-
- Port at start of range.
-
-
-
-
- <to-port>
-
-
- Port at end of range.
-
-
-
-
- <cidr>
-
-
- CIDR for address range.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova secgroup-delete-group-rule
- usage: nova secgroup-delete-group-rule <secgroup> <source-group> <ip-proto>
- <from-port> <to-port>
-
-Delete a source group rule from a security group.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <secgroup>
-
-
- ID or name of security group.
-
-
-
-
- <source-group>
-
-
- ID or name of source group.
-
-
-
-
- <ip-proto>
-
-
- IP protocol (icmp, tcp, udp).
-
-
-
-
- <from-port>
-
-
- Port at start of range.
-
-
-
-
- <to-port>
-
-
- Port at end of range.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova secgroup-delete-rule
- usage: nova secgroup-delete-rule <secgroup> <ip-proto> <from-port> <to-port>
- <cidr>
-
-Delete a rule from a security group.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <secgroup>
-
-
- ID or name of security group.
-
-
-
-
- <ip-proto>
-
-
- IP protocol (icmp, tcp, udp).
-
-
-
-
- <from-port>
-
-
- Port at start of range.
-
-
-
-
- <to-port>
-
-
- Port at end of range.
-
-
-
-
- <cidr>
-
-
- CIDR for address range.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova secgroup-list
- usage: nova secgroup-list [--all-tenants [<0|1>]]
-
-List security groups for the current tenant.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --all-tenants [<0|1>]
-
-
- Display information from all tenants (Admin only).
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova secgroup-list-default-rules
- usage: nova secgroup-list-default-rules
-
-List rules that will be added to the 'default' security group for new tenants.
-
-
-
- nova secgroup-list-rules
- usage: nova secgroup-list-rules <secgroup>
-
-List rules for a security group.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <secgroup>
-
-
- ID or name of security group.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova secgroup-update
- usage: nova secgroup-update <secgroup> <name> <description>
-
-Update a security group.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <secgroup>
-
-
- ID or name of security group.
-
-
-
-
- <name>
-
-
- Name of security group.
-
-
-
-
- <description>
-
-
- Description of security group.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova server-group-create
- usage: nova server-group-create <name> [<policy> [<policy> ...]]
-
-Create a new server group with the specified details.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <name>
-
-
- Server group name.
-
-
-
-
- <policy>
-
-
- Policies for the server groups. ("affinity" or "anti-affinity")
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova server-group-delete
- usage: nova server-group-delete <id> [<id> ...]
-
-Delete specific server group(s).
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <id>
-
-
- Unique ID(s) of the server group to delete.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova server-group-get
- usage: nova server-group-get <id>
-
-Get a specific server group.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <id>
-
-
- Unique ID of the server group to get.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova server-group-list
- usage: nova server-group-list [--all-projects]
-
-Print a list of all server groups.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --all-projects
-
-
- Display server groups from all projects (Admin only).
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova service-delete
- usage: nova service-delete <id>
-
-Delete the service.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <id>
-
-
- ID of service.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova service-disable
- usage: nova service-disable [--reason <reason>] <hostname> <binary>
-
-Disable the service.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <hostname>
-
-
- Name of host.
-
-
-
-
- <binary>
-
-
- Service binary.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --reason <reason>
-
-
- Reason for disabling service.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova service-enable
- usage: nova service-enable <hostname> <binary>
-
-Enable the service.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <hostname>
-
-
- Name of host.
-
-
-
-
- <binary>
-
-
- Service binary.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova service-force-down
- usage: nova service-force-down [--unset] <hostname> <binary>
-
-Force service to down. (Supported by API versions '2.11' - '2.latest') [hint:
-use '--os-compute-api-version' flag to show help message for proper version]
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <hostname>
-
-
- Name of host.
-
-
-
-
- <binary>
-
-
- Service binary.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --unset
-
-
- Unset the force state down of service.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova service-list
- usage: nova service-list [--host <hostname>] [--binary <binary>]
-
-Show a list of all running services. Filter by host & binary.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --host <hostname>
-
-
- Name of host.
-
-
-
-
- --binary <binary>
-
-
- Service binary.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova set-password
- usage: nova set-password <server>
-
-Change the admin password for a server.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <server>
-
-
- Name or ID of server.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova shelve
- usage: nova shelve <server>
-
-Shelve a server.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <server>
-
-
- Name or ID of server.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova shelve-offload
- usage: nova shelve-offload <server>
-
-Remove a shelved server from the compute node.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <server>
-
-
- Name or ID of server.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova show
- usage: nova show [--minimal] <server>
-
-Show details about the given server.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <server>
-
-
- Name or ID of server.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --minimal
-
-
- Skips flavor/image lookups when showing servers.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova ssh
- usage: nova ssh [--port PORT] [--address-type ADDRESS_TYPE]
- [--network <network>] [--ipv6] [--login <login>] [-i IDENTITY]
- [--extra-opts EXTRA]
- <server>
-
-SSH into a server.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <server>
-
-
- Name or ID of server.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --port PORT
-
-
- Optional flag to indicate which port to use
- for ssh. (Default=22)
-
-
-
-
- --address-type ADDRESS_TYPE
-
-
- Optional flag to indicate which IP type to
- use. Possible values includes fixed and
- floating (the Default).
-
-
-
-
- --network <network>
-
-
- Network to use for the ssh.
-
-
-
-
- --ipv6
-
-
- Optional flag to indicate whether to use an
- IPv6 address attached to a server. (Defaults
- to IPv4 address)
-
-
-
-
- --login <login>
-
-
- Login to use.
-
-
-
-
- -i IDENTITY, --identity IDENTITY
-
-
- Private key file, same as the -i option to the
- ssh command.
-
-
-
-
- --extra-opts EXTRA
-
-
- Extra options to pass to ssh. see: man ssh.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova start
- usage: nova start [--all-tenants] <server> [<server> ...]
-
-Start the server(s).
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <server>
-
-
- Name or ID of server(s).
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --all-tenants
-
-
- Start server(s) in another tenant by name (Admin only).
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova stop
- usage: nova stop [--all-tenants] <server> [<server> ...]
-
-Stop the server(s).
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <server>
-
-
- Name or ID of server(s).
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --all-tenants
-
-
- Stop server(s) in another tenant by name (Admin only).
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova suspend
- usage: nova suspend <server>
-
-Suspend a server.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <server>
-
-
- Name or ID of server.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova tenant-network-create
- usage: nova tenant-network-create <network_label> <cidr>
-
-Create a tenant network.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <network_label>
-
-
- Network label (ex. my_new_network)
-
-
-
-
- <cidr>
-
-
- IP block to allocate from (ex. 172.16.0.0/24 or
- 2001:DB8::/64)
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova tenant-network-delete
- usage: nova tenant-network-delete <network_id>
-
-Delete a tenant network.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <network_id>
-
-
- ID of network
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova tenant-network-list
- usage: nova tenant-network-list
-
-List tenant networks.
-
-
-
- nova tenant-network-show
- usage: nova tenant-network-show <network_id>
-
-Show a tenant network.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <network_id>
-
-
- ID of network
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova unlock
- usage: nova unlock <server>
-
-Unlock a server.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <server>
-
-
- Name or ID of server.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova unpause
- usage: nova unpause <server>
-
-Unpause a server.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <server>
-
-
- Name or ID of server.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova unrescue
- usage: nova unrescue <server>
-
-Restart the server from normal boot disk again.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <server>
-
-
- Name or ID of server.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova unshelve
- usage: nova unshelve <server>
-
-Unshelve a server.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <server>
-
-
- Name or ID of server.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova usage
- usage: nova usage [--start <start>] [--end <end>] [--tenant <tenant-id>]
-
-Show usage data for a single tenant.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --start <start>
-
-
- Usage range start date ex 2012-01-20. (default: 4
- weeks ago)
-
-
-
-
- --end <end>
-
-
- Usage range end date, ex 2012-01-20. (default:
- tomorrow)
-
-
-
-
- --tenant <tenant-id>
-
-
- UUID of tenant to get usage for.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova usage-list
- usage: nova usage-list [--start <start>] [--end <end>]
-
-List usage data for all tenants.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --start <start>
-
-
- Usage range start date ex 2012-01-20. (default: 4 weeks
- ago)
-
-
-
-
- --end <end>
-
-
- Usage range end date, ex 2012-01-20. (default: tomorrow)
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova version-list
- usage: nova version-list
-
-List all API versions.
-
-
-
- nova virtual-interface-list
- usage: nova virtual-interface-list <server>
-
-Show virtual interface info about the given server.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <server>
-
-
- ID of server.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova volume-attach
- usage: nova volume-attach <server> <volume> [<device>]
-
-Attach a volume to a server.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <server>
-
-
- Name or ID of server.
-
-
-
-
- <volume>
-
-
- ID of the volume to attach.
-
-
-
-
- <device>
-
-
- Name of the device e.g. /dev/vdb. Use "auto" for autoassign (if
- supported). Libvirt driver will use default device name.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova volume-attachments
- usage: nova volume-attachments <server>
-
-List all the volumes attached to a server.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <server>
-
-
- Name or ID of server.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova volume-detach
- usage: nova volume-detach <server> <volume>
-
-Detach a volume from a server.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <server>
-
-
- Name or ID of server.
-
-
-
-
- <volume>
-
-
- ID of the volume to detach.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova volume-update
- usage: nova volume-update <server> <attachment> <volume>
-
-Update volume attachment.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <server>
-
-
- Name or ID of server.
-
-
-
-
- <attachment>
-
-
- Attachment ID of the volume.
-
-
-
-
- <volume>
-
-
- ID of the volume to attach.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova x509-create-cert
- usage: nova x509-create-cert [<private-key-filename>] [<x509-cert-filename>]
-
-Create x509 cert for a user in tenant.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <private-key-filename>
-
-
- Filename for the private key. [Default: pk.pem]
-
-
-
-
- <x509-cert-filename>
-
-
- Filename for the X.509 certificate. [Default:
- cert.pem]
-
-
-
-
-
-
- nova x509-get-root-cert
- usage: nova x509-get-root-cert [<filename>]
-
-Fetch the x509 root cert.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <filename>
-
-
- Filename to write the x509 root cert.
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/doc/cli-reference/generated/ch_cli_openstack_commands.xml b/doc/cli-reference/generated/ch_cli_openstack_commands.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index c687664f61..0000000000
--- a/doc/cli-reference/generated/ch_cli_openstack_commands.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,15334 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- OpenStack command-line client
-
- The openstack client is a common
- OpenStack command-line interface (CLI).
-
- This chapter documents openstack version
- 2.0.0.
-
-
- For help on a specific openstack
- command, enter:
-
- $openstackCOMMAND
-
-
- openstack usage
- usage: openstack [--version] [-v] [--log-file LOG_FILE] [-q] [-h] [--debug]
- [--os-cloud <cloud-config-name>]
- [--os-region-name <auth-region-name>]
- [--os-cacert <ca-bundle-file>] [--verify | --insecure]
- [--os-default-domain <auth-domain>]
- [--os-interface <interface>] [--timing]
- [--os-compute-api-version <compute-api-version>]
- [--os-network-api-version <network-api-version>]
- [--os-image-api-version <image-api-version>]
- [--os-volume-api-version <volume-api-version>]
- [--os-identity-api-version <identity-api-version>]
- [--os-auth-type <auth-type>]
- [--os-project-domain-id <auth-project-domain-id>]
- [--os-protocol <auth-protocol>]
- [--os-project-name <auth-project-name>]
- [--os-trust-id <auth-trust-id>]
- [--os-service-provider-endpoint <auth-service-provider-endpoint>]
- [--os-domain-name <auth-domain-name>]
- [--os-user-domain-id <auth-user-domain-id>]
- [--os-identity-provider-url <auth-identity-provider-url>]
- [--os-access-token-endpoint <auth-access-token-endpoint>]
- [--os-domain-id <auth-domain-id>]
- [--os-user-domain-name <auth-user-domain-name>]
- [--os-scope <auth-scope>] [--os-user-id <auth-user-id>]
- [--os-identity-provider <auth-identity-provider>]
- [--os-username <auth-username>]
- [--os-auth-url <auth-auth-url>]
- [--os-client-secret <auth-client-secret>]
- [--os-client-id <auth-client-id>]
- [--os-project-domain-name <auth-project-domain-name>]
- [--os-password <auth-password>]
- [--os-endpoint <auth-endpoint>] [--os-url <auth-url>]
- [--os-token <auth-token>] [--os-project-id <auth-project-id>]
- [--os-object-api-version <object-api-version>]
- [--os-mb-api-version <mb-api-version>]
- [--inspector-api-version INSPECTOR_API_VERSION]
- [--inspector-url INSPECTOR_URL]
- [--os-dns-api-version <dns-api-version>]
- [--os-policy-api-version <policy-api-version>]
- [--os-queues-api-version <queues-api-version>]
- [--os-data-processing-api-version <data-processing-api-version>]
- [--os-management-api-version <management-api-version>]
- [--os-baremetal-api-version <baremetal-api-version>]
-
-
- openstack optional arguments
-
-
- --version
-
-
- show program's version number and exit
-
-
-
-
- -v, --verbose
-
-
- Increase verbosity of output. Can be repeated.
-
-
-
-
- --log-file LOG_FILE
-
-
- Specify a file to log output. Disabled by default.
-
-
-
-
- -q, --quiet
-
-
- Suppress output except warnings and errors.
-
-
-
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- Show help message and exit.
-
-
-
-
- --debug
-
-
- Show tracebacks on errors.
-
-
-
-
- --os-cloud <cloud-config-name>
-
-
- Cloud name in clouds.yaml (Env: OS_CLOUD)
-
-
-
-
- --os-region-name <auth-region-name>
-
-
- Authentication region name (Env: OS_REGION_NAME)
-
-
-
-
- --os-cacert <ca-bundle-file>
-
-
- CA certificate bundle file (Env: OS_CACERT)
-
-
-
-
- --verify
-
-
- Verify server certificate (default)
-
-
-
-
- --insecure
-
-
- Disable server certificate verification
-
-
-
-
- --os-default-domain <auth-domain>
-
-
- Default domain ID, default=default (Env:
- OS_DEFAULT_DOMAIN)
-
-
-
-
- --os-interface <interface>
-
-
- Select an interface type. Valid interface types:
- [admin, public, internal]. (Env: OS_INTERFACE)
-
-
-
-
- --timing
-
-
- Print API call timing info
-
-
-
-
- --os-compute-api-version <compute-api-version>
-
-
- Compute API version, default=2 (Env:
- OS_COMPUTE_API_VERSION)
-
-
-
-
- --os-network-api-version <network-api-version>
-
-
- Network API version, default=2.0 (Env:
- OS_NETWORK_API_VERSION)
-
-
-
-
- --os-image-api-version <image-api-version>
-
-
- Image API version, default=1 (Env:
- OS_IMAGE_API_VERSION)
-
-
-
-
- --os-volume-api-version <volume-api-version>
-
-
- Volume API version, default=2 (Env:
- OS_VOLUME_API_VERSION)
-
-
-
-
- --os-identity-api-version <identity-api-version>
-
-
- Identity API version, default=3 (Env:
- OS_IDENTITY_API_VERSION)
-
-
-
-
- --os-auth-type <auth-type>
-
-
- Select an authentication type. Available types:
- v2token, admin_token, v2password, v3password,
- v3scopedsaml, v3oidcpassword, v3unscopedadfs, token,
- v3token, password, v3unscopedsaml, osc_password,
- token_endpoint. Default: selected based on --os-
- username/--os-token (Env: OS_AUTH_TYPE)
-
-
-
-
- --os-project-domain-id <auth-project-domain-id>
-
-
- With v3password: Domain ID containing project With
- v3scopedsaml: Domain ID containing project With
- v3oidcpassword: Domain ID containing project With
- v3unscopedadfs: Domain ID containing project With
- token: Domain ID containing project With v3token:
- Domain ID containing project With password: Domain ID
- containing project With v3unscopedsaml: Domain ID
- containing project With osc_password: Domain ID
- containing project (Env: OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_ID)
-
-
-
-
- --os-protocol <auth-protocol>
-
-
- With v3oidcpassword: Name of the federated protocol
- used for federated authentication. Must match its
- counterpart name configured at the keystone service
- provider. Typically values would be 'saml2' or 'oidc'.
- (Env: OS_PROTOCOL)
-
-
-
-
- --os-project-name <auth-project-name>
-
-
- With v3password: Project name to scope to With
- v3scopedsaml: Project name to scope to With
- v3oidcpassword: Project name to scope to With
- v3unscopedadfs: Project name to scope to With token:
- Project name to scope to With v3token: Project name to
- scope to With password: Project name to scope to With
- v3unscopedsaml: Project name to scope to With
- osc_password: Project name to scope to (Env:
- OS_PROJECT_NAME)
-
-
-
-
- --os-trust-id <auth-trust-id>
-
-
- With v2token: Trust ID With v2password: Trust ID With
- v3password: Trust ID With v3scopedsaml: Trust ID With
- v3oidcpassword: Trust ID With v3unscopedadfs: Trust ID
- With token: Trust ID With v3token: Trust ID With
- password: Trust ID With v3unscopedsaml: Trust ID With
- osc_password: Trust ID (Env: OS_TRUST_ID)
-
-
-
-
- --os-service-provider-endpoint <auth-service-provider-endpoint>
-
-
- With v3unscopedadfs: Service Provider's Endpoint (Env:
- OS_SERVICE_PROVIDER_ENDPOINT)
-
-
-
-
- --os-domain-name <auth-domain-name>
-
-
- With v3password: Domain name to scope to With
- v3scopedsaml: Domain name to scope to With
- v3oidcpassword: Domain name to scope to With
- v3unscopedadfs: Domain name to scope to With token:
- Domain name to scope to With v3token: Domain name to
- scope to With password: Domain name to scope to With
- v3unscopedsaml: Domain name to scope to With
- osc_password: Domain name to scope to (Env:
- OS_DOMAIN_NAME)
-
-
-
-
- --os-user-domain-id <auth-user-domain-id>
-
-
- With v3password: User's domain id With password:
- User's domain id With osc_password: User's domain id
- (Env: OS_USER_DOMAIN_ID)
-
-
-
-
- --os-identity-provider-url <auth-identity-provider-url>
-
-
- With v3unscopedadfs: Identity Provider's URL With
- v3unscopedsaml: Identity Provider's URL (Env:
- OS_IDENTITY_PROVIDER_URL)
-
-
-
-
- --os-access-token-endpoint <auth-access-token-endpoint>
-
-
- With v3oidcpassword: OpenID Connect Provider Token
- Endpoint (Env: OS_ACCESS_TOKEN_ENDPOINT)
-
-
-
-
- --os-domain-id <auth-domain-id>
-
-
- With v3password: Domain ID to scope to With
- v3scopedsaml: Domain ID to scope to With
- v3oidcpassword: Domain ID to scope to With
- v3unscopedadfs: Domain ID to scope to With token:
- Domain ID to scope to With v3token: Domain ID to scope
- to With password: Domain ID to scope to With
- v3unscopedsaml: Domain ID to scope to With
- osc_password: Domain ID to scope to (Env:
- OS_DOMAIN_ID)
-
-
-
-
- --os-user-domain-name <auth-user-domain-name>
-
-
- With v3password: User's domain name With password:
- User's domain name With osc_password: User's domain
- name (Env: OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME)
-
-
-
-
- --os-scope <auth-scope>
-
-
- With v3oidcpassword: OpenID Connect scope that is
- requested from OP (Env: OS_SCOPE)
-
-
-
-
- --os-user-id <auth-user-id>
-
-
- With v2password: User ID to login with With
- v3password: User ID With password: User id With
- osc_password: User id (Env: OS_USER_ID)
-
-
-
-
- --os-identity-provider <auth-identity-provider>
-
-
- With v3oidcpassword: Identity Provider's name With
- v3unscopedadfs: Identity Provider's name With
- v3unscopedsaml: Identity Provider's name (Env:
- OS_IDENTITY_PROVIDER)
-
-
-
-
- --os-username <auth-username>
-
-
- With v2password: Username to login with With
- v3password: Username With v3oidcpassword: Username
- With v3unscopedadfs: Username With password: Username
- With v3unscopedsaml: Username With osc_password:
- Username (Env: OS_USERNAME)
-
-
-
-
- --os-auth-url <auth-auth-url>
-
-
- With v2token: Authentication URL With v2password:
- Authentication URL With v3password: Authentication URL
- With v3scopedsaml: Authentication URL With
- v3oidcpassword: Authentication URL With
- v3unscopedadfs: Authentication URL With token:
- Authentication URL With v3token: Authentication URL
- With password: Authentication URL With v3unscopedsaml:
- Authentication URL With osc_password: Authentication
- URL (Env: OS_AUTH_URL)
-
-
-
-
- --os-client-secret <auth-client-secret>
-
-
- With v3oidcpassword: OAuth 2.0 Client Secret (Env:
- OS_CLIENT_SECRET)
-
-
-
-
- --os-client-id <auth-client-id>
-
-
- With v3oidcpassword: OAuth 2.0 Client ID (Env:
- OS_CLIENT_ID)
-
-
-
-
- --os-project-domain-name <auth-project-domain-name>
-
-
- With v3password: Domain name containing project With
- v3scopedsaml: Domain name containing project With
- v3oidcpassword: Domain name containing project With
- v3unscopedadfs: Domain name containing project With
- token: Domain name containing project With v3token:
- Domain name containing project With password: Domain
- name containing project With v3unscopedsaml: Domain
- name containing project With osc_password: Domain name
- containing project (Env: OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_NAME)
-
-
-
-
- --os-password <auth-password>
-
-
- With v2password: Password to use With v3password:
- User's password With v3oidcpassword: Password With
- v3unscopedadfs: Password With password: User's
- password With v3unscopedsaml: Password With
- osc_password: User's password (Env: OS_PASSWORD)
-
-
-
-
- --os-endpoint <auth-endpoint>
-
-
- With admin_token: The endpoint that will always be
- used With token_endpoint: The endpoint that will
- always be used (Env: OS_ENDPOINT)
-
-
-
-
- --os-url <auth-url>
-
-
- With token_endpoint: Specific service endpoint to use
- (Env: OS_URL)
-
-
-
-
- --os-token <auth-token>
-
-
- With v2token: Token With admin_token: The token that
- will always be used With v3scopedsaml: Token to
- authenticate with With token: Token to authenticate
- with With v3token: Token to authenticate with With
- token_endpoint: The token that will always be used
- With token_endpoint: Authentication token to use (Env:
- OS_TOKEN)
-
-
-
-
- --os-project-id <auth-project-id>
-
-
- With v3password: Project ID to scope to With
- v3scopedsaml: Project ID to scope to With
- v3oidcpassword: Project ID to scope to With
- v3unscopedadfs: Project ID to scope to With token:
- Project ID to scope to With v3token: Project ID to
- scope to With password: Project ID to scope to With
- v3unscopedsaml: Project ID to scope to With
- osc_password: Project ID to scope to (Env:
- OS_PROJECT_ID)
-
-
-
-
- --os-object-api-version <object-api-version>
-
-
- Object API version, default=1 (Env:
- OS_OBJECT_API_VERSION)
-
-
-
-
- --os-mb-api-version <mb-api-version>
-
-
- MB API version, default=1 (Env: OS_MB_API_VERSION)
-
-
-
-
- --inspector-api-version INSPECTOR_API_VERSION
-
-
- inspector API version, only 1 is supported now (env:
- INSPECTOR_VERSION).
-
-
-
-
- --inspector-url INSPECTOR_URL
-
-
- inspector URL, defaults to localhost (env:
- INSPECTOR_URL).
-
-
-
-
- --os-dns-api-version <dns-api-version>
-
-
- DNS API version, default=2 (Env: OS_DNS_API_VERSION)
-
-
-
-
- --os-policy-api-version <policy-api-version>
-
-
- Policy API version, default=1 (Env:
- OS_POLICY_API_VERSION)
-
-
-
-
- --os-queues-api-version <queues-api-version>
-
-
- Queues API version, default=1.1 (Env:
- OS_QUEUES_API_VERSION)
-
-
-
-
- --os-data-processing-api-version <data-processing-api-version>
-
-
- Data processing API version, default=1.1 (Env:
- OS_DATA_PROCESSING_API_VERSION)
-
-
-
-
- --os-management-api-version <management-api-version>
-
-
- Management API version, default=2 (Env:
- OS_MANAGEMENT_API_VERSION)
-
-
-
-
- --os-baremetal-api-version <baremetal-api-version>
-
-
- Baremetal API version, default=1.6 (Env:
- OS_BAREMETAL_API_VERSION)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- OpenStack with Identity API v2 commands
-
- openstack aggregate add host
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 aggregate add host [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
- <aggregate> <host>
-
-Add host to aggregate
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <aggregate>
-
-
- Aggregate (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
- <host>
-
-
- Host to add to <aggregate>
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack aggregate create
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 aggregate create [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
- [--zone <availability-zone>]
- [--property <key=value>]
- <name>
-
-Create a new aggregate
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <name>
-
-
- New aggregate name
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --zone <availability-zone>
-
-
- Availability zone name
-
-
-
-
- --property <key=value>
-
-
- Property to add to this aggregate (repeat option to
- set multiple properties)
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack aggregate delete
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 aggregate delete [-h] <aggregate>
-
-Delete an existing aggregate
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <aggregate>
-
-
- Aggregate to delete (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack aggregate list
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 aggregate list [-h]
- [-f {csv,html,json,json,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent]
- [--quote {all,minimal,none,nonnumeric}]
- [--long]
-
-List all aggregates
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --long
-
-
- List additional fields in output
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack aggregate remove host
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 aggregate remove host [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
- <aggregate> <host>
-
-Remove host from aggregate
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <aggregate>
-
-
- Aggregate (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
- <host>
-
-
- Host to remove from <aggregate>
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack aggregate set
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 aggregate set [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX] [--name <name>]
- [--zone <availability-zone>]
- [--property <key=value>]
- <aggregate>
-
-Set aggregate properties
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <aggregate>
-
-
- Aggregate to modify (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --name <name>
-
-
- Set aggregate name
-
-
-
-
- --zone <availability-zone>
-
-
- Set availability zone name
-
-
-
-
- --property <key=value>
-
-
- Property to set on <aggregate> (repeat option to set
- multiple properties)
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack aggregate show
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 aggregate show [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
- <aggregate>
-
-Display aggregate details
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <aggregate>
-
-
- Aggregate to display (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack availability zone list
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 availability zone list [-h]
- [-f {csv,html,json,json,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent]
- [--quote {all,minimal,none,nonnumeric}]
- [--long]
-
-List availability zones and their status
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --long
-
-
- List additional fields in output
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack backup create
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 backup create [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
- [--container <container>] [--name <name>]
- [--description <description>]
- <volume>
-
-Create new backup
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <volume>
-
-
- Volume to backup (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --container <container>
-
-
- Optional backup container name
-
-
-
-
- --name <name>
-
-
- Name of the backup
-
-
-
-
- --description <description>
-
-
- Description of the backup
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack backup delete
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 backup delete [-h] <backup> [<backup> ...]
-
-Delete backup(s)
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <backup>
-
-
- Backup(s) to delete (ID only)
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack backup list
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 backup list [-h]
- [-f {csv,html,json,json,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>] [--noindent]
- [--quote {all,minimal,none,nonnumeric}] [--long]
-
-List backups
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --long
-
-
- List additional fields in output
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack backup restore
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 backup restore [-h] <backup> <volume>
-
-Restore backup
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <backup>
-
-
- Backup to restore (ID only)
-
-
-
-
- <volume>
-
-
- Volume to restore to (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack backup show
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 backup show [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>] [--noindent]
- [--prefix PREFIX]
- <backup>
-
-Display backup details
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <backup>
-
-
- Backup to display (ID only)
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack baremetal create
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 baremetal create [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
- [--chassis-uuid <chassis>] --driver <driver>
- [--driver-info <key=value>]
- [--property <key=value>]
- [--extra <key=value>] [--uuid <uuid>]
- [--name <name>]
-
-Register a new node with the baremetal service
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --chassis-uuid <chassis>
-
-
- UUID of the chassis that this node belongs to.
-
-
-
-
- --driver <driver>
-
-
- Driver used to control the node [REQUIRED].
-
-
-
-
- --driver-info <key=value>
-
-
- Key/value pair used by the driver, such as out-of-band
- management credentials. Can be specified multiple
- times.
-
-
-
-
- --property <key=value>
-
-
- Key/value pair describing the physical characteristics
- of the node. This is exported to Nova and used by the
- scheduler. Can be specified multiple times.
-
-
-
-
- --extra <key=value>
-
-
- Record arbitrary key/value metadata. Can be specified
- multiple times.
-
-
-
-
- --uuid <uuid>
-
-
- Unique UUID for the node.
-
-
-
-
- --name <name>
-
-
- Unique name for the node.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack baremetal delete
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 baremetal delete [-h] <node>
-
-Unregister a baremetal node
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <node>
-
-
- Node to delete (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack baremetal introspection rule delete
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 baremetal introspection rule delete [-h] uuid
-
-Delete an introspection rule.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- uuid
-
-
- rule UUID
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack baremetal introspection rule import
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 baremetal introspection rule import [-h] file
-
-Import one or several introspection rules from a json file.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- file
-
-
- JSON file to import, may contain one or several rules
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack baremetal introspection rule list
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 baremetal introspection rule list [-h]
- [-f {csv,html,json,json,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN]
- [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent]
- [--quote {all,minimal,none,nonnumeric}]
-
-List all introspection rules.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack baremetal introspection rule purge
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 baremetal introspection rule purge [-h]
-
-Drop all introspection rules.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack baremetal introspection rule show
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 baremetal introspection rule show [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN]
- [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent]
- [--prefix PREFIX]
- uuid
-
-Show an introspection rule.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- uuid
-
-
- rule UUID
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack baremetal introspection start
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 baremetal introspection start [-h]
- [--new-ipmi-username NEW_IPMI_USERNAME]
- [--new-ipmi-password NEW_IPMI_PASSWORD]
- uuid [uuid ...]
-
-Start the introspection.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- uuid
-
-
- baremetal node UUID(s)
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --new-ipmi-username NEW_IPMI_USERNAME
-
-
- if set, *Ironic Inspector* will update IPMI user name
- to this value
-
-
-
-
- --new-ipmi-password NEW_IPMI_PASSWORD
-
-
- if set, *Ironic Inspector* will update IPMI password
- to this value
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack baremetal introspection status
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 baremetal introspection status [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN]
- [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
- uuid
-
-Get introspection status.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- uuid
-
-
- baremetal node UUID
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack baremetal list
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 baremetal list [-h]
- [-f {csv,html,json,json,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent]
- [--quote {all,minimal,none,nonnumeric}]
- [--limit <limit>] [--marker <node>]
- [--sort <key>[:<direction>]] [--maintenance]
- [--associated] [--long]
-
-List baremetal nodes
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --limit <limit>
-
-
- Maximum number of nodes to return per request, 0 for
- no limit. Default is the maximum number used by the
- Baremetal API Service.
-
-
-
-
- --marker <node>
-
-
- Node UUID (for example, of the last node in the list
- from a previous request). Returns the list of nodes
- after this UUID.
-
-
-
-
- --sort <key>[:<direction>]
-
-
- Sort output by selected keys and directions(asc or
- desc) (default: asc), multiple keys and directions can
- be specified separated by comma
-
-
-
-
- --maintenance
-
-
- List nodes in maintenance mode.
-
-
-
-
- --associated
-
-
- List only nodes associated with an instance.
-
-
-
-
- --long
-
-
- Show detailed information about the nodes.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack baremetal set
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 baremetal set [-h] [--property <path=value>] <node>
-
-Set baremetal properties
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <node>
-
-
- Name or UUID of the node.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --property <path=value>
-
-
- Property to add to this baremetal host (repeat option
- to set multiple properties)
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack baremetal show
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 baremetal show [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX] [--instance]
- [--long]
- <node>
-
-Show baremetal node details
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <node>
-
-
- Name or UUID of the node (or instance UUID if
- --instance is specified)
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --instance <node>
-
-
- is an instance UUID.
-
-
-
-
- --long
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack baremetal unset
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 baremetal unset [-h] [--property <path>] <node>
-
-Unset baremetal properties
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <node>
-
-
- Name or UUID of the node.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --property <path>
-
-
- Property to unset on this baremetal host (repeat option
- to unset multiple properties)
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack catalog list
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 catalog list [-h]
- [-f {csv,html,json,json,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>] [--noindent]
- [--quote {all,minimal,none,nonnumeric}]
-
-List services in the service catalog
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack catalog show
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 catalog show [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>] [--noindent]
- [--prefix PREFIX]
- <service>
-
-Display service catalog details
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <service>
-
-
- Service to display (type or name)
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack command list
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 command list [-h]
- [-f {csv,html,json,json,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>] [--noindent]
- [--quote {all,minimal,none,nonnumeric}]
-
-List recognized commands by group
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack compute agent create
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 compute agent create [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
- <os> <architecture> <version> <url>
- <md5hash> <hypervisor>
-
-Create compute agent command
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <os>
-
-
- Type of OS
-
-
-
-
- <architecture>
-
-
- Type of architecture
-
-
-
-
- <version>
-
-
- Version
-
-
-
-
- <url>
-
-
- URL
-
-
-
-
- <md5hash>
-
-
- MD5 hash
-
-
-
-
- <hypervisor>
-
-
- Type of hypervisor
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack compute agent delete
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 compute agent delete [-h] <id>
-
-Delete compute agent command
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <id>
-
-
- ID of agent to delete
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack compute agent list
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 compute agent list [-h]
- [-f {csv,html,json,json,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent]
- [--quote {all,minimal,none,nonnumeric}]
- [--hypervisor <hypervisor>]
-
-List compute agent command
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --hypervisor <hypervisor>
-
-
- Type of hypervisor
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack compute agent set
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 compute agent set [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
- <id> <version> <url> <md5hash>
-
-Set compute agent command
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <id>
-
-
- ID of the agent
-
-
-
-
- <version>
-
-
- Version of the agent
-
-
-
-
- <url>
-
-
- URL
-
-
-
-
- <md5hash>
-
-
- MD5 hash
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack compute service delete
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 compute service delete [-h] <service>
-
-Delete service command
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <service>
-
-
- Compute service to delete (ID only)
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack compute service list
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 compute service list [-h]
- [-f {csv,html,json,json,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent]
- [--quote {all,minimal,none,nonnumeric}]
- [--host <host>] [--service <service>]
-
-List service command
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --host <host>
-
-
- Name of host
-
-
-
-
- --service <service>
-
-
- Name of service
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack compute service set
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 compute service set [-h]
- [-f {csv,html,json,json,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent]
- [--quote {all,minimal,none,nonnumeric}]
- [--enable | --disable]
- <host> <service>
-
-Set service command
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <host>
-
-
- Name of host
-
-
-
-
- <service>
-
-
- Name of service
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --enable
-
-
- Enable a service
-
-
-
-
- --disable
-
-
- Disable a service
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack configuration show
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 configuration show [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
- [--mask | --unmask]
-
-Display configuration details
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --mask
-
-
- Attempt to mask passwords (default)
-
-
-
-
- --unmask
-
-
- Show password in clear text
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack congress datasource create
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 congress datasource create [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN]
- [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
- [--description <datasource-description>]
- [--config <key=value>]
- <datasource-driver>
- <datasource-name>
-
-Create a datasource.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <datasource-driver>
-
-
- Selected datasource driver
-
-
-
-
- <datasource-name>
-
-
- Name you want to call the datasource
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --description <datasource-description>
-
-
- Description of the datasource
-
-
-
-
- --config <key=value>
-
-
- config dictionary to pass in
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack congress datasource delete
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 congress datasource delete [-h] <datasource-name>
-
-Delete a datasource.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <datasource-name>
-
-
- Name of the datasource to delete
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack congress datasource list
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 congress datasource list [-h]
- [-f {csv,html,json,json,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent]
- [--quote {all,minimal,none,nonnumeric}]
-
-List Datasources.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack congress datasource row list
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 congress datasource row list [-h]
- [-f {csv,html,json,json,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN]
- [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent]
- [--quote {all,minimal,none,nonnumeric}]
- <datasource-name> <table>
-
-List datasource rows.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <datasource-name>
-
-
- Name of the datasource to show
-
-
-
-
- <table>
-
-
- Table to get the datasource rows from
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack congress datasource schema show
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 congress datasource schema show [-h]
- [-f {csv,html,json,json,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN]
- [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent]
- [--quote {all,minimal,none,nonnumeric}]
- <datasource-name>
-
-Show schema for datasource.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <datasource-name>
-
-
- Name of the datasource
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack congress datasource status show
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 congress datasource status show [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN]
- [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent]
- [--prefix PREFIX]
- <datasource-name>
-
-List status for datasource.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <datasource-name>
-
-
- Name of the datasource
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack congress datasource table list
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 congress datasource table list [-h]
- [-f {csv,html,json,json,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN]
- [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent]
- [--quote {all,minimal,none,nonnumeric}]
- <datasource-name>
-
-List datasource tables.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <datasource-name>
-
-
- Name of the datasource
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack congress datasource table schema show
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 congress datasource table schema show [-h]
- [-f {csv,html,json,json,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN]
- [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent]
- [--quote {all,minimal,none,nonnumeric}]
- <datasource-name>
- <table-name>
-
-Show schema for datasource table.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <datasource-name>
-
-
- Name of the datasource
-
-
-
-
- <table-name>
-
-
- Name of the table
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack congress datasource table show
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 congress datasource table show [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN]
- [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
- <datasource-name> <table-id>
-
-Show Datasource Table properties.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <datasource-name>
-
-
- Name of datasource
-
-
-
-
- <table-id>
-
-
- Table id
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack congress driver config show
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 congress driver config show [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN]
- [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
- <datasource-driver>
-
-List driver tables.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <datasource-driver>
-
-
- Name of the datasource driver
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack congress driver list
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 congress driver list [-h]
- [-f {csv,html,json,json,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent]
- [--quote {all,minimal,none,nonnumeric}]
-
-List drivers.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack congress driver schema show
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 congress driver schema show [-h]
- [-f {csv,html,json,json,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN]
- [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent]
- [--quote {all,minimal,none,nonnumeric}]
- <datasource-driver>
-
-List datasource tables.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <datasource-driver>
-
-
- Name of the datasource driver
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack congress policy create
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 congress policy create [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
- [--description <description>]
- [--abbreviation <abbreviation>]
- [--kind <kind>]
- <policy_name>
-
-Create a policy.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <policy_name>
-
-
- Name of the policy
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --description <description>
-
-
- Policy description
-
-
-
-
- --abbreviation <abbreviation>
-
-
- Policy abbreviation (used in traces)
-
-
-
-
- --kind <kind>
-
-
- Kind of policy: {nonrecursive, database, action,
- materialized}
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack congress policy delete
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 congress policy delete [-h] <policy>
-
-Delete a policy.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <policy>
-
-
- ID or name of the policy to delete
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack congress policy list
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 congress policy list [-h]
- [-f {csv,html,json,json,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent]
- [--quote {all,minimal,none,nonnumeric}]
-
-List Policy.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack congress policy row list
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 congress policy row list [-h]
- [-f {csv,html,json,json,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent]
- [--quote {all,minimal,none,nonnumeric}]
- [--trace]
- <policy-name> <table>
-
-List policy rows.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <policy-name>
-
-
- Name of the policy to show
-
-
-
-
- <table>
-
-
- Table to get the policy rows from
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --trace
-
-
- Display explanation of result
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack congress policy rule create
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 congress policy rule create [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN]
- [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
- [--name RULE_NAME]
- [--comment COMMENT]
- <policy-name> <rule>
-
-Create a policy rule.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <policy-name>
-
-
- Name or identifier of the policy
-
-
-
-
- <rule>
-
-
- Policy rule
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --name RULE_NAME
-
-
- Name of the policy rule
-
-
-
-
- --comment COMMENT
-
-
- Comment about policy rule
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack congress policy rule delete
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 congress policy rule delete [-h]
- <policy-name> <rule-id/rule-name>
-
-Delete a policy rule.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <policy-name>
-
-
- Name of the policy to delete
-
-
-
-
- <rule-id/rule-name>
-
-
- ID/Name of the policy rule to delete
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack congress policy rule list
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 congress policy rule list [-h] <policy-name>
-
-List policy rules.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <policy-name>
-
-
- Name of the policy
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack congress policy rule show
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 congress policy rule show [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
- <policy-name> <rule-id/rule-name>
-
-Show a policy rule.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <policy-name>
-
-
- Name or identifier of the policy
-
-
-
-
- <rule-id/rule-name>
-
-
- Policy rule id or rule name
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack congress policy show
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 congress policy show [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
- <policy-name>
-
-Show policy properties.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <policy-name>
-
-
- Name of policy
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack congress policy simulate
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 congress policy simulate [-h] [--delta] [--trace]
- <policy> <query> <sequence>
- <action_policy>
-
-Show the result of simulation.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <policy>
-
-
- Name of the policy
-
-
-
-
- <query>
-
-
- String representing query (policy rule or literal)
-
-
-
-
- <sequence>
-
-
- String representing sequence of updates/actions
-
-
-
-
- <action_policy>
-
-
- Name of the policy with actions
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --delta
-
-
- Return difference in query caused by update sequence
-
-
-
-
- --trace
-
-
- Include trace describing computation
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack congress policy table list
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 congress policy table list [-h]
- [-f {csv,html,json,json,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN]
- [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent]
- [--quote {all,minimal,none,nonnumeric}]
- <policy-name>
-
-List policy tables.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <policy-name>
-
-
- Name of the policy
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack congress policy table show
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 congress policy table show [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN]
- [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
- <policy-name> <table-id>
-
-Show policy table properties.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <policy-name>
-
-
- Name of policy
-
-
-
-
- <table-id>
-
-
- Table id
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack console log show
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 console log show [-h] [--lines <num-lines>] <server>
-
-Show server's console output
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <server>
-
-
- Server to show console log (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --lines <num-lines>
-
-
- Number of lines to display from the end of the log
- (default=all)
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack console url show
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 console url show [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
- [--novnc | --xvpvnc | --spice]
- <server>
-
-Show server's remote console URL
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <server>
-
-
- Server to show URL (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --novnc
-
-
- Show noVNC console URL (default)
-
-
-
-
- --xvpvnc
-
-
- Show xpvnc console URL
-
-
-
-
- --spice
-
-
- Show SPICE console URL
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack container create
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 container create [-h]
- [-f {csv,html,json,json,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent]
- [--quote {all,minimal,none,nonnumeric}]
- <container-name> [<container-name> ...]
-
-Create new container
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <container-name>
-
-
- New container name(s)
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack container delete
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 container delete [-h] <container> [<container> ...]
-
-Delete container
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <container>
-
-
- Container(s) to delete
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack container list
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 container list [-h]
- [-f {csv,html,json,json,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent]
- [--quote {all,minimal,none,nonnumeric}]
- [--prefix <prefix>] [--marker <marker>]
- [--end-marker <end-marker>] [--limit <limit>]
- [--long] [--all]
-
-List containers
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --prefix <prefix>
-
-
- Filter list using <prefix>
-
-
-
-
- --marker <marker>
-
-
- Anchor for paging
-
-
-
-
- --end-marker <end-marker>
-
-
- End anchor for paging
-
-
-
-
- --limit <limit>
-
-
- Limit the number of containers returned
-
-
-
-
- --long
-
-
- List additional fields in output
-
-
-
-
- --all
-
-
- List all containers (default is 10000)
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack container save
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 container save [-h] <container>
-
-Save container contents locally
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <container>
-
-
- Container to save
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack container set
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 container set [-h] --property <key=value> <container>
-
-Set container properties
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <container>
-
-
- Container to modify
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --property <key=value>
-
-
- Set a property on this container (repeat option to set
- multiple properties)
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack container show
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 container show [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
- <container>
-
-Display container details
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <container>
-
-
- Container to display
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack container unset
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 container unset [-h] --property <key> <container>
-
-Unset container properties
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <container>
-
-
- Container to modify
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --property <key>
-
-
- Property to remove from container (repeat option to remove
- multiple properties)
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack dataprocessing data source create
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 dataprocessing data source create [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN]
- [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent]
- [--prefix PREFIX] --type
- <type> --url <url>
- [--username <username>]
- [--password <password>]
- [--description <description>]
- <name>
-
-Creates data source
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <name>
-
-
- Name of the data source
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --type <type>
-
-
- Type of the data source (swift, hdfs or maprfs)
- [REQUIRED]
-
-
-
-
- --url <url>
-
-
- Url for the data source [REQUIRED]
-
-
-
-
- --username <username>
-
-
- Username for accessing the data source url
-
-
-
-
- --password <password>
-
-
- Password for accessing the data source url
-
-
-
-
- --description <description>
-
-
- Description of the data source
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack dataprocessing data source delete
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 dataprocessing data source delete [-h] <data-source>
-
-Delete data source
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <data-source>
-
-
- Name or id of the data source to delete
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack dataprocessing data source list
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 dataprocessing data source list [-h]
- [-f {csv,html,json,json,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN]
- [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent]
- [--quote {all,minimal,none,nonnumeric}]
- [--long] [--type <type>]
-
-Lists data sources
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --long
-
-
- List additional fields in output
-
-
-
-
- --type <type>
-
-
- List data sources of specific type (swift, hdfs or
- maprfs)
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack dataprocessing data source show
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 dataprocessing data source show [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN]
- [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent]
- [--prefix PREFIX]
- <data-source>
-
-Display data source details
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <data-source>
-
-
- Name or id of the data source to display
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack dataprocessing plugin configs get
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 dataprocessing plugin configs get [-h] [--file <file>]
- <plugin> <version>
-
-Get plugin configs
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <plugin>
-
-
- Name of the plugin to provide config information about
-
-
-
-
- <version>
-
-
- Version of the plugin to provide config information about
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --file <file>
-
-
- Destination file (defaults to plugin name)
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack dataprocessing plugin list
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 dataprocessing plugin list [-h]
- [-f {csv,html,json,json,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN]
- [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent]
- [--quote {all,minimal,none,nonnumeric}]
- [--long]
-
-Lists plugins
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --long
-
-
- List additional fields in output
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack dataprocessing plugin show
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 dataprocessing plugin show [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN]
- [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
- <plugin>
-
-Display plugin details
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <plugin>
-
-
- Name of the plugin to display
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack ec2 credentials create
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 ec2 credentials create [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
- [--project <project>] [--user <user>]
-
-Create EC2 credentials
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --project <project>
-
-
- Create credentials in project (name or ID; default:
- current authenticated project)
-
-
-
-
- --user <user>
-
-
- Create credentials for user (name or ID; default:
- current authenticated user)
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack ec2 credentials delete
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 ec2 credentials delete [-h] [--user <user>] <access-key>
-
-Delete EC2 credentials
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <access-key>
-
-
- Credentials access key
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --user <user>
-
-
- Delete credentials for user (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack ec2 credentials list
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 ec2 credentials list [-h]
- [-f {csv,html,json,json,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent]
- [--quote {all,minimal,none,nonnumeric}]
- [--user <user>]
-
-List EC2 credentials
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --user <user>
-
-
- Filter list by user (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack ec2 credentials show
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 ec2 credentials show [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
- [--user <user>]
- <access-key>
-
-Display EC2 credentials details
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <access-key>
-
-
- Credentials access key
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --user <user>
-
-
- Show credentials for user (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack endpoint create
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 endpoint create [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX] --publicurl
- <url> [--adminurl <url>]
- [--internalurl <url>] [--region <region-id>]
- <service>
-
-Create new endpoint
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <service>
-
-
- New endpoint service (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --publicurl <url>
-
-
- New endpoint public URL (required)
-
-
-
-
- --adminurl <url>
-
-
- New endpoint admin URL
-
-
-
-
- --internalurl <url>
-
-
- New endpoint internal URL
-
-
-
-
- --region <region-id>
-
-
- New endpoint region ID
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack endpoint delete
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 endpoint delete [-h] <endpoint-id>
-
-Delete endpoint
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <endpoint-id>
-
-
- Endpoint ID to delete
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack endpoint list
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 endpoint list [-h]
- [-f {csv,html,json,json,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent]
- [--quote {all,minimal,none,nonnumeric}]
- [--long]
-
-List endpoints
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --long
-
-
- List additional fields in output
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack endpoint show
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 endpoint show [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
- <endpoint-id>
-
-Display endpoint details
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <endpoint-id>
-
-
- Endpoint ID to display
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack extension list
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 extension list [-h]
- [-f {csv,html,json,json,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent]
- [--quote {all,minimal,none,nonnumeric}]
- [--compute] [--identity] [--network]
- [--volume] [--long]
-
-List API extensions
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --compute
-
-
- List extensions for the Compute API
-
-
-
-
- --identity
-
-
- List extensions for the Identity API
-
-
-
-
- --network
-
-
- List extensions for the Network API
-
-
-
-
- --volume
-
-
- List extensions for the Volume API
-
-
-
-
- --long
-
-
- List additional fields in output
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack flavor create
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 flavor create [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX] [--id <id>]
- [--ram <size-mb>] [--disk <size-gb>]
- [--ephemeral <size-gb>] [--swap <size-gb>]
- [--vcpus <vcpus>] [--rxtx-factor <factor>]
- [--public | --private]
- <flavor-name>
-
-Create new flavor
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <flavor-name>
-
-
- New flavor name
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --id <id>
-
-
- Unique flavor ID; 'auto' creates a UUID (default:
- auto)
-
-
-
-
- --ram <size-mb>
-
-
- Memory size in MB (default 256M)
-
-
-
-
- --disk <size-gb>
-
-
- Disk size in GB (default 0G)
-
-
-
-
- --ephemeral <size-gb>
-
-
- Ephemeral disk size in GB (default 0G)
-
-
-
-
- --swap <size-gb>
-
-
- Swap space size in GB (default 0G)
-
-
-
-
- --vcpus <vcpus>
-
-
- Number of vcpus (default 1)
-
-
-
-
- --rxtx-factor <factor>
-
-
- RX/TX factor (default 1)
-
-
-
-
- --public
-
-
- Flavor is available to other projects (default)
-
-
-
-
- --private
-
-
- Flavor is not available to other projects
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack flavor delete
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 flavor delete [-h] <flavor>
-
-Delete flavor
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <flavor>
-
-
- Flavor to delete (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack flavor list
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 flavor list [-h]
- [-f {csv,html,json,json,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>] [--noindent]
- [--quote {all,minimal,none,nonnumeric}]
- [--public | --private | --all] [--long]
- [--marker <marker>] [--limit <limit>]
-
-List flavors
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --public
-
-
- List only public flavors (default)
-
-
-
-
- --private
-
-
- List only private flavors
-
-
-
-
- --all
-
-
- List all flavors, whether public or private
-
-
-
-
- --long
-
-
- List additional fields in output
-
-
-
-
- --marker <marker>
-
-
- The last flavor ID of the previous page
-
-
-
-
- --limit <limit>
-
-
- Maximum number of flavors to display
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack flavor set
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 flavor set [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>] [--noindent]
- [--prefix PREFIX] [--property <key=value>]
- <flavor>
-
-Set flavor properties
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <flavor>
-
-
- Flavor to modify (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --property <key=value>
-
-
- Property to add or modify for this flavor (repeat
- option to set multiple properties)
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack flavor show
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 flavor show [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>] [--noindent]
- [--prefix PREFIX]
- <flavor>
-
-Display flavor details
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <flavor>
-
-
- Flavor to display (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack flavor unset
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 flavor unset [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>] [--noindent]
- [--prefix PREFIX] --property <key>
- <flavor>
-
-Unset flavor properties
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <flavor>
-
-
- Flavor to modify (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --property <key>
-
-
- Property to remove from flavor (repeat option to unset
- multiple properties)
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack host list
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 host list [-h]
- [-f {csv,html,json,json,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>] [--noindent]
- [--quote {all,minimal,none,nonnumeric}]
- [--zone <zone>]
-
-List host command
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --zone <zone>
-
-
- Only return hosts in the availability zone.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack host show
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 host show [-h]
- [-f {csv,html,json,json,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>] [--noindent]
- [--quote {all,minimal,none,nonnumeric}]
- <host>
-
-Show host command
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <host>
-
-
- Name of host
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack hypervisor list
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 hypervisor list [-h]
- [-f {csv,html,json,json,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent]
- [--quote {all,minimal,none,nonnumeric}]
- [--matching <hostname>]
-
-List hypervisors
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --matching <hostname>
-
-
- Filter hypervisors using <hostname> substring
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack hypervisor show
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 hypervisor show [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
- <hypervisor>
-
-Display hypervisor details
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <hypervisor>
-
-
- Hypervisor to display (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack hypervisor stats show
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 hypervisor stats show [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
-
-Display hypervisor stats details
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack image add project
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 image add project [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
- [--project-domain <project-domain>]
- <image> <project>
-
-Associate project with image
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <image>
-
-
- Image to share (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
- <project>
-
-
- Project to associate with image (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --project-domain <project-domain>
-
-
- Domain the project belongs to (name or ID). This can
- be used in case collisions between project names
- exist.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack image create
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 image create [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>] [--noindent]
- [--prefix PREFIX] [--id <id>]
- [--container-format <container-format>]
- [--disk-format <disk-format>] [--owner <owner>]
- [--min-disk <disk-gb>] [--min-ram <ram-mb>]
- [--file <file>] [--protected | --unprotected]
- [--public | --private] [--property <key=value>]
- [--tag <tag>]
- <image-name>
-
-Create/upload an image
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <image-name>
-
-
- New image name
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --id <id>
-
-
- Image ID to reserve
-
-
-
-
- --container-format <container-format>
-
-
- Image container format (default: bare)
-
-
-
-
- --disk-format <disk-format>
-
-
- Image disk format (default: raw)
-
-
-
-
- --owner <owner>
-
-
- Image owner project name or ID
-
-
-
-
- --min-disk <disk-gb>
-
-
- Minimum disk size needed to boot image, in gigabytes
-
-
-
-
- --min-ram <ram-mb>
-
-
- Minimum RAM size needed to boot image, in megabytes
-
-
-
-
- --file <file>
-
-
- Upload image from local file
-
-
-
-
- --protected
-
-
- Prevent image from being deleted
-
-
-
-
- --unprotected
-
-
- Allow image to be deleted (default)
-
-
-
-
- --public
-
-
- Image is accessible to the public
-
-
-
-
- --private
-
-
- Image is inaccessible to the public (default)
-
-
-
-
- --property <key=value>
-
-
- Set a property on this image (repeat option to set
- multiple properties)
-
-
-
-
- --tag <tag>
-
-
- Set a tag on this image (repeat option to set multiple
- tags)
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack image delete
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 image delete [-h] <image> [<image> ...]
-
-Delete image(s)
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <image>
-
-
- Image(s) to delete (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack image list
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 image list [-h]
- [-f {csv,html,json,json,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>] [--noindent]
- [--quote {all,minimal,none,nonnumeric}]
- [--public | --private | --shared]
- [--property <key=value>] [--long]
- [--sort <key>[:<direction>]]
-
-List available images
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --public
-
-
- List only public images
-
-
-
-
- --private
-
-
- List only private images
-
-
-
-
- --shared
-
-
- List only shared images
-
-
-
-
- --property <key=value>
-
-
- Filter output based on property
-
-
-
-
- --long
-
-
- List additional fields in output
-
-
-
-
- --sort <key>[:<direction>]
-
-
- Sort output by selected keys and directions(asc or
- desc) (default: asc), multiple keys and directions can
- be specified separated by comma
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack image remove project
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 image remove project [-h] [--project-domain <project-domain>]
- <image> <project>
-
-Disassociate project with image
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <image>
-
-
- Image to unshare (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
- <project>
-
-
- Project to disassociate with image (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --project-domain <project-domain>
-
-
- Domain the project belongs to (name or ID). This can
- be used in case collisions between project names
- exist.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack image save
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 image save [-h] [--file <filename>] <image>
-
-Save an image locally
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <image>
-
-
- Image to save (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --file <filename>
-
-
- Downloaded image save filename (default: stdout)
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack image set
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 image set [-h] [--name <name>] [--owner <project>]
- [--min-disk <disk-gb>] [--min-ram <ram-mb>]
- [--container-format <container-format>]
- [--disk-format <disk-format>]
- [--protected | --unprotected]
- [--public | --private] [--property <key=value>]
- [--tag <tag>] [--architecture <architecture>]
- [--instance-id <instance-id>]
- [--kernel-id <kernel-id>] [--os-distro <os-distro>]
- [--os-version <os-version>]
- [--ramdisk-id <ramdisk-id>]
- <image>
-
-Set image properties
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <image>
-
-
- Image to modify (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --name <name>
-
-
- New image name
-
-
-
-
- --owner <project>
-
-
- New image owner project (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
- --min-disk <disk-gb>
-
-
- Minimum disk size needed to boot image, in gigabytes
-
-
-
-
- --min-ram <ram-mb>
-
-
- Minimum RAM size needed to boot image, in megabytes
-
-
-
-
- --container-format <container-format>
-
-
- Image container format (default: bare)
-
-
-
-
- --disk-format <disk-format>
-
-
- Image disk format (default: raw)
-
-
-
-
- --protected
-
-
- Prevent image from being deleted
-
-
-
-
- --unprotected
-
-
- Allow image to be deleted (default)
-
-
-
-
- --public
-
-
- Image is accessible to the public
-
-
-
-
- --private
-
-
- Image is inaccessible to the public (default)
-
-
-
-
- --property <key=value>
-
-
- Set a property on this image (repeat option to set
- multiple properties)
-
-
-
-
- --tag <tag>
-
-
- Set a tag on this image (repeat option to set multiple
- tags)
-
-
-
-
- --architecture <architecture>
-
-
- Operating system architecture
-
-
-
-
- --instance-id <instance-id>
-
-
- ID of server instance used to create this image
-
-
-
-
- --kernel-id <kernel-id>
-
-
- ID of kernel image used to boot this disk image
-
-
-
-
- --os-distro <os-distro>
-
-
- Operating system distribution name
-
-
-
-
- --os-version <os-version>
-
-
- Operating system distribution version
-
-
-
-
- --ramdisk-id <ramdisk-id>
-
-
- ID of ramdisk image used to boot this disk image
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack image show
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 image show [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>] [--noindent]
- [--prefix PREFIX]
- <image>
-
-Display image details
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <image>
-
-
- Image to display (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack ip fixed add
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 ip fixed add [-h] <network> <server>
-
-Add fixed IP address to server
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <network>
-
-
- Network to fetch an IP address from (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
- <server>
-
-
- Server to receive the IP address (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack ip fixed remove
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 ip fixed remove [-h] <ip-address> <server>
-
-Remove fixed IP address from server
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <ip-address>
-
-
- IP address to remove from server (name only)
-
-
-
-
- <server>
-
-
- Server to remove the IP address from (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack ip floating add
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 ip floating add [-h] <ip-address> <server>
-
-Add floating IP address to server
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <ip-address>
-
-
- IP address to add to server (name only)
-
-
-
-
- <server>
-
-
- Server to receive the IP address (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack ip floating create
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 ip floating create [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
- <pool>
-
-Create new floating IP address
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <pool>
-
-
- Pool to fetch IP address from (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack ip floating delete
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 ip floating delete [-h] <ip-address>
-
-Delete a floating IP address
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <ip-address>
-
-
- IP address to delete (ID only)
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack ip floating list
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 ip floating list [-h]
- [-f {csv,html,json,json,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent]
- [--quote {all,minimal,none,nonnumeric}]
-
-List floating IP addresses
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack ip floating pool list
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 ip floating pool list [-h]
- [-f {csv,html,json,json,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent]
- [--quote {all,minimal,none,nonnumeric}]
-
-List pools of floating IP addresses
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack ip floating remove
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 ip floating remove [-h] <ip-address> <server>
-
-Remove floating IP address from server
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <ip-address>
-
-
- IP address to remove from server (name only)
-
-
-
-
- <server>
-
-
- Server to remove the IP address from (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack keypair create
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 keypair create [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
- [--public-key <file>]
- <name>
-
-Create new public key
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <name>
-
-
- New public key name
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --public-key <file>
-
-
- Filename for public key to add
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack keypair delete
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 keypair delete [-h] <key>
-
-Delete public key
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <key>
-
-
- Public key to delete
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack keypair list
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 keypair list [-h]
- [-f {csv,html,json,json,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>] [--noindent]
- [--quote {all,minimal,none,nonnumeric}]
-
-List public key fingerprints
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack keypair show
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 keypair show [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>] [--noindent]
- [--prefix PREFIX] [--public-key]
- <key>
-
-Display public key details
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <key>
-
-
- Public key to display
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --public-key
-
-
- Show only bare public key
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack limits show
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 limits show [-h]
- [-f {csv,html,json,json,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>] [--noindent]
- [--quote {all,minimal,none,nonnumeric}]
- (--absolute | --rate) [--reserved]
- [--project <project>] [--domain <domain>]
-
-Show compute and volume limits
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --absolute
-
-
- Show absolute limits
-
-
-
-
- --rate
-
-
- Show rate limits
-
-
-
-
- --reserved
-
-
- Include reservations count [only valid with
- --absolute]
-
-
-
-
- --project <project>
-
-
- Show limits for a specific project (name or ID) [only
- valid with --absolute]
-
-
-
-
- --domain <domain>
-
-
- Domain that owns --project (name or ID) [only valid
- with --absolute]
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack management plan add role
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 management plan add role [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
-
-Add a Role to a Management Plan.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack management plan create
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 management plan create [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
- [-d DESCRIPTION]
- name
-
-Create a Management Plan.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- name
-
-
- Name of the plan being created.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- -d DESCRIPTION, --description DESCRIPTION
-
-
- A textual description of the plan.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack management plan delete
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 management plan delete [-h] plan_uuid
-
-Delete a Management Plan.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- plan_uuid
-
-
- The UUID of the plan being deleted.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack management plan download
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 management plan download [-h]
-
-Download the a Management Plan.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack management plan list
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 management plan list [-h]
- [-f {csv,html,json,json,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent]
- [--quote {all,minimal,none,nonnumeric}]
-
-List the Management Plans.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack management plan remove role
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 management plan remove role [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN]
- [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
-
-Remove a Role from a Management Plan.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack management plan set
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 management plan set [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
- [-P <KEY1=VALUE1>] [-F <ROLE=FLAVOR>]
- [-S <ROLE=SCALE-COUNT>]
- plan_uuid
-
-Update a Management Plans properties.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- plan_uuid
-
-
- The UUID of the plan being updated.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- -P <KEY1=VALUE1>, --parameter <KEY1=VALUE1>
-
-
- Set a parameter in the Plan. This can be specified
- multiple times.
-
-
-
-
- -F <ROLE=FLAVOR>, --flavor <ROLE=FLAVOR>
-
-
- Set the flavor for a role in the Plan. This can be
- specified multiple times.
-
-
-
-
- -S <ROLE=SCALE-COUNT>, --scale <ROLE=SCALE-COUNT>
-
-
- Set the Scale count for a role in the Plan. This can
- be specified multiple times.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack management plan show
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 management plan show [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
-
-Show a Management Plan.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack management role list
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 management role list [-h]
- [-f {csv,html,json,json,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent]
- [--quote {all,minimal,none,nonnumeric}]
-
-List Roles.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack message-broker
- Command "message-broker" matches:
- message-broker cluster create
- message-broker cluster delete
- message-broker cluster list
- message-broker cluster set
- message-broker cluster show
-
-
-
-
- openstack message-broker cluster
- Command "message-broker cluster" matches:
- message-broker cluster create
- message-broker cluster delete
- message-broker cluster list
- message-broker cluster set
- message-broker cluster show
-
-
-
-
- openstack message-broker cluster create
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 message-broker cluster create [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN]
- [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
- --name NAME --nic NIC --flavor
- FLAVOR --size SIZE
- [--volume_size VOLUME_SIZE]
- [--auth <type=type,user=user,pass=pass>]
-
-Create Cluster
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --name NAME
-
-
- Cluster Name
-
-
-
-
- --nic NIC
-
-
- Network to place nodes on
-
-
-
-
- --flavor FLAVOR
-
-
- Flavor to use.
-
-
-
-
- --size SIZE
-
-
- Number of nodes
-
-
-
-
- --volume_size VOLUME_SIZE
-
-
- Volume size
-
-
-
-
- --auth <type=type,user=user,pass=pass>
-
-
- broker authentication,type=type,user=user,pass=pass
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack message-broker cluster delete
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 message-broker cluster delete [-h] id
-
-Delete Cluster
-
- Positional arguments
-
- id
-
-
- Cluster ID
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack message-broker cluster list
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 message-broker cluster list [-h]
- [-f {csv,html,json,json,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN]
- [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent]
- [--quote {all,minimal,none,nonnumeric}]
-
-List Clusters
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack message-broker cluster set
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 message-broker cluster set [-h] [--name NAME] [--email EMAIL]
- [--ttl TTL]
- [--description DESCRIPTION | --no-description]
- [--masters MASTERS [MASTERS ...]]
- id
-
-Set Cluster
-
- Positional arguments
-
- id
-
-
- Cluster ID
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --name NAME
-
-
- Cluster Name
-
-
-
-
- --email EMAIL
-
-
- Cluster Email
-
-
-
-
- --ttl TTL
-
-
- Time To Live (Seconds)
-
-
-
-
- --description DESCRIPTION
-
-
- Description
-
-
-
-
- --no-description
-
-
-
-
-
-
- --masters MASTERS [MASTERS ...]
-
-
- Cluster Masters
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack message-broker cluster show
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 message-broker cluster show [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN]
- [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
- id
-
-Show Cluster
-
- Positional arguments
-
- id
-
-
- Cluster ID
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack messaging flavor delete
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 messaging flavor delete [-h] <flavor_name>
-
-Delete a flavor.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <flavor_name>
-
-
- Name of the flavor
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack module list
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 module list [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>] [--noindent]
- [--prefix PREFIX] [--all]
-
-List module versions
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --all
-
-
- Show all modules that have version information
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack network create
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 network create [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
- [--enable | --disable] [--share | --no-share]
- [--project <project>]
- [--project-domain <project-domain>]
- <name>
-
-Create new network
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <name>
-
-
- New network name
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --enable
-
-
- Enable network (default)
-
-
-
-
- --disable
-
-
- Disable network
-
-
-
-
- --share
-
-
- Share the network between projects
-
-
-
-
- --no-share
-
-
- Do not share the network between projects
-
-
-
-
- --project <project>
-
-
- Owner's project (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
- --project-domain <project-domain>
-
-
- Domain the project belongs to (name or ID). This can
- be used in case collisions between project names
- exist.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack network delete
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 network delete [-h] <network> [<network> ...]
-
-Delete network(s)
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <network>
-
-
- Network to delete (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack network list
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 network list [-h]
- [-f {csv,html,json,json,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>] [--noindent]
- [--quote {all,minimal,none,nonnumeric}]
- [--external] [--long]
-
-List networks
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --external
-
-
- List external networks
-
-
-
-
- --long
-
-
- List additional fields in output
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack network set
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 network set [-h] [--name <name>] [--enable | --disable]
- [--share | --no-share]
- <network>
-
-Set network properties
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <network>
-
-
- Network to modify (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --name <name>
-
-
- Set network name
-
-
-
-
- --enable
-
-
- Enable network
-
-
-
-
- --disable
-
-
- Disable network
-
-
-
-
- --share
-
-
- Share the network between projects
-
-
-
-
- --no-share
-
-
- Do not share the network between projects
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack network show
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 network show [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>] [--noindent]
- [--prefix PREFIX]
- <network>
-
-Show network details
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <network>
-
-
- Network to display (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack object create
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 object create [-h]
- [-f {csv,html,json,json,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent]
- [--quote {all,minimal,none,nonnumeric}]
- <container> <filename> [<filename> ...]
-
-Upload object to container
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <container>
-
-
- Container for new object
-
-
-
-
- <filename>
-
-
- Local filename(s) to upload
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack object delete
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 object delete [-h] <container> <object> [<object> ...]
-
-Delete object from container
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <container>
-
-
- Delete object(s) from <container>
-
-
-
-
- <object>
-
-
- Object(s) to delete
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack object list
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 object list [-h]
- [-f {csv,html,json,json,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>] [--noindent]
- [--quote {all,minimal,none,nonnumeric}]
- [--prefix <prefix>] [--delimiter <delimiter>]
- [--marker <marker>] [--end-marker <end-marker>]
- [--limit <limit>] [--long] [--all]
- <container>
-
-List objects
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <container>
-
-
- Container to list
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --prefix <prefix>
-
-
- Filter list using <prefix>
-
-
-
-
- --delimiter <delimiter>
-
-
- Roll up items with <delimiter>
-
-
-
-
- --marker <marker>
-
-
- Anchor for paging
-
-
-
-
- --end-marker <end-marker>
-
-
- End anchor for paging
-
-
-
-
- --limit <limit>
-
-
- Limit the number of objects returned
-
-
-
-
- --long
-
-
- List additional fields in output
-
-
-
-
- --all
-
-
- List all objects in container (default is 10000)
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack object save
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 object save [-h] [--file <filename>] <container> <object>
-
-Save object locally
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <container>
-
-
- Download <object> from <container>
-
-
-
-
- <object>
-
-
- Object to save
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --file <filename>
-
-
- Destination filename (defaults to object name)
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack object set
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 object set [-h] --property <key=value> <container> <object>
-
-Set object properties
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <container>
-
-
- Modify <object> from <container>
-
-
-
-
- <object>
-
-
- Object to modify
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --property <key=value>
-
-
- Set a property on this object (repeat option to set
- multiple properties)
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack object show
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 object show [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>] [--noindent]
- [--prefix PREFIX]
- <container> <object>
-
-Display object details
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <container>
-
-
- Display <object> from <container>
-
-
-
-
- <object>
-
-
- Object to display
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack object store account set
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 object store account set [-h] --property <key=value>
-
-Set account properties
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --property <key=value>
-
-
- Set a property on this account (repeat option to set
- multiple properties)
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack object store account show
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 object store account show [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
-
-Display account details
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack object store account unset
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 object store account unset [-h] --property <key>
-
-Unset account properties
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --property <key>
-
-
- Property to remove from account (repeat option to remove
- multiple properties)
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack object unset
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 object unset [-h] --property <key> <container> <object>
-
-Unset object properties
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <container>
-
-
- Modify <object> from <container>
-
-
-
-
- <object>
-
-
- Object to modify
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --property <key>
-
-
- Property to remove from object (repeat option to remove
- multiple properties)
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack pool create
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 pool create [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>] [--noindent]
- [--prefix PREFIX]
- <pool_name> <pool_uri> <pool_weight> <pool_group>
-
-Create a pool.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <pool_name>
-
-
- Name of the pool
-
-
-
-
- <pool_uri>
-
-
- Storage engine URI
-
-
-
-
- <pool_weight>
-
-
- weight of the pool
-
-
-
-
- <pool_group>
-
-
- Group of the pool
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack project create
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 project create [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
- [--description <description>]
- [--enable | --disable]
- [--property <key=value>] [--or-show]
- <project-name>
-
-Create new project
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <project-name>
-
-
- New project name
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --description <description>
-
-
- Project description
-
-
-
-
- --enable
-
-
- Enable project (default)
-
-
-
-
- --disable
-
-
- Disable project
-
-
-
-
- --property <key=value>
-
-
- Add a property to <name> (repeat option to set
- multiple properties)
-
-
-
-
- --or-show
-
-
- Return existing project
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack project delete
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 project delete [-h] <project> [<project> ...]
-
-Delete project(s)
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <project>
-
-
- Project(s) to delete (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack project list
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 project list [-h]
- [-f {csv,html,json,json,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>] [--noindent]
- [--quote {all,minimal,none,nonnumeric}] [--long]
-
-List projects
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --long
-
-
- List additional fields in output
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack project set
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 project set [-h] [--name <name>]
- [--description <description>]
- [--enable | --disable] [--property <key=value>]
- <project>
-
-Set project properties
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <project>
-
-
- Project to modify (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --name <name>
-
-
- Set project name
-
-
-
-
- --description <description>
-
-
- Set project description
-
-
-
-
- --enable
-
-
- Enable project
-
-
-
-
- --disable
-
-
- Disable project
-
-
-
-
- --property <key=value>
-
-
- Set a project property (repeat option to set multiple
- properties)
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack project show
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 project show [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>] [--noindent]
- [--prefix PREFIX]
- <project>
-
-Display project details
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <project>
-
-
- Project to display (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack ptr record list
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 ptr record list [-h]
- [-f {csv,html,json,json,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent]
- [--quote {all,minimal,none,nonnumeric}]
-
-List floatingip ptr records
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack ptr record set
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 ptr record set [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
- [--description DESCRIPTION | --no-description]
- [--ttl TTL | --no-ttl]
- floatingip_id ptrdname
-
-Set floatingip ptr record
-
- Positional arguments
-
- floatingip_id
-
-
- Floating IP ID
-
-
-
-
- ptrdname
-
-
- PTRD Name
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --description DESCRIPTION
-
-
- Description
-
-
-
-
- --no-description
-
-
-
-
-
-
- --ttl TTL
-
-
- TTL
-
-
-
-
- --no-ttl
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack ptr record show
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 ptr record show [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
- floatingip_id
-
-Show floatingip ptr record details
-
- Positional arguments
-
- floatingip_id
-
-
- Floating IP ID
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack ptr record unset
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 ptr record unset [-h] floatingip_id
-
-Unset floatingip ptr record
-
- Positional arguments
-
- floatingip_id
-
-
- Floating IP ID
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack queue create
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 queue create [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>] [--noindent]
- [--prefix PREFIX]
- <queue_name>
-
-Create a queue.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <queue_name>
-
-
- Name of the queue
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack queue delete
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 queue delete [-h] <queue_name>
-
-Delete a queue.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <queue_name>
-
-
- Name of the queue
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack queue exists
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 queue exists [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>] [--noindent]
- [--prefix PREFIX]
- <queue_name>
-
-Check queue existence.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <queue_name>
-
-
- Name of the queue
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack queue get metadata
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 queue get metadata [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
- <queue_name>
-
-Get queue metadata.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <queue_name>
-
-
- Name of the queue
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack queue list
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 queue list [-h]
- [-f {csv,html,json,json,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>] [--noindent]
- [--quote {all,minimal,none,nonnumeric}]
- [--marker <queue_id>] [--limit <limit>]
-
-List available queues.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --marker <queue_id>
-
-
- Queue's paging marker
-
-
-
-
- --limit <limit>
-
-
- Page size limit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack queue set metadata
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 queue set metadata [-h] <queue_name> <queue_metadata>
-
-Set queue metadata.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <queue_name>
-
-
- Name of the queue
-
-
-
-
- <queue_metadata>
-
-
- Queue metadata
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack queue stats
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 queue stats [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>] [--noindent]
- [--prefix PREFIX]
- <queue_name>
-
-Get queue stats.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <queue_name>
-
-
- Name of the queue
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack quota set
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 quota set [-h] [--class] [--properties <properties>]
- [--ram <ram>] [--secgroup-rules <secgroup-rules>]
- [--instances <instances>] [--key-pairs <key-pairs>]
- [--fixed-ips <fixed-ips>] [--secgroups <secgroups>]
- [--injected-file-size <injected-file-size>]
- [--floating-ips <floating-ips>]
- [--injected-files <injected-files>]
- [--cores <cores>]
- [--injected-path-size <injected-path-size>]
- [--gigabytes <gigabytes>] [--volumes <volumes>]
- [--snapshots <snapshots>]
- [--volume-type <volume-type>]
- <project/class>
-
-Set quotas for project or class
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <project/class>
-
-
- Set quotas for this project or class (name/ID)
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --class
-
-
- Set quotas for <class>
-
-
-
-
- --properties <properties>
-
-
- New value for the properties quota
-
-
-
-
- --ram <ram>
-
-
- New value for the ram quota
-
-
-
-
- --secgroup-rules <secgroup-rules>
-
-
- New value for the secgroup-rules quota
-
-
-
-
- --instances <instances>
-
-
- New value for the instances quota
-
-
-
-
- --key-pairs <key-pairs>
-
-
- New value for the key-pairs quota
-
-
-
-
- --fixed-ips <fixed-ips>
-
-
- New value for the fixed-ips quota
-
-
-
-
- --secgroups <secgroups>
-
-
- New value for the secgroups quota
-
-
-
-
- --injected-file-size <injected-file-size>
-
-
- New value for the injected-file-size quota
-
-
-
-
- --floating-ips <floating-ips>
-
-
- New value for the floating-ips quota
-
-
-
-
- --injected-files <injected-files>
-
-
- New value for the injected-files quota
-
-
-
-
- --cores <cores>
-
-
- New value for the cores quota
-
-
-
-
- --injected-path-size <injected-path-size>
-
-
- New value for the injected-path-size quota
-
-
-
-
- --gigabytes <gigabytes>
-
-
- New value for the gigabytes quota
-
-
-
-
- --volumes <volumes>
-
-
- New value for the volumes quota
-
-
-
-
- --snapshots <snapshots>
-
-
- New value for the snapshots quota
-
-
-
-
- --volume-type <volume-type>
-
-
- Set quotas for a specific <volume-type>
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack quota show
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 quota show [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>] [--noindent]
- [--prefix PREFIX] [--class | --default]
- <project/class>
-
-Show quotas for project or class
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <project/class>
-
-
- Show this project or class (name/ID)
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --class
-
-
- Show quotas for <class>
-
-
-
-
- --default
-
-
- Show default quotas for <project>
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack recordset create
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 recordset create [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX] --records
- RECORDS [RECORDS ...] --type TYPE
- [--ttl TTL] [--description DESCRIPTION]
- zone_id name
-
-Create new recordset
-
- Positional arguments
-
- zone_id
-
-
- Zone ID
-
-
-
-
- name
-
-
- RecordSet Name
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --records RECORDS [RECORDS ...]
-
-
- RecordSet Records
-
-
-
-
- --type TYPE
-
-
- RecordSet Type
-
-
-
-
- --ttl TTL
-
-
- Time To Live (Seconds)
-
-
-
-
- --description DESCRIPTION
-
-
- Description
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack recordset delete
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 recordset delete [-h] zone_id id
-
-Delete recordset
-
- Positional arguments
-
- zone_id
-
-
- Zone ID
-
-
-
-
- id
-
-
- RecordSet ID
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack recordset list
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 recordset list [-h]
- [-f {csv,html,json,json,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent]
- [--quote {all,minimal,none,nonnumeric}]
- zone_id
-
-List recordsets
-
- Positional arguments
-
- zone_id
-
-
- Zone ID
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack recordset set
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 recordset set [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX] [--name NAME]
- [--records RECORDS [RECORDS ...]]
- [--description DESCRIPTION | --no-description]
- [--ttl TTL | --no-ttl]
- zone_id id
-
-Set recordset properties
-
- Positional arguments
-
- zone_id
-
-
- Zone ID
-
-
-
-
- id
-
-
- RecordSet ID
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --name NAME
-
-
- RecordSet Name
-
-
-
-
- --records RECORDS [RECORDS ...]
-
-
- Records
-
-
-
-
- --description DESCRIPTION
-
-
- Description
-
-
-
-
- --no-description
-
-
-
-
-
-
- --ttl TTL
-
-
- TTL
-
-
-
-
- --no-ttl
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack recordset show
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 recordset show [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
- zone_id id
-
-Show recordset details
-
- Positional arguments
-
- zone_id
-
-
- Zone ID
-
-
-
-
- id
-
-
- RecordSet ID
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack role add
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 role add [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>] [--noindent]
- [--prefix PREFIX] --project <project> --user <user>
- <role>
-
-Add role to project:user
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <role>
-
-
- Role to add to <project>:<user> (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --project <project>
-
-
- Include <project> (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
- --user <user>
-
-
- Include <user> (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack role create
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 role create [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>] [--noindent]
- [--prefix PREFIX] [--or-show]
- <name>
-
-Create new role
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <name>
-
-
- New role name
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --or-show
-
-
- Return existing role
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack role delete
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 role delete [-h] <role> [<role> ...]
-
-Delete role(s)
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <role>
-
-
- Role(s) to delete (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack role list
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 role list [-h]
- [-f {csv,html,json,json,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>] [--noindent]
- [--quote {all,minimal,none,nonnumeric}]
- [--project <project>] [--user <user>]
-
-List roles
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --project <project>
-
-
- Filter roles by <project> (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
- --user <user>
-
-
- Filter roles by <user> (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack role remove
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 role remove [-h] --project <project> --user <user> <role>
-
-Remove role from project : user
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <role>
-
-
- Role to remove (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --project <project>
-
-
- Include <project> (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
- --user <user>
-
-
- Include <user> (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack role show
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 role show [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>] [--noindent]
- [--prefix PREFIX]
- <role>
-
-Display role details
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <role>
-
-
- Role to display (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack security group create
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 security group create [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
- [--description <description>]
- <name>
-
-Create a new security group
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <name>
-
-
- New security group name
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --description <description>
-
-
- Security group description
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack security group delete
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 security group delete [-h] <group>
-
-Delete a security group
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <group>
-
-
- Security group to delete (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack security group list
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 security group list [-h]
- [-f {csv,html,json,json,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent]
- [--quote {all,minimal,none,nonnumeric}]
- [--all-projects]
-
-List security groups
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --all-projects
-
-
- Display information from all projects (admin only)
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack security group rule create
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 security group rule create [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN]
- [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
- [--proto <proto>]
- [--src-ip <ip-address>]
- [--dst-port <port-range>]
- <group>
-
-Create a new security group rule
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <group>
-
-
- Create rule in this security group (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --proto <proto>
-
-
- IP protocol (icmp, tcp, udp; default: tcp)
-
-
-
-
- --src-ip <ip-address>
-
-
- Source IP (may use CIDR notation; default: 0.0.0.0/0)
-
-
-
-
- --dst-port <port-range>
-
-
- Destination port, may be a range: 137:139 (default: 0;
- only required for proto tcp and udp)
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack security group rule delete
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 security group rule delete [-h] <rule>
-
-Delete a security group rule
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <rule>
-
-
- Security group rule to delete (ID only)
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack security group rule list
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 security group rule list [-h]
- [-f {csv,html,json,json,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent]
- [--quote {all,minimal,none,nonnumeric}]
- <group>
-
-List security group rules
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <group>
-
-
- List all rules in this security group (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack security group set
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 security group set [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
- [--name <new-name>]
- [--description <description>]
- <group>
-
-Set security group properties
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <group>
-
-
- Security group to modify (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --name <new-name>
-
-
- New security group name
-
-
-
-
- --description <description>
-
-
- New security group description
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack security group show
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 security group show [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
- <group>
-
-Display security group details
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <group>
-
-
- Security group to display (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack server add security group
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 server add security group [-h] <server> <group>
-
-Add security group to server
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <server>
-
-
- Server (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
- <group>
-
-
- Security group to add (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack server add volume
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 server add volume [-h] [--device <device>] <server> <volume>
-
-Add volume to server
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <server>
-
-
- Server (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
- <volume>
-
-
- Volume to add (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --device <device>
-
-
- Server internal device name for volume
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack server create
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 server create [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
- (--image <image> | --volume <volume>) --flavor
- <flavor>
- [--security-group <security-group-name>]
- [--key-name <key-name>]
- [--property <key=value>]
- [--file <dest-filename=source-filename>]
- [--user-data <user-data>]
- [--availability-zone <zone-name>]
- [--block-device-mapping <dev-name=mapping>]
- [--nic <net-id=net-uuid,v4-fixed-ip=ip-addr,v6-fixed-ip=ip-addr,port-id=port-uuid>]
- [--hint <key=value>]
- [--config-drive <config-drive-volume>|True]
- [--min <count>] [--max <count>] [--wait]
- <server-name>
-
-Create a new server
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <server-name>
-
-
- New server name
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --image <image>
-
-
- Create server from this image
-
-
-
-
- --volume <volume>
-
-
- Create server from this volume
-
-
-
-
- --flavor <flavor>
-
-
- Create server with this flavor
-
-
-
-
- --security-group <security-group-name>
-
-
- Security group to assign to this server (repeat for
- multiple groups)
-
-
-
-
- --key-name <key-name>
-
-
- Keypair to inject into this server (optional
- extension)
-
-
-
-
- --property <key=value>
-
-
- Set a property on this server (repeat for multiple
- values)
-
-
-
-
- --file <dest-filename=source-filename>
-
-
- File to inject into image before boot (repeat for
- multiple files)
-
-
-
-
- --user-data <user-data>
-
-
- User data file to serve from the metadata server
-
-
-
-
- --availability-zone <zone-name>
-
-
- Select an availability zone for the server
-
-
-
-
- --block-device-mapping <dev-name=mapping>
-
-
- Map block devices; map is
- <id>:<type>:<size(GB)>:<delete_on_terminate> (optional
- extension)
-
-
-
-
- --nic <net-id=net-uuid,v4-fixed-ip=ip-addr,v6-fixed-ip=ip-addr,port-id=port-uuid>
-
-
- Create a NIC on the server. Specify option multiple
- times to create multiple NICs. Either net-id or port-
- id must be provided, but not both. net-id: attach NIC
- to network with this UUID, port-id: attach NIC to port
- with this UUID, v4-fixed-ip: IPv4 fixed address for
- NIC (optional), v6-fixed-ip: IPv6 fixed address for
- NIC (optional).
-
-
-
-
- --hint <key=value>
-
-
- Hints for the scheduler (optional extension)
-
-
-
-
- --config-drive <config-drive-volume>|True
-
-
- Use specified volume as the config drive, or 'True' to
- use an ephemeral drive
-
-
-
-
- --min <count>
-
-
- Minimum number of servers to launch (default=1)
-
-
-
-
- --max <count>
-
-
- Maximum number of servers to launch (default=1)
-
-
-
-
- --wait
-
-
- Wait for build to complete
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack server delete
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 server delete [-h] [--wait] <server> [<server> ...]
-
-Delete server(s)
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <server>
-
-
- Server(s) to delete (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --wait
-
-
- Wait for delete to complete
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack server image create
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 server image create [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
- [--name <image-name>] [--wait]
- <server>
-
-Create a new disk image from a running server
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <server>
-
-
- Server (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --name <image-name>
-
-
- Name of new image (default is server name)
-
-
-
-
- --wait
-
-
- Wait for image create to complete
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack server list
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 server list [-h]
- [-f {csv,html,json,json,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>] [--noindent]
- [--quote {all,minimal,none,nonnumeric}]
- [--reservation-id <reservation-id>]
- [--ip <ip-address-regex>]
- [--ip6 <ip-address-regex>] [--name <name-regex>]
- [--instance-name <server-name>]
- [--status <status>] [--flavor <flavor>]
- [--image <image>] [--host <hostname>]
- [--all-projects] [--project <project>]
- [--project-domain <project-domain>]
- [--user <user>] [--user-domain <user-domain>]
- [--long] [--marker <marker>] [--limit <limit>]
-
-List servers
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --reservation-id <reservation-id>
-
-
- Only return instances that match the reservation
-
-
-
-
- --ip <ip-address-regex>
-
-
- Regular expression to match IP addresses
-
-
-
-
- --ip6 <ip-address-regex>
-
-
- Regular expression to match IPv6 addresses
-
-
-
-
- --name <name-regex>
-
-
- Regular expression to match names
-
-
-
-
- --instance-name <server-name>
-
-
- Regular expression to match instance name (admin only)
-
-
-
-
- --status <status>
-
-
- Search by server status
-
-
-
-
- --flavor <flavor>
-
-
- Search by flavor
-
-
-
-
- --image <image>
-
-
- Search by image
-
-
-
-
- --host <hostname>
-
-
- Search by hostname
-
-
-
-
- --all-projects
-
-
- Include all projects (admin only)
-
-
-
-
- --project <project>
-
-
- Search by project (admin only) (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
- --project-domain <project-domain>
-
-
- Domain the project belongs to (name or ID). This can
- be used in case collisions between project names
- exist.
-
-
-
-
- --user <user>
-
-
- Search by user (admin only) (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
- --user-domain <user-domain>
-
-
- Domain the user belongs to (name or ID). This can be
- used in case collisions between user names exist.
-
-
-
-
- --long
-
-
- List additional fields in output
-
-
-
-
- --marker <marker>
-
-
- The last server (name or ID) of the previous page.
- Display list of servers after marker. Display all
- servers if not specified.
-
-
-
-
- --limit <limit>
-
-
- Maximum number of servers to display. If limit equals
- -1, all servers will be displayed. If limit is greater
- than 'osapi_max_limit' option of Nova API,
- 'osapi_max_limit' will be used instead.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack server lock
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 server lock [-h] <server> [<server> ...]
-
-Lock server(s). A non-admin user will not be able to execute actions
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <server>
-
-
- Server(s) to lock (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack server migrate
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 server migrate [-h] [--live <hostname>]
- [--shared-migration | --block-migration]
- [--disk-overcommit | --no-disk-overcommit]
- [--wait]
- <server>
-
-Migrate server to different host
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <server>
-
-
- Server (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --live <hostname>
-
-
- Target hostname
-
-
-
-
- --shared-migration
-
-
- Perform a shared live migration (default)
-
-
-
-
- --block-migration
-
-
- Perform a block live migration
-
-
-
-
- --disk-overcommit
-
-
- Allow disk over-commit on the destination host
-
-
-
-
- --no-disk-overcommit
-
-
- Do not over-commit disk on the destination host
- (default)
-
-
-
-
- --wait
-
-
- Wait for resize to complete
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack server pause
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 server pause [-h] <server> [<server> ...]
-
-Pause server(s)
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <server>
-
-
- Server(s) to pause (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack server reboot
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 server reboot [-h] [--hard | --soft] [--wait] <server>
-
-Perform a hard or soft server reboot
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <server>
-
-
- Server (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --hard
-
-
- Perform a hard reboot
-
-
-
-
- --soft
-
-
- Perform a soft reboot
-
-
-
-
- --wait
-
-
- Wait for reboot to complete
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack server rebuild
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 server rebuild [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX] --image <image>
- [--password <password>] [--wait]
- <server>
-
-Rebuild server
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <server>
-
-
- Server (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --image <image>
-
-
- Recreate server from this image
-
-
-
-
- --password <password>
-
-
- Set the password on the rebuilt instance
-
-
-
-
- --wait
-
-
- Wait for rebuild to complete
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack server remove security group
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 server remove security group [-h] <server> <group>
-
-Remove security group from server
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <server>
-
-
- Name or ID of server to use
-
-
-
-
- <group>
-
-
- Name or ID of security group to remove from server
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack server remove volume
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 server remove volume [-h] <server> <volume>
-
-Remove volume from server
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <server>
-
-
- Server (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
- <volume>
-
-
- Volume to remove (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack server rescue
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 server rescue [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
- <server>
-
-Put server in rescue mode
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <server>
-
-
- Server (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack server resize
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 server resize [-h] [--flavor <flavor> | --confirm | --revert]
- [--wait]
- <server>
-
-Scale server to a new flavor
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <server>
-
-
- Server (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --flavor <flavor>
-
-
- Resize server to specified flavor
-
-
-
-
- --confirm
-
-
- Confirm server resize is complete
-
-
-
-
- --revert
-
-
- Restore server state before resize
-
-
-
-
- --wait
-
-
- Wait for resize to complete
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack server resume
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 server resume [-h] <server> [<server> ...]
-
-Resume server(s)
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <server>
-
-
- Server(s) to resume (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack server set
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 server set [-h] [--name <new-name>] [--root-password]
- [--property <key=value>]
- <server>
-
-Set server properties
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <server>
-
-
- Server (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --name <new-name>
-
-
- New server name
-
-
-
-
- --root-password
-
-
- Set new root password (interactive only)
-
-
-
-
- --property <key=value>
-
-
- Property to add/change for this server (repeat option
- to set multiple properties)
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack server shelve
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 server shelve [-h] <server> [<server> ...]
-
-Shelve server(s)
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <server>
-
-
- Server(s) to shelve (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack server show
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 server show [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>] [--noindent]
- [--prefix PREFIX] [--diagnostics]
- <server>
-
-Show server details
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <server>
-
-
- Server (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --diagnostics
-
-
- Display server diagnostics information
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack server ssh
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 server ssh [-h] [--login <login-name>] [--port <port>]
- [--identity <keyfile>] [--option <config-options>]
- [-4 | -6]
- [--public | --private | --address-type <address-type>]
- <server>
-
-Ssh to server
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <server>
-
-
- Server (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --login <login-name>
-
-
- Login name (ssh -l option)
-
-
-
-
- --port <port>
-
-
- Destination port (ssh -p option)
-
-
-
-
- --identity <keyfile>
-
-
- Private key file (ssh -i option)
-
-
-
-
- --option <config-options>
-
-
- Options in ssh_config(5) format (ssh -o option)
-
-
-
-
- -4
-
-
- Use only IPv4 addresses
-
-
-
-
- -6
-
-
- Use only IPv6 addresses
-
-
-
-
- --public
-
-
- Use public IP address
-
-
-
-
- --private
-
-
- Use private IP address
-
-
-
-
- --address-type <address-type>
-
-
- Use other IP address (public, private, etc)
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack server start
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 server start [-h] <server> [<server> ...]
-
-Start server(s).
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <server>
-
-
- Server(s) to start (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack server stop
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 server stop [-h] <server> [<server> ...]
-
-Stop server(s).
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <server>
-
-
- Server(s) to stop (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack server suspend
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 server suspend [-h] <server> [<server> ...]
-
-Suspend server(s)
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <server>
-
-
- Server(s) to suspend (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack server unlock
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 server unlock [-h] <server> [<server> ...]
-
-Unlock server(s)
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <server>
-
-
- Server(s) to unlock (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack server unpause
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 server unpause [-h] <server> [<server> ...]
-
-Unpause server(s)
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <server>
-
-
- Server(s) to unpause (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack server unrescue
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 server unrescue [-h] <server>
-
-Restore server from rescue mode
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <server>
-
-
- Server (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack server unset
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 server unset [-h] [--property <key>] <server>
-
-Unset server properties
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <server>
-
-
- Server (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --property <key>
-
-
- Property key to remove from server (repeat to unset
- multiple values)
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack server unshelve
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 server unshelve [-h] <server> [<server> ...]
-
-Unshelve server(s)
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <server>
-
-
- Server(s) to unshelve (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack service create
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 service create [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX] [--name <name>]
- [--description <description>]
- <type>
-
-Create new service
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <type>
-
-
- New service type (compute, image, identity, volume,
- etc)
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --name <name>
-
-
- New service name
-
-
-
-
- --description <description>
-
-
- New service description
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack service delete
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 service delete [-h] <service>
-
-Delete service
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <service>
-
-
- Service to delete (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack service list
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 service list [-h]
- [-f {csv,html,json,json,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>] [--noindent]
- [--quote {all,minimal,none,nonnumeric}] [--long]
-
-List services
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --long
-
-
- List additional fields in output
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack service show
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 service show [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>] [--noindent]
- [--prefix PREFIX] [--catalog]
- <service>
-
-Display service details
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <service>
-
-
- Service to display (type, name or ID)
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --catalog
-
-
- Show service catalog information
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack snapshot create
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 snapshot create [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX] --name <name>
- [--description <description>] [--force]
- <volume>
-
-Create new snapshot
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <volume>
-
-
- Volume to snapshot (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --name <name>
-
-
- Name of the snapshot
-
-
-
-
- --description <description>
-
-
- Description of the snapshot
-
-
-
-
- --force
-
-
- Create a snapshot attached to an instance. Default is
- False
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack snapshot delete
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 snapshot delete [-h] <snapshot> [<snapshot> ...]
-
-Delete snapshot(s)
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <snapshot>
-
-
- Snapshot(s) to delete (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack snapshot list
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 snapshot list [-h]
- [-f {csv,html,json,json,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent]
- [--quote {all,minimal,none,nonnumeric}]
- [--all-projects] [--long]
-
-List snapshots
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --all-projects
-
-
- Include all projects (admin only)
-
-
-
-
- --long
-
-
- List additional fields in output
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack snapshot set
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 snapshot set [-h] [--name <name>]
- [--description <description>]
- [--property <key=value>]
- <snapshot>
-
-Set snapshot properties
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <snapshot>
-
-
- Snapshot to modify (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --name <name>
-
-
- New snapshot name
-
-
-
-
- --description <description>
-
-
- New snapshot description
-
-
-
-
- --property <key=value>
-
-
- Property to add/change for this snapshot (repeat
- option to set multiple properties)
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack snapshot show
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 snapshot show [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
- <snapshot>
-
-Display snapshot details
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <snapshot>
-
-
- Snapshot to display (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack snapshot unset
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 snapshot unset [-h] --property <key> <snapshot>
-
-Unset snapshot properties
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <snapshot>
-
-
- Snapshot to modify (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --property <key>
-
-
- Property to remove from snapshot (repeat to remove
- multiple values)
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack tld create
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 tld create [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>] [--noindent]
- [--prefix PREFIX] --name NAME
- [--description DESCRIPTION]
-
-Create new tld
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --name NAME
-
-
- TLD Name
-
-
-
-
- --description DESCRIPTION
-
-
- Description
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack tld delete
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 tld delete [-h] id
-
-Delete tld
-
- Positional arguments
-
- id
-
-
- TLD ID
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack tld list
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 tld list [-h] [-f {csv,html,json,json,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>] [--noindent]
- [--quote {all,minimal,none,nonnumeric}]
-
-List tlds
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack tld set
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 tld set [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>] [--noindent]
- [--prefix PREFIX] [--name NAME]
- [--description DESCRIPTION | --no-description]
- id
-
-Set tld properties
-
- Positional arguments
-
- id
-
-
- TLD ID
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --name NAME
-
-
- TLD Name
-
-
-
-
- --description DESCRIPTION
-
-
- Description
-
-
-
-
- --no-description
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack tld show
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 tld show [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>] [--noindent]
- [--prefix PREFIX]
- id
-
-Show tld details
-
- Positional arguments
-
- id
-
-
- TLD ID
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack token issue
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 token issue [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>] [--noindent]
- [--prefix PREFIX]
-
-Issue new token
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack token revoke
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 token revoke [-h] <token>
-
-Revoke existing token
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <token>
-
-
- Token to be deleted
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack usage list
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 usage list [-h]
- [-f {csv,html,json,json,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>] [--noindent]
- [--quote {all,minimal,none,nonnumeric}]
- [--start <start>] [--end <end>]
-
-List resource usage per project
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --start <start>
-
-
- Usage range start date, ex 2012-01-20 (default: 4
- weeks ago)
-
-
-
-
- --end <end>
-
-
- Usage range end date, ex 2012-01-20 (default:
- tomorrow)
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack usage show
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 usage show [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>] [--noindent]
- [--prefix PREFIX] [--project <project>]
- [--start <start>] [--end <end>]
-
-Show resource usage for a single project
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --project <project>
-
-
- Name or ID of project to show usage for
-
-
-
-
- --start <start>
-
-
- Usage range start date, ex 2012-01-20 (default: 4
- weeks ago)
-
-
-
-
- --end <end>
-
-
- Usage range end date, ex 2012-01-20 (default:
- tomorrow)
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack user create
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 user create [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>] [--noindent]
- [--prefix PREFIX] [--project <project>]
- [--password <password>] [--password-prompt]
- [--email <email-address>] [--enable | --disable]
- [--or-show]
- <name>
-
-Create new user
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <name>
-
-
- New user name
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --project <project>
-
-
- Default project (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
- --password <password>
-
-
- Set user password
-
-
-
-
- --password-prompt
-
-
- Prompt interactively for password
-
-
-
-
- --email <email-address>
-
-
- Set user email address
-
-
-
-
- --enable
-
-
- Enable user (default)
-
-
-
-
- --disable
-
-
- Disable user
-
-
-
-
- --or-show
-
-
- Return existing user
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack user delete
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 user delete [-h] <user> [<user> ...]
-
-Delete user(s)
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <user>
-
-
- User(s) to delete (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack user list
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 user list [-h]
- [-f {csv,html,json,json,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>] [--noindent]
- [--quote {all,minimal,none,nonnumeric}]
- [--project <project>] [--long]
-
-List users
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --project <project>
-
-
- Filter users by project (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
- --long
-
-
- List additional fields in output
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack user role list
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 user role list [-h]
- [-f {csv,html,json,json,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent]
- [--quote {all,minimal,none,nonnumeric}]
- [--project <project>]
- [<user>]
-
-List user-role assignments
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <user>
-
-
- User to list (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --project <project>
-
-
- Filter users by <project> (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack user set
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 user set [-h] [--name <name>] [--project <project>]
- [--password <user-password>] [--password-prompt]
- [--email <email-address>] [--enable | --disable]
- <user>
-
-Set user properties
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <user>
-
-
- User to change (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --name <name>
-
-
- Set user name
-
-
-
-
- --project <project>
-
-
- Set default project (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
- --password <user-password>
-
-
- Set user password
-
-
-
-
- --password-prompt
-
-
- Prompt interactively for password
-
-
-
-
- --email <email-address>
-
-
- Set user email address
-
-
-
-
- --enable
-
-
- Enable user (default)
-
-
-
-
- --disable
-
-
- Disable user
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack user show
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 user show [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>] [--noindent]
- [--prefix PREFIX]
- <user>
-
-Display user details
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <user>
-
-
- User to display (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack volume create
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 volume create [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX] --size <size>
- [--snapshot <snapshot>]
- [--description <description>]
- [--type <volume-type>] [--user <user>]
- [--project <project>]
- [--availability-zone <availability-zone>]
- [--image <image>] [--source <volume>]
- [--property <key=value>]
- <name>
-
-Create new volume
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <name>
-
-
- New volume name
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --size <size>
-
-
- New volume size in GB
-
-
-
-
- --snapshot <snapshot>
-
-
- Use <snapshot> as source of new volume
-
-
-
-
- --description <description>
-
-
- New volume description
-
-
-
-
- --type <volume-type>
-
-
- Use <volume-type> as the new volume type
-
-
-
-
- --user <user>
-
-
- Specify an alternate user (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
- --project <project>
-
-
- Specify an alternate project (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
- --availability-zone <availability-zone>
-
-
- Create new volume in <availability-zone>
-
-
-
-
- --image <image>
-
-
- Use <image> as source of new volume (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
- --source <volume>
-
-
- Volume to clone (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
- --property <key=value>
-
-
- Set a property on this volume (repeat option to set
- multiple properties)
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack volume delete
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 volume delete [-h] [--force] <volume> [<volume> ...]
-
-Delete volume(s)
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <volume>
-
-
- Volume(s) to delete (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --force
-
-
- Attempt forced removal of volume(s), regardless of state
- (defaults to False)
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack volume list
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 volume list [-h]
- [-f {csv,html,json,json,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>] [--noindent]
- [--quote {all,minimal,none,nonnumeric}]
- [--name <name>] [--status <status>]
- [--all-projects] [--long]
-
-List volumes
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --name <name>
-
-
- Filter results by volume name
-
-
-
-
- --status <status>
-
-
- Filter results by status
-
-
-
-
- --all-projects
-
-
- Include all projects (admin only)
-
-
-
-
- --long
-
-
- List additional fields in output
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack volume qos associate
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 volume qos associate [-h] <qos-spec> <volume-type>
-
-Associate a QoS specification to a volume type
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <qos-spec>
-
-
- QoS specification to modify (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
- <volume-type>
-
-
- Volume type to associate the QoS (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack volume qos create
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 volume qos create [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
- [--consumer <consumer>]
- [--property <key=value>]
- <name>
-
-Create new QoS specification
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <name>
-
-
- New QoS specification name
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --consumer <consumer>
-
-
- Consumer of the QoS. Valid consumers: back-end, both,
- front-end (defaults to 'both')
-
-
-
-
- --property <key=value>
-
-
- Set a QoS specification property (repeat option to set
- multiple properties)
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack volume qos delete
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 volume qos delete [-h] <qos-spec> [<qos-spec> ...]
-
-Delete QoS specification
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <qos-spec>
-
-
- QoS specification(s) to delete (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack volume qos disassociate
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 volume qos disassociate [-h]
- [--volume-type <volume-type> | --all]
- <qos-spec>
-
-Disassociate a QoS specification from a volume type
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <qos-spec>
-
-
- QoS specification to modify (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --volume-type <volume-type>
-
-
- Volume type to disassociate the QoS from (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
- --all
-
-
- Disassociate the QoS from every volume type
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack volume qos list
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 volume qos list [-h]
- [-f {csv,html,json,json,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent]
- [--quote {all,minimal,none,nonnumeric}]
-
-List QoS specifications
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack volume qos set
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 volume qos set [-h] [--property <key=value>] <qos-spec>
-
-Set QoS specification properties
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <qos-spec>
-
-
- QoS specification to modify (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --property <key=value>
-
-
- Property to add or modify for this QoS specification
- (repeat option to set multiple properties)
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack volume qos show
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 volume qos show [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
- <qos-spec>
-
-Display QoS specification details
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <qos-spec>
-
-
- QoS specification to display (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack volume qos unset
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 volume qos unset [-h] [--property <key>] <qos-spec>
-
-Unset QoS specification properties
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <qos-spec>
-
-
- QoS specification to modify (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --property <key>
-
-
- Property to remove from the QoS specification. (repeat
- option to unset multiple properties)
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack volume set
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 volume set [-h] [--name <name>] [--description <description>]
- [--size <size>] [--property <key=value>]
- <volume>
-
-Set volume properties
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <volume>
-
-
- Volume to change (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --name <name>
-
-
- New volume name
-
-
-
-
- --description <description>
-
-
- New volume description
-
-
-
-
- --size <size>
-
-
- Extend volume size in GB
-
-
-
-
- --property <key=value>
-
-
- Property to add or modify for this volume (repeat
- option to set multiple properties)
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack volume show
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 volume show [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>] [--noindent]
- [--prefix PREFIX]
- <volume>
-
-Show volume details
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <volume>
-
-
- Volume to display (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack volume type create
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 volume type create [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
- [--property <key=value>]
- <name>
-
-Create new volume type
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <name>
-
-
- New volume type name
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --property <key=value>
-
-
- Property to add for this volume type (repeat option to
- set multiple properties)
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack volume type delete
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 volume type delete [-h] <volume-type>
-
-Delete volume type
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <volume-type>
-
-
- Volume type to delete (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack volume type list
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 volume type list [-h]
- [-f {csv,html,json,json,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent]
- [--quote {all,minimal,none,nonnumeric}]
- [--long]
-
-List volume types
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --long
-
-
- List additional fields in output
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack volume type set
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 volume type set [-h] [--property <key=value>] <volume-type>
-
-Set volume type properties
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <volume-type>
-
-
- Volume type to modify (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --property <key=value>
-
-
- Property to add or modify for this volume type (repeat
- option to set multiple properties)
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack volume type show
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 volume type show [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
- <volume-type>
-
-Display volume type details
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <volume-type>
-
-
- Volume type to display (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack volume type unset
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 volume type unset [-h] --property <key> <volume-type>
-
-Unset volume type properties
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <volume-type>
-
-
- Volume type to modify (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --property <key>
-
-
- Property to remove from volume type (repeat option to
- remove multiple properties)
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack volume unset
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 volume unset [-h] --property <key> <volume>
-
-Unset volume properties
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <volume>
-
-
- Volume to modify (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --property <key>
-
-
- Property to remove from volume (repeat option to remove
- multiple properties)
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack zone abandon
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 zone abandon [-h] id
-
-Abandon a zone
-
- Positional arguments
-
- id
-
-
- Zone ID
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack zone axfr
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 zone axfr [-h] id
-
-AXFR a zone
-
- Positional arguments
-
- id
-
-
- Zone ID
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack zone blacklist create
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 zone blacklist create [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
- --pattern PATTERN
- [--description DESCRIPTION]
-
-Create new blacklist
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --pattern PATTERN
-
-
- Blacklist pattern
-
-
-
-
- --description DESCRIPTION
-
-
- Description
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack zone blacklist delete
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 zone blacklist delete [-h] id
-
-Delete blacklist
-
- Positional arguments
-
- id
-
-
- Blacklist ID
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack zone blacklist list
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 zone blacklist list [-h]
- [-f {csv,html,json,json,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent]
- [--quote {all,minimal,none,nonnumeric}]
-
-List blacklists
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack zone blacklist set
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 zone blacklist set [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX] --pattern
- PATTERN
- [--description DESCRIPTION | --no-description]
- id
-
-Set blacklist properties
-
- Positional arguments
-
- id
-
-
- Blacklist ID
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --pattern PATTERN
-
-
- Blacklist pattern
-
-
-
-
- --description DESCRIPTION
-
-
- Description
-
-
-
-
- --no-description
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack zone blacklist show
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 zone blacklist show [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
- id
-
-Show blacklist details
-
- Positional arguments
-
- id
-
-
- Blacklist ID
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack zone create
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 zone create [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>] [--noindent]
- [--prefix PREFIX] [--email EMAIL] [--type TYPE]
- [--ttl TTL] [--description DESCRIPTION]
- [--masters MASTERS [MASTERS ...]]
- name
-
-Create new zone
-
- Positional arguments
-
- name
-
-
- Zone Name
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --email EMAIL
-
-
- Zone Email
-
-
-
-
- --type TYPE
-
-
- Zone Type
-
-
-
-
- --ttl TTL
-
-
- Time To Live (Seconds)
-
-
-
-
- --description DESCRIPTION
-
-
- Description
-
-
-
-
- --masters MASTERS [MASTERS ...]
-
-
- Zone Masters
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack zone delete
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 zone delete [-h] id
-
-Delete zone
-
- Positional arguments
-
- id
-
-
- Zone ID
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack zone list
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 zone list [-h]
- [-f {csv,html,json,json,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>] [--noindent]
- [--quote {all,minimal,none,nonnumeric}]
- [--type TYPE]
-
-List zones
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --type TYPE
-
-
- Zone Type
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack zone set
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 zone set [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>] [--noindent]
- [--prefix PREFIX] [--name NAME] [--email EMAIL]
- [--ttl TTL]
- [--description DESCRIPTION | --no-description]
- [--masters MASTERS [MASTERS ...]]
- id
-
-Set zone properties
-
- Positional arguments
-
- id
-
-
- Zone ID
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --name NAME
-
-
- Zone Name
-
-
-
-
- --email EMAIL
-
-
- Zone Email
-
-
-
-
- --ttl TTL
-
-
- Time To Live (Seconds)
-
-
-
-
- --description DESCRIPTION
-
-
- Description
-
-
-
-
- --no-description
-
-
-
-
-
-
- --masters MASTERS [MASTERS ...]
-
-
- Zone Masters
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack zone show
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 zone show [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>] [--noindent]
- [--prefix PREFIX]
- id
-
-Show zone details
-
- Positional arguments
-
- id
-
-
- Zone ID
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack zone transfer accept request
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 zone transfer accept request [-h] --transfer-id TRANSFER_ID
- --key KEY
-
-Accept a Zone Transfer Request
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --transfer-id TRANSFER_ID
-
-
- Transfer ID
-
-
-
-
- --key KEY
-
-
- Transfer Key
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack zone transfer accept show
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 zone transfer accept show [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
- id
-
-Show Zone Transfer Accept
-
- Positional arguments
-
- id
-
-
- Zone Tranfer Accept ID
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack zone transfer request create
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 zone transfer request create [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN]
- [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
- --target-project-id
- TARGET_PROJECT_ID
- [--description DESCRIPTION]
- zone_id
-
-Create new zone transfer request
-
- Positional arguments
-
- zone_id
-
-
- Zone ID to transfer.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --target-project-id TARGET_PROJECT_ID
-
-
- Target Project ID to transfer to.
-
-
-
-
- --description DESCRIPTION
-
-
- Description
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack zone transfer request delete
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 zone transfer request delete [-h] id
-
-
- Positional arguments
-
- id
-
-
- Zone Transfer ID
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack zone transfer request list
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 zone transfer request list [-h]
- [-f {csv,html,json,json,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN]
- [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent]
- [--quote {all,minimal,none,nonnumeric}]
-
-List zone transfer requests
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack zone transfer request set
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 zone transfer request set [-h]
- [--description DESCRIPTION | --no-description]
- id
-
-Set Transfer
-
- Positional arguments
-
- id
-
-
- Zone Transfer ID
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --description DESCRIPTION
-
-
- Description
-
-
-
-
- --no-description
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack zone transfer request show
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 2 zone transfer request show [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN]
- [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
- id
-
-Show zonet transfer details
-
- Positional arguments
-
- id
-
-
- Zone Tranfer ID
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- OpenStack with Identity API v3 commands (diff)
-
- You can select the Identity API version to use by adding the
- --os-identity-api-version parameter or by setting
- the corresponding environment variable:
-$export OS_IDENTITY_API_VERSION=3
-
-
-This section documents only the difference in subcommands available for the openstack client when the identity API version is changed from v2 to v3.
-
-
- openstack access token create (Identity API v3)
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 3 access token create [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
- --consumer-key <consumer-key>
- --consumer-secret <consumer-secret>
- --request-key <request-key>
- --request-secret <request-secret>
- --verifier <verifier>
-
-Create an access token
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --consumer-key <consumer-key>
-
-
- Consumer key (required)
-
-
-
-
- --consumer-secret <consumer-secret>
-
-
- Consumer secret (required)
-
-
-
-
- --request-key <request-key>
-
-
- Request token to exchange for access token (required)
-
-
-
-
- --request-secret <request-secret>
-
-
- Secret associated with <request-key> (required)
-
-
-
-
- --verifier <verifier>
-
-
- Verifier associated with <request-key> (required)
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack consumer create (Identity API v3)
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 3 consumer create [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
- [--description <description>]
-
-Create new consumer
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --description <description>
-
-
- New consumer description
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack consumer delete (Identity API v3)
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 3 consumer delete [-h] <consumer>
-
-Delete consumer
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <consumer>
-
-
- Consumer to delete
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack consumer list (Identity API v3)
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 3 consumer list [-h]
- [-f {csv,html,json,json,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent]
- [--quote {all,minimal,none,nonnumeric}]
-
-List consumers
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack consumer set (Identity API v3)
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 3 consumer set [-h] [--description <description>] <consumer>
-
-Set consumer properties
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <consumer>
-
-
- Consumer to modify
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --description <description>
-
-
- New consumer description
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack consumer show (Identity API v3)
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 3 consumer show [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
- <consumer>
-
-Display consumer details
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <consumer>
-
-
- Consumer to display
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack credential create (Identity API v3)
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 3 credential create [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
- [--type <type>] [--project <project>]
- <user> <data>
-
-Create credential command
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <user>
-
-
- Name or ID of user that owns the credential
-
-
-
-
- <data>
-
-
- New credential data
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --type <type>
-
-
- New credential type
-
-
-
-
- --project <project>
-
-
- Project name or ID which limits the scope of the
- credential
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack credential delete (Identity API v3)
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 3 credential delete [-h] <credential-id>
-
-Delete credential command
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <credential-id>
-
-
- ID of credential to delete
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack credential list (Identity API v3)
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 3 credential list [-h]
- [-f {csv,html,json,json,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent]
- [--quote {all,minimal,none,nonnumeric}]
-
-List credential command
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack credential set (Identity API v3)
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 3 credential set [-h] --user <user> --type <type> --data <data>
- [--project <project>]
- <credential-id>
-
-Set credential command
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <credential-id>
-
-
- ID of credential to change
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --user <user>
-
-
- Name or ID of user that owns the credential
-
-
-
-
- --type <type>
-
-
- New credential type
-
-
-
-
- --data <data>
-
-
- New credential data
-
-
-
-
- --project <project>
-
-
- Project name or ID which limits the scope of the
- credential
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack credential show (Identity API v3)
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 3 credential show [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
- <credential-id>
-
-Show credential command
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <credential-id>
-
-
- ID of credential to display
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack domain create (Identity API v3)
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 3 domain create [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
- [--description <description>]
- [--enable | --disable] [--or-show]
- <domain-name>
-
-Create new domain
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <domain-name>
-
-
- New domain name
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --description <description>
-
-
- New domain description
-
-
-
-
- --enable
-
-
- Enable domain (default)
-
-
-
-
- --disable
-
-
- Disable domain
-
-
-
-
- --or-show
-
-
- Return existing domain
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack domain delete (Identity API v3)
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 3 domain delete [-h] <domain>
-
-Delete domain
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <domain>
-
-
- Domain to delete (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack domain list (Identity API v3)
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 3 domain list [-h]
- [-f {csv,html,json,json,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>] [--noindent]
- [--quote {all,minimal,none,nonnumeric}]
-
-List domains
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack domain set (Identity API v3)
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 3 domain set [-h] [--name <name>] [--description <description>]
- [--enable | --disable]
- <domain>
-
-Set domain properties
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <domain>
-
-
- Domain to modify (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --name <name>
-
-
- New domain name
-
-
-
-
- --description <description>
-
-
- New domain description
-
-
-
-
- --enable
-
-
- Enable domain
-
-
-
-
- --disable
-
-
- Disable domain
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack domain show (Identity API v3)
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 3 domain show [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>] [--noindent]
- [--prefix PREFIX]
- <domain>
-
-Display domain details
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <domain>
-
-
- Domain to display (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack endpoint set (Identity API v3)
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 3 endpoint set [-h] [--region <region-id>]
- [--interface <interface>] [--url <url>]
- [--service <service>] [--enable | --disable]
- <endpoint-id>
-
-Set endpoint properties
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <endpoint-id>
-
-
- Endpoint ID to modify
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --region <region-id>
-
-
- New endpoint region ID
-
-
-
-
- --interface <interface>
-
-
- New endpoint interface type (admin, public or
- internal)
-
-
-
-
- --url <url>
-
-
- New endpoint URL
-
-
-
-
- --service <service>
-
-
- New endpoint service (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
- --enable
-
-
- Enable endpoint
-
-
-
-
- --disable
-
-
- Disable endpoint
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack federation domain list (Identity API v3)
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 3 federation domain list [-h]
- [-f {csv,html,json,json,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent]
- [--quote {all,minimal,none,nonnumeric}]
-
-List accessible domains
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack federation project list (Identity API v3)
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 3 federation project list [-h]
- [-f {csv,html,json,json,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent]
- [--quote {all,minimal,none,nonnumeric}]
-
-List accessible projects
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack federation protocol create (Identity API v3)
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 3 federation protocol create [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN]
- [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
- --identity-provider
- <identity-provider> --mapping
- <mapping>
- <name>
-
-Create new federation protocol
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <name>
-
-
- New federation protocol name (must be unique per
- identity provider)
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --identity-provider <identity-provider>
-
-
- Identity provider that will support the new federation
- protocol (name or ID) (required)
-
-
-
-
- --mapping <mapping>
-
-
- Mapping that is to be used (name or ID) (required)
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack federation protocol delete (Identity API v3)
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 3 federation protocol delete [-h] --identity-provider
- <identity-provider>
- <federation-protocol>
-
-Delete federation protocol
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <federation-protocol>
-
-
- Federation protocol to delete (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --identity-provider <identity-provider>
-
-
- Identity provider that supports <federation-protocol>
- (name or ID) (required)
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack federation protocol list (Identity API v3)
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 3 federation protocol list [-h]
- [-f {csv,html,json,json,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent]
- [--quote {all,minimal,none,nonnumeric}]
- --identity-provider
- <identity-provider>
-
-List federation protocols
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --identity-provider <identity-provider>
-
-
- Identity provider to list (name or ID) (required)
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack federation protocol set (Identity API v3)
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 3 federation protocol set [-h] --identity-provider
- <identity-provider>
- [--mapping <mapping>]
- <name>
-
-Set federation protocol properties
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <name>
-
-
- Federation protocol to modify (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --identity-provider <identity-provider>
-
-
- Identity provider that supports <federation-protocol>
- (name or ID) (required)
-
-
-
-
- --mapping <mapping>
-
-
- Mapping that is to be used (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack federation protocol show (Identity API v3)
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 3 federation protocol show [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
- --identity-provider
- <identity-provider>
- <federation-protocol>
-
-Display federation protocol details
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <federation-protocol>
-
-
- Federation protocol to display (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --identity-provider <identity-provider>
-
-
- Identity provider that supports <federation-protocol>
- (name or ID) (required)
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack group add user (Identity API v3)
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 3 group add user [-h] [--group-domain <group-domain>]
- [--user-domain <user-domain>]
- <group> <user>
-
-Add user to group
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <group>
-
-
- Group to contain <user> (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
- <user>
-
-
- User to add to <group> (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --group-domain <group-domain>
-
-
- Domain the group belongs to (name or ID). This can be
- used in case collisions between group names exist.
-
-
-
-
- --user-domain <user-domain>
-
-
- Domain the user belongs to (name or ID). This can be
- used in case collisions between user names exist.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack group contains user (Identity API v3)
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 3 group contains user [-h] [--group-domain <group-domain>]
- [--user-domain <user-domain>]
- <group> <user>
-
-Check user membership in group
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <group>
-
-
- Group to check (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
- <user>
-
-
- User to check (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --group-domain <group-domain>
-
-
- Domain the group belongs to (name or ID). This can be
- used in case collisions between group names exist.
-
-
-
-
- --user-domain <user-domain>
-
-
- Domain the user belongs to (name or ID). This can be
- used in case collisions between user names exist.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack group create (Identity API v3)
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 3 group create [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>] [--noindent]
- [--prefix PREFIX] [--domain <domain>]
- [--description <description>] [--or-show]
- <group-name>
-
-Create new group
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <group-name>
-
-
- New group name
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --domain <domain>
-
-
- Domain to contain new group (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
- --description <description>
-
-
- New group description
-
-
-
-
- --or-show
-
-
- Return existing group
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack group delete (Identity API v3)
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 3 group delete [-h] [--domain <domain>] <group> [<group> ...]
-
-Delete group(s)
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <group>
-
-
- Group(s) to delete (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --domain <domain>
-
-
- Domain containing group(s) (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack group list (Identity API v3)
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 3 group list [-h]
- [-f {csv,html,json,json,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>] [--noindent]
- [--quote {all,minimal,none,nonnumeric}]
- [--domain <domain>] [--user <user>]
- [--user-domain <user-domain>] [--long]
-
-List groups
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --domain <domain>
-
-
- Filter group list by <domain> (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
- --user <user>
-
-
- Filter group list by <user> (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
- --user-domain <user-domain>
-
-
- Domain the user belongs to (name or ID). This can be
- used in case collisions between user names exist.
-
-
-
-
- --long
-
-
- List additional fields in output
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack group remove user (Identity API v3)
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 3 group remove user [-h] [--group-domain <group-domain>]
- [--user-domain <user-domain>]
- <group> <user>
-
-Remove user from group
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <group>
-
-
- Group containing <user> (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
- <user>
-
-
- User to remove from <group> (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --group-domain <group-domain>
-
-
- Domain the group belongs to (name or ID). This can be
- used in case collisions between group names exist.
-
-
-
-
- --user-domain <user-domain>
-
-
- Domain the user belongs to (name or ID). This can be
- used in case collisions between user names exist.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack group set (Identity API v3)
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 3 group set [-h] [--domain <domain>] [--name <name>]
- [--description <description>]
- <group>
-
-Set group properties
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <group>
-
-
- Group to modify (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --domain <domain>
-
-
- Domain containing <group> (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
- --name <name>
-
-
- New group name
-
-
-
-
- --description <description>
-
-
- New group description
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack group show (Identity API v3)
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 3 group show [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>] [--noindent]
- [--prefix PREFIX] [--domain <domain>]
- <group>
-
-Display group details
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <group>
-
-
- Group to display (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --domain <domain>
-
-
- Domain containing <group> (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack identity provider create (Identity API v3)
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 3 identity provider create [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
- [--remote-id <remote-id> | --remote-id-file <file-name>]
- [--description <description>]
- [--enable | --disable]
- <name>
-
-Create new identity provider
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <name>
-
-
- New identity provider name (must be unique)
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --remote-id <remote-id>
-
-
- Remote IDs to associate with the Identity Provider
- (repeat to provide multiple values)
-
-
-
-
- --remote-id-file <file-name>
-
-
- Name of a file that contains many remote IDs to
- associate with the identity provider, one per line
-
-
-
-
- --description <description>
-
-
- New identity provider description
-
-
-
-
- --enable
-
-
- Enable identity provider (default)
-
-
-
-
- --disable
-
-
- Disable the identity provider
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack identity provider delete (Identity API v3)
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 3 identity provider delete [-h] <identity-provider>
-
-Delete identity provider
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <identity-provider>
-
-
- Identity provider to delete
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack identity provider list (Identity API v3)
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 3 identity provider list [-h]
- [-f {csv,html,json,json,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent]
- [--quote {all,minimal,none,nonnumeric}]
-
-List identity providers
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack identity provider set (Identity API v3)
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 3 identity provider set [-h] [--description <description>]
- [--remote-id <remote-id> | --remote-id-file <file-name>]
- [--enable | --disable]
- <identity-provider>
-
-Set identity provider properties
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <identity-provider>
-
-
- Identity provider to modify
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --description <description>
-
-
- Set identity provider description
-
-
-
-
- --remote-id <remote-id>
-
-
- Remote IDs to associate with the Identity Provider
- (repeat to provide multiple values)
-
-
-
-
- --remote-id-file <file-name>
-
-
- Name of a file that contains many remote IDs to
- associate with the identity provider, one per line
-
-
-
-
- --enable
-
-
- Enable the identity provider
-
-
-
-
- --disable
-
-
- Disable the identity provider
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack identity provider show (Identity API v3)
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 3 identity provider show [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
- <identity-provider>
-
-Display identity provider details
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <identity-provider>
-
-
- Identity provider to display
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack mapping create (Identity API v3)
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 3 mapping create [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX] --rules
- <filename>
- <name>
-
-Create new mapping
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <name>
-
-
- New mapping name (must be unique)
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --rules <filename>
-
-
- Filename that contains a set of mapping rules
- (required)
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack mapping delete (Identity API v3)
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 3 mapping delete [-h] <mapping>
-
-Delete mapping
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <mapping>
-
-
- Mapping to delete
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack mapping list (Identity API v3)
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 3 mapping list [-h]
- [-f {csv,html,json,json,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>] [--noindent]
- [--quote {all,minimal,none,nonnumeric}]
-
-List mappings
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack mapping set (Identity API v3)
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 3 mapping set [-h] [--rules <filename>] <name>
-
-Set mapping properties
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <name>
-
-
- Mapping to modify
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --rules <filename>
-
-
- Filename that contains a new set of mapping rules
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack mapping show (Identity API v3)
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 3 mapping show [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>] [--noindent]
- [--prefix PREFIX]
- <mapping>
-
-Display mapping details
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <mapping>
-
-
- Mapping to display
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack policy create (Identity API v3)
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 3 policy create [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX] [--type <type>]
- <filename>
-
-Create new policy
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <filename>
-
-
- New serialized policy rules file
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --type <type>
-
-
- New MIME type of the policy rules file (defaults to
- application/json)
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack policy delete (Identity API v3)
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 3 policy delete [-h] <policy>
-
-Delete policy
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <policy>
-
-
- Policy to delete
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack policy list (Identity API v3)
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 3 policy list [-h]
- [-f {csv,html,json,json,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>] [--noindent]
- [--quote {all,minimal,none,nonnumeric}] [--long]
-
-List policies
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --long
-
-
- List additional fields in output
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack policy set (Identity API v3)
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 3 policy set [-h] [--type <type>] [--rules <filename>] <policy>
-
-Set policy properties
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <policy>
-
-
- Policy to modify
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --type <type>
-
-
- New MIME type of the policy rules file
-
-
-
-
- --rules <filename>
-
-
- New serialized policy rules file
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack policy show (Identity API v3)
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 3 policy show [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>] [--noindent]
- [--prefix PREFIX]
- <policy>
-
-Display policy details
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <policy>
-
-
- Policy to display
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack region create (Identity API v3)
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 3 region create [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
- [--parent-region <region-id>]
- [--description <description>]
- <region-id>
-
-Create new region
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <region-id>
-
-
- New region ID
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --parent-region <region-id>
-
-
- Parent region ID
-
-
-
-
- --description <description>
-
-
- New region description
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack region delete (Identity API v3)
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 3 region delete [-h] <region-id>
-
-Delete region
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <region-id>
-
-
- Region ID to delete
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack region list (Identity API v3)
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 3 region list [-h]
- [-f {csv,html,json,json,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>] [--noindent]
- [--quote {all,minimal,none,nonnumeric}]
- [--parent-region <region-id>]
-
-List regions
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --parent-region <region-id>
-
-
- Filter by parent region ID
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack region set (Identity API v3)
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 3 region set [-h] [--parent-region <region-id>]
- [--description <description>]
- <region-id>
-
-Set region properties
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <region-id>
-
-
- Region to modify
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --parent-region <region-id>
-
-
- New parent region ID
-
-
-
-
- --description <description>
-
-
- New region description
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack region show (Identity API v3)
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 3 region show [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>] [--noindent]
- [--prefix PREFIX]
- <region-id>
-
-Display region details
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <region-id>
-
-
- Region to display
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack request token authorize (Identity API v3)
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 3 request token authorize [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
- --request-key <request-key> --role
- <role>
-
-Authorize a request token
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --request-key <request-key>
-
-
- Request token to authorize (ID only) (required)
-
-
-
-
- --role <role>
-
-
- Roles to authorize (name or ID) (repeat to set
- multiple values) (required)
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack request token create (Identity API v3)
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 3 request token create [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
- --consumer-key <consumer-key>
- --consumer-secret <consumer-secret>
- --project <project> [--domain <domain>]
-
-Create a request token
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --consumer-key <consumer-key>
-
-
- Consumer key (required)
-
-
-
-
- --consumer-secret <consumer-secret>
-
-
- Consumer secret (required)
-
-
-
-
- --project <project>
-
-
- Project that consumer wants to access (name or ID)
- (required)
-
-
-
-
- --domain <domain>
-
-
- Domain owning <project> (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack role assignment list (Identity API v3)
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 3 role assignment list [-h]
- [-f {csv,html,json,json,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent]
- [--quote {all,minimal,none,nonnumeric}]
- [--effective] [--role <role>]
- [--user <user>]
- [--user-domain <user-domain>]
- [--group <group>]
- [--group-domain <group-domain>]
- [--domain <domain> | --project <project>]
- [--project-domain <project-domain>]
- [--inherited]
-
-List role assignments
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --effective
-
-
- Returns only effective role assignments
-
-
-
-
- --role <role>
-
-
- Role to filter (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
- --user <user>
-
-
- User to filter (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
- --user-domain <user-domain>
-
-
- Domain the user belongs to (name or ID). This can be
- used in case collisions between user names exist.
-
-
-
-
- --group <group>
-
-
- Group to filter (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
- --group-domain <group-domain>
-
-
- Domain the group belongs to (name or ID). This can be
- used in case collisions between group names exist.
-
-
-
-
- --domain <domain>
-
-
- Domain to filter (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
- --project <project>
-
-
- Project to filter (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
- --project-domain <project-domain>
-
-
- Domain the project belongs to (name or ID). This can
- be used in case collisions between project names
- exist.
-
-
-
-
- --inherited
-
-
- Specifies if the role grant is inheritable to the sub
- projects
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack role set (Identity API v3)
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 3 role set [-h] [--name <name>] <role>
-
-Set role properties
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <role>
-
-
- Role to modify (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --name <name>
-
-
- Set role name
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack service provider create (Identity API v3)
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 3 service provider create [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
- --auth-url <auth-url>
- [--description <description>]
- --service-provider-url <sp-url>
- [--enable | --disable]
- <name>
-
-Create new service provider
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <name>
-
-
- New service provider name (must be unique)
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --auth-url <auth-url>
-
-
- Authentication URL of remote federated service
- provider (required)
-
-
-
-
- --description <description>
-
-
- New service provider description
-
-
-
-
- --service-provider-url <sp-url>
-
-
- A service URL where SAML assertions are being sent
- (required)
-
-
-
-
- --enable
-
-
- Enable the service provider (default)
-
-
-
-
- --disable
-
-
- Disable the service provider
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack service provider delete (Identity API v3)
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 3 service provider delete [-h] <service-provider>
-
-Delete service provider
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <service-provider>
-
-
- Service provider to delete
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack service provider list (Identity API v3)
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 3 service provider list [-h]
- [-f {csv,html,json,json,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent]
- [--quote {all,minimal,none,nonnumeric}]
-
-List service providers
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack service provider set (Identity API v3)
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 3 service provider set [-h] [--auth-url <auth-url>]
- [--description <description>]
- [--service-provider-url <sp-url>]
- [--enable | --disable]
- <service-provider>
-
-Set service provider properties
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <service-provider>
-
-
- Service provider to modify
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --auth-url <auth-url>
-
-
- New Authentication URL of remote federated service
- provider
-
-
-
-
- --description <description>
-
-
- New service provider description
-
-
-
-
- --service-provider-url <sp-url>
-
-
- New service provider URL, where SAML assertions are
- sent
-
-
-
-
- --enable
-
-
- Enable the service provider
-
-
-
-
- --disable
-
-
- Disable the service provider
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack service provider show (Identity API v3)
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 3 service provider show [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>]
- [--noindent] [--prefix PREFIX]
- <service-provider>
-
-Display service provider details
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <service-provider>
-
-
- Service provider to display
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack service set (Identity API v3)
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 3 service set [-h] [--type <type>] [--name <service-name>]
- [--description <description>]
- [--enable | --disable]
- <service>
-
-Set service properties
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <service>
-
-
- Service to update (type, name or ID)
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --type <type>
-
-
- New service type (compute, image, identity, volume,
- etc)
-
-
-
-
- --name <service-name>
-
-
- New service name
-
-
-
-
- --description <description>
-
-
- New service description
-
-
-
-
- --enable
-
-
- Enable service
-
-
-
-
- --disable
-
-
- Disable service
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack trust create (Identity API v3)
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 3 trust create [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>] [--noindent]
- [--prefix PREFIX] --project <project> --role
- <role> [--impersonate]
- [--expiration <expiration>]
- [--project-domain <project-domain>]
- [--trustor-domain <trustor-domain>]
- [--trustee-domain <trustee-domain>]
- <trustor-user> <trustee-user>
-
-Create new trust
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <trustor-user>
-
-
- User that is delegating authorization (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
- <trustee-user>
-
-
- User that is assuming authorization (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --project <project>
-
-
- Project being delegated (name or ID) (required)
-
-
-
-
- --role <role>
-
-
- Roles to authorize (name or ID) (repeat to set
- multiple values) (required)
-
-
-
-
- --impersonate
-
-
- Tokens generated from the trust will represent
- <trustor> (defaults to False)
-
-
-
-
- --expiration <expiration>
-
-
- Sets an expiration date for the trust (format of YYYY-
- mm-ddTHH:MM:SS)
-
-
-
-
- --project-domain <project-domain>
-
-
- Domain the project belongs to (name or ID). This can
- be used in case collisions between project names
- exist.
-
-
-
-
- --trustor-domain <trustor-domain>
-
-
- Domain that contains <trustor> (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
- --trustee-domain <trustee-domain>
-
-
- Domain that contains <trustee> (name or ID)
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack trust delete (Identity API v3)
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 3 trust delete [-h] <trust> [<trust> ...]
-
-Delete trust(s)
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <trust>
-
-
- Trust(s) to delete
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack trust list (Identity API v3)
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 3 trust list [-h]
- [-f {csv,html,json,json,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>] [--noindent]
- [--quote {all,minimal,none,nonnumeric}]
-
-List trusts
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack trust show (Identity API v3)
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 3 trust show [-h]
- [-f {html,json,json,shell,table,value,yaml,yaml}]
- [-c COLUMN] [--max-width <integer>] [--noindent]
- [--prefix PREFIX]
- <trust>
-
-Display trust details
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <trust>
-
-
- Trust to display
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- openstack user password set (Identity API v3)
- usage: openstack --os-auth-type token --os-identity-api-version 3 user password set [-h] [--password <new-password>]
-
-Change current user password
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --password <new-password>
-
-
- New user password
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/doc/cli-reference/generated/ch_cli_sahara_commands.xml b/doc/cli-reference/generated/ch_cli_sahara_commands.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index f29bdd0fd1..0000000000
--- a/doc/cli-reference/generated/ch_cli_sahara_commands.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1844 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Data processing command-line client
-
- The sahara client is the command-line
- interface (CLI) for the Data processing API and its extensions.
-
- This chapter documents sahara version
- 0.11.1.
-
-
- For help on a specific sahara
- command, enter:
-
- $saharaCOMMAND
-
-
- sahara usage
- usage: sahara [--version] [--debug] [--os-cache] [--region-name <region-name>]
- [--service-type <service-type>]
- [--endpoint-type <endpoint-type>]
- [--sahara-api-version <sahara-api-ver>]
- [--bypass-url <bypass-url>] [--os-tenant-name OS_TENANT_NAME]
- [--os-tenant-id OS_TENANT_ID] [--os-auth-system OS_AUTH_SYSTEM]
- [--os-auth-token OS_AUTH_TOKEN] [--insecure]
- [--os-cacert <ca-certificate>] [--os-cert <certificate>]
- [--os-key <key>] [--timeout <seconds>]
- [--os-auth-url OS_AUTH_URL] [--os-domain-id OS_DOMAIN_ID]
- [--os-domain-name OS_DOMAIN_NAME]
- [--os-project-id OS_PROJECT_ID]
- [--os-project-name OS_PROJECT_NAME]
- [--os-project-domain-id OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_ID]
- [--os-project-domain-name OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_NAME]
- [--os-trust-id OS_TRUST_ID] [--os-user-id OS_USER_ID]
- [--os-user-name OS_USERNAME]
- [--os-user-domain-id OS_USER_DOMAIN_ID]
- [--os-user-domain-name OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME]
- [--os-password OS_PASSWORD]
- <subcommand> ...
-
- Subcommands
-
- cluster-create
-
-
- Create a cluster.
-
-
-
-
- cluster-delete
-
-
- Delete a cluster.
-
-
-
-
- cluster-list
-
-
- Print a list of available clusters.
-
-
-
-
- cluster-scale
-
-
- Scale a cluster.
-
-
-
-
- cluster-show
-
-
- Show details of a cluster.
-
-
-
-
- cluster-template-create
-
-
- Create a cluster template.
-
-
-
-
- cluster-template-delete
-
-
- Delete a cluster template.
-
-
-
-
- cluster-template-list
-
-
- Print a list of available cluster templates.
-
-
-
-
- cluster-template-show
-
-
- Show details of a cluster template.
-
-
-
-
- cluster-template-update
-
-
- Update a cluster template.
-
-
-
-
- data-source-create
-
-
- Create a data source that provides job input or
- receives job output.
-
-
-
-
- data-source-delete
-
-
- Delete a data source.
-
-
-
-
- data-source-list
-
-
- Print a list of available data sources.
-
-
-
-
- data-source-show
-
-
- Show details of a data source.
-
-
-
-
- data-source-update
-
-
- Update a data source.
-
-
-
-
- image-add-tag
-
-
- Add a tag to an image.
-
-
-
-
- image-list
-
-
- Print a list of available images.
-
-
-
-
- image-register
-
-
- Register an image from the Image index.
-
-
-
-
- image-remove-tag
-
-
- Remove a tag from an image.
-
-
-
-
- image-show
-
-
- Show details of an image.
-
-
-
-
- image-unregister
-
-
- Unregister an image.
-
-
-
-
- job-binary-create
-
-
- Record a job binary.
-
-
-
-
- job-binary-data-create
-
-
- Store data in the internal DB. Use 'swift upload'
- instead of this command. Use this command only if
- Swift is not available.
-
-
-
-
- job-binary-data-delete
-
-
- Delete an internally stored job binary data.
-
-
-
-
- job-binary-data-list
-
-
- Print a list of internally stored job binary data.
-
-
-
-
- job-binary-delete
-
-
- Delete a job binary.
-
-
-
-
- job-binary-list
-
-
- Print a list of job binaries.
-
-
-
-
- job-binary-show
-
-
- Show details of a job binary.
-
-
-
-
- job-binary-update
-
-
- Update a job binary.
-
-
-
-
- job-create
-
-
- Create a job.
-
-
-
-
- job-delete
-
-
- Delete a job.
-
-
-
-
- job-list
-
-
- Print a list of jobs.
-
-
-
-
- job-show
-
-
- Show details of a job.
-
-
-
-
- job-template-create
-
-
- Create a job template.
-
-
-
-
- job-template-delete
-
-
- Delete a job template.
-
-
-
-
- job-template-list
-
-
- Print a list of job templates.
-
-
-
-
- job-template-show
-
-
- Show details of a job template.
-
-
-
-
- job-type-list
-
-
- Show supported job types.
-
-
-
-
- node-group-template-create
-
-
- Create a node group template.
-
-
-
-
- node-group-template-delete
-
-
- Delete a node group template.
-
-
-
-
- node-group-template-list
-
-
- Print a list of available node group templates.
-
-
-
-
- node-group-template-show
-
-
- Show details of a node group template.
-
-
-
-
- node-group-template-update
-
-
- Update a node group template.
-
-
-
-
- plugin-list
-
-
- Print a list of available plugins.
-
-
-
-
- plugin-show
-
-
- Show details of a plugin.
-
-
-
-
- bash-completion
-
-
- Prints arguments for bash-completion. Prints all of
- the commands and options to stdout so that the
- sahara.bash_completion script doesn't have to hard
- code them.
-
-
-
-
- help
-
-
- Display help about this program or one of its
- subcommands.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- sahara optional arguments
-
-
- --version
-
-
- show program's version number and exit
-
-
-
-
- --debug
-
-
- Print debugging output.
-
-
-
-
- --os-cache
-
-
- Use the auth token cache. Defaults to False if
- env[OS_CACHE] is not set.
-
-
-
-
- --region-name <region-name>
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_REGION_NAME].
-
-
-
-
- --service-type <service-type>
-
-
- Defaults to data-processing for all actions.
-
-
-
-
- --endpoint-type <endpoint-type>
-
-
- Defaults to env[SAHARA_ENDPOINT_TYPE] or
- env[OS_ENDPOINT_TYPE] or publicURL.
-
-
-
-
- --sahara-api-version <sahara-api-ver>
-
-
- Accepts "api", defaults to env[SAHARA_API_VERSION].
-
-
-
-
- --bypass-url <bypass-url>
-
-
- Use this API endpoint instead of the Service Catalog.
-
-
-
-
- --os-tenant-name OS_TENANT_NAME
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_TENANT_NAME].
-
-
-
-
- --os-tenant-id OS_TENANT_ID
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_TENANT_ID].
-
-
-
-
- --os-auth-system OS_AUTH_SYSTEM
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_AUTH_SYSTEM].
-
-
-
-
- --os-auth-token OS_AUTH_TOKEN
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_AUTH_TOKEN].
-
-
-
-
- --insecure
-
-
- Explicitly allow client to perform "insecure" TLS
- (https) requests. The server's certificate will not be
- verified against any certificate authorities. This
- option should be used with caution.
-
-
-
-
- --os-cacert <ca-certificate>
-
-
- Specify a CA bundle file to use in verifying a TLS
- (https) server certificate. Defaults to
- env[OS_CACERT].
-
-
-
-
- --os-cert <certificate>
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_CERT].
-
-
-
-
- --os-key <key>
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_KEY].
-
-
-
-
- --timeout <seconds>
-
-
- Set request timeout (in seconds).
-
-
-
-
- --os-auth-url OS_AUTH_URL
-
-
- Authentication URL
-
-
-
-
- --os-domain-id OS_DOMAIN_ID
-
-
- Domain ID to scope to
-
-
-
-
- --os-domain-name OS_DOMAIN_NAME
-
-
- Domain name to scope to
-
-
-
-
- --os-project-id OS_PROJECT_ID
-
-
- Project ID to scope to
-
-
-
-
- --os-project-name OS_PROJECT_NAME
-
-
- Project name to scope to
-
-
-
-
- --os-project-domain-id OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_ID
-
-
- Domain ID containing project
-
-
-
-
- --os-project-domain-name OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_NAME
-
-
- Domain name containing project
-
-
-
-
- --os-trust-id OS_TRUST_ID
-
-
- Trust ID
-
-
-
-
- --os-user-id OS_USER_ID
-
-
- User ID
-
-
-
-
- --os-user-name OS_USERNAME, --os-username OS_USERNAME
-
-
- Username
-
-
-
-
- --os-user-domain-id OS_USER_DOMAIN_ID
-
-
- User's domain id
-
-
-
-
- --os-user-domain-name OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME
-
-
- User's domain name
-
-
-
-
- --os-password OS_PASSWORD
-
-
- User's password
-
-
-
-
-
-
- sahara cluster-create
- usage: sahara cluster-create [--json JSON] [--count COUNT]
-
-Create a cluster.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --json JSON
-
-
- JSON representation of cluster.
-
-
-
-
- --count COUNT
-
-
- Number of clusters to create.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- sahara cluster-delete
- usage: sahara cluster-delete [--name NAME] [--id <cluster_id>]
-
-Delete a cluster.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --name NAME
-
-
- Name of the cluster.
-
-
-
-
- --id <cluster_id>
-
-
- ID of the cluster to delete.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- sahara cluster-list
- usage: sahara cluster-list
-
-Print a list of available clusters.
-
-
-
- sahara cluster-scale
- usage: sahara cluster-scale [--name NAME] [--id <cluster_id>] [--json JSON]
-
-Scale a cluster.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --name NAME
-
-
- Name of the cluster.
-
-
-
-
- --id <cluster_id>
-
-
- ID of the cluster.
-
-
-
-
- --json JSON
-
-
- JSON representation of cluster scale.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- sahara cluster-show
- usage: sahara cluster-show [--name NAME] [--id <cluster_id>]
- [--show-progress SHOW_PROGRESS] [--json]
-
-Show details of a cluster.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --name NAME
-
-
- Name of the cluster.
-
-
-
-
- --id <cluster_id>
-
-
- ID of the cluster to show.
-
-
-
-
- --show-progress SHOW_PROGRESS
-
-
- Show provision progress events of the cluster.
-
-
-
-
- --json
-
-
- Print JSON representation of the cluster.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- sahara cluster-template-create
- usage: sahara cluster-template-create [--json JSON]
-
-Create a cluster template.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --json JSON
-
-
- JSON representation of cluster template.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- sahara cluster-template-delete
- usage: sahara cluster-template-delete [--name NAME] [--id <template_id>]
-
-Delete a cluster template.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --name NAME
-
-
- Name of the cluster template.
-
-
-
-
- --id <template_id>
-
-
- ID of the cluster template to delete.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- sahara cluster-template-list
- usage: sahara cluster-template-list
-
-Print a list of available cluster templates.
-
-
-
- sahara cluster-template-show
- usage: sahara cluster-template-show [--name NAME] [--id <template_id>]
- [--json]
-
-Show details of a cluster template.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --name NAME
-
-
- Name of the cluster template.
-
-
-
-
- --id <template_id>
-
-
- ID of the cluster template to show.
-
-
-
-
- --json
-
-
- Print JSON representation of cluster template.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- sahara cluster-template-update
- usage: sahara cluster-template-update [--name NAME] [--id <template_id>]
- [--json JSON]
-
-Update a cluster template.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --name NAME
-
-
- Name of the cluster template to update.
-
-
-
-
- --id <template_id>
-
-
- ID of the cluster template to update.
-
-
-
-
- --json JSON
-
-
- JSON representation of cluster template update.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- sahara data-source-create
- usage: sahara data-source-create --name NAME --type TYPE --url URL
- [--description DESCRIPTION] [--user USER]
- [--password PASSWORD]
-
-Create a data source that provides job input or receives job output.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --name NAME
-
-
- Name of the data source.
-
-
-
-
- --type TYPE
-
-
- Type of the data source.
-
-
-
-
- --url URL
-
-
- URL for the data source.
-
-
-
-
- --description DESCRIPTION
-
-
- Description of the data source.
-
-
-
-
- --user USER
-
-
- Username for accessing the data source URL.
-
-
-
-
- --password PASSWORD
-
-
- Password for accessing the data source URL.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- sahara data-source-delete
- usage: sahara data-source-delete [--name NAME] [--id ID]
-
-Delete a data source.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --name NAME
-
-
- Name of the data source.
-
-
-
-
- --id ID
-
-
- ID of data source to delete.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- sahara data-source-list
- usage: sahara data-source-list
-
-Print a list of available data sources.
-
-
-
- sahara data-source-show
- usage: sahara data-source-show [--name NAME] [--id ID]
-
-Show details of a data source.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --name NAME
-
-
- Name of the data source.
-
-
-
-
- --id ID
-
-
- ID of the data source.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- sahara data-source-update
- usage: sahara data-source-update [--name NAME] [--id ID] [--json JSON]
-
-Update a data source.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --name NAME
-
-
- Name of the data source to update.
-
-
-
-
- --id ID
-
-
- ID of the data source to update.
-
-
-
-
- --json JSON
-
-
- JSON containing the data source fields to update.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- sahara image-add-tag
- usage: sahara image-add-tag [--name NAME] [--id <image_id>] --tag <tag>
-
-Add a tag to an image.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --name NAME
-
-
- Name of the image.
-
-
-
-
- --id <image_id>
-
-
- ID of image to tag.
-
-
-
-
- --tag <tag>
-
-
- Tag to add.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- sahara image-list
- usage: sahara image-list
-
-Print a list of available images.
-
-
-
- sahara image-register
- usage: sahara image-register --id <image_id> [--username <name>]
- [--description <desc>]
-
-Register an image from the Image index.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --id <image_id>
-
-
- ID of image, run "glance image-list" to see all IDs.
-
-
-
-
- --username <name>
-
-
- Username of privileged user in the image.
-
-
-
-
- --description <desc>
-
-
- Description of the image.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- sahara image-remove-tag
- usage: sahara image-remove-tag [--name NAME] [--id <image_id>] --tag <tag>
-
-Remove a tag from an image.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --name NAME
-
-
- Name of the image.
-
-
-
-
- --id <image_id>
-
-
- Image to tag.
-
-
-
-
- --tag <tag>
-
-
- Tag to remove.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- sahara image-show
- usage: sahara image-show [--name NAME] [--id <image_id>]
-
-Show details of an image.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --name NAME
-
-
- Name of the image.
-
-
-
-
- --id <image_id>
-
-
- ID of the image.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- sahara image-unregister
- usage: sahara image-unregister [--name NAME] [--id <image_id>]
-
-Unregister an image.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --name NAME
-
-
- Name of the image.
-
-
-
-
- --id <image_id>
-
-
- ID of image to unregister.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- sahara job-binary-create
- usage: sahara job-binary-create --name NAME --url URL
- [--description DESCRIPTION] [--user USER]
- [--password PASSWORD]
-
-Record a job binary.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --name NAME
-
-
- Name of the job binary.
-
-
-
-
- --url URL
-
-
- URL for the job binary.
-
-
-
-
- --description DESCRIPTION
-
-
- Description of the job binary.
-
-
-
-
- --user USER
-
-
- Username for accessing the job binary URL.
-
-
-
-
- --password PASSWORD
-
-
- Password for accessing the job binary URL.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- sahara job-binary-data-create
- usage: sahara job-binary-data-create [--file FILE] [--name NAME]
-
-Store data in the internal DB. Use 'swift upload' instead of this command. Use
-this command only if Swift is not available.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --file FILE
-
-
- Data to store.
-
-
-
-
- --name NAME
-
-
- Name of the job binary internal.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- sahara job-binary-data-delete
- usage: sahara job-binary-data-delete --id ID
-
-Delete an internally stored job binary data.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --id ID
-
-
- ID of internally stored job binary data.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- sahara job-binary-data-list
- usage: sahara job-binary-data-list
-
-Print a list of internally stored job binary data.
-
-
-
- sahara job-binary-delete
- usage: sahara job-binary-delete [--name NAME] [--id ID]
-
-Delete a job binary.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --name NAME
-
-
- Name of the job binary.
-
-
-
-
- --id ID
-
-
- ID of the job binary to delete.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- sahara job-binary-list
- usage: sahara job-binary-list
-
-Print a list of job binaries.
-
-
-
- sahara job-binary-show
- usage: sahara job-binary-show [--name NAME] [--id ID]
-
-Show details of a job binary.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --name NAME
-
-
- Name of the job binary.
-
-
-
-
- --id ID
-
-
- ID of the job binary.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- sahara job-binary-update
- usage: sahara job-binary-update [--name NAME] [--id <job_binary_id>]
- [--json JSON]
-
-Update a job binary.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --name NAME
-
-
- Name of the job binary to update.
-
-
-
-
- --id <job_binary_id>
-
-
- ID of the job binary to update.
-
-
-
-
- --json JSON
-
-
- JSON representation of job binary update.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- sahara job-create
- usage: sahara job-create --job-template JOB_TEMPLATE [--cluster CLUSTER]
- [--input-data INPUT_DATA] [--output-data OUTPUT_DATA]
- [--param name=value] [--arg ARG]
- [--config name=value] [--json JSON]
-
-Create a job.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --job-template JOB_TEMPLATE
-
-
- ID of the job template to run.
-
-
-
-
- --cluster CLUSTER
-
-
- ID of the cluster to run the job in.
-
-
-
-
- --input-data INPUT_DATA
-
-
- ID of the input data source.
-
-
-
-
- --output-data OUTPUT_DATA
-
-
- ID of the output data source.
-
-
-
-
- --param
-
-
- name=value Parameters to add to the job, repeatable.
-
-
-
-
- --arg ARG
-
-
- Arguments to add to the job, repeatable.
-
-
-
-
- --config
-
-
- name=value Config parameters to add to the job, repeatable.
-
-
-
-
- --json JSON
-
-
- JSON representation of the job.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- sahara job-delete
- usage: sahara job-delete --id ID
-
-Delete a job.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --id ID
-
-
- ID of a job.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- sahara job-list
- usage: sahara job-list
-
-Print a list of jobs.
-
-
-
- sahara job-show
- usage: sahara job-show --id ID
-
-Show details of a job.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --id ID
-
-
- ID of the job.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- sahara job-template-create
- usage: sahara job-template-create [--name NAME] [--type TYPE] [--main MAIN]
- [--lib LIB] [--description DESCRIPTION]
- [--json JSON]
-
-Create a job template.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --name NAME
-
-
- Name of the job template.
-
-
-
-
- --type TYPE
-
-
- Type of the job template.
-
-
-
-
- --main MAIN
-
-
- ID for job's main job-binary.
-
-
-
-
- --lib LIB
-
-
- ID of job's lib job-binary, repeatable.
-
-
-
-
- --description DESCRIPTION
-
-
- Description of the job template.
-
-
-
-
- --json JSON
-
-
- JSON representation of job template.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- sahara job-template-delete
- usage: sahara job-template-delete [--name NAME] [--id ID]
-
-Delete a job template.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --name NAME
-
-
- Name of the job template.
-
-
-
-
- --id ID
-
-
- ID of the job template.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- sahara job-template-list
- usage: sahara job-template-list
-
-Print a list of job templates.
-
-
-
- sahara job-template-show
- usage: sahara job-template-show [--name NAME] [--id ID]
-
-Show details of a job template.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --name NAME
-
-
- Name of the job template.
-
-
-
-
- --id ID
-
-
- ID of the job template.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- sahara job-type-list
- usage: sahara job-type-list [--type <job_type>] [--plugin <plugin>]
- [--plugin-version <plugin_version>]
-
-Show supported job types.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --type <job_type>
-
-
- Report only on this job type.
-
-
-
-
- --plugin <plugin>
-
-
- Report only job types supported by this plugin.
-
-
-
-
- --plugin-version <plugin_version>
-
-
- Report only on job types supported by this version of
- a specified plugin. Only valid with --plugin.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- sahara node-group-template-create
- usage: sahara node-group-template-create [--json JSON]
-
-Create a node group template.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --json JSON
-
-
- JSON representation of node group template.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- sahara node-group-template-delete
- usage: sahara node-group-template-delete [--name NAME] [--id <template_id>]
-
-Delete a node group template.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --name NAME
-
-
- Name of the node group template.
-
-
-
-
- --id <template_id>
-
-
- ID of the node group template to delete.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- sahara node-group-template-list
- usage: sahara node-group-template-list
-
-Print a list of available node group templates.
-
-
-
- sahara node-group-template-show
- usage: sahara node-group-template-show [--name NAME] [--id <template_id>]
- [--json]
-
-Show details of a node group template.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --name NAME
-
-
- Name of the node group template.
-
-
-
-
- --id <template_id>
-
-
- ID of the node group template to show.
-
-
-
-
- --json
-
-
- Print JSON representation of node group template.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- sahara node-group-template-update
- usage: sahara node-group-template-update [--name NAME] [--id <template_id>]
- [--json JSON]
-
-Update a node group template.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --name NAME
-
-
- Name of the node group template to update.
-
-
-
-
- --id <template_id>
-
-
- ID of the node group template to update.
-
-
-
-
- --json JSON
-
-
- JSON representation of the node group template update.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- sahara plugin-list
- usage: sahara plugin-list
-
-Print a list of available plugins.
-
-
-
- sahara plugin-show
- usage: sahara plugin-show --name <plugin>
-
-Show details of a plugin.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --name <plugin>
-
-
- Name of the plugin.
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/doc/cli-reference/generated/ch_cli_senlin_commands.xml b/doc/cli-reference/generated/ch_cli_senlin_commands.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index ed3d2aa9da..0000000000
--- a/doc/cli-reference/generated/ch_cli_senlin_commands.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2802 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Clustering service command-line client
-
- The senlin client is the command-line
- interface (CLI) for the Clustering service API and its extensions.
-
- This chapter documents senlin version
- 0.1.8.
-
-
- For help on a specific senlin
- command, enter:
-
- $senlinCOMMAND
-
-
- senlin usage
- usage: senlin [--version] [-d] [-v] [--api-timeout API_TIMEOUT]
- [--senlin-api-version SENLIN_API_VERSION]
- [--os-auth-plugin AUTH_PLUGIN] [--os-auth-url AUTH_URL]
- [--os-project-id PROJECT_ID] [--os-project-name PROJECT_NAME]
- [--os-tenant-id TENANT_ID] [--os-tenant-name TENANT_NAME]
- [--os-domain-id DOMAIN_ID] [--os-domain-name DOMAIN_NAME]
- [--os-project-domain-id PROJECT_DOMAIN_ID]
- [--os-project-domain-name PROJECT_DOMAIN_NAME]
- [--os-user-domain-id USER_DOMAIN_ID]
- [--os-user-domain-name USER_DOMAIN_NAME]
- [--os-username USERNAME] [--os-user-id USER_ID]
- [--os-password PASSWORD] [--os-trust-id TRUST_ID]
- [--os-cacert CA_BUNDLE_FILE | --verify | --insecure]
- [--os-token TOKEN] [--os-access-info ACCESS_INFO]
- [--os-api-name <service>=<name>]
- [--os-api-region <service>=<region>]
- [--os-api-version <service>=<version>]
- [--os-api-interface <service>=<interface>]
- <subcommand> ...
-
- Subcommands
-
- action-list
-
-
- List actions.
-
-
-
-
- action-show
-
-
- Show detailed info about the specified action.
-
-
-
-
- build-info
-
-
- Retrieve build information.
-
-
-
-
- cluster-create
-
-
- Create the cluster.
-
-
-
-
- cluster-delete
-
-
- Delete the cluster(s).
-
-
-
-
- cluster-list
-
-
- List the user's clusters.
-
-
-
-
- cluster-node-add
-
-
- Add specified nodes to cluster.
-
-
-
-
- cluster-node-del
-
-
- Delete specified nodes from cluster.
-
-
-
-
- cluster-node-list
-
-
- List nodes from cluster.
-
-
-
-
- cluster-policy-attach
-
-
- Attach policy to cluster.
-
-
-
-
- cluster-policy-detach
-
-
- Detach policy from cluster.
-
-
-
-
- cluster-policy-disable
-
-
- Disable a policy on a cluster.
-
-
-
-
- cluster-policy-enable
-
-
- Enable a policy on cluster.
-
-
-
-
- cluster-policy-list
-
-
- List policies from cluster.
-
-
-
-
- cluster-policy-show
-
-
- Show a specific policy that is bound to the specified
- cluster.
-
-
-
-
- cluster-policy-update
-
-
- Update a policy on cluster.
-
-
-
-
- cluster-resize
-
-
- Resize a cluster.
-
-
-
-
- cluster-scale-in
-
-
- Scale in a cluster by the specified number of nodes.
-
-
-
-
- cluster-scale-out
-
-
- Scale out a cluster by the specified number of nodes.
-
-
-
-
- cluster-show
-
-
- Show details of the cluster.
-
-
-
-
- cluster-update
-
-
- Update the cluster.
-
-
-
-
- event-list
-
-
- List events.
-
-
-
-
- event-show
-
-
- Describe the event.
-
-
-
-
- node-create
-
-
- Create the node.
-
-
-
-
- node-delete
-
-
- Delete the node(s).
-
-
-
-
- node-join
-
-
- Make node join the specified cluster.
-
-
-
-
- node-leave
-
-
- Make node leave its current cluster.
-
-
-
-
- node-list
-
-
- Show list of nodes.
-
-
-
-
- node-show
-
-
- Show detailed info about the specified node.
-
-
-
-
- node-update
-
-
- Update the node.
-
-
-
-
- policy-create
-
-
- Create a policy.
-
-
-
-
- policy-delete
-
-
- Delete policy(s).
-
-
-
-
- policy-list
-
-
- List policies that meet the criteria.
-
-
-
-
- policy-show
-
-
- Show the policy details.
-
-
-
-
- policy-type-list
-
-
- List the available policy types.
-
-
-
-
- policy-type-schema
-
-
- Get the spec of a policy type.
-
-
-
-
- policy-type-show
-
-
- Show the policy type.
-
-
-
-
- policy-update
-
-
- Update a policy.
-
-
-
-
- profile-create
-
-
- Create a profile.
-
-
-
-
- profile-delete
-
-
- Delete profile(s).
-
-
-
-
- profile-list
-
-
- List profiles that meet the criteria.
-
-
-
-
- profile-show
-
-
- Show the profile details.
-
-
-
-
- profile-type-list
-
-
- List the available profile types.
-
-
-
-
- profile-type-schema
-
-
- Get the spec of a profile type.
-
-
-
-
- profile-update
-
-
- Update a profile.
-
-
-
-
- trigger-create
-
-
- Create a trigger.
-
-
-
-
- trigger-delete
-
-
- Delete trigger(s).
-
-
-
-
- trigger-list
-
-
- List triggers that meet the criteria.
-
-
-
-
- trigger-show
-
-
- Show the trigger details.
-
-
-
-
- webhook-create
-
-
- Create a webhook.
-
-
-
-
- webhook-delete
-
-
- Delete webhook(s).
-
-
-
-
- webhook-list
-
-
- List webhooks that meet the criteria.
-
-
-
-
- webhook-show
-
-
- Show the webhook details.
-
-
-
-
- bash-completion
-
-
- Prints all of the commands and options to stdout.
-
-
-
-
- help
-
-
- Display help about this program or one of its
- subcommands.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- senlin optional arguments
-
-
- --version
-
-
- Shows the client version and exits.
-
-
-
-
- -d, --debug
-
-
- Defaults to env[SENLINCLIENT_DEBUG].
-
-
-
-
- -v, --verbose
-
-
- Print more verbose output.
-
-
-
-
- --api-timeout API_TIMEOUT
-
-
- Number of seconds to wait for an API response,
- defaults to system socket timeout
-
-
-
-
- --senlin-api-version SENLIN_API_VERSION
-
-
- Version number for Senlin API to use, Default to "1".
-
-
-
-
- --os-auth-plugin AUTH_PLUGIN
-
-
- Authentication plugin, default to env[OS_AUTH_PLUGIN]
-
-
-
-
- --os-auth-url AUTH_URL
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_AUTH_URL]
-
-
-
-
- --os-project-id PROJECT_ID
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_PROJECT_ID].
-
-
-
-
- --os-project-name PROJECT_NAME
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_PROJECT_NAME].
-
-
-
-
- --os-tenant-id TENANT_ID
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_TENANT_ID].
-
-
-
-
- --os-tenant-name TENANT_NAME
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_TENANT_NAME].
-
-
-
-
- --os-domain-id DOMAIN_ID
-
-
- Domain ID for scope of authorization, defaults to
- env[OS_DOMAIN_ID].
-
-
-
-
- --os-domain-name DOMAIN_NAME
-
-
- Domain name for scope of authorization, defaults to
- env[OS_DOMAIN_NAME].
-
-
-
-
- --os-project-domain-id PROJECT_DOMAIN_ID
-
-
- Project domain ID for scope of authorization, defaults
- to env[OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_ID].
-
-
-
-
- --os-project-domain-name PROJECT_DOMAIN_NAME
-
-
- Project domain name for scope of authorization,
- defaults to env[OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_NAME].
-
-
-
-
- --os-user-domain-id USER_DOMAIN_ID
-
-
- User domain ID for scope of authorization, defaults to
- env[OS_USER_DOMAIN_ID].
-
-
-
-
- --os-user-domain-name USER_DOMAIN_NAME
-
-
- User domain name for scope of authorization, defaults
- to env[OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME].
-
-
-
-
- --os-username USERNAME
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_USERNAME].
-
-
-
-
- --os-user-id USER_ID
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_USER_ID].
-
-
-
-
- --os-password PASSWORD
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_PASSWORD]
-
-
-
-
- --os-trust-id TRUST_ID
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_TRUST_ID]
-
-
-
-
- --os-cacert CA_BUNDLE_FILE
-
-
- Path of CA TLS certificate(s) used to verify the
- remote server's certificate. Without this option
- senlin looks for the default system CA certificates.
-
-
-
-
- --verify
-
-
- Verify server certificate (default)
-
-
-
-
- --insecure
-
-
- Explicitly allow senlinclient to perform "insecure
- SSL" (HTTPS) requests. The server's certificate will
- not be verified against any certificate authorities.
- This option should be used with caution.
-
-
-
-
- --os-token TOKEN
-
-
- A string token to bootstrap the Keystone database,
- defaults to env[OS_TOKEN]
-
-
-
-
- --os-access-info ACCESS_INFO
-
-
- Access info, defaults to env[OS_ACCESS_INFO]
-
-
-
-
- --os-api-name <service>=<name>
-
-
- Desired API names, defaults to env[OS_API_NAME]
-
-
-
-
- --os-api-region <service>=<region>
-
-
- Desired API region, defaults to env[OS_API_REGION]
-
-
-
-
- --os-api-version <service>=<version>
-
-
- Desired API versions, defaults to env[OS_API_VERSION]
-
-
-
-
- --os-api-interface <service>=<interface>
-
-
- Desired API interface, defaults to env[OS_INTERFACE]
-
-
-
-
-
-
- senlin action-list
- usage: senlin action-list [-f <KEY1=VALUE1;KEY2=VALUE2...>] [-k <KEYS>]
- [-s <DIR>] [-l <LIMIT>] [-m <ID>] [-D] [-F]
-
-List actions.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -f <KEY1=VALUE1;KEY2=VALUE2...>, --filters <KEY1=VALUE1;KEY2=VALUE2...>
-
-
- Filter parameters to apply on returned actions. This
- can be specified multiple times, or once with
- parameters separated by a semicolon.
-
-
-
-
- -k <KEYS>, --sort-keys <KEYS>
-
-
- Name of keys used for sorting the returned events.
-
-
-
-
- -s <DIR>, --sort-dir <DIR>
-
-
- Direction for sorting, where DIR can be "asc" or
- "desc".
-
-
-
-
- -l <LIMIT>, --limit <LIMIT>
-
-
- Limit the number of nodes returned.
-
-
-
-
- -m <ID>, --marker <ID>
-
-
- Only return nodes that appear after the given node ID.
-
-
-
-
- -D, --show-deleted
-
-
- Include soft-deleted nodes if any.
-
-
-
-
- -F, --full-id
-
-
- Print full IDs in list.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- senlin action-show
- usage: senlin action-show <ACTION>
-
-Show detailed info about the specified action.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <ACTION>
-
-
- Name or ID of the action to show the details for.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- senlin build-info
- usage: senlin build-info
-
-Retrieve build information. :param sc: Instance of senlinclient. :param args:
-Additional command line arguments, if any.
-
-
-
- senlin cluster-create
- usage: senlin cluster-create -p <PROFILE> [-n <MIN-SIZE>] [-m <MAX-SIZE>]
- [-c <DESIRED-CAPACITY>] [-o <PARENT_ID>]
- [-t <TIMEOUT>] [-M <KEY1=VALUE1;KEY2=VALUE2...>]
- <CLUSTER_NAME>
-
-Create the cluster.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <CLUSTER_NAME>
-
-
- Name of the cluster to create.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -p <PROFILE>, --profile <PROFILE>
-
-
- Profile Id used for this cluster.
-
-
-
-
- -n <MIN-SIZE>, --min-size <MIN-SIZE>
-
-
- Min size of the cluster. Default to 0.
-
-
-
-
- -m <MAX-SIZE>, --max-size <MAX-SIZE>
-
-
- Max size of the cluster. Default to -1, means
- unlimited.
-
-
-
-
- -c <DESIRED-CAPACITY>, --desired-capacity <DESIRED-CAPACITY>
-
-
- Desired capacity of the cluster. Default to 0.
-
-
-
-
- -o <PARENT_ID>, --parent <PARENT_ID>
-
-
- ID of the parent cluster, if exists.
-
-
-
-
- -t <TIMEOUT>, --timeout <TIMEOUT>
-
-
- Cluster creation timeout in minutes.
-
-
-
-
- -M <KEY1=VALUE1;KEY2=VALUE2...>, --metadata <KEY1=VALUE1;KEY2=VALUE2...>
-
-
- Metadata values to be attached to the cluster. This
- can be specified multiple times, or once with key-
- value pairs separated by a semicolon.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- senlin cluster-delete
- usage: senlin cluster-delete <CLUSTER> [<CLUSTER> ...]
-
-Delete the cluster(s).
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <CLUSTER>
-
-
- Name or ID of cluster(s) to delete.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- senlin cluster-list
- usage: senlin cluster-list [-D] [-n] [-f <KEY1=VALUE1;KEY2=VALUE2...>]
- [-k <KEYS>] [-s <DIR>] [-l <LIMIT>] [-m <ID>] [-g]
- [-F]
-
-List the user's clusters.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -D, --show-deleted
-
-
- Include soft-deleted clusters if any.
-
-
-
-
- -n, --show-nested
-
-
- Include nested clusters if any.
-
-
-
-
- -f <KEY1=VALUE1;KEY2=VALUE2...>, --filters <KEY1=VALUE1;KEY2=VALUE2...>
-
-
- Filter parameters to apply on returned triggers. This
- can be specified multiple times, or once with
- parameters separated by a semicolon.
-
-
-
-
- -k <KEYS>, --sort-keys <KEYS>
-
-
- Name of keys used for sorting the returned events.
-
-
-
-
- -s <DIR>, --sort-dir <DIR>
-
-
- Direction for sorting, where DIR can be "asc" or
- "desc".
-
-
-
-
- -l <LIMIT>, --limit <LIMIT>
-
-
- Limit the number of clusters returned.
-
-
-
-
- -m <ID>, --marker <ID>
-
-
- Only return clusters that appear after the given
- cluster ID.
-
-
-
-
- -g, --global-project
-
-
- Indicate that the cluster list should include clusters
- from all projects. This option is subject to access
- policy checking. Default is False.
-
-
-
-
- -F, --full-id
-
-
- Print full IDs in list.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- senlin cluster-node-add
- usage: senlin cluster-node-add -n <NODES> <CLUSTER>
-
-Add specified nodes to cluster.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <CLUSTER>
-
-
- Name or ID of cluster to operate on.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -n <NODES>, --nodes <NODES>
-
-
- ID of nodes to be added; multiple nodes can be
- separated with ","
-
-
-
-
-
-
- senlin cluster-node-del
- usage: senlin cluster-node-del -n <NODES> <CLUSTER>
-
-Delete specified nodes from cluster.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <CLUSTER>
-
-
- Name or ID of cluster to operate on.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -n <NODES>, --nodes <NODES>
-
-
- ID of nodes to be deleted; multiple nodes can be
- separatedwith ",".
-
-
-
-
-
-
- senlin cluster-node-list
- usage: senlin cluster-node-list [-D] [-f <KEY1=VALUE1;KEY2=VALUE2...>]
- [-l <LIMIT>] [-m <ID>] [-F]
- <CLUSTER>
-
-List nodes from cluster.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <CLUSTER>
-
-
- Name or ID of cluster to nodes from.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -D, --show-deleted
-
-
- Include soft-deleted nodes if any.
-
-
-
-
- -f <KEY1=VALUE1;KEY2=VALUE2...>, --filters <KEY1=VALUE1;KEY2=VALUE2...>
-
-
- Filter parameters to apply on returned nodes. This can
- be specified multiple times, or once with parameters
- separated by a semicolon.
-
-
-
-
- -l <LIMIT>, --limit <LIMIT>
-
-
- Limit the number of nodes returned.
-
-
-
-
- -m <ID>, --marker <ID>
-
-
- Only return nodes that appear after the given node ID.
-
-
-
-
- -F, --full-id
-
-
- Print full IDs in list.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- senlin cluster-policy-attach
- usage: senlin cluster-policy-attach -p <POLICY> [-r <PRIORITY>] [-l <LEVEL>]
- [-c <SECONDS>] [-e]
- <NAME or ID>
-
-Attach policy to cluster.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <NAME or ID>
-
-
- Name or ID of cluster to operate on.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -p <POLICY>, --policy <POLICY>
-
-
- ID or name of policy to be attached.
-
-
-
-
- -r <PRIORITY>, --priority <PRIORITY>
-
-
- An integer specifying the relative priority among all
- policies attached to a cluster. The lower the value,
- the higher the priority. Default is 50.
-
-
-
-
- -l <LEVEL>, --enforcement-level <LEVEL>
-
-
- An integer between 0 and 100 representing the
- enforcement level. Default to enforcement level of
- policy.
-
-
-
-
- -c <SECONDS>, --cooldown <SECONDS>
-
-
- An integer indicating the cooldown seconds once the
- policy is effected. Default to cooldown of policy.
-
-
-
-
- -e, --enabled
-
-
- Whether the policy should be enabled once attached.
- Default to enabled.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- senlin cluster-policy-detach
- usage: senlin cluster-policy-detach -p <POLICY> <NAME or ID>
-
-Detach policy from cluster.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <NAME or ID>
-
-
- Name or ID of cluster to operate on.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -p <POLICY>, --policy <POLICY>
-
-
- ID or name of policy to be detached.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- senlin cluster-policy-disable
- usage: senlin cluster-policy-disable -p <POLICY> <NAME or ID>
-
-Disable a policy on a cluster.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <NAME or ID>
-
-
- Name or ID of cluster to operate on.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -p <POLICY>, --policy <POLICY>
-
-
- ID or name of policy to be disabled.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- senlin cluster-policy-enable
- usage: senlin cluster-policy-enable -p <POLICY> <NAME or ID>
-
-Enable a policy on cluster.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <NAME or ID>
-
-
- Name or ID of cluster to operate on.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -p <POLICY>, --policy <POLICY>
-
-
- ID or name of policy to be enabled.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- senlin cluster-policy-list
- usage: senlin cluster-policy-list [-f <KEY1=VALUE1;KEY2=VALUE2...>]
- [-k <KEYS>] [-s <DIR>]
- <CLUSTER>
-
-List policies from cluster.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <CLUSTER>
-
-
- Name or ID of cluster to query on.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -f <KEY1=VALUE1;KEY2=VALUE2...>, --filters <KEY1=VALUE1;KEY2=VALUE2...>
-
-
- Filter parameters to apply on returned results. This
- can be specified multiple times, or once with
- parameters separated by a semicolon.
-
-
-
-
- -k <KEYS>, --sort-keys <KEYS>
-
-
- Name of keys used for sorting the returned events.
-
-
-
-
- -s <DIR>, --sort-dir <DIR>
-
-
- Direction for sorting, where DIR can be "asc" or
- "desc".
-
-
-
-
-
-
- senlin cluster-policy-show
- usage: senlin cluster-policy-show -p <POLICY> <CLUSTER>
-
-Show a specific policy that is bound to the specified cluster.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <CLUSTER>
-
-
- ID or name of the cluster to query on.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -p <POLICY>, --policy <POLICY>
-
-
- ID or name of the policy to query on.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- senlin cluster-policy-update
- usage: senlin cluster-policy-update -p <POLICY> [-r <PRIORITY>] [-l <LEVEL>]
- [-c <COOLDOWN>] [-e <BOOLEAN>]
- <NAME or ID>
-
-Update a policy on cluster.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <NAME or ID>
-
-
- Name or ID of cluster to operate on.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -p <POLICY>, --policy <POLICY>
-
-
- ID or name of policy to be updated.
-
-
-
-
- -r <PRIORITY>, --priority <PRIORITY>
-
-
- An integer specifying the relative priority among all
- policies attached to a cluster. The lower the value,
- the higher the priority. Default is 50.
-
-
-
-
- -l <LEVEL>, --enforcement-level <LEVEL>
-
-
- New enforcement level.
-
-
-
-
- -c <COOLDOWN>, --cooldown <COOLDOWN>
-
-
- Cooldown interval in seconds.
-
-
-
-
- -e <BOOLEAN>, --enabled <BOOLEAN>
-
-
- Whether the policy should be enabled.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- senlin cluster-resize
- usage: senlin cluster-resize [-c <CAPACITY>] [-a <ADJUSTMENT>]
- [-p <PERCENTAGE>] [-t <MIN_STEP>] [-s] [-n MIN]
- [-m MAX]
- <CLUSTER>
-
-Resize a cluster.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <CLUSTER>
-
-
- Name or ID of cluster to operate on.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -c <CAPACITY>, --capacity <CAPACITY>
-
-
- The desired number of nodes of the cluster.
-
-
-
-
- -a <ADJUSTMENT>, --adjustment <ADJUSTMENT>
-
-
- A positive integer meaning the number of nodes to add,
- or a negative integer indicating the number of nodes
- to remove.
-
-
-
-
- -p <PERCENTAGE>, --percentage <PERCENTAGE>
-
-
- A value that is interpreted as the percentage of size
- adjustment. This value can be positive or negative.
-
-
-
-
- -t <MIN_STEP>, --min-step <MIN_STEP>
-
-
- An integer specifying the number of nodes for
- adjustment when <PERCENTAGE> is specified.
-
-
-
-
- -s, --strict A
-
-
- boolean specifying whether the resize should be
- performed on a best-effort basis when the new capacity
- may go beyond size constraints.
-
-
-
-
- -n MIN, --min-size MIN
-
-
- New lower bound of cluster size.
-
-
-
-
- -m MAX, --max-size MAX
-
-
- New upper bound of cluster size. A value of -1
- indicates no upper limit on cluster size.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- senlin cluster-scale-in
- usage: senlin cluster-scale-in [-c <COUNT>] <CLUSTER>
-
-Scale in a cluster by the specified number of nodes.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <CLUSTER>
-
-
- Name or ID of cluster to operate on.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -c <COUNT>, --count <COUNT>
-
-
- Number of nodes to be deleted from the specified
- cluster.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- senlin cluster-scale-out
- usage: senlin cluster-scale-out [-c <COUNT>] <CLUSTER>
-
-Scale out a cluster by the specified number of nodes.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <CLUSTER>
-
-
- Name or ID of cluster to operate on.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -c <COUNT>, --count <COUNT>
-
-
- Number of nodes to be added to the specified cluster.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- senlin cluster-show
- usage: senlin cluster-show <CLUSTER>
-
-Show details of the cluster.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <CLUSTER>
-
-
- Name or ID of cluster to show.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- senlin cluster-update
- usage: senlin cluster-update [-p <PROFILE>] [-t <TIMEOUT>] [-r <PARENT>]
- [-M <KEY1=VALUE1;KEY2=VALUE2...>] [-n <NAME>]
- <CLUSTER>
-
-Update the cluster.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <CLUSTER>
-
-
- Name or ID of cluster to be updated.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -p <PROFILE>, --profile <PROFILE>
-
-
- ID of new profile to use.
-
-
-
-
- -t <TIMEOUT>, --timeout <TIMEOUT>
-
-
- New timeout (in minutes) value for the cluster.
-
-
-
-
- -r <PARENT>, --parent <PARENT>
-
-
- ID of parent cluster for the cluster.
-
-
-
-
- -M <KEY1=VALUE1;KEY2=VALUE2...>, --metadata <KEY1=VALUE1;KEY2=VALUE2...>
-
-
- Metadata values to be attached to the cluster. This
- can be specified multiple times, or once with key-
- value pairs separated by a semicolon.
-
-
-
-
- -n <NAME>, --name <NAME>
-
-
- New name for the cluster to update.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- senlin event-list
- usage: senlin event-list [-f <KEY1=VALUE1;KEY2=VALUE2...>] [-l <LIMIT>]
- [-m <ID>] [-k <KEYS>] [-s <DIR>] [-g] [-D] [-F]
-
-List events.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -f <KEY1=VALUE1;KEY2=VALUE2...>, --filters <KEY1=VALUE1;KEY2=VALUE2...>
-
-
- Filter parameters to apply on returned events. This
- can be specified multiple times, or once with
- parameters separated by a semicolon.
-
-
-
-
- -l <LIMIT>, --limit <LIMIT>
-
-
- Limit the number of events returned.
-
-
-
-
- -m <ID>, --marker <ID>
-
-
- Only return events that appear after the given event
- ID.
-
-
-
-
- -k <KEYS>, --sort-keys <KEYS>
-
-
- Name of keys used for sorting the returned events.
-
-
-
-
- -s <DIR>, --sort-dir <DIR>
-
-
- Direction for sorting, where DIR can be "asc" or
- "desc".
-
-
-
-
- -g, --global-project
-
-
- Whether events from all projects should be listed.
- Default to False. Setting this to True may demand for
- an admin privilege.
-
-
-
-
- -D, --show-deleted
-
-
- Whether deleted events should be listed as well.
- Default to False.
-
-
-
-
- -F, --full-id
-
-
- Print full IDs in list.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- senlin event-show
- usage: senlin event-show <EVENT>
-
-Describe the event.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <EVENT>
-
-
- ID of event to display details for.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- senlin node-create
- usage: senlin node-create -p <PROFILE> [-c <CLUSTER>] [-r <ROLE>]
- [-M <KEY1=VALUE1;KEY2=VALUE2...>]
- <NODE_NAME>
-
-Create the node.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <NODE_NAME>
-
-
- Name of the node to create.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -p <PROFILE>, --profile <PROFILE>
-
-
- Profile Id used for this node.
-
-
-
-
- -c <CLUSTER>, --cluster <CLUSTER>
-
-
- Cluster Id for this node.
-
-
-
-
- -r <ROLE>, --role <ROLE>
-
-
- Role for this node in the specific cluster.
-
-
-
-
- -M <KEY1=VALUE1;KEY2=VALUE2...>, --metadata <KEY1=VALUE1;KEY2=VALUE2...>
-
-
- Metadata values to be attached to the cluster. This
- can be specified multiple times, or once with key-
- value pairs separated by a semicolon.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- senlin node-delete
- usage: senlin node-delete <NODE> [<NODE> ...]
-
-Delete the node(s).
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <NODE>
-
-
- Name or ID of node(s) to delete.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- senlin node-join
- usage: senlin node-join -c CLUSTER <NODE>
-
-Make node join the specified cluster.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <NODE>
-
-
- Name or ID of node to operate on.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -c CLUSTER, --cluster CLUSTER
-
-
- ID or name of cluster for node to join.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- senlin node-leave
- usage: senlin node-leave <NODE>
-
-Make node leave its current cluster.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <NODE>
-
-
- Name or ID of node to operate on.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- senlin node-list
- usage: senlin node-list [-c <CLUSTER>] [-D] [-f <KEY1=VALUE1;KEY2=VALUE2...>]
- [-k <KEYS>] [-s <DIR>] [-l <LIMIT>] [-m <ID>] [-g]
- [-F]
-
-Show list of nodes.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -c <CLUSTER>, --cluster <CLUSTER>
-
-
- ID or name of cluster from which nodes are to be
- listed.
-
-
-
-
- -D, --show-deleted
-
-
- Include soft-deleted nodes if any.
-
-
-
-
- -f <KEY1=VALUE1;KEY2=VALUE2...>, --filters <KEY1=VALUE1;KEY2=VALUE2...>
-
-
- Filter parameters to apply on returned nodes. This can
- be specified multiple times, or once with parameters
- separated by a semicolon.
-
-
-
-
- -k <KEYS>, --sort-keys <KEYS>
-
-
- Name of keys used for sorting the returned nodes.
-
-
-
-
- -s <DIR>, --sort-dir <DIR>
-
-
- Direction for sorting, where DIR can be "asc" or
- "desc".
-
-
-
-
- -l <LIMIT>, --limit <LIMIT>
-
-
- Limit the number of nodes returned.
-
-
-
-
- -m <ID>, --marker <ID>
-
-
- Only return nodes that appear after the given node ID.
-
-
-
-
- -g, --global-project
-
-
- Indicate that this node list should include nodes from
- all projects. This option is subject to access policy
- checking. Default is False.
-
-
-
-
- -F, --full-id
-
-
- Print full IDs in list.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- senlin node-show
- usage: senlin node-show [-D] <NODE>
-
-Show detailed info about the specified node.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <NODE>
-
-
- Name or ID of the node to show the details for.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -D, --details
-
-
- Include physical object details.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- senlin node-update
- usage: senlin node-update [-n <NAME>] [-p <PROFILE ID>] [-r <ROLE>]
- [-M <KEY1=VALUE1;KEY2=VALUE2...>]
- <NODE>
-
-Update the node.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <NODE>
-
-
- Name or ID of node to update.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -n <NAME>, --name <NAME>
-
-
- New name for the node.
-
-
-
-
- -p <PROFILE ID>, --profile <PROFILE ID>
-
-
- ID of new profile to use.
-
-
-
-
- -r <ROLE>, --role <ROLE>
-
-
- Role for this node in the specific cluster.
-
-
-
-
- -M <KEY1=VALUE1;KEY2=VALUE2...>, --metadata <KEY1=VALUE1;KEY2=VALUE2...>
-
-
- Metadata values to be attached to the node. Metadata
- can be specified multiple times, or once with key-
- value pairs separated by a semicolon.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- senlin policy-create
- usage: senlin policy-create -s <SPEC_FILE> [-c <SECONDS>] [-l <LEVEL>] <NAME>
-
-Create a policy.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <NAME>
-
-
- Name of the policy to create.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -s <SPEC_FILE>, --spec-file <SPEC_FILE>
-
-
- The spec file used to create the policy.
-
-
-
-
- -c <SECONDS>, --cooldown <SECONDS>
-
-
- An integer indicating the cooldown seconds once the
- policy is effected. Default to 0.
-
-
-
-
- -l <LEVEL>, --enforcement-level <LEVEL>
-
-
- An integer between 0 and 100 representing the
- enforcement level. Default to 0.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- senlin policy-delete
- usage: senlin policy-delete <POLICY> [<POLICY> ...]
-
-Delete policy(s).
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <POLICY>
-
-
- Name or ID of policy(s) to delete.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- senlin policy-list
- usage: senlin policy-list [-D] [-l <LIMIT>] [-m <ID>] [-F]
-
-List policies that meet the criteria.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -D, --show-deleted
-
-
- Include soft-deleted policies if any.
-
-
-
-
- -l <LIMIT>, --limit <LIMIT>
-
-
- Limit the number of policies returned.
-
-
-
-
- -m <ID>, --marker <ID>
-
-
- Only return policies that appear after the given ID.
-
-
-
-
- -F, --full-id
-
-
- Print full IDs in list.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- senlin policy-show
- usage: senlin policy-show <POLICY>
-
-Show the policy details.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <POLICY>
-
-
- Name of the policy to be updated.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- senlin policy-type-list
- usage: senlin policy-type-list
-
-List the available policy types.
-
-
-
- senlin policy-type-schema
- usage: senlin policy-type-schema [-F <FORMAT>] <POLICY_TYPE>
-
-Get the spec of a policy type.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <POLICY_TYPE>
-
-
- Policy type to generate a template for.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -F <FORMAT>, --format <FORMAT>
-
-
- The template output format, one of: yaml, json.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- senlin policy-type-show
- usage: senlin policy-type-show <POLICY_TYPE>
-
-Show the policy type.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <POLICY_TYPE>
-
-
- Policy type to get the details for.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- senlin policy-update
- usage: senlin policy-update [-c <SECONDS>] [-l <LEVEL>] [-n <NAME>] <POLICY>
-
-Update a policy.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <POLICY>
-
-
- Name of the policy to be updated.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -c <SECONDS>, --cooldown <SECONDS>
-
-
- An integer indicating the cooldown seconds once the
- policy is effected. Default to 0.
-
-
-
-
- -l <LEVEL>, --enforcement-level <LEVEL>
-
-
- An integer between 0 and 100 representing the
- enforcement level. Default to 0.
-
-
-
-
- -n <NAME>, --name <NAME>
-
-
- New name of the policy to be updated.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- senlin profile-create
- usage: senlin profile-create -s <SPEC FILE> [-p <PERMISSION>]
- [-M <KEY1=VALUE1;KEY2=VALUE2...>]
- <PROFILE_NAME>
-
-Create a profile.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <PROFILE_NAME>
-
-
- Name of the profile to create.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -s <SPEC FILE>, --spec-file <SPEC FILE>
-
-
- The spec file used to create the profile.
-
-
-
-
- -p <PERMISSION>, --permission <PERMISSION>
-
-
- A string format permission for this profile.
-
-
-
-
- -M <KEY1=VALUE1;KEY2=VALUE2...>, --metadata <KEY1=VALUE1;KEY2=VALUE2...>
-
-
- Metadata values to be attached to the profile. This
- can be specified multiple times, or once with key-
- value pairs separated by a semicolon.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- senlin profile-delete
- usage: senlin profile-delete <PROFILE> [<PROFILE> ...]
-
-Delete profile(s).
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <PROFILE>
-
-
- Name or ID of profile(s) to delete.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- senlin profile-list
- usage: senlin profile-list [-D] [-l <LIMIT>] [-m <ID>] [-F]
-
-List profiles that meet the criteria.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -D, --show-deleted
-
-
- Include soft-deleted profiles if any.
-
-
-
-
- -l <LIMIT>, --limit <LIMIT>
-
-
- Limit the number of profiles returned.
-
-
-
-
- -m <ID>, --marker <ID>
-
-
- Only return profiles that appear after the given ID.
-
-
-
-
- -F, --full-id
-
-
- Print full IDs in list.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- senlin profile-show
- usage: senlin profile-show <PROFILE>
-
-Show the profile details.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <PROFILE>
-
-
- Name or ID of profile to show.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- senlin profile-type-list
- usage: senlin profile-type-list
-
-List the available profile types. :param sc: Instance of senlinclient. :param
-args: Additional command line arguments, if any.
-
-
-
- senlin profile-type-schema
- usage: senlin profile-type-schema [-F <FORMAT>] <PROFILE_TYPE>
-
-Get the spec of a profile type.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <PROFILE_TYPE>
-
-
- Profile type to generate a template for.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -F <FORMAT>, --format <FORMAT>
-
-
- The template output format, one of: yaml, json.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- senlin profile-update
- usage: senlin profile-update [-n <NAME>] [-p <PERMISSION>]
- [-M <KEY1=VALUE1;KEY2=VALUE2...>]
- <PROFILE_ID>
-
-Update a profile.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <PROFILE_ID>
-
-
- Name or ID of the profile to update.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -n <NAME>, --name <NAME>
-
-
- The new name for the profile.
-
-
-
-
- -p <PERMISSION>, --permission <PERMISSION>
-
-
- A string format permission for this profile.
-
-
-
-
- -M <KEY1=VALUE1;KEY2=VALUE2...>, --metadata <KEY1=VALUE1;KEY2=VALUE2...>
-
-
- Metadata values to be attached to the profile. This
- can be specified multiple times, or once with key-
- value pairs separated by a semicolon.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- senlin trigger-create
- usage: senlin trigger-create -s <SPEC FILE> [--desc <DESCRIPTION>] [-e]
- [-v SEVERITY] [--state STATE]
- <TRIGGER_NAME>
-
-Create a trigger.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <TRIGGER_NAME>
-
-
- Name of the trigger to create.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -s <SPEC FILE>, --spec-file <SPEC FILE>
-
-
- The spec file used to create the trigger.
-
-
-
-
- --desc <DESCRIPTION>
-
-
- A string for describing of the trigger to be created.
-
-
-
-
- -e, --enabled
-
-
- Whether the trigger should be enabled when created.
-
-
-
-
- -v SEVERITY, --severity SEVERITY
-
-
- Severity level of the target trigger to be created.
-
-
-
-
- --state STATE
-
-
- Initial state of the target trigger.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- senlin trigger-delete
- usage: senlin trigger-delete <TRIGGER> [<TRIGGER> ...]
-
-Delete trigger(s).
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <TRIGGER>
-
-
- Name or ID of trigger(s) to delete.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- senlin trigger-list
- usage: senlin trigger-list [-D] [-l <LIMIT>] [-m <ID>] [-k <KEYS>] [-s <DIR>]
- [-f <KEY1=VALUE1;KEY2=VALUE2...>] [-g] [-F]
-
-List triggers that meet the criteria.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -D, --show-deleted
-
-
- Include soft-deleted triggers if any.
-
-
-
-
- -l <LIMIT>, --limit <LIMIT>
-
-
- Limit the number of triggers returned.
-
-
-
-
- -m <ID>, --marker <ID>
-
-
- Only return triggers that appear after the given ID.
-
-
-
-
- -k <KEYS>, --sort-keys <KEYS>
-
-
- Name of keys used for sorting the returned triggers.
-
-
-
-
- -s <DIR>, --sort-dir <DIR>
-
-
- Direction for sorting, where DIR can be "asc" or
- "desc".
-
-
-
-
- -f <KEY1=VALUE1;KEY2=VALUE2...>, --filters <KEY1=VALUE1;KEY2=VALUE2...>
-
-
- Filter parameters to apply on returned clusters. This
- can be specified multiple times, or once with
- parameters separated by a semicolon.
-
-
-
-
- -g, --global-project
-
-
- Indicate that the list should include triggers from
- all projects. This option is subject to access policy
- checking. Default is False.
-
-
-
-
- -F, --full-id
-
-
- Print full IDs in list.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- senlin trigger-show
- usage: senlin trigger-show <TRIGGER>
-
-Show the trigger details.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <TRIGGER>
-
-
- Name or ID of trigger to show.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- senlin webhook-create
- usage: senlin webhook-create [-c <CLUSTER>] [-n <NODE>] -a <ACTION>
- [-C <KEY1=VALUE1;KEY2=VALUE2...>]
- [-P <KEY1=VALUE1;KEY2=VALUE2...>]
- <NAME>
-
-Create a webhook.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <NAME>
-
-
- Name of the webhook to create.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -c <CLUSTER>, --cluster <CLUSTER>
-
-
- Targeted cluster for this webhook.
-
-
-
-
- -n <NODE>, --node <NODE>
-
-
- Targeted node for this webhook.
-
-
-
-
- -a <ACTION>, --action <ACTION>
-
-
- Name of action to be triggered for this webhook.
-
-
-
-
- -C <KEY1=VALUE1;KEY2=VALUE2...>, --credential <KEY1=VALUE1;KEY2=VALUE2...>
-
-
- The credential to be used when the webhook is
- triggered.
-
-
-
-
- -P <KEY1=VALUE1;KEY2=VALUE2...>, --params <KEY1=VALUE1;KEY2=VALUE2...>
-
-
- A dictionary of parameters that will be passed to
- target action when the webhook is triggered.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- senlin webhook-delete
- usage: senlin webhook-delete <WEBHOOK> [<WEBHOOK> ...]
-
-Delete webhook(s).
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <WEBHOOK>
-
-
- Name or ID of webhook(s) to delete.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- senlin webhook-list
- usage: senlin webhook-list [-D] [-l <LIMIT>] [-m <ID>] [-F]
-
-List webhooks that meet the criteria.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -D, --show-deleted
-
-
- Include deleted webhooks if any.
-
-
-
-
- -l <LIMIT>, --limit <LIMIT>
-
-
- Limit the number of webhooks returned.
-
-
-
-
- -m <ID>, --marker <ID>
-
-
- Only return webhooks that appear after the given ID.
-
-
-
-
- -F, --full-id
-
-
- Print full IDs in list.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- senlin webhook-show
- usage: senlin webhook-show <WEBHOOK>
-
-Show the webhook details.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <WEBHOOK>
-
-
- Name or ID of the webhook to show.
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/doc/cli-reference/generated/ch_cli_swift_commands.xml b/doc/cli-reference/generated/ch_cli_swift_commands.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index a779838c72..0000000000
--- a/doc/cli-reference/generated/ch_cli_swift_commands.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,880 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Object Storage command-line client
-
- The swift client is the command-line
- interface (CLI) for the OpenStack Object Storage API and its extensions.
-
- This chapter documents swift version
- 2.6.0.
-
-
- For help on a specific swift
- command, enter:
-
- $swiftCOMMAND
-
-
- swift usage
- [--debug] [--info] [--quiet] [--auth <auth_url>]
- [--auth-version <auth_version>] [--user <username>]
- [--key <api_key>] [--retries <num_retries>]
- [--os-username <auth-user-name>] [--os-password <auth-password>]
- [--os-user-id <auth-user-id>]
- [--os-user-domain-id <auth-user-domain-id>]
- [--os-user-domain-name <auth-user-domain-name>]
- [--os-tenant-id <auth-tenant-id>]
- [--os-tenant-name <auth-tenant-name>]
- [--os-project-id <auth-project-id>]
- [--os-project-name <auth-project-name>]
- [--os-project-domain-id <auth-project-domain-id>]
- [--os-project-domain-name <auth-project-domain-name>]
- [--os-auth-url <auth-url>] [--os-auth-token <auth-token>]
- [--os-storage-url <storage-url>] [--os-region-name <region-name>]
- [--os-service-type <service-type>]
- [--os-endpoint-type <endpoint-type>]
- [--os-cacert <ca-certificate>] [--insecure]
- [--no-ssl-compression]
- <subcommand> [--help] [<subcommand options>]
-
- Subcommands
-
- delete
-
-
- Delete a container or objects within a container.
-
-
-
-
- download
-
-
- Download objects from containers.
-
-
-
-
- list
-
-
- Lists the containers for the account or the objects
- for a container.
-
-
-
-
- post
-
-
- Updates meta information for the account, container,
- or object; creates containers if not present.
-
-
-
-
- stat
-
-
- Displays information for the account, container,
- or object.
-
-
-
-
- upload
-
-
- Uploads files or directories to the given container.
-
-
-
-
- capabilities
-
-
- List cluster capabilities.
-
-
-
-
- tempurl
-
-
- Create a temporary URL.
-
-
-
-
- auth
-
-
- Display auth related environment variables.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- swift examples
- swift download --help
- swift -A https://auth.api.rackspacecloud.com/v1.0 -U user -K api_key stat -v
- swift --os-auth-url https://api.example.com/v2.0 --os-tenant-name tenant \
- --os-username user --os-password password list
- swift --os-auth-url https://api.example.com/v3 --auth-version 3\
- --os-project-name project1 --os-project-domain-name domain1 \
- --os-username user --os-user-domain-name domain1 \
- --os-password password list
- swift --os-auth-url https://api.example.com/v3 --auth-version 3\
- --os-project-id 0123456789abcdef0123456789abcdef \
- --os-user-id abcdef0123456789abcdef0123456789 \
- --os-password password list
- swift --os-auth-token 6ee5eb33efad4e45ab46806eac010566 \
- --os-storage-url https://10.1.5.2:8080/v1/AUTH_ced809b6a4baea7aeab61a \
- list
- swift list --lh
-
-
- swift optional arguments
-
-
- --version
-
-
- show program's version number and exit
-
-
-
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --os-help
-
-
- Show OpenStack authentication options.
-
-
-
-
- -s, --snet
-
-
- Use SERVICENET internal network.
-
-
-
-
- -v, --verbose
-
-
- Print more info.
-
-
-
-
- --debug
-
-
- Show the curl commands and results of all http queries
- regardless of result status.
-
-
-
-
- --info
-
-
- Show the curl commands and results of all http queries
- which return an error.
-
-
-
-
- -q, --quiet
-
-
- Suppress status output.
-
-
-
-
- -A AUTH, --auth=AUTH URL
-
-
- for obtaining an auth token.
-
-
-
-
- -V AUTH_VERSION, --auth-version=AUTH_VERSION
-
-
- Specify a version for authentication. Defaults to 1.0.
-
-
-
-
- -U USER, --user=USER
-
-
- User name for obtaining an auth token.
-
-
-
-
- -K KEY, --key=KEY
-
-
- Key for obtaining an auth token.
-
-
-
-
- -R RETRIES, --retries=RETRIES
-
-
- The number of times to retry a failed connection.
-
-
-
-
- --insecure
-
-
- Allow swiftclient to access servers without having to
- verify the SSL certificate. Defaults to
- env[SWIFTCLIENT_INSECURE] (set to 'true' to enable).
-
-
-
-
- --no-ssl-compression
-
-
- This option is deprecated and not used anymore. SSL
- compression should be disabled by default by the
- system SSL library.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- swift capabilities
-
- Usage: swift capabilities
-
-Retrieve capability of the proxy.
-Optional positional arguments:
- <proxy_url> Proxy URL of the cluster to retrieve capabilities.
-
-
-
- swift delete
-
- Usage: swift delete
-
-Delete a container or objects within a container.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <container>
-
-
- Name of container to delete from.
-
-
-
-
- [object]
-
-
- Name of object to delete. Specify multiple times
- for multiple objects.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -a, --all
-
-
- Delete all containers and objects.
-
-
-
-
- --leave-segments
-
-
- Do not delete segments of manifest objects.
-
-
-
-
- --object-threads <threads>
-
-
- Number of threads to use for deleting objects.
- Default is 10.
-
-
-
-
- --container-threads <threads>
-
-
- Number of threads to use for deleting containers.
- Default is 10.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- swift download
-
- Usage: swift download
-
-Download objects from containers.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <container>
-
-
- Name of container to download from. To download a
- whole account, omit this and specify --all.
-
-
-
-
- <object>
-
-
- Name of object to download. Specify multiple times
- for multiple objects. Omit this to download all
- objects from the container.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -a, --all
-
-
- Indicates that you really want to download
- everything in the account.
-
-
-
-
- -m, --marker
-
-
- Marker to use when starting a container or account
- download.
-
-
-
-
- -p, --prefix <prefix>
-
-
- Only download items beginning with <prefix>
-
-
-
-
- -r, --remove-prefix
-
-
- An optional flag for --prefix <prefix>, use this
- option to download items without <prefix>
-
-
-
-
- -o, --output <out_file>
-
-
- For a single file download, stream the output to
- <out_file>. Specifying "-" as <out_file> will
- redirect to stdout.
-
-
-
-
- -D, --output-dir <out_directory>
-
-
- An optional directory to which to store objects.
- By default, all objects are recreated in the current
- directory.
-
-
-
-
- --object-threads <threads>
-
-
- Number of threads to use for downloading objects.
- Default is 10.
-
-
-
-
- --container-threads <threads>
-
-
- Number of threads to use for downloading containers.
- Default is 10.
-
-
-
-
- --no-download
-
-
- Perform download(s), but don't actually write anything
- to disk.
-
-
-
-
- -H, --header <header:value>
-
-
- Adds a customized request header to the query, like
- "Range" or "If-Match". This option may be repeated.
- Example --header "content-type:text/plain"
-
-
-
-
- --skip-identical
-
-
- Skip downloading files that are identical on both
- sides.
-
-
-
-
- --no-shuffle
-
-
- By default, when downloading a complete account or
- container, download order is randomised in order to
- to reduce the load on individual drives when multiple
- clients are executed simultaneously to download the
- same set of objects (e.g. a nightly automated download
- script to multiple servers). Enable this option to
- submit download jobs to the thread pool in the order
- they are listed in the object store.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- swift list
-
- Usage: swift list
-
-Lists the containers for the account or the objects for a container.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- [container]
-
-
- Name of container to list object in.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -l, --long
-
-
- Long listing format, similar to ls -l.
-
-
-
-
- --lh
-
-
- Report sizes in human readable format similar to
- ls -lh.
-
-
-
-
- -t, --totals
-
-
- Used with -l or --lh, only report totals.
-
-
-
-
- -p, --prefix
-
-
- Only list items beginning with the prefix.
-
-
-
-
- -d, --delimiter
-
-
- Roll up items with the given delimiter. For containers
- only. See OpenStack Swift API documentation for what
- this means.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- swift post
-
- Usage: swift post
-
-Updates meta information for the account, container, or object.
-If the container is not found, it will be created automatically.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- [container]
-
-
- Name of container to post to.
-
-
-
-
- [object]
-
-
- Name of object to post.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -r, --read-acl <acl>
-
-
- Read ACL for containers. Quick summary of ACL syntax:
- .r:*, .r:-.example.com, .r:www.example.com, account1,
- account2:user2
-
-
-
-
- -w, --write-acl <acl>
-
-
- Write ACL for containers. Quick summary of ACL syntax:
- account1 account2:user2
-
-
-
-
- -t, --sync-to <sync-to>
-
-
- Sync To for containers, for multi-cluster replication.
-
-
-
-
- -k, --sync-key <sync-key>
-
-
- Sync Key for containers, for multi-cluster replication.
-
-
-
-
- -m, --meta <name:value>
-
-
- Sets a meta data item. This option may be repeated.
- Example: -m Color:Blue -m Size:Large
-
-
-
-
- -H, --header <header:value>
-
-
- Adds a customized request header.
- This option may be repeated. Example
- -H "content-type:text/plain" -H "Content-Length: 4000"
-
-
-
-
-
-
- swift stat
-
- Usage: swift stat
-
-Displays information for the account, container, or object.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- [container]
-
-
- Name of container to stat from.
-
-
-
-
- [object]
-
-
- Name of object to stat.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --lh
-
-
- Report sizes in human readable format similar to
- ls -lh.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- swift tempurl
-
- Usage: swift tempurl
-
-Generates a temporary URL for a Swift object.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <method>
-
-
- An HTTP method to allow for this temporary URL.
- Usually 'GET' or 'PUT'.
-
-
-
-
- <seconds>
-
-
- The amount of time in seconds the temporary URL will be
- valid for; or, if --absolute is passed, the Unix
- timestamp when the temporary URL will expire.
-
-
-
-
- <path>
-
-
- The full path to the Swift object. Example:
- /v1/AUTH_account/c/o.
-
-
-
-
- <key>
-
-
- The secret temporary URL key set on the Swift cluster.
- To set a key, run 'swift post -m
- "Temp-URL-Key:b3968d0207b54ece87cccc06515a89d4"'
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --absolute
-
-
- Interpet the <seconds> positional argument as a Unix
- timestamp rather than a number of seconds in the
- future.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- swift upload
-
- Usage: swift upload
-
- Uploads specified files and directories to the given container.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <container>
-
-
- Name of container to upload to.
-
-
-
-
- <file_or_directory>
-
-
- Name of file or directory to upload. Specify multiple
- times for multiple uploads.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -c, --changed
-
-
- Only upload files that have changed since the last
- upload.
-
-
-
-
- --skip-identical
-
-
- Skip uploading files that are identical on both sides.
-
-
-
-
- -S, --segment-size <size>
-
-
- Upload files in segments no larger than <size> (in
- Bytes) and then create a "manifest" file that will
- download all the segments as if it were the original
- file.
-
-
-
-
- --segment-container <container>
-
-
- Upload the segments into the specified container. If
- not specified, the segments will be uploaded to a
- <container>_segments container to not pollute the
- main <container> listings.
-
-
-
-
- --leave-segments
-
-
- Indicates that you want the older segments of manifest
- objects left alone (in the case of overwrites).
-
-
-
-
- --object-threads <threads>
-
-
- Number of threads to use for uploading full objects.
- Default is 10.
-
-
-
-
- --segment-threads <threads>
-
-
- Number of threads to use for uploading object segments.
- Default is 10.
-
-
-
-
- -H, --header <header:value>
-
-
- Adds a customized request header. This option may be
- repeated. Example -H "content-type:text/plain"
- -H "Content-Length: 4000".
-
-
-
-
- --use-slo
-
-
- When used in conjunction with --segment-size it will
- create a Static Large Object instead of the default
- Dynamic Large Object.
-
-
-
-
- --object-name <object-name>
-
-
- Upload file and name object to <object-name> or upload
- dir and use <object-name> as object prefix instead of
- folder name.
-
-
-
-
- --ignore-checksum
-
-
- Turn off checksum validation for uploads.
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/doc/cli-reference/generated/ch_cli_trove-manage_commands.xml b/doc/cli-reference/generated/ch_cli_trove-manage_commands.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index a30012a4b9..0000000000
--- a/doc/cli-reference/generated/ch_cli_trove-manage_commands.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,586 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Database service management command-line client
-
- The trove-manage client is the command-line
- interface (CLI) for the Database Management Utility API and its extensions.
-
- This chapter documents trove-manage version
- 4.0.0.
-
-
- For help on a specific trove-manage
- command, enter:
-
- $trove-manageCOMMAND
-
-
- trove-manage usage
- usage: trove-manage [-h] [--config-dir DIR] [--config-file PATH] [--debug]
- [--log-config-append PATH] [--log-date-format DATE_FORMAT]
- [--log-dir LOG_DIR] [--log-file PATH]
- [--log-format FORMAT] [--nodebug] [--nouse-syslog]
- [--nouse-syslog-rfc-format] [--noverbose]
- [--syslog-log-facility SYSLOG_LOG_FACILITY] [--use-syslog]
- [--use-syslog-rfc-format] [--verbose] [--version]
- {db_sync,db_upgrade,db_downgrade,datastore_update,datastore_version_update,db_recreate,db_load_datastore_config_parameters,datastore_version_flavor_add,datastore_version_flavor_delete}
- ...
-
-
- trove-manage optional arguments
-
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --config-dir DIR
-
-
- Path to a config directory to pull *.conf files from.
- This file set is sorted, so as to provide a
- predictable parse order if individual options are
- over-ridden. The set is parsed after the file(s)
- specified via previous --config-file, arguments hence
- over-ridden options in the directory take precedence.
-
-
-
-
- --config-file PATH
-
-
- Path to a config file to use. Multiple config files
- can be specified, with values in later files taking
- precedence. The default files used are: None.
-
-
-
-
- --debug, -d
-
-
- Print debugging output (set logging level to DEBUG
- instead of default INFO level).
-
-
-
-
- --log-config-append PATH, --log_config PATH
-
-
- The name of a logging configuration file. This file is
- appended to any existing logging configuration files.
- For details about logging configuration files, see the
- Python logging module documentation.
-
-
-
-
- --log-date-format DATE_FORMAT
-
-
- Format string for %(asctime)s in log records. Default:
- None .
-
-
-
-
- --log-dir LOG_DIR, --logdir LOG_DIR
-
-
- (Optional) The base directory used for relative --log-
- file paths.
-
-
-
-
- --log-file PATH, --logfile PATH
-
-
- (Optional) Name of log file to output to. If no
- default is set, logging will go to stdout.
-
-
-
-
- --log-format FORMAT
-
-
- DEPRECATED. A logging.Formatter log message format
- string which may use any of the available
- logging.LogRecord attributes. This option is
- deprecated. Please use logging_context_format_string
- and logging_default_format_string instead.
-
-
-
-
- --nodebug
-
-
- The inverse of --debug
-
-
-
-
- --nouse-syslog
-
-
- The inverse of --use-syslog
-
-
-
-
- --nouse-syslog-rfc-format
-
-
- The inverse of --use-syslog-rfc-format
-
-
-
-
- --noverbose
-
-
- The inverse of --verbose
-
-
-
-
- --syslog-log-facility SYSLOG_LOG_FACILITY
-
-
- Syslog facility to receive log lines.
-
-
-
-
- --use-syslog
-
-
- Use syslog for logging. Existing syslog format is
- DEPRECATED and will be changed later to honor RFC5424.
-
-
-
-
- --use-syslog-rfc-format
-
-
- (Optional) Enables or disables syslog rfc5424 format
- for logging. If enabled, prefixes the MSG part of the
- syslog message with APP-NAME (RFC5424). The format
- without the APP-NAME is deprecated in Kilo, and will
- be removed in Mitaka, along with this option.
-
-
-
-
- --verbose, -v
-
-
- If set to false, will disable INFO logging level,
- making WARNING the default.
-
-
-
-
- --version
-
-
- show program's version number and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- trove-manage datastore_update
- usage: trove-manage datastore_update [-h] datastore_name default_version
-
-Add or update a datastore. If the datastore already exists, the default
-version will be updated.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- datastore_name
-
-
- Name of the datastore.
-
-
-
-
- default_version
-
-
- Name or ID of an existing datastore version to set as the
- default. When adding a new datastore, use an empty string.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- trove-manage datastore_version_flavor_add
- usage: trove-manage datastore_version_flavor_add [-h]
- datastore_name
- datastore_version_name
- flavor_ids
-
-
- Positional arguments
-
- datastore_name
-
-
- Name of the datastore.
-
-
-
-
- datastore_version_name
-
-
- Name of the datastore version.
-
-
-
-
- flavor_ids
-
-
- Comma separated list of flavor ids.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- trove-manage datastore_version_flavor_delete
- usage: trove-manage datastore_version_flavor_delete [-h]
- datastore_name
- datastore_version_name
- flavor_id
-
-
- Positional arguments
-
- datastore_name
-
-
- Name of the datastore.
-
-
-
-
- datastore_version_name
-
-
- Name of the datastore version.
-
-
-
-
- flavor_id
-
-
- The flavor to be deleted for a given datastore and
- datastore version.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- trove-manage datastore_version_update
- usage: trove-manage datastore_version_update [-h]
- datastore version_name manager
- image_id packages active
-
-Add or update a datastore version. If the datastore version already exists,
-all values except the datastore name and version will be updated.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- datastore
-
-
- Name of the datastore.
-
-
-
-
- version_name
-
-
- Name of the datastore version.
-
-
-
-
- manager
-
-
- Name of the manager that will administer the datastore
- version.
-
-
-
-
- image_id
-
-
- ID of the image used to create an instance of the datastore
- version.
-
-
-
-
- packages
-
-
- Packages required by the datastore version that are installed
- on the guest image.
-
-
-
-
- active
-
-
- Whether the datastore version is active or not. Accepted
- values are 0 and 1.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- trove-manage db_downgrade
- usage: trove-manage db_downgrade [-h] [--repo_path REPO_PATH] version
-
-Downgrade the database to the specified version.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- version
-
-
- Target version.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --repo_path REPO_PATH
-
-
- SQLAlchemy Migrate repository path.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- trove-manage db_load_datastore_config_parameters
- usage: trove-manage db_load_datastore_config_parameters [-h]
- datastore
- datastore_version
- config_file_location
-
-Loads configuration group parameter validation rules for a datastore version
-into the database.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- datastore
-
-
- Name of the datastore.
-
-
-
-
- datastore_version
-
-
- Name of the datastore version.
-
-
-
-
- config_file_location
-
-
- Fully qualified file path to the configuration group
- parameter validation rules.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- trove-manage db_recreate
- usage: trove-manage db_recreate [-h] [--repo_path REPO_PATH]
-
-Drop the database and recreate it.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --repo_path REPO_PATH
-
-
- SQLAlchemy Migrate repository path.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- trove-manage db_sync
- usage: trove-manage db_sync [-h] [--repo_path REPO_PATH]
-
-Populate the database structure
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --repo_path REPO_PATH
-
-
- SQLAlchemy Migrate repository path.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- trove-manage db_upgrade
- usage: trove-manage db_upgrade [-h] [--version VERSION]
- [--repo_path REPO_PATH]
-
-Upgrade the database to the specified version.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --version VERSION
-
-
- Target version. Defaults to the latest version.
-
-
-
-
- --repo_path REPO_PATH
-
-
- SQLAlchemy Migrate repository path.
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/doc/cli-reference/generated/ch_cli_trove_commands.xml b/doc/cli-reference/generated/ch_cli_trove_commands.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 40c493dccf..0000000000
--- a/doc/cli-reference/generated/ch_cli_trove_commands.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2832 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Database service command-line client
-
- The trove client is the command-line
- interface (CLI) for the Database API and its extensions.
-
- This chapter documents trove version
- 1.4.0.
-
-
- For help on a specific trove
- command, enter:
-
- $troveCOMMAND
-
-
- trove usage
- usage: trove [--version] [--debug] [--os-auth-system <auth-system>]
- [--service-type <service-type>] [--service-name <service-name>]
- [--bypass-url <bypass-url>]
- [--database-service-name <database-service-name>]
- [--endpoint-type <endpoint-type>]
- [--os-database-api-version <database-api-ver>]
- [--retries <retries>] [--json] [--insecure]
- [--os-cacert <ca-certificate>] [--os-cert <certificate>]
- [--os-key <key>] [--timeout <seconds>]
- [--os-auth-url OS_AUTH_URL] [--os-domain-id OS_DOMAIN_ID]
- [--os-domain-name OS_DOMAIN_NAME] [--os-project-id OS_PROJECT_ID]
- [--os-project-name OS_PROJECT_NAME]
- [--os-project-domain-id OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_ID]
- [--os-project-domain-name OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_NAME]
- [--os-trust-id OS_TRUST_ID] [--os-user-id OS_USER_ID]
- [--os-user-name OS_USERNAME]
- [--os-user-domain-id OS_USER_DOMAIN_ID]
- [--os-user-domain-name OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME]
- [--os-password OS_PASSWORD] [--os-tenant-name <auth-tenant-name>]
- [--os-tenant-id <tenant-id>] [--os-auth-token OS_AUTH_TOKEN]
- [--os-region-name <region-name>]
- <subcommand> ...
-
- Subcommands
-
- backup-copy
-
-
- Creates a backup from another backup.
-
-
-
-
- backup-create
-
-
- Creates a backup of an instance.
-
-
-
-
- backup-delete
-
-
- Deletes a backup.
-
-
-
-
- backup-list
-
-
- Lists available backups.
-
-
-
-
- backup-list-instance
-
-
- Lists available backups for an instance.
-
-
-
-
- backup-show
-
-
- Shows details of a backup.
-
-
-
-
- cluster-create
-
-
- Creates a new cluster.
-
-
-
-
- cluster-delete
-
-
- Deletes a cluster.
-
-
-
-
- cluster-grow
-
-
- Adds more instances to a cluster.
-
-
-
-
- cluster-instances
-
-
- Lists all instances of a cluster.
-
-
-
-
- cluster-list
-
-
- Lists all the clusters.
-
-
-
-
- cluster-show
-
-
- Shows details of a cluster.
-
-
-
-
- cluster-shrink
-
-
- Drops instances from a cluster.
-
-
-
-
- configuration-attach
-
-
- Attaches a configuration group to an
- instance.
-
-
-
-
- configuration-create
-
-
- Creates a configuration group.
-
-
-
-
- configuration-default
-
-
- Shows the default configuration of an
- instance.
-
-
-
-
- configuration-delete
-
-
- Deletes a configuration group.
-
-
-
-
- configuration-detach
-
-
- Detaches a configuration group from an
- instance.
-
-
-
-
- configuration-instances
-
-
- Lists all instances associated with a
- configuration group.
-
-
-
-
- configuration-list
-
-
- Lists all configuration groups.
-
-
-
-
- configuration-parameter-list
-
-
- Lists available parameters for a
- configuration group.
-
-
-
-
- configuration-parameter-show
-
-
- Shows details of a configuration parameter.
-
-
-
-
- configuration-patch
-
-
- Patches a configuration group.
-
-
-
-
- configuration-show
-
-
- Shows details of a configuration group.
-
-
-
-
- configuration-update
-
-
- Updates a configuration group.
-
-
-
-
- create
-
-
- Creates a new instance.
-
-
-
-
- database-create
-
-
- Creates a database on an instance.
-
-
-
-
- database-delete
-
-
- Deletes a database from an instance.
-
-
-
-
- database-list
-
-
- Lists available databases on an instance.
-
-
-
-
- datastore-list
-
-
- Lists available datastores.
-
-
-
-
- datastore-show
-
-
- Shows details of a datastore.
-
-
-
-
- datastore-version-list
-
-
- Lists available versions for a datastore.
-
-
-
-
- datastore-version-show
-
-
- Shows details of a datastore version.
-
-
-
-
- delete
-
-
- Deletes an instance.
-
-
-
-
- detach-replica
-
-
- Detaches a replica instance from its
- replication source.
-
-
-
-
- eject-replica-source
-
-
- Ejects a replica source from its set.
-
-
-
-
- flavor-list
-
-
- Lists available flavors.
-
-
-
-
- flavor-show
-
-
- Shows details of a flavor.
-
-
-
-
- limit-list
-
-
- Lists the limits for a tenant.
-
-
-
-
- list
-
-
- Lists all the instances.
-
-
-
-
- metadata-create
-
-
- Creates metadata in the database for
- instance <id>.
-
-
-
-
- metadata-delete
-
-
- Deletes metadata for instance <id>.
-
-
-
-
- metadata-edit
-
-
- Replaces metadata value with a new one, this
- is non-destructive.
-
-
-
-
- metadata-list
-
-
- Shows all metadata for instance <id>.
-
-
-
-
- metadata-show
-
-
- Shows metadata entry for key <key> and
- instance <id>.
-
-
-
-
- metadata-update
-
-
- Updates metadata, this is destructive.
-
-
-
-
- promote-to-replica-source
-
-
- Promotes a replica to be the new replica
- source of its set.
-
-
-
-
- resize-instance
-
-
- Resizes an instance with a new flavor.
-
-
-
-
- resize-volume
-
-
- Resizes the volume size of an instance.
-
-
-
-
- restart
-
-
- Restarts an instance.
-
-
-
-
- root-enable
-
-
- Enables root for an instance and resets if
- already exists.
-
-
-
-
- root-show
-
-
- Gets status if root was ever enabled for an
- instance or cluster.
-
-
-
-
- secgroup-add-rule
-
-
- Creates a security group rule.
-
-
-
-
- secgroup-delete-rule
-
-
- Deletes a security group rule.
-
-
-
-
- secgroup-list
-
-
- Lists all security groups.
-
-
-
-
- secgroup-list-rules
-
-
- Lists all rules for a security group.
-
-
-
-
- secgroup-show
-
-
- Shows details of a security group.
-
-
-
-
- show
-
-
- Shows details of an instance.
-
-
-
-
- update
-
-
- Updates an instance: Edits name,
- configuration, or replica source.
-
-
-
-
- user-create
-
-
- Creates a user on an instance.
-
-
-
-
- user-delete
-
-
- Deletes a user from an instance.
-
-
-
-
- user-grant-access
-
-
- Grants access to a database(s) for a user.
-
-
-
-
- user-list
-
-
- Lists the users for an instance.
-
-
-
-
- user-revoke-access
-
-
- Revokes access to a database for a user.
-
-
-
-
- user-show
-
-
- Shows details of a user of an instance.
-
-
-
-
- user-show-access
-
-
- Shows access details of a user of an
- instance.
-
-
-
-
- user-update-attributes
-
-
- Updates a user's attributes on an instance.
-
-
-
-
- bash-completion
-
-
- Prints arguments for bash_completion.
-
-
-
-
- help
-
-
- Displays help about this program or one of
- its subcommands.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- trove optional arguments
-
-
- --version
-
-
- show program's version number and exit
-
-
-
-
- --debug
-
-
- Print debugging output.
-
-
-
-
- --os-auth-system <auth-system>
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_AUTH_SYSTEM].
-
-
-
-
- --service-type <service-type>
-
-
- Defaults to database for most actions.
-
-
-
-
- --service-name <service-name>
-
-
- Defaults to env[TROVE_SERVICE_NAME].
-
-
-
-
- --bypass-url <bypass-url>
-
-
- Defaults to env[TROVE_BYPASS_URL].
-
-
-
-
- --database-service-name <database-service-name>
-
-
- Defaults to
- env[TROVE_DATABASE_SERVICE_NAME].
-
-
-
-
- --endpoint-type <endpoint-type>
-
-
- Defaults to env[TROVE_ENDPOINT_TYPE] or
- publicURL.
-
-
-
-
- --os-database-api-version <database-api-ver>
-
-
- Accepts 1, defaults to
- env[OS_DATABASE_API_VERSION].
-
-
-
-
- --retries <retries>
-
-
- Number of retries.
-
-
-
-
- --json, --os-json-output
-
-
- Output JSON instead of prettyprint. Defaults
- to env[OS_JSON_OUTPUT].
-
-
-
-
- --insecure
-
-
- Explicitly allow client to perform
- "insecure" TLS (https) requests. The
- server's certificate will not be verified
- against any certificate authorities. This
- option should be used with caution.
-
-
-
-
- --os-cacert <ca-certificate>
-
-
- Specify a CA bundle file to use in verifying
- a TLS (https) server certificate. Defaults
- to env[OS_CACERT].
-
-
-
-
- --os-cert <certificate>
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_CERT].
-
-
-
-
- --os-key <key>
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_KEY].
-
-
-
-
- --timeout <seconds>
-
-
- Set request timeout (in seconds).
-
-
-
-
- --os-auth-url OS_AUTH_URL
-
-
- Authentication URL
-
-
-
-
- --os-domain-id OS_DOMAIN_ID
-
-
- Domain ID to scope to
-
-
-
-
- --os-domain-name OS_DOMAIN_NAME
-
-
- Domain name to scope to
-
-
-
-
- --os-project-id OS_PROJECT_ID
-
-
- Project ID to scope to
-
-
-
-
- --os-project-name OS_PROJECT_NAME
-
-
- Project name to scope to
-
-
-
-
- --os-project-domain-id OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_ID
-
-
- Domain ID containing project
-
-
-
-
- --os-project-domain-name OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_NAME
-
-
- Domain name containing project
-
-
-
-
- --os-trust-id OS_TRUST_ID
-
-
- Trust ID
-
-
-
-
- --os-user-id OS_USER_ID
-
-
- User ID
-
-
-
-
- --os-user-name OS_USERNAME, --os-username OS_USERNAME
-
-
- Username
-
-
-
-
- --os-user-domain-id OS_USER_DOMAIN_ID
-
-
- User's domain id
-
-
-
-
- --os-user-domain-name OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME
-
-
- User's domain name
-
-
-
-
- --os-password OS_PASSWORD
-
-
- User's password
-
-
-
-
- --os-tenant-name <auth-tenant-name>
-
-
- Tenant to request authorization on. Defaults
- to env[OS_TENANT_NAME].
-
-
-
-
- --os-tenant-id <tenant-id>
-
-
- Tenant to request authorization on. Defaults
- to env[OS_TENANT_ID].
-
-
-
-
- --os-auth-token OS_AUTH_TOKEN
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_AUTH_TOKEN]
-
-
-
-
- --os-region-name <region-name>
-
-
- Specify the region to use. Defaults to
- env[OS_REGION_NAME].
-
-
-
-
-
-
- trove backup-copy
- usage: trove backup-copy <name> <backup>
- [--region <region>] [--description <description>]
-
-Creates a backup from another backup.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <name>
-
-
- Name of the backup.
-
-
-
-
- <backup>
-
-
- Backup ID of the source backup.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --region <region>
-
-
- Region where the source backup resides.
-
-
-
-
- --description <description>
-
-
- An optional description for the backup.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- trove backup-create
- usage: trove backup-create <instance> <name>
- [--description <description>] [--parent <parent>]
-
-Creates a backup of an instance.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <instance>
-
-
- ID or name of the instance.
-
-
-
-
- <name>
-
-
- Name of the backup.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --description <description>
-
-
- An optional description for the backup.
-
-
-
-
- --parent <parent>
-
-
- Optional ID of the parent backup to perform an
- incremental backup from.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- trove backup-delete
- usage: trove backup-delete <backup>
-
-Deletes a backup.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <backup>
-
-
- ID of the backup.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- trove backup-list
- usage: trove backup-list [--limit <limit>] [--marker <ID>]
- [--datastore <datastore>]
-
-Lists available backups.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --limit <limit>
-
-
- Return up to N number of the most recent backups.
-
-
-
-
- --marker <ID>
-
-
- Begin displaying the results for IDs greater than
- the specified marker. When used with --limit, set
- this to the last ID displayed in the previous run.
-
-
-
-
- --datastore <datastore>
-
-
- Name or ID of the datastore to list backups for.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- trove backup-list-instance
- usage: trove backup-list-instance [--limit <limit>] [--marker <ID>] <instance>
-
-Lists available backups for an instance.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <instance>
-
-
- ID or name of the instance.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --limit <limit>
-
-
- Return up to N number of the most recent backups.
-
-
-
-
- --marker <ID>
-
-
- Begin displaying the results for IDs greater than the
- specified marker. When used with --limit, set this to the
- last ID displayed in the previous run.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- trove backup-show
- usage: trove backup-show <backup>
-
-Shows details of a backup.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <backup>
-
-
- ID of the backup.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- trove cluster-create
- usage: trove cluster-create <name> <datastore> <datastore_version>
- [--instance <opt=value,opt=value,...>]
-
-Creates a new cluster.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <name>
-
-
- Name of the cluster.
-
-
-
-
- <datastore>
-
-
- A datastore name or ID.
-
-
-
-
- <datastore_version>
-
-
- A datastore version name or ID.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --instance <opt=value,opt=value,...>
-
-
- Create an instance for the cluster. Specify
- multiple times to create multiple instances.
- Valid options are: flavor=flavor_name_or_id,
- volume=disk_size_in_GB, nic='net-id=net-
- uuid,v4-fixed-ip=ip-addr,port-id=port-uuid'
- (where net-id=network_id, v4-fixed-
- ip=IPv4r_fixed_address, port-id=port_id),
- availability_zone=AZ_hint_for_Nova.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- trove cluster-delete
- usage: trove cluster-delete <cluster>
-
-Deletes a cluster.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <cluster>
-
-
- ID or name of the cluster.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- trove cluster-grow
- usage: trove cluster-grow <cluster>
- [--instance <name=name,flavor=flavor_name_or_id,volume=volume>]
-
-Adds more instances to a cluster.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <cluster>
-
-
- ID or name of the cluster.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --instance <name=name,flavor=flavor_name_or_id,volume=volume>
-
-
- Add an instance to the cluster. Specify
- multiple times to create multiple instances.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- trove cluster-instances
- usage: trove cluster-instances <cluster>
-
-Lists all instances of a cluster.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <cluster>
-
-
- ID or name of the cluster.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- trove cluster-list
- usage: trove cluster-list [--limit <limit>] [--marker <ID>]
-
-Lists all the clusters.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --limit <limit>
-
-
- Limit the number of results displayed.
-
-
-
-
- --marker <ID>
-
-
- Begin displaying the results for IDs greater than the
- specified marker. When used with --limit, set this to the
- last ID displayed in the previous run.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- trove cluster-show
- usage: trove cluster-show <cluster>
-
-Shows details of a cluster.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <cluster>
-
-
- ID or name of the cluster.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- trove cluster-shrink
- usage: trove cluster-shrink <cluster> <instance> [<instance> ...]
-
-Drops instances from a cluster.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <cluster>
-
-
- ID or name of the cluster.
-
-
-
-
- <instance>
-
-
- Drop instance(s) from the cluster. Specify multiple ids to drop
- multiple instances.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- trove configuration-attach
- usage: trove configuration-attach <instance> <configuration>
-
-Attaches a configuration group to an instance.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <instance>
-
-
- ID or name of the instance.
-
-
-
-
- <configuration>
-
-
- ID of the configuration group to attach to the instance.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- trove configuration-create
- usage: trove configuration-create <name> <values>
- [--datastore <datastore>]
- [--datastore_version <datastore_version>]
- [--description <description>]
-
-Creates a configuration group.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <name>
-
-
- Name of the configuration group.
-
-
-
-
- <values>
-
-
- Dictionary of the values to set.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --datastore <datastore>
-
-
- Datastore assigned to the configuration
- group. Required if default datastore is not
- configured.
-
-
-
-
- --datastore_version <datastore_version>
-
-
- Datastore version ID assigned to the
- configuration group.
-
-
-
-
- --description <description>
-
-
- An optional description for the
- configuration group.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- trove configuration-default
- usage: trove configuration-default <instance>
-
-Shows the default configuration of an instance.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <instance>
-
-
- ID or name of the instance.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- trove configuration-delete
- usage: trove configuration-delete <configuration_group>
-
-Deletes a configuration group.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <configuration_group>
-
-
- ID of the configuration group.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- trove configuration-detach
- usage: trove configuration-detach <instance>
-
-Detaches a configuration group from an instance.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <instance>
-
-
- ID or name of the instance.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- trove configuration-instances
- usage: trove configuration-instances <configuration_group>
-
-Lists all instances associated with a configuration group.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <configuration_group>
-
-
- ID of the configuration group.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- trove configuration-list
- usage: trove configuration-list
-
-Lists all configuration groups.
-
-
-
- trove configuration-parameter-list
- usage: trove configuration-parameter-list <datastore_version>
- [--datastore <datastore>]
-
-Lists available parameters for a configuration group.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <datastore_version>
-
-
- Datastore version name or ID assigned to the
- configuration group.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --datastore <datastore>
-
-
- ID or name of the datastore to list configuration
- parameters for. Optional if the ID of the
- datastore_version is provided.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- trove configuration-parameter-show
- usage: trove configuration-parameter-show <datastore_version> <parameter>
- [--datastore <datastore>]
-
-Shows details of a configuration parameter.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <datastore_version>
-
-
- Datastore version name or ID assigned to the
- configuration group.
-
-
-
-
- <parameter>
-
-
- Name of the configuration parameter.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --datastore <datastore>
-
-
- ID or name of the datastore to list configuration
- parameters for. Optional if the ID of the
- datastore_version is provided.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- trove configuration-patch
- usage: trove configuration-patch <configuration_group> <values>
-
-Patches a configuration group.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <configuration_group>
-
-
- ID of the configuration group.
-
-
-
-
- <values>
-
-
- Dictionary of the values to set.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- trove configuration-show
- usage: trove configuration-show <configuration_group>
-
-Shows details of a configuration group.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <configuration_group>
-
-
- ID of the configuration group.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- trove configuration-update
- usage: trove configuration-update <configuration_group> <values>
- [--name <name>]
- [--description <description>]
-
-Updates a configuration group.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <configuration_group>
-
-
- ID of the configuration group.
-
-
-
-
- <values>
-
-
- Dictionary of the values to set.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --name <name>
-
-
- Name of the configuration group.
-
-
-
-
- --description <description>
-
-
- An optional description for the configuration
- group.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- trove create
- usage: trove create <name> <flavor>
- [--size <size>]
- [--databases <databases> [<databases> ...]]
- [--users <users> [<users> ...]] [--backup <backup>]
- [--availability_zone <availability_zone>]
- [--datastore <datastore>]
- [--datastore_version <datastore_version>]
- [--nic <net-id=net-uuid,v4-fixed-ip=ip-addr,port-id=port-uuid>]
- [--configuration <configuration>]
- [--replica_of <source_instance>] [--replica_count <count>]
-
-Creates a new instance.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <name>
-
-
- Name of the instance.
-
-
-
-
- <flavor>
-
-
- Flavor ID or name of the instance.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --size <size>
-
-
- Size of the instance disk volume in GB.
- Required when volume support is enabled.
-
-
-
-
- --databases <databases> [<databases> ...]
-
-
- Optional list of databases.
-
-
-
-
- --users <users> [<users> ...]
-
-
- Optional list of users in the form
- user:password.
-
-
-
-
- --backup <backup>
-
-
- A backup ID.
-
-
-
-
- --availability_zone <availability_zone>
-
-
- The Zone hint to give to nova.
-
-
-
-
- --datastore <datastore>
-
-
- A datastore name or ID.
-
-
-
-
- --datastore_version <datastore_version>
-
-
- A datastore version name or ID.
-
-
-
-
- --nic <net-id=net-uuid,v4-fixed-ip=ip-addr,port-id=port-uuid>
-
-
- Create a NIC on the instance. Specify option
- multiple times to create multiple NICs. net-
- id: attach NIC to network with this ID
- (either port-id or net-id must be
- specified), v4-fixed-ip: IPv4 fixed address
- for NIC (optional), port-id: attach NIC to
- port with this ID (either port-id or net-id
- must be specified).
-
-
-
-
- --configuration <configuration>
-
-
- ID of the configuration group to attach to
- the instance.
-
-
-
-
- --replica_of <source_instance>
-
-
- ID or name of an existing instance to
- replicate from.
-
-
-
-
- --replica_count <count>
-
-
- Number of replicas to create (defaults to
- 1).
-
-
-
-
-
-
- trove database-create
- usage: trove database-create <instance> <name>
- [--character_set <character_set>]
- [--collate <collate>]
-
-Creates a database on an instance.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <instance>
-
-
- ID or name of the instance.
-
-
-
-
- <name>
-
-
- Name of the database.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --character_set <character_set>
-
-
- Optional character set for database.
-
-
-
-
- --collate <collate>
-
-
- Optional collation type for database.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- trove database-delete
- usage: trove database-delete <instance> <database>
-
-Deletes a database from an instance.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <instance>
-
-
- ID or name of the instance.
-
-
-
-
- <database>
-
-
- Name of the database.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- trove database-list
- usage: trove database-list <instance>
-
-Lists available databases on an instance.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <instance>
-
-
- ID or name of the instance.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- trove datastore-list
- usage: trove datastore-list
-
-Lists available datastores.
-
-
-
- trove datastore-show
- usage: trove datastore-show <datastore>
-
-Shows details of a datastore.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <datastore>
-
-
- ID of the datastore.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- trove datastore-version-list
- usage: trove datastore-version-list <datastore>
-
-Lists available versions for a datastore.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <datastore>
-
-
- ID or name of the datastore.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- trove datastore-version-show
- usage: trove datastore-version-show <datastore_version>
- [--datastore <datastore>]
-
-Shows details of a datastore version.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <datastore_version>
-
-
- ID or name of the datastore version.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --datastore <datastore>
-
-
- ID or name of the datastore. Optional if the ID of
- the datastore_version is provided.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- trove delete
- usage: trove delete <instance>
-
-Deletes an instance.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <instance>
-
-
- ID or name of the instance.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- trove detach-replica
- usage: trove detach-replica <instance>
-
-Detaches a replica instance from its replication source.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <instance>
-
-
- ID or name of the instance.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- trove eject-replica-source
- usage: trove eject-replica-source <instance>
-
-Ejects a replica source from its set.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <instance>
-
-
- ID or name of the instance.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- trove flavor-list
- usage: trove flavor-list [--datastore_type <datastore_type>]
- [--datastore_version_id <datastore_version_id>]
-
-Lists available flavors.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --datastore_type <datastore_type>
-
-
- Type of the datastore. For eg: mysql.
-
-
-
-
- --datastore_version_id <datastore_version_id>
-
-
- ID of the datastore version.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- trove flavor-show
- usage: trove flavor-show <flavor>
-
-Shows details of a flavor.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <flavor>
-
-
- ID or name of the flavor.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- trove limit-list
- usage: trove limit-list
-
-Lists the limits for a tenant.
-
-
-
- trove list
- usage: trove list [--limit <limit>] [--marker <ID>] [--include-clustered]
-
-Lists all the instances.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --limit <limit>
-
-
- Limit the number of results displayed.
-
-
-
-
- --marker <ID>
-
-
- Begin displaying the results for IDs greater than the
- specified marker. When used with --limit, set this to
- the last ID displayed in the previous run.
-
-
-
-
- --include-clustered
-
-
- Include instances that are part of a cluster (default
- false).
-
-
-
-
-
-
- trove metadata-create
- usage: trove metadata-create <instance_id> <key> <value>
-
-Creates metadata in the database for instance <id>.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <instance_id>
-
-
- UUID for instance.
-
-
-
-
- <key>
-
-
- Key for assignment.
-
-
-
-
- <value>
-
-
- Value to assign to <key>.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- trove metadata-delete
- usage: trove metadata-delete <instance_id> <key>
-
-Deletes metadata for instance <id>.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <instance_id>
-
-
- UUID for instance.
-
-
-
-
- <key>
-
-
- Metadata key to delete.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- trove metadata-edit
- usage: trove metadata-edit <instance_id> <key> <value>
-
-Replaces metadata value with a new one, this is non-destructive.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <instance_id>
-
-
- UUID for instance.
-
-
-
-
- <key>
-
-
- Key to replace.
-
-
-
-
- <value>
-
-
- New value to assign to <key>.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- trove metadata-list
- usage: trove metadata-list <instance_id>
-
-Shows all metadata for instance <id>.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <instance_id>
-
-
- UUID for instance.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- trove metadata-show
- usage: trove metadata-show <instance_id> <key>
-
-Shows metadata entry for key <key> and instance <id>.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <instance_id>
-
-
- UUID for instance.
-
-
-
-
- <key>
-
-
- Key to display.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- trove metadata-update
- usage: trove metadata-update <instance_id> <key> <newkey> <value>
-
-Updates metadata, this is destructive.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <instance_id>
-
-
- UUID for instance.
-
-
-
-
- <key>
-
-
- Key to update.
-
-
-
-
- <newkey>
-
-
- New key.
-
-
-
-
- <value>
-
-
- Value to assign to <newkey>.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- trove promote-to-replica-source
- usage: trove promote-to-replica-source <instance>
-
-Promotes a replica to be the new replica source of its set.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <instance>
-
-
- ID or name of the instance.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- trove resize-instance
- usage: trove resize-instance <instance> <flavor>
-
-Resizes an instance with a new flavor.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <instance>
-
-
- ID or name of the instance.
-
-
-
-
- <flavor>
-
-
- New flavor of the instance.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- trove resize-volume
- usage: trove resize-volume <instance> <size>
-
-Resizes the volume size of an instance.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <instance>
-
-
- ID or name of the instance.
-
-
-
-
- <size>
-
-
- New size of the instance disk volume in GB.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- trove restart
- usage: trove restart <instance>
-
-Restarts an instance.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <instance>
-
-
- ID or name of the instance.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- trove root-enable
- usage: trove root-enable <instance_or_cluster>
- [--root_password <root_password>]
-
-Enables root for an instance and resets if already exists.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <instance_or_cluster>
-
-
- ID or name of the instance or cluster.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --root_password <root_password>
-
-
- Root password to set.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- trove root-show
- usage: trove root-show <instance_or_cluster>
-
-Gets status if root was ever enabled for an instance or cluster.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <instance_or_cluster>
-
-
- ID or name of the instance or cluster.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- trove secgroup-add-rule
- usage: trove secgroup-add-rule <security_group> <cidr>
-
-Creates a security group rule.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <security_group>
-
-
- Security group ID.
-
-
-
-
- <cidr>
-
-
- CIDR address.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- trove secgroup-delete-rule
- usage: trove secgroup-delete-rule <security_group_rule>
-
-Deletes a security group rule.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <security_group_rule>
-
-
- Name of security group rule.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- trove secgroup-list
- usage: trove secgroup-list
-
-Lists all security groups.
-
-
-
- trove secgroup-list-rules
- usage: trove secgroup-list-rules <security_group>
-
-Lists all rules for a security group.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <security_group>
-
-
- Security group ID.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- trove secgroup-show
- usage: trove secgroup-show <security_group>
-
-Shows details of a security group.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <security_group>
-
-
- Security group ID.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- trove show
- usage: trove show <instance>
-
-Shows details of an instance.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <instance>
-
-
- ID or name of the instance.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- trove update
- usage: trove update <instance>
- [--name <name>] [--configuration <configuration>]
- [--detach-replica-source] [--remove_configuration]
-
-Updates an instance: Edits name, configuration, or replica source.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <instance>
-
-
- ID or name of the instance.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --name <name>
-
-
- Name of the instance.
-
-
-
-
- --configuration <configuration>
-
-
- ID of the configuration reference to attach.
-
-
-
-
- --detach-replica-source
-
-
- Detach the replica instance from its
- replication source.
-
-
-
-
- --remove_configuration
-
-
- Drops the current configuration reference.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- trove user-create
- usage: trove user-create <instance> <name> <password>
- [--host <host>]
- [--databases <databases> [<databases> ...]]
-
-Creates a user on an instance.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <instance>
-
-
- ID or name of the instance.
-
-
-
-
- <name>
-
-
- Name of user.
-
-
-
-
- <password>
-
-
- Password of user.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --host <host>
-
-
- Optional host of user.
-
-
-
-
- --databases <databases> [<databases> ...]
-
-
- Optional list of databases.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- trove user-delete
- usage: trove user-delete [--host <host>] <instance> <name>
-
-Deletes a user from an instance.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <instance>
-
-
- ID or name of the instance.
-
-
-
-
- <name>
-
-
- Name of user.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --host <host>
-
-
- Optional host of user.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- trove user-grant-access
- usage: trove user-grant-access <instance> <name> <databases> [<databases> ...]
- [--host <host>]
-
-Grants access to a database(s) for a user.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <instance>
-
-
- ID or name of the instance.
-
-
-
-
- <name>
-
-
- Name of user.
-
-
-
-
- <databases>
-
-
- List of databases.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --host <host>
-
-
- Optional host of user.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- trove user-list
- usage: trove user-list <instance>
-
-Lists the users for an instance.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <instance>
-
-
- ID or name of the instance.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- trove user-revoke-access
- usage: trove user-revoke-access [--host <host>] <instance> <name> <database>
-
-Revokes access to a database for a user.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <instance>
-
-
- ID or name of the instance.
-
-
-
-
- <name>
-
-
- Name of user.
-
-
-
-
- <database>
-
-
- A single database.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --host <host>
-
-
- Optional host of user.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- trove user-show
- usage: trove user-show [--host <host>] <instance> <name>
-
-Shows details of a user of an instance.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <instance>
-
-
- ID or name of the instance.
-
-
-
-
- <name>
-
-
- Name of user.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --host <host>
-
-
- Optional host of user.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- trove user-show-access
- usage: trove user-show-access [--host <host>] <instance> <name>
-
-Shows access details of a user of an instance.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <instance>
-
-
- ID or name of the instance.
-
-
-
-
- <name>
-
-
- Name of user.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --host <host>
-
-
- Optional host of user.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- trove user-update-attributes
- usage: trove user-update-attributes <instance> <name>
- [--host <host>] [--new_name <new_name>]
- [--new_password <new_password>]
- [--new_host <new_host>]
-
-Updates a user's attributes on an instance. At least one optional argument
-must be provided.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <instance>
-
-
- ID or name of the instance.
-
-
-
-
- <name>
-
-
- Name of user.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- --host <host>
-
-
- Optional host of user.
-
-
-
-
- --new_name <new_name>
-
-
- Optional new name of user.
-
-
-
-
- --new_password <new_password>
-
-
- Optional new password of user.
-
-
-
-
- --new_host <new_host>
-
-
- Optional new host of user.
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/doc/cli-reference/generated/ch_cli_tuskar_commands.xml b/doc/cli-reference/generated/ch_cli_tuskar_commands.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 38ad363016..0000000000
--- a/doc/cli-reference/generated/ch_cli_tuskar_commands.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,585 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Deployment command-line client
-
- The tuskar client is the command-line
- interface (CLI) for the Deployment API and its extensions.
-
- This chapter documents tuskar version
- 0.1.18.
-
-
- For help on a specific tuskar
- command, enter:
-
- $tuskarCOMMAND
-
-
- tuskar usage
- usage: tuskar [-h] [--version] [-d] [--os-username OS_USERNAME]
- [--os-password OS_PASSWORD] [--os-tenant-id OS_TENANT_ID]
- [--os-tenant-name OS_TENANT_NAME] [--os-auth-url OS_AUTH_URL]
- [--os-auth-token OS_AUTH_TOKEN] [--tuskar-url TUSKAR_URL]
- [--tuskar-api-version TUSKAR_API_VERSION]
- <subcommand> ...
- <subcommand>
- plan-add-role Associate role to a plan.
- plan-create Create a new plan.
- plan-delete Delete an plan by its UUID.
- plan-flavor Change flavor of role in the plan.
- plan-list Show a list of the Plans.
- plan-patch Change an existing plan [Deprecated].
- plan-remove-role Remove role from a plan.
- plan-scale Scale plan by changing count of roles.
- plan-show Show an individual Plan by its UUID.
- plan-show-flavors Show flavors assigned to roles of Plan.
- plan-show-scale Show scale counts of Plan.
- plan-templates Download the Heat templates for a Plan.
- plan-update Change an existing plan.
- role-list Show a list of the Roles.
- help Display help about this program or one of its
- subcommands.
-
-
- tuskar optional arguments
-
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- Print this help message and exit.
-
-
-
-
- --version
-
-
- Shows the client version and exits.
-
-
-
-
- -d, --debug
-
-
- Defaults to env[TUSKARCLIENT_DEBUG].
-
-
-
-
- --os-username OS_USERNAME
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_USERNAME]
-
-
-
-
- --os-password OS_PASSWORD
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_PASSWORD]
-
-
-
-
- --os-tenant-id OS_TENANT_ID
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_TENANT_ID]
-
-
-
-
- --os-tenant-name OS_TENANT_NAME
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_TENANT_NAME]
-
-
-
-
- --os-auth-url OS_AUTH_URL
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_AUTH_URL]
-
-
-
-
- --os-auth-token OS_AUTH_TOKEN
-
-
- Defaults to env[OS_AUTH_TOKEN]
-
-
-
-
- --tuskar-url TUSKAR_URL
-
-
- Defaults to env[TUSKAR_URL]
-
-
-
-
- --tuskar-api-version TUSKAR_API_VERSION
-
-
- Defaults to env[TUSKAR_API_VERSION] or 2
-
-
-
-
-
-
- tuskar plan-add-role
- usage: tuskar plan-add-role [-h] -r <ROLE UUID> plan_uuid
-
-Associate role to a plan.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- plan_uuid
-
-
- UUID of the Plan to assign role to.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- -r <ROLE UUID>, --role-uuid <ROLE UUID>
-
-
- UUID of the Role to be assigned.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- tuskar plan-create
- usage: tuskar plan-create [-h] [-d <DESCRIPTION>] name
-
-Create a new plan.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- name
-
-
- Name of the Plan to create.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- -d <DESCRIPTION>, --description <DESCRIPTION>
-
-
- User-readable text describing the Plan.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- tuskar plan-delete
- usage: tuskar plan-delete [-h] <PLAN>
-
-Delete an plan by its UUID.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <PLAN>
-
-
- UUID of the plan to delete.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- tuskar plan-flavor
- usage: tuskar plan-flavor [-h] -F FLAVOR role_name plan_uuid
-
-Change flavor of role in the plan.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- role_name
-
-
- Name of role which you want to flavor.
-
-
-
-
- plan_uuid
-
-
- UUID of the Plan to modify.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- -F FLAVOR, --flavor FLAVOR
-
-
- Flavor which shall be assigned to role.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- tuskar plan-list
- usage: tuskar plan-list [-h]
-
-Show a list of the Plans.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- tuskar plan-remove-role
- usage: tuskar plan-remove-role [-h] -r <ROLE UUID> plan_uuid
-
-Remove role from a plan.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- plan_uuid
-
-
- UUID of the Plan to remove role from.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- -r <ROLE UUID>, --role-uuid <ROLE UUID>
-
-
- UUID of the Role to be removed.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- tuskar plan-scale
- usage: tuskar plan-scale [-h] -C COUNT role_name plan_uuid
-
-Scale plan by changing count of roles.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- role_name
-
-
- Name of role which you want scale.
-
-
-
-
- plan_uuid
-
-
- UUID of the Plan to modify.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- -C COUNT, --count COUNT
-
-
- Count of nodes to be set.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- tuskar plan-show
- usage: tuskar plan-show [-h] [--verbose] [--only-empty-parameters] <PLAN>
-
-Show an individual Plan by its UUID.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <PLAN>
-
-
- UUID of the Plan to show.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- --verbose
-
-
- Display full plan details
-
-
-
-
- --only-empty-parameters
-
-
- Display only parameters with empty or None value
-
-
-
-
-
-
- tuskar plan-show-flavors
- usage: tuskar plan-show-flavors [-h] <PLAN>
-
-Show flavors assigned to roles of Plan.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <PLAN>
-
-
- UUID of the Plan to show a scale.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- tuskar plan-show-scale
- usage: tuskar plan-show-scale [-h] <PLAN>
-
-Show scale counts of Plan.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- <PLAN>
-
-
- UUID of the Plan to show a scale.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
- tuskar plan-templates
- usage: tuskar plan-templates [-h] -O <OUTPUT DIR> plan_uuid
-
-Download the Heat templates for a Plan.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- plan_uuid
-
-
- UUID of the Plan whose Templates will be retrieved.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- -O <OUTPUT DIR>, --output-dir <OUTPUT DIR>
-
-
- Directory to write template files into. It will be
- created if it does not exist.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- tuskar plan-update
- usage: tuskar plan-update [-h] [-A <KEY1=VALUE1>] [-P <KEY1=VALUE1>] plan_uuid
-
-Change an existing plan.
-
- Positional arguments
-
- plan_uuid
-
-
- UUID of the Plan to modify.
-
-
-
-
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
- -A <KEY1=VALUE1>, --attribute <KEY1=VALUE1>
-
-
- This can be specified multiple times. This argument is
- deprecated, use -P and --parameter instead.
-
-
-
-
- -P <KEY1=VALUE1>, --parameter <KEY1=VALUE1>
-
-
- This can be specified multiple times.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- tuskar role-list
- usage: tuskar role-list [-h]
-
-Show a list of the Roles.
-
- Optional arguments
-
- -h, --help
-
-
- show this help message and exit
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/doc/cli-reference/pom.xml b/doc/cli-reference/pom.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 9ed6f9522a..0000000000
--- a/doc/cli-reference/pom.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,81 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
- org.openstack.docs
- parent-pom
- 1.0.0-SNAPSHOT
- ../pom.xml
-
- 4.0.0
- openstack-cli-reference
- jar
- OpenStack Command-Line Interface Reference
-
-
- local
- 0
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- com.rackspace.cloud.api
- clouddocs-maven-plugin
-
-
-
- generate-webhelp
-
- generate-webhelp
-
- generate-sources
-
-
- 0
- os-image-guide
- 1
- UA-17511903-1
-
- appendix toc,title
- article/appendix nop
- article toc,title
- book toc,title,figure,table,example,equation
- chapter toc
- section toc
- part toc
- preface toc
- qandadiv toc
- qandaset toc
- reference toc,title
- set toc,title
-
-
- 0
- 0
- 1
- 1
- 0
- cli-reference
- cli-reference
-
-
-
-
-
- enduser
- true
- .
-
- bk-cli-reference.xml
-
- openstack
- http://docs.openstack.org/cli-reference/content
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/doc/cli-reference/section_cli_glance_property_keys.xml b/doc/cli-reference/section_cli_glance_property_keys.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index dd6ba21279..0000000000
--- a/doc/cli-reference/section_cli_glance_property_keys.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,482 +0,0 @@
-
-
-%openstack;
-]>
-
-
- Image service property keys
- The following keys, together with the components to which they are specific, can be used
- with the option for both the glance
- image-update and glance image-create commands. For
- example:
- $glance image-update IMG-UUID --property architecture=x86_64
- Behavior set using image properties overrides
- behavior set using flavors. For more information, refer to
-
- OpenStack Cloud Administrator Guide
-
-
-
Property keys
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Specific to
-
Key
-
Description
-
Supported values
-
-
-
-
-
All
-
architecture
-
The CPU architecture that must be supported by
- the hypervisor. For example,
- x86_64, arm, or ppc64. Run
- uname -m to get the architecture of a
- machine. We strongly recommend using the architecture data vocabulary
- defined by the libosinfo project
- for this purpose.
Optional property allows created servers to have a different bandwidth cap than
- that defined in the network they are attached to. This factor is multiplied by
- the rxtx_base property of the network. The rxtx_base property defaults to 1.0,
- which is the same as the attached network. This parameter is only available for
- Xen or NSX based systems.
-
Float (default value is 1.0)
-
-
-
All
-
instance_uuid
-
For snapshot images, this is the UUID of the server used to create this image.
-
Valid server UUID
-
-
-
All
-
img_config_drive
-
Specifies whether the image needs a config drive.
-
mandatory or optional (default if property is not used).
-
-
-
All
-
kernel_id
-
The ID of an image stored in the Image service that should be used as the kernel
- when booting an AMI-style image.
-
Valid image ID
-
-
-
All
-
os_distro
-
The common name of the operating system distribution in lowercase (uses the same
- data vocabulary as the libosinfo
- project). Specify only a recognized value for this field. Deprecated
- values are listed to assist you in searching for the recognized value.
-
-
- arch—Arch Linux. Do not use archlinux or
- org.archlinux
- centos—Community Enterprise Operating System. Do not use
- org.centos or
- CentOS
- debian—Debian. Do not use Debian or
- org.debian
- fedora—Fedora. Do not use Fedora,
- org.fedora, or
- org.fedoraproject
- freebsd—FreeBSD. Do not use org.freebsd,
- freeBSD, or FreeBSD
- gentoo—Gentoo Linux. Do not use Gentoo or
- org.gentoo
- mandrake—Mandrakelinux (MandrakeSoft) distribution. Do not use
- mandrakelinux or
- MandrakeLinux
- mandriva—Mandriva Linux. Do not use
- mandrivalinux
- mes—Mandriva Enterprise Server. Do not use
- mandrivaent or
- mandrivaES
- msdos—Microsoft Disc Operating System. Do not use
- ms-dos
- netbsd—NetBSD. Do not use NetBSD or
- org.netbsd
- netware—Novell NetWare. Do not use novell or
- NetWare
- openbsd—OpenBSD. Do not use OpenBSD or
- org.openbsd
- opensolaris—OpenSolaris. Do not use OpenSolaris
- or org.opensolaris
- opensuse—openSUSE. Do not use suse,
- SuSE, or
- org.opensuse
- rhel—Red Hat Enterprise Linux. Do not use
- redhat, RedHat, or
- com.redhat
- sled—SUSE Linux Enterprise Desktop. Do not use
- com.suse
- ubuntu—Ubuntu. Do not use Ubuntu,
- com.ubuntu, org.ubuntu, or
- canonical
- windows—Microsoft Windows. Do not use
- com.microsoft.server or
- windoze
-
-
-
-
-
All
-
os_version
-
The operating system version as specified by the distributor.
-
Version number (for example, "11.10")
-
-
-
All
-
ramdisk_id
-
The ID of image stored in the Image service that should be used as the ramdisk
- when booting an AMI-style image.
-
Valid image ID
-
-
-
All
-
vm_mode
-
The virtual machine mode. This represents the host/guest ABI (application binary
- interface) used for the virtual machine.
-
-
- hvm—Fully virtualized. This is the mode used by QEMU and
- KVM.
- xen—Xen 3.0 paravirtualized.
- uml—User Mode Linux paravirtualized.
- exe—Executables in containers. This is the mode used by
- LXC.
-
-
-
-
-
libvirt API driver
-
hw_cpu_sockets
-
The preferred number of sockets to expose to the guest.
-
Integer
-
-
-
libvirt API driver
-
hw_cpu_cores
-
The preferred number of cores to expose to the guest.
-
Integer
-
-
-
libvirt API driver
-
hw_cpu_threads
-
The preferred number of threads to expose to the guest.
-
Integer
-
-
-
libvirt API driver
-
hw_disk_bus
-
Specifies the type of disk controller to attach
- disk devices to.
-
- One of scsi,
- virtio, uml,
- xen, ide, or
- usb.
-
-
-
-
libvirt API driver
-
hw_rng_model
-
Adds a random-number generator device to the image's instances. The cloud
- administrator can enable and control device behavior by configuring the
- instance's flavor. By default:
-
- The generator device is disabled.
- /dev/random is used as the default entropy source. To specify a
- physical HW RNG device, use the following option in the
- nova.conf file:
- rng_dev_path=/dev/hwrng
-
-
-
virtio, or other supported device.
-
-
-
libvirt API driver, Hyper-V driver
-
hw_machine_type
-
libvirt: Enables booting an ARM system using the specified machine type. By default, if
- an ARM image is used and its type is not specified, Compute uses
- vexpress-a15 (for ARMv7) or virt (for AArch64) machine types.
-
-
- Hyper-V: Specifies whether the Hyper-V instance will be a generation 1 or generation 2 VM.
- By default, if the property is not provided, the instances will be generation 1 VMs. If the image is specific
- for generation 2 VMs but the property is not provided accordingly, the instance will fail to boot.
-
-
Libvirt machine type. Valid types can be viewed by using the
- virsh capabilities command (machine types are
- displayed in the machine tag).
- Hyper-V machine type. Acceptable values are: hyperv-gen1
- or hyperv-gen2.
-
-
-
-
libvirt API driver
-
hw_scsi_model
-
Enables the use of VirtIO SCSI (virtio-scsi) to provide block device access for
- compute instances; by default, instances use VirtIO Block (virtio-blk). VirtIO
- SCSI is a para-virtualized SCSI controller device that provides improved
- scalability and performance, and supports advanced SCSI hardware.
-
virtio-scsi
-
-
-
-
libvirt API driver
-
hw_serial_port_count
-
Specifies the count of serial ports that should be provided. If
- is not set in the flavor's , then any count is permitted.
- If is set, then this provides the default serial port count.
- It is permitted to override the default serial port count, but only with a lower value.
-
Integer
-
-
-
libvirt API driver
-
hw_video_model
-
The video image driver used.
-
vga, cirrus, vmvga,
- xen, or qxl
-
-
-
libvirt API driver
-
hw_video_ram
-
Maximum RAM for the video image. Used only if a
- value has been set in the flavor's
- and that value is higher than the value set in
- hw_video_ram.
-
Integer in MB (for example, '64')
-
-
-
libvirt API driver
-
hw_watchdog_action
-
Enables a virtual hardware watchdog device that carries out the specified action
- if the server hangs. The watchdog uses the i6300esb device (emulating a PCI
- Intel 6300ESB). If hw_watchdog_action is not specified, the
- watchdog is disabled.
-
- disabled—(default) The device is not
- attached. Allows the user to disable the watchdog
- for the image, even if it has been enabled using the image's flavor.
-
- reset—Forcefully reset the guest.
- poweroff—Forcefully power off the guest.
- pause—Pause the guest.
- none—Only enable the watchdog; do nothing if the server
- hangs.
-
-
-
-
-
libvirt API driver
-
os_command_line
-
The kernel command line to be used by the libvirt driver, instead of the
- default. For Linux Containers (LXC), the value is used as arguments for
- initialization. This key is valid only for Amazon kernel, ramdisk,
- or machine images (aki, ari, or ami).
-
-
-
-
libvirt API driver and VMware API driver
-
hw_vif_model
-
Specifies the model of virtual network interface device to use.
-
-
- The valid options depend on the configured
- hypervisor.
-
-
-
- KVM and QEMU: e1000,
- ne2k_pci,
- pcnet,
- rtl8139, and
- virtio.
-
-
-
- VMware: e1000,
- e1000e,
- VirtualE1000,
- VirtualE1000e,
- VirtualPCNet32,
- VirtualSriovEthernetCard, and
- VirtualVmxnet.
-
-
-
- Xen: e1000,
- netfront,
- ne2k_pci,
- pcnet, and
- rtl8139.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
libvirt API driver
-
hw_vif_multiqueue_enabled
-
If true, this enables the virtio-net multiqueue feature.
- In this case, the driver sets the number of
- queues equal to the number of guest vCPUs.
- This makes the network performance scale across
- a number of vCPUs.
-
-
true | false
-
-
-
libvirt API driver
-
hw_boot_menu
-
If true, enables the BIOS bootmenu.
- In cases where both the image metadata and Extra Spec are set, the
- Extra Spec setting is used. This allows for flexibility in
- setting/overriding the default behavior as needed.
-
true | false
-
-
-
VMware API driver
-
vmware_adaptertype
-
The virtual SCSI or IDE controller used by the hypervisor.
-
lsiLogic, lsiLogicsas,
- busLogic, ide, or
- paraVirtual
-
-
-
VMware API driver
-
vmware_ostype
-
A VMware GuestID which describes the operating system installed in the image.
- This value is passed to the hypervisor when creating a virtual machine. If not
- specified, the key defaults to otherGuest.
-
See thinkvirt.com.
-
-
-
VMware API driver
-
vmware_image_version
-
Currently unused.
-
1
-
-
-
XenAPI driver
-
auto_disk_config
-
If true, the root partition on the disk is automatically resized before the
- instance boots. This value is only taken into account by the Compute service
- when using a Xen-based hypervisor with the XenAPI driver. The Compute service
- will only attempt to resize if there is a single partition on the image, and
- only if the partition is in ext3 or ext4
- format.
-
true | false
-
-
-
XenAPI driver
-
os_type
-
The operating system installed on the image. The XenAPI driver contains logic
- that takes different actions depending on the value of the
- os_type parameter of the image. For example, for
- os_type=windows images, it creates a FAT32-based swap
- partition instead of a Linux swap partition, and it limits the injected host
- name to less than 16 characters.
-
linux or windows
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/doc/cli-ref-rst/setup.cfg b/doc/cli-reference/setup.cfg
similarity index 100%
rename from doc/cli-ref-rst/setup.cfg
rename to doc/cli-reference/setup.cfg
diff --git a/doc/cli-ref-rst/setup.py b/doc/cli-reference/setup.py
similarity index 100%
rename from doc/cli-ref-rst/setup.py
rename to doc/cli-reference/setup.py
diff --git a/doc/cli-ref-rst/source/barbican.rst b/doc/cli-reference/source/barbican.rst
similarity index 100%
rename from doc/cli-ref-rst/source/barbican.rst
rename to doc/cli-reference/source/barbican.rst
diff --git a/doc/cli-ref-rst/source/ceilometer.rst b/doc/cli-reference/source/ceilometer.rst
similarity index 100%
rename from doc/cli-ref-rst/source/ceilometer.rst
rename to doc/cli-reference/source/ceilometer.rst
diff --git a/doc/cli-ref-rst/source/cinder.rst b/doc/cli-reference/source/cinder.rst
similarity index 100%
rename from doc/cli-ref-rst/source/cinder.rst
rename to doc/cli-reference/source/cinder.rst
diff --git a/doc/cli-ref-rst/source/cloudkitty.rst b/doc/cli-reference/source/cloudkitty.rst
similarity index 100%
rename from doc/cli-ref-rst/source/cloudkitty.rst
rename to doc/cli-reference/source/cloudkitty.rst
diff --git a/doc/cli-ref-rst/source/common b/doc/cli-reference/source/common
similarity index 100%
rename from doc/cli-ref-rst/source/common
rename to doc/cli-reference/source/common
diff --git a/doc/cli-ref-rst/source/conf.py b/doc/cli-reference/source/conf.py
similarity index 99%
rename from doc/cli-ref-rst/source/conf.py
rename to doc/cli-reference/source/conf.py
index eee8ffe192..66874ae66f 100644
--- a/doc/cli-ref-rst/source/conf.py
+++ b/doc/cli-reference/source/conf.py
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ release = '0.9'
# gitsha: The SHA checksum of the bug description. Automatically extracted from git log.
# bug_tag: Tag for categorizing the bug. Must be set manually.
# These variables are passed to the logabug code via html_context.
-giturl = u'http://git.openstack.org/cgit/openstack/openstack-manuals/tree/doc/cli-ref-rst/source'
+giturl = u'http://git.openstack.org/cgit/openstack/openstack-manuals/tree/doc/cli-reference/source'
git_cmd = "/usr/bin/git log | head -n1 | cut -f2 -d' '"
gitsha = os.popen(git_cmd).read().strip('\n')
html_context = {"gitsha": gitsha, "bug_tag": bug_tag,
@@ -209,7 +209,7 @@ html_show_sourcelink = False
# html_file_suffix = None
# Output file base name for HTML help builder.
-htmlhelp_basename = 'cli-ref-rst'
+htmlhelp_basename = 'cli-reference'
# If true, publish source files
html_copy_source = False
diff --git a/doc/cli-ref-rst/source/designate.rst b/doc/cli-reference/source/designate.rst
similarity index 100%
rename from doc/cli-ref-rst/source/designate.rst
rename to doc/cli-reference/source/designate.rst
diff --git a/doc/cli-ref-rst/source/glance.rst b/doc/cli-reference/source/glance.rst
similarity index 100%
rename from doc/cli-ref-rst/source/glance.rst
rename to doc/cli-reference/source/glance.rst
diff --git a/doc/cli-ref-rst/source/glance_property_keys.rst b/doc/cli-reference/source/glance_property_keys.rst
similarity index 100%
rename from doc/cli-ref-rst/source/glance_property_keys.rst
rename to doc/cli-reference/source/glance_property_keys.rst
diff --git a/doc/cli-ref-rst/source/gnocchi.rst b/doc/cli-reference/source/gnocchi.rst
similarity index 100%
rename from doc/cli-ref-rst/source/gnocchi.rst
rename to doc/cli-reference/source/gnocchi.rst
diff --git a/doc/cli-ref-rst/source/heat.rst b/doc/cli-reference/source/heat.rst
similarity index 100%
rename from doc/cli-ref-rst/source/heat.rst
rename to doc/cli-reference/source/heat.rst
diff --git a/doc/cli-ref-rst/source/index.rst b/doc/cli-reference/source/index.rst
similarity index 100%
rename from doc/cli-ref-rst/source/index.rst
rename to doc/cli-reference/source/index.rst
diff --git a/doc/cli-ref-rst/source/ironic.rst b/doc/cli-reference/source/ironic.rst
similarity index 100%
rename from doc/cli-ref-rst/source/ironic.rst
rename to doc/cli-reference/source/ironic.rst
diff --git a/doc/cli-ref-rst/source/keystone.rst b/doc/cli-reference/source/keystone.rst
similarity index 100%
rename from doc/cli-ref-rst/source/keystone.rst
rename to doc/cli-reference/source/keystone.rst
diff --git a/doc/cli-ref-rst/source/magnum.rst b/doc/cli-reference/source/magnum.rst
similarity index 100%
rename from doc/cli-ref-rst/source/magnum.rst
rename to doc/cli-reference/source/magnum.rst
diff --git a/doc/cli-ref-rst/source/manila.rst b/doc/cli-reference/source/manila.rst
similarity index 100%
rename from doc/cli-ref-rst/source/manila.rst
rename to doc/cli-reference/source/manila.rst
diff --git a/doc/cli-ref-rst/source/mistral.rst b/doc/cli-reference/source/mistral.rst
similarity index 100%
rename from doc/cli-ref-rst/source/mistral.rst
rename to doc/cli-reference/source/mistral.rst
diff --git a/doc/cli-ref-rst/source/monasca.rst b/doc/cli-reference/source/monasca.rst
similarity index 100%
rename from doc/cli-ref-rst/source/monasca.rst
rename to doc/cli-reference/source/monasca.rst
diff --git a/doc/cli-ref-rst/source/murano.rst b/doc/cli-reference/source/murano.rst
similarity index 100%
rename from doc/cli-ref-rst/source/murano.rst
rename to doc/cli-reference/source/murano.rst
diff --git a/doc/cli-ref-rst/source/neutron-debug.rst b/doc/cli-reference/source/neutron-debug.rst
similarity index 100%
rename from doc/cli-ref-rst/source/neutron-debug.rst
rename to doc/cli-reference/source/neutron-debug.rst
diff --git a/doc/cli-ref-rst/source/neutron-misc.rst b/doc/cli-reference/source/neutron-misc.rst
similarity index 100%
rename from doc/cli-ref-rst/source/neutron-misc.rst
rename to doc/cli-reference/source/neutron-misc.rst
diff --git a/doc/cli-ref-rst/source/neutron-sanity-check.rst b/doc/cli-reference/source/neutron-sanity-check.rst
similarity index 100%
rename from doc/cli-ref-rst/source/neutron-sanity-check.rst
rename to doc/cli-reference/source/neutron-sanity-check.rst
diff --git a/doc/cli-ref-rst/source/neutron.rst b/doc/cli-reference/source/neutron.rst
similarity index 100%
rename from doc/cli-ref-rst/source/neutron.rst
rename to doc/cli-reference/source/neutron.rst
diff --git a/doc/cli-ref-rst/source/nova.rst b/doc/cli-reference/source/nova.rst
similarity index 100%
rename from doc/cli-ref-rst/source/nova.rst
rename to doc/cli-reference/source/nova.rst
diff --git a/doc/cli-ref-rst/source/openstack.rst b/doc/cli-reference/source/openstack.rst
similarity index 100%
rename from doc/cli-ref-rst/source/openstack.rst
rename to doc/cli-reference/source/openstack.rst
diff --git a/doc/cli-ref-rst/source/overview.rst b/doc/cli-reference/source/overview.rst
similarity index 100%
rename from doc/cli-ref-rst/source/overview.rst
rename to doc/cli-reference/source/overview.rst
diff --git a/doc/cli-ref-rst/source/sahara.rst b/doc/cli-reference/source/sahara.rst
similarity index 100%
rename from doc/cli-ref-rst/source/sahara.rst
rename to doc/cli-reference/source/sahara.rst
diff --git a/doc/cli-ref-rst/source/senlin.rst b/doc/cli-reference/source/senlin.rst
similarity index 100%
rename from doc/cli-ref-rst/source/senlin.rst
rename to doc/cli-reference/source/senlin.rst
diff --git a/doc/cli-ref-rst/source/swift.rst b/doc/cli-reference/source/swift.rst
similarity index 100%
rename from doc/cli-ref-rst/source/swift.rst
rename to doc/cli-reference/source/swift.rst
diff --git a/doc/cli-ref-rst/source/trove-manage.rst b/doc/cli-reference/source/trove-manage.rst
similarity index 100%
rename from doc/cli-ref-rst/source/trove-manage.rst
rename to doc/cli-reference/source/trove-manage.rst
diff --git a/doc/cli-ref-rst/source/trove-misc.rst b/doc/cli-reference/source/trove-misc.rst
similarity index 100%
rename from doc/cli-ref-rst/source/trove-misc.rst
rename to doc/cli-reference/source/trove-misc.rst
diff --git a/doc/cli-ref-rst/source/trove.rst b/doc/cli-reference/source/trove.rst
similarity index 100%
rename from doc/cli-ref-rst/source/trove.rst
rename to doc/cli-reference/source/trove.rst
diff --git a/doc/cli-ref-rst/source/tuskar.rst b/doc/cli-reference/source/tuskar.rst
similarity index 100%
rename from doc/cli-ref-rst/source/tuskar.rst
rename to doc/cli-reference/source/tuskar.rst
diff --git a/doc/pom.xml b/doc/pom.xml
index 0a57688bb5..e82e80be2e 100644
--- a/doc/pom.xml
+++ b/doc/pom.xml
@@ -10,7 +10,6 @@
pom
- cli-referenceglossary
diff --git a/tools/build-all-rst.sh b/tools/build-all-rst.sh
index 066e768f3e..c0850e34fc 100755
--- a/tools/build-all-rst.sh
+++ b/tools/build-all-rst.sh
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ if [[ $# > 0 ]] ; then
fi
for guide in user-guide user-guide-admin admin-guide-cloud \
- contributor-guide image-guide arch-design; do
+ contributor-guide image-guide arch-design cli-reference; do
tools/build-rst.sh doc/$guide $GLOSSARY --build build \
--target $guide $LINKCHECK
# Build it only the first time
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ done
# Draft guides
# This includes guides that we publish from stable branches
# as versioned like the networking-guide.
-for guide in networking-guide arch-design-draft config-reference cli-ref-rst; do
+for guide in networking-guide arch-design-draft config-reference; do
tools/build-rst.sh doc/$guide --build build \
--target "draft/$guide" $LINKCHECK
done
diff --git a/www/static/.htaccess b/www/static/.htaccess
index 31e27c38af..a001f11d7b 100644
--- a/www/static/.htaccess
+++ b/www/static/.htaccess
@@ -161,6 +161,7 @@ redirectmatch 301 "^/user-guide-admin/content/.*" /user-guide-admin/index.html
redirectmatch 301 "^/admin-guide-cloud/content/.*$" /admin-guide-cloud/index.html
redirectmatch 301 "^/image-guide/content/.*$" /image-guide/index.html
redirectmatch 301 "^/arch-design/content/.*$" /arch-design/index.html
+redirectmatch 301 "^/cli-reference/content/.*$" /cli-reference/index.html
# Hot-guide has moved to heat repo
redirect 301 /user-guide/hot-guide/hot.html /developer/heat/template_guide/hot_guide.html